Chance

1-1

HUBBELL®

Power SystemsCHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

AUGUST 2009

© Copyright 2009 Hubbell • 210 N. Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240

SECTION PRODUCT

4 — Anchors 4 — Utility Anchors 4A — Anchor Tools

5 — Pole Line Hardware 5 — Hardware 5A — Overhead Hardware - Cast Iron 5B — Aluminum Band-Type Cluster Mounts 5C — Conduit Standoff Brackets & T-Slots 5D — Aluminum Platforms

10 — Protective Devices 10AA — Type C-Polymer Cutouts 10A — Cutouts and Arresters 10B — Fuse Links 10D — Electronic Sectionalizers 10DD — Polymer Electronic Sectionalizers

11 — Polymer Insulators

12 — Fiberglass Construction Products

SECTION PRODUCT

INDEXfor

USDCATALOG

14 — Overhead Switches 14A — Gang-Operated 14B — Hookstick-Operated 14C — Motor Operators

15 — Formed Wire Products

17 — Padmounted Switches 17D — Air-Insulated Switches

18 — Polymer Arresters

INDEX

®

®

Printed in USARGS 3M 5/09

©Copyright 2009 Hubbell Incorporated • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240 USAwww.hubbellpowersystems.com

E-mail: [email protected]

NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

1-2

CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI AUGUST 2009

HUBBELL®

Power Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents of Chance Catalog .............................................................................................Cover

Numerical Index by Catalog Number ..................................................................... 1-3 thru 1-13

Alphabetical Index by Product Type .................................................................... 1-14 thru 1-18

HOW TO USE THE NUMERICAL INDEX ON THE FOLLOWING PAGESThe items are arranged in alpha-numeric sequence with the letter prefix numbers in alphabetical sequence, beginning with the left character. Catalog numbers, without letter prefixes, are in numeric sequence by the first digit, and then the following digit.

For example: 1 10 100 1000 11 110 etc.

Index will periodically be out-of-order because of page updating. Typically an item that does not appear on the page given in the index will appear elsewhere in the catalog section.

CATALOGHOLDERS:

INDEXfor

USD CATALOG

An outline of the contents of this catalog is shown on the cover, page 1.

The index can be a help to you in finding detailed product

data and pricing information on several thousand products to help you plan, build, maintain, control and operate your T & D system.

If your Chance catalog should change hands, please send the name of the new owner to the attention of our Advertising Department so new and replacement pages will be sent to the correct person.

Contact: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. Attn: Advertising Dept. 210 North Allen Centralia, MO 65240 or

Fax information to (573) 682-8714

1-3

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

ALTD06200R 14B-13 ALTD06200RL 14B-13ALTD09200R 14B-14 AR11XXX 14A-10 AR12XXX 14A-10 AR13XXX 14A-10 AR14XXX 14A-10 ASC2 5A-6 ASC3 5A-6 ASC5 5A-6 BB155A 5A-2 BB214 5A-12 BB214A 5A-12 BPFLXXX 14B-20BPFRXXX 14B-20BPRD06XX 14B-23BPRS06XX 14B-23BPRS12XX 14B-23BP3LXXX 14B-17BP3RXXX 14B-17B12A 5A-2 B12B 5A-2 B14A 5A-2 B14B 5A-2 CB1 5A-2 CCC12 5-53.17CCC34 5-53.17CCC58 5-53.17CCMB812 5C-4CCMB1218 5C-4CCMB1624 5C-4CCMB1830 5C-4CCR1 5C-5CCR3 5C-5CCR34 5C-5CCR6 5C-5CCR912 5C-5CDH12 5-53.17CDH34 5-53.17CDH58 5-53.17CP113 5-53.18CP122 5D-1.2CP142 5D-1.2CP162 5D-1.2CPEHD142 5D-1.2CPEHD162 5D-1.2CPEHD182 5D-1.2CPEHD202 5D-1.2CPEHD222 5D-1.2CPHD142 5D-1.2CPHD162 5D-1.2CPHD182 5D-1.2CPSEHD142 5D-1.2CPSEHD162 5D-1.2CPSEHD182 5D-1.2CPSEHD202 5D-1.2CPSEHD222 5D-1.2CP7XXXXXXXX 10DD-8CP7XXXXXXX 10AA-11 CP710112PB 10AA-5CP710114PB 10AA-5CP710133PB 10AA-5CP710143PB 10AA-5 CP720112PB 10AA-7CP720114PB 10AA-7 CP730112PB 10AA-9CP730114PB 10AA-9CP730133PB 10AA-9

CP730143PB 10AA-9CRW3 5A-12 CRW4A 5A-12 CRW4B 5A-12 CSTK1 5C-2 CSTK15 5C-2 CSTK2 5C-2 CSTK25 5C-2 CSTK3 5C-2 CSTK35 5C-2 CSTK4 5C-2 CSTK5 5C-2 CSTK6 5C-2 CTB2M16 5B-7CTB2M19 5B-7CTB5M16 5B-7CTB5M19 5B-7CTC12 5-53.17CTC34 5-53.17CTC58 5-53.17CTDH12 5-53.18CTDH34 5-53.18CTDH58 5-53.18CXS1 5A-11C0790263 5-30C10M26 5B-3, 5B-4 C10M29 5B-3, 5B-4 C1020023 4-11, 4-12, 4-13 C1020024 4-11, 4-12, 4-13C1020025 4-11, 4-12, 4-13C1021583 4A-3, 4A-4 C1021595 4A-3, 4A-4 C1021986 4-10 C1021987 4-10 C1021996 4-10 C1022008 4-20 C1022009 4-20 C1022011 4-20 C1022012 4-20 C1022050 4-20 C1022054 4-20 C1022061 4-10 C1025000 4-7C1025001 4-7C1025002 4-7C1025003 4-7C1025004 4-7C1025005 4-7C1025006 4-7C1025007 4-7C1025008 4-7C1025009 4-7C1025010 4-7C1025200 4-6C1025201 4-6C1025202 4-6C1025203 4-6C1025204 4-6C1025205 4-6C1025206 4-6C1025207 4-6C1025208 4-6C1025209 4-6C1025210 4-6C1025240 4-10C11MW24L 5B-6C1100026 4-11, 4-12, 4-13C1100041 4-11, 4-12, 4-13

C1100136 4-13C1100137 4-13C1100138 4-13C1100140 4-13C1100227 4-13C1100235 4-13C1100247 4-13C1100385 4-13C1100386 4-13C1100388 4-13C1100389 4-13C1100440 4-13C1100450 4-13C1100454 4-13C1100470 4-13C1100471 4-13C1100472 4-13C1100475 4-13C1100476 4-13C1100504 4-13C1100505 4-13C1100543 4-13C1100544 4-13C1100545 4-13C1100557 4-13C1100558 4-13C1100563 4-13C1100564 4-13C1100565 4-13C1100566 4-13C1100569 4-13C1100570 4-13C1100572 4-13C1100573 4-13C1100574 4-13C1100577 4-13C1100581 4-13C1100586 4-13 C1100645 4-13C1100646 4-13C1100647 4-13C1100650 4-13C1100652 4-13C1120275 4-21 C1140014 4-13C1140015 4-13C1140016 4-13C1140017 4-13C1140020 4-13C1140021 4-13C1140022 4-13C1140023 4-13C1140057 4-13C1140058 4-13C1140080 4-13C1140081 4-13C1140084 4-13C1140100 4-13C1140101 4-13C1140104 4-13C1140105 4-13C1140108 4-13C1140109 4-13C1140112 4-13C1140113 4-13C1140149 4-13C1140187 4-13C1140188 4-13

1-4


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

C1140189 4-13C1140190 4-13C1140209 4-13C1140210 4-13C1140211 4-13C1140212 4-13C1140214 4-13C1140215 4-13C1140216 4-13C1140217 4-13C1140220 4-13C1140224 4-13C1140231 4-13C1140238 4-13C1140243 4-13C1140244 4-13C1140245 4-13C1140252 4-13C15M36 5B-3, 5B-4C15M3614 5B-14C15M361436 5B-8C15M365 5B-4C15M39 5B-3, 5B-4C15M391436 5B-8C15M3969 5B-3, 5B-4C2M16 5B-4C2M16M 5B-3 C2M19M 5B-3 C2WT12 5C-3 C2WT120 5C-3 C2WT24 5C-3 C2WT36 5C-3 C2WT48 5C-3 C2WT60 5C-3 C2000028 4-17 C2000047 4-20 C2000048 4-20 C2000049 4-20 C2000050 4-20 C2000051 4-20 C2000052 4-20 C2000053 4-20 C2000054 4-20 C2000055 4-20 C2000056 4-20 C2000057 4-20 C2000058 4-20 C2000059 4-20 C2000061 4-20 C2000062 4-20 C2000063 4-20 C2000064 4-20 C2000088 4-17 C2000089 4-17 C2000090 4-17 C2000091 4-17 C2000092 4-17 C2000093 4-17 C2000094 4-17 C2000095 4-17 C2000096 4-17 C2000097 4-17 C2000098 4-17 C2000099 4-17 C2000100 4-17 C2000101 4-17 C2000102 4-17 C2000103 4-17

C2000104 4-17 C2000105 4-17 C2000106 4-20 C2000107 4-20 C2000108 4-20 C2000114 4-20 C2030033 5-27 C2030034 5-27 C2030035 5-27 C2030036 5-27 C2030037 5-27 C2030047 5-40 C2030052 5-42 C2030084 5-41 C2030085 5-41 C2030086 5-41 C2030107 5-42 C2030109 5-42 C2030140 5-4C2030141 5-4C2030148 5-19 C2030183 5-3, 5-4 C2030187 5-4, 5-18 C2030194 5-4 C2030197 5-4 C2030200 5-4 C2030227 5-42 C2030233 5-10 C2030313 5-39 C2030314 5-39 C2030315 5-39 C2030316 5-39 C2030317 5-39 C2030344 5-42 C2030345 5-42 C2030377 5-42 C2030385 5-47 C2030430 5-42 C2030450 5-26 C2030451 5-26 C2030453 5-42 C2030455 5-26 C2030456 5-26 C2030458 5-42C2030499 5-39C2030502 5-39 C2031088 5-4C2031120 5-39 C2031124 5-39 C2031125 5-39 C2031126 5-39 C2031127 5-39 C2031128 5-39 C2031131 5-39 C2031132 5-39 C2031133 5-39 C2050094 5-8 C2050140 5-4, 5-6 C2050141 5-4, 5-6 C2050185 5-48 C2050186 5-48 C2050187 5-48 C2050188 5-48 C2050190 5-30 C2050207 5-45 C2050208 5-45 C2050209 5-45 C2050210 5-45

C2050211 5-45 C2050212 5-45 C2050213 5-45 C2050214 5-45 C2050215 5-45 C2050216 5-45 C2050217 5-45C2050218 5-45 C2050219 5-45 C2050220 5-45 C2050221 5-45 C2050222 5-45 C2050223 5-45 C2050224 5-45 C2050225 5-45 C2050226 5-45 C2050227 5-45 C2050229 5-45 C2050230 5-45C2050232 5-45 C2050233 5-45C2050235 5-45 C2050237 5-45C2050242 5-45C2050244 5-45 C2050245 5-45 C2050247 5-45 C2050254 5-7 C2050255 5-7 C2050256 5-7 C2050257 5-7 C2050258 5-7 C2050407 4-20 C2050408 4-20 C2050436 5-48C2050460 5-45C2050461 5-45C2050462 5-45C2050463 5-45C2050464 5-45C2052007 5-32C2052008 5-32C2052009 5-32C2052010 5-32C2060004 5-12 C2060009 5-13 C2060010 5-13 C2060106 5-36C2060106P 5-37C2060011 5-13 C2060127 5-11 C2060140 5-36C2060140P 5-37C2060162 5-13 C2060169 5-14 C2060189 5-11 C2060190 5-11 C2060192 5-11 C2060193 5-11 C2060209 5-13 C2060227 5-36C2060236 5-11 C2060271 5-36C2060280 5-11, 10AA-11, 10A-15 C2060283 5-11, 10AA-11, 10A-15

1-5

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

C2060299 5-11, 10AA-11, 10A-15 C2060480 5-10C2060547 5-11C2060632 10AA-11, 10A-15C2070024 5-23 C2070047 5-38 C2070048 5-38 C2070049 5-38 C2070050 5-38 C2070051 5-38 C2070052 5-38 C2070065 5-31 C2070072 5-23 C2070075 5-49 C2070076 5-49 C2070112 5-31 C2070116 5-23 C2070138 5-50 C2070139 5-50 C2070140 5-50 C2070141 5-50 C2070143 5-50 C2070144 5-50C2070145 5-50C2100033 4-20 C2100034 4-20 C2110009 5-16, 5-17 C2110012 5-16, 5-18 C2110015 5-16 C2110016 5-16 C2110017 5-16 C2110019 5-18 C2110021 5-18 C2110058 5-16 C2120001 5-16 C2120141 5-15 C2120142 5-15 C2120143 5-15 C2120144 5-15 C2120145 5-15 C2120146 5-15 C2120147 5-15 C2120200 5-16 C3MW24ML 5B-5, 10E-11C3020003 4-15, 4A-11 C3020004 4-15, 4A-11 C3030020 4A-7, 4A-8C3030044 4A-9, 4A-15 C3030045 4A-9 C3030069HD 4A-4C3030070 4A-4 C3030115 4A-8 C3030195 4A-7, 4A-8, 4A-15C3030201 4A-7, 4A-8C3030202 4A-7, 4A-8 C3030737 4-21, 4A-7C3030739 4-21, 4A-7C3030927 4A-15C3030928 4A-15C3030936 4A-6, 4A-7 C3030937 4A-6, 4A-7 C3030940 4A-6, 4A-7 C3030955 4A-6, 4A-7 C3030969 4A-14C3030970 4A-14C3030971 4A-14C3030972 4A-14

C3030973 4A-14C3030974 4A-14C3030958 4A-6, 4A-7C3030981 4A-6C3030982 4A-3, 4A-6 C3030983 4A-3, 4A-6 C3030987 4A-6 C3030988 4A-6 C3031014 4A-14C3031016 4A-14C3031026 4A-6 C3031031 4A-13C3031032 4A-12, 4A-13 C3031035 4A-8 C3031063 4A-3, 4A-4 C3031064 4A-3, 4A-4 C3031077 4A-8 C3031180 4A-13C3031201 4A-13C3031222 4A-6, 4A-7 C3031223 4A-6, 4A-7 C3031224 4A-7, 4A-12C3031225 4A-7 C3031226 4A-7 C3031227 4A-6, 4A-7 C3031230 4A-13C3031233 4A-13C3031244 4A-13C3031247 4A-13C3031340 4A-6, 4A-9 C3090032 4A-10 C3090033 4A-10 C321A 5B-6, 5B-7C4176121 4A-13C4M26 5B-3, 5B-4 C4M29 5B-3, 5B-4 C4WT12 5C-3 C4WT120 5C-3 C4WT24 5C-3 C4WT36 5C-3 C4WT48 5C-3 C4WT60 5C-3 C5M16 5B-3, 5B-4 C5M19 5B-3, 5B-4 C5540001 5-31 C6CSO12 5C-2 C6CSO24 5C-2 C6CSO36 5C-2 C6M36 5B-3, 5B-4 C6M3614 5B-4C6ME65 5B-4C6M36M 5B-3 C6M39 5B-3, 5B-4 C6M3969 5B-3, 5B-4 C611300 5-53.16C611380 5-53.16C613400 5-53.16C613450 5-53.16C613460 5-53.16C613480 5-53.16C613483 5-53.16C615800 5-53.16C615803 5-53.16C615840 5-53.16C615850 5-53.16C615855 5-53.16C615860 5-53.16C615880 5-53.16

C615883 5-53.16C615885 5-53.16C631300 5-53.17C631380 5-53.17C633400 5-53.17C633460 5-53.17C633480 5-53.17C635800 5-53.17C635840 5-53.17C635850 5-53.17C635860 5-53.17C635880 5-53.17C635883 5-53.17C7050662 17A-4, 17A-5C71DL112PB 10A-15 C71DM112PB 10A-15 C71DN211PB 10A-15 C71DN311PB 10A-15 C71EL112PB 10A-15 C71EM112PB 10A-15 C71EN211PB 10A-15 C71EN311PB 10A-15 C710112PB 10A-6, 10A-7 C710114PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710123 10A-18C710133PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710143PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710211PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710213PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710233PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710242PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710311PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710313PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710333PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710342PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710613PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710633PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710643PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710713PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710733PB 10A-6, 10A-7C710743PB 10A-6, 10A-7C720112PB 10A-9, 10A-10C720114PB 10A-9, 10A-10C720211PB 10A-9, 10A-10C720213PB 10A-9, 10A-10C720311PB 10A-9, 10A-10C720313PB 10A-9, 10A-10C720613PB 10A-9, 10A-10C730112PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730114PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730133PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730143PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730211PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730213PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730233PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730242PB 10A-12, 10A-13,C730311PB 10A-12, 10A-13C730313PB 10A-12, 10A-13C74XXXXXXXX 10D-8C75XXXXXXXX 10D-8C9CSO12 5C-2 C9CSO24 5C-2 C9CSO36 5C-2C9091032P 5-53.19 DC33B1 5-31DC33B3 5-31DC47B1 5-53.11DC6N1 5-53.4

1-6


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

DC63B5 5-53.9, 5-53.10DEH36DP 12-41 DEH42DP 12-41 DEH48DP 12-41 DEH54DP 12-41 DEH60DP 12-41 DEH72DP 12-41 DEM36DP 12-40 DEM36SP 12-39 DEM36SPEB 12-39 DEM38DP 12-40 DEM42DP 12-40 DEM42SPEB 12-39 DEM48DP 12-40 DEM48SP 12-39 DEM48SPEB 12-39 DEM54DP 12-40 DEM54SP 12-39 DEM54SPEB 12-39 DEM60SP 12-39DEM60SPEB 12-39 DE3U1 5-53.13DE4S3 5-53.14DE4S5 5-53.14DE5U1 5-53.13DE6U1 5-53.13DE11U1 5-53.13DE12U1 5-53.13DF1L3 5-43DF19M1 5-53.6DF19M2 5-53.6DF19M29 5-53.6DF19M3 5-53.6DF19M32 5-53.6DF19M4 5-53.6DF19M19 5-53.6DF19M20 5-53.6DF19M3 5-53.6DF3L3 5-43DF34M1 5-53.12DF34M2 5-53.12DF34M4 5-53.12DG1F18 5-0DG1F8 5-8DG4FS 5-8DF4W15 5-48DF7U61 5-48DLM12BC 12-13DLM18BC 12-13DLM24BC 12-13DMPL61A1T 5-53.15DMPL61A2T 5-53.15DMPL61A3T 5-53.15DMPL61A4T 5-53.15DMPL61D1T 5-53.15DM20S3 5-53.10DM21M902 5-53.15DM21M903 5-53.15DM21M904 5-53.15DM21M905 5-53.15DM36B3 5-53.9DM40B2 5-53.9, 5-53.10DP24P2 5-53.5DP24P5 5-53.5DP26P1 5-53.5DT6C1 5-53.12DT7C1 5-53.12DT8C1 5-53.12

DU1B1 5-53.8DU1B3 5-53.8DU1B4 5-53.8DU1B10 5-53.8DU1B28 5-53.8DU1B29 5-53.8DU1B30 5-53.8DU1S1 5-53.8DU1S2 5-53.8DU1S3 5-53.8DU1S4 5-53.8DU13B1 5-53.7DU13B3 5-53.7DU13B5 5-53.7DU13B7 5-53.7DU3S1 5-53.7DU3S2 5-53.7DU3S3 5-53.7DU3S4 5-53.7D6HO1AL 14A-19 D6HO1BL 14A-19D6HO1CL 14A-19 D6HO2AL 14A-19 D6HO2BL 14A-19D6HO2CL 14A-19 D6HO3AL 14A-19 D6HO3BL 14A-19D6HO3CL 14A-19 D6HS1AL 14A-19 D6HS1BL 14A-19D6HS1CL 14A-19D6HS2AL 14A-19D6HS2BL 14A-19D6HS2CL 14A-19D6HS3AL 14A-19D6HS3BL 14A-19D6HS3CL 14A-19D6PO1AL 14A-19 D6PO1CL 14A-19 D6PO2AL 14A-19 D6PO2CL 14A-19 D6PO3AL 14A-19 D6PO3CL 14A-19 D6VO1AL 14A-19 D6VO1CL 14A-19 D6VO2AL 14A-19 D6VO2CL 14A-19 D6VO3AL 14A-19 D6VO3CL 14A-19 D7HE1CL 14A-17 D7HE2CL 14A-17 D7HE3CL 14A-17D7HE7CL 14A-17 D7HS1AL 14A-17 D7HS1BL 14A-17D7HS2AL 14A-17 D7HS2BL 14A-17D7HS3AL 14A-17 D7HS3BL 14A-17D7HS7AL 14A-17 D7HS7BL 14A-17D7PE1CL 14A-17 D7PE2CL 14A-17 D7PE3CL 14A-17D7PE7CL 14A-17 D7PS1AL 14A-17 D7PS1BL 14A-17D7PS2AL 14A-17

D7PS2BL 14A-17D7PS3AL 14A-17 D7PS3BL 14A-17D7PS7AL 14A-17 D7PS7BL 14A-17D7VE1CL 14A-17 D7VE2CL 14A-17 D7VE3CLY 14A-17D7VE7CL 14A-17 D7VS1AL 14A-17 D7VS1BL 14A-17D7VS2AL 14A-17 D7VS2BL 14A-17D7VS3ALY 14A-17D7VS3BLY 14A-17D7VS7AL 14A-17 D7VS7BL 14A-17E1020031 4-10 E1020032 4-10 E1020035 4-10 E1020036 4-10 E1020037 4-10 E1020040 4-10 E1020041 4-10 E1020043 4-10 E1020044 4-10 E1020045 4-10 E1020047 4-10 E1020049 4-10 E1020051 4-10 E1020052 4-10 E1020053 4-10 E1020250 4-9 E1020816 4-9 E1020817 4-9 E1020819 4-9 E1020820 4-9 E1020821 4-9 E1020822 4-9 E1020823 4-9 E1021219 4-9 E1021220 4-9 E1021223 4-9 E1021629 4-8 E1021630 4-8 E1021631 4-8 E1021632 4-8 E1021633 4-8 E1021634 4-8 E1021635 4-8 E1021636 4-8 E1021637 4-8 E1021801 4-8 E3020001P 4A-11E3020006P 4A-11E3030680 4A-13E3030876 4A-13E3031041 4A-13E3031253 4A-13E3030255 4-14, 4A-8E7001767P 10A-6, 10A-12 10AA-5E7001768P 10A-6, 10A-12E7001784P 10A-10E7001785P 10A-10E7002117P 10A-6, 10A-12E7002146P 10A-6, 10A-12, E7002146P 10AA-5

1-7

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

E7002479P 10A-6, 10A-12E96 4A-11 FT70025 5-46 GCU38 5A-6 GCW1 5A-12 GCW31 5A-12 GCW31A 5A-12 GCW41 5A-12 GCW41A 5A-12 GC1 5-53.18GC10301 5-53.18GC10302 5-53.18GC10303 5-53.18GC131 5A-7 GC138 5A-7 GC4 5-53.18GC5G5 5-53.18GC6 5-53.18GEP12 5A-11 GEP5 5A-10 GEP5A 5A-10 GEP5C 5A-10 GEP5D 5A-10 GEP5E 5A-10 GEP5G 5A-10 GEP6 5A-10 GEP7 5A-11 GEP7A 5A-11 GH151A 5A-9GH2 5A-9 GH3 5A-9 GH5 5A-9 GH51LS 5A-9 GH6 5-30, 5A-9GH6ILS 5-30, 5A-9GH6X 5A-9 GH6XBILS 5A-9 GS16012CC1 12-5 GS16012CE 12-7 GS16012CP 12-9 GS16012CT 12-8 GS16012EE 12-10GS16012TT 12-11 GS16018CC1 12-5 GS16018CE 12-7GS16018CP 12-9GS16018EE 12-10GS16018TT 12-11GS16024CC1 12-5 GS16024CE 12-7GS16024CP 12-9GS16024CT 12-8GS16024EE 12-10GS16030CC1 12-5 GS16030CE 12-7GS16030CP 12-9GS16030EE 12-10GS16036CC1 12-5 GS16036CE 12-7GS16036CP 12-9GS16036CT 12-8GS16036EE 12-10GS16036TT 12-11GS16042CC1 12-5 GS16042CP 12-9GS16042EE 12-10GS16054CC1 12-5 GS16054CE 12-7

GS16054CP 12-9GS16054CT 12-8GS16054EE 12-10GS16054TT 12-11GS16060CC1 12-5 GS16060CE 12-7GS16060EE 12-10GS16078CC1 12-5 GS16078CE 12-7GS16078CP 12-9GS16078CT 12-8GS16078EE 12-10GS16078TT 12-11GS16096CC1 12-5 GS16096CP 12-9GS16096EE 12-10GS16120CC1 12-5 GS16120CE 12-7GS16120CP 12-9GS16120EE 12-10GS16144CC1 12-5 GS16144CE 12-7GS16144EE 12-10GS21012CC1 12-5 GS21012CE 12-7 GS21012EE 12-10GS21012TT 12-11 GS21018CC1 12-5 GS21018CE 12-7GS21018CT 12-8GS21018EE 12-10GS21024CC1 12-5 GS21024CE 12-7GS21024CP 12-9GS21024CT 12-8GS21024EE 12-10GS21030CC1 12-5 GS21030EE 12-10GS21036CC1 12-5 GS21036CE 12-7GS21036CP 12-9GS21036CT 12-8GS21036EE 12-10GS21042CC1 12-5 GS21042CE 12-7GS21042EE 12-10GS21042TT 12-11GS21054CC1 12-5 GS21054CE 12-7GS21054CP 12-9GS21054EE 12-10GS21060CC1 12-5 GS21060CE 12-7GS21060CP 12-9GS21060CT 12-8GS21060EE 12-10GS21078CC1 12-5 GS21078CE 12-7GS21078CP 12-9GS21078CT 12-8GS21078EE 12-10GS21078TT 12-11GS21096CC1 12-5 GS21096CE 12-7GS21096CT 12-8GS21096EE 12-10GS21120CC1 12-5 GS21120CE 12-7

GS21120CP 12-9GS21120CT 12-8GS21120EE 12-10GS21144CC1 12-5 GS21144CP 12-9GS21144EE 12-10GS36018CC1 12-6GS36036CC1 12-6GS36054CC1 12-6GS36060CC1 12-6GS36078CC1 12-6GS36096CC1 12-6GS360120CC1 12-6GS36144CC1 12-6GWR3 5A-12 GWR4 5A-12 GWR4A 5A-12 G5060 5-19 G5061 5-19 G5063 5-19 G5065 5-19 G5067 5-19 G5068 5-19 G5069 5-19 HD3100 5-18 HD315 5-17 HD350 5-17 HD5350 5-17, 5-18H14 5-22 H1424 5-22 IB2 5A-4 IB3 5A-4 IB4 5A-4 ICB1 5A-3 ICB10 5A-3 J600007 5-46 KS12 5-27 KS34 5-27 LB12A1 5A-5 LB18B1 5A-5 LB18B3 5A-5 LB18B3CH 5A-5L1100 5-39 L14 5A-7 M0D4SF23 10B-4 M0D4SFA23 10B-4 M0D6SF23 10B-4 M0D6SFA23 10B-4 M0D7SF23 10B-4 M0D7SFA23 10B-4 M1D0SF23 10B-4 M1D0SF23 10B-4 M1D0SFA23 10B-4 M1D3SF23 10B-4 M1D3SFA23 10B-4 M1D4SF23 10B-4 M1D4SFA23 10B-4 M1D6SF23 10B-4 M1D6SFA23 10B-4 M1KA23 10B-3 M1K23 10B-3 M1TA23 10B-3 M1T23 10B-3 M10D4SF23 10B-4 M10D4SFA23 10B-4 M10K23 10B-3 M10KA23 10B-3 M10MSA23 10B-3

1-8


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

M10TA23 10B-3 M10T23 10B-3 M100K23 10B-3 M100KA23 10B-3 M100MSA23 10B-3 M100T23 10B-3 M100TA23 10B-3 M12KA23 10B-3 M12K23 10B-3 M12TA23 10B-3 M12T23 10B-3 M125MSA23 10B-3 M14SF23 10B-4 M14SFA23 10B-4 M140K23 10B-3 M140K23T 10B-3 M140KA23T 10B-3 M140T23T 10B-3 M140TA23T 10B-3 M140KA23 10B-3 M140TA23 10B-3 M140T23 10B-3 M15HA23 10B-3 M15K23 10B-3 M15KA23 10B-3 M15MSA23 10B-3 M15TA23 10B-3 M15T23 10B-3 M150MSA23 10B-3 M2D1SF23 10B-4 M2D1SFA23 10B-4 M2KA23 10B-3 M2K23 10B-3 M2TA23 10B-3 M2T23 10B-3 M20KA23 10B-3 M20K23 10B-3 M20MSA23 10B-3 M20TA23 10B-3 M20T23 10B-3 M200KA23 10B-3 M200KA23T 10B-3 M200K23 10B-3 M200K23T 10B-3 M200MSA23 10B-3 M200TA23 10B-3 M200TA23T 10B-3 M200T23 10B-3 M200T23T 10B-3 M21SF23 10B-4 M21SFA23 10B-4 M25K23 10B-3 M25KA23 10B-3 M25MSA23 10B-3 M25TA23 10B-3 M25T23 10B-3 M3 14B-6M3C 14B-10M3D1SF23 10B-4 M3D1SFA23 10B-4 M3D5SF23 10B-4 M3D5SFA23 10B-4 M3D62B 14B-6 M3D63B 14B-6 M3D64B 14B-6 M3D92B 14B-6 M3D93B 14B-6 M3D94B 14B-6

PG3545 5A-8 PG4 5A-8 PG4A 5A-8 PG44 5A-8 PG441 5A-8 PG45 5A-8 PG45S 5A-8 PG5 5A-8 PG84XB12 5A-8 PG84XE12 5A-8PSC1022176 4-16PSC1022177 4-16PSC1022178 4-16PSC1022183 4-16PSC1022184 4-16PSC1022185 4-16PSC8620061 10E-7, 10E-10PSC8620062 10E-7, 10E-10PSC8620064 10E-10PSC8620066 10E-10PSC8620067 10E-10PSC86211XXX 10E-10PS150 5-17PS250 5-17PS887 5-34PS4023 4-16PS888 5-36PS890 5-34PS893 5-34PS1225 5-41PS2355 5-12PS5484 5-5PS6235 5-46PS6236 5-46PS6280 5-3PS6366 5-5PS6367 5-5PS6368 5-5PS6376 5-5PS6377 5-5PS6378 5-5PS6417 4-17PS6801 5-48PS6802 5-48PS6803 5-48PS6822 5-48PS7820 5-22PS7887 5-38PS8779 5-30, 51-9PS9015 5-30PS816 4-14 P024484 4-8P0010259P 4A-4P1300007P 4A-4P3020002P 4A-11P3031215 4A-7 P4817 4-19 P7001469 10A-10P7001535P 10A-6,10A-12 10AA-5, 10AA-9RPH121 12-17RPH181 12-17RPH211 12-17RPH241 12-17RPH271 12-17RPH301 12-17RPH361 12-17RPM121 12-17

M3H62B 14B-6 M3H63B 14B-6 M3H64B 14B-6 M3H92B 14B-6 M3H93B 14B-6 M3H94B 14B-6 M3KA23 10B-3 M3K23 10B-3 M3MSA23 10B-3 M3S 14B-7M3S62 14B-7M3S64 14B-7M3S92 14B-7M3S94 14B-7M3TA23 10B-3 M3T23 10B-3 M30K23 10B-3 M30KA23 10B-3 M30MSA23 10B-3 M30TA23 10B-3 M30T23 10B-3 M32SF23 10B-4 M32SFA23 10B-4 M4D2SF23 10B-4 M4D2SFA23 10B-4 M40K23 10B-3 M40KA23 10B-3 M40MSA23 10B-3 M40TA23 10B-3 M40T23 10B-3 M46SF23 10B-4 M46SFA23 10B-4 M5D2SF23 10B-4 M5D2SFA23 10B-4 M5MSA23 10B-3 M50KA23 10B-3 M50K23 10B-3 M50MSA23 10B-3 M50TA23 10B-3 M50T23 10B-3 M6D3SF23 10B-4 M6D3SFA23 10B-4 M6KA23 10B-3 M6K23 10B-3 M6TA23 10B-3 M6T23 10B-3 M65KA23 10B-3 M65K23 10B-3 M65MSA23 10B-3 M65TA23 10B-3 M65T23 10B-3 M7D0SF23 10B-4 M7D0SFA23 10B-4 M7D8SF23 10B-4 M7D8SFA23 10B-4 M7MSA23 10B-3 M8KA23 10B-3 M8K23 10B-3 M8TA23 10B-3 M8T23 10B-3 M80KA23 10B-3 M80K23 10B-3 M80MSA23 10B-3 M80TA23 10B-3 M80T23 10B-3 PBA841 5A-9PE7001787 10A-10PG31 5A-8

1-9

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

RPM131 12-17RPM151 12-17RPM181 12-17RPM191 12-17RPM211 12-17RPM241 12-17R130L 4-18 R1473 5-40 R1474 5-40 R1476 5-40 R153L 4-18 R172L 4-18 R196L 4-18 R315 4-18 R330 4-18 R353 4-18 R360 4-18 R372 4-18 R384 4-18 R396 4-18 SG611 5A-11 SPO40011 12-37STT10 15-8 STT100 15-8 STT110 15-8 STT120 15-8 STT130 15-8 STT20 15-8 STT30 15-8 STT40 15-8 STT50 15-8 STT60 15-8 STT70 15-8 STT80 15-8 STT90 15-8 SWB5 5A-16TC1 5A-11, 5A-17TC2 5A-11TP7101MMPB 10AA-5, 10AA-7TP7301MMPB 10AA-9T0790206 5-29 T0790228 5-29 T1022142 4-9 T1100134 4-13T1100311 4-13T1100352 4-13T1100465 4-13T1120192 4-21 T1120224 4-21 T2030367 5-9T2030427 5-42T2030459 5-10T2030500 5-39T2050425 5-46T2050426 5-46T2060398 5-10T2060594 5-31, 5A-5T2120222 5-15 T2120223 5-15 T2120224 5-15 T2120225 5-15 T2120226 5-15 T2120227 5-15 T2120228 5-15 T3030166 4A-8, 4A-15 T3031403 4A-8 T3031420 4A-9 T5540196 5-32

T6531191 12-38T7001325 10AA-11, 10A-15T7001326 10AA-11, 10A-15T7001327 10AA-11, 10A-15T7101MMPB 10A-7T7102MMPB 10A-7T7103MMPB 10A-7T7106MMPB 10A-7T7107MMPB 10A-7 T710112T 10AA-5,10AA-7 10A-7 T710114T 10AA-5,10AA-7 10A-7T710133T 10AA-5,10A-7T710143T 10AA-5,10A-7T710211T 10A-7T710213T 10A-7T710233T 10A-7T710242T 10A-7T710311T 10A-7T710313T 10A-7T710333T 10A-7,T710342T 10A-7T710613T 10A-7T710633T 10A-7T710643T 10A-7T710713T 10A-7T710733T 10A-7T710743T 10A-7T7300080 10AA-9, 10A-13T7301MMPB 10A-13T730112T 10AA-9, 10A-13T730114T 10AA-9, 10A-13T730133T 10AA-9, 10A-13T730143T 10AA-9, 10A-13T7302MMPB 10A-13T730211T 10A-13T730213T 10A-13T730233T 10A-13T730242T 10A-13T7303MMPB 10A-13T730311T 10A-13T730313T 10A-13V1021428 4-9 V1090006 4-11 V1090007 4-11 X16 4-16 X20 4-16 X201 4-16 X24 4-16 X241 4-16 X2434 4-16 0100 5-26 0101 5-26 012642AE 4-12 012642AEJ 4-12 012642AEJN 4-12 012642EJ 4-12 012642EJN 4-12 012642EJNS 4-12 012690AE 4-11 012690AEJ 4-11 012904 4-8 012905 4-8 0192 5-49 024462 4-8 024474 4-8 024475 4-8

024476 4-8 024478 4-8 024481 4-8 0317 5-30 0322 5-23 0327 5-23 0337 5-23 0338 5-23 0340 5-22 0341 5-22 0344 5-23 0501 5-43 0502 5-43 0512 5-43 055371P 4A-4055635P 4A-4056653P 4A-6055827P 4A-6055803P 4A-60607 5-49 0618 5-49 0623 5-49 1CSM12 12-211CSM15 12-211CSM18 12-211CSM21 12-211CSM24 12-21 1CSM30 12-21 1CSM36 12-21 1GA0 15-2, 15-3 1GA18 15-4, 15-5 1IPTB 5A-5 1SBE20S 12-22 1SBE24S 12-22 1SBE27S 12-22 1SBE30S 12-22 1SBE36S 12-22 1SBH12V1 12-15 1SBH18AMTB 12-261SBH18CL 12-29 1SBH18CLH 12-29 1SBH18H1 12-16 1SBH18V1 12-15 1SBH20H1 12-16 1SBH20V1 12-15 1SBH21AMT 12-261SBH21AMTB 12-261SBH21CL 12-29 1SBH21CLH 12-29 1SBH21H1 12-16 1SBH24AMT 12-261SBH24AMTB 12-261SBH24CL 12-29 1SBH24CLH 12-29 1SBH24H1 12-16 1SBH24V1 12-15 1SBH27H1 12-16 1SBH27V1 12-15 1SBH30H1 12-16 1SBH30V1 12-15 1SBM12AMTB 12-261SBM12C 12-25 1SBM12CB 12-25 1SBM12CSB 12-25 1SBM12CL 12-28 1SBM12CLH 12-281SBM12CLRH 12-28 1SBM12CTB 12-27

1-10


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

1SBM12H1 12-16 1SBM12S 12-22 1SBM12V1 12-15 1SBM13H1 12-16 1SBM14H1 12-16 1SBM14S 12-22 1SBM14V1 12-15 1SBM15AM 12-241SBM15AMB 12-241SBM15AMSB 12-241SBM15AMT 12-261SBM15C 12-25 1SBM15CB 12-25 1SBM15CSB 12-25 1SBM15CT 12-27 1SBM15CTB 12-27 1SBM15H1 12-16 1SBM15S 12-22 1SBM15V1 12-15 1SBM16H1 12-16 1SBM16S 12-22 1SBM16V1 12-15 1SBM18AM 12-24 1SBM18AMB 12-241SBM18AMSB 12-241SBM18AMT 12-261SBM18AMTB 12-261SBM18C 12-25 1SBM18CB 12-25 1SBM18CSB 12-25 1SBM18CT 12-27 1SBM18CTB 12-27 1SBM18CL 12-28 1SBM18CLH 12-281SBM18CLRH 12-28 1SBM18H1 12-16 1SBM18TD 12-231SBM18S 12-22 1SBM18V1 12-15 1SBM20H1 12-16 1SBM20S 12-22 1SBM20V1 12-15 1SBM21AMB 12-241SBM21AMSB 12-241SBM21C 12-25 1SBM21CB 12-25 1SBM21CSB 12-25 1SBM21CT 12-27 1SBM21CTB 12-27 1SBM21S 12-22 1SBM21V1 12-15 1SBM24AM 12-24 1SBM24AMB 12-241SBM24AMSB 12-241SBM24AMT 12-261SBM24AMTB 12-261SBM24CT 12-27 1SBM24CTB 12-27 1SBM24H1 12-16 1SBM24S 12-22 1SBM24V1 12-15 1XAB 5A-31010AWA-0 15-2, 15-3 1010AWA18 15-4, 15-5 10146 4-14 10148 4-14 1045040000 12-121046810000 12-12

1082 4-15 108234 4-15 1101 5-41 1102 5-41 1115 5-40 1118 5-41 1121 5-41 1130AWA0 15-2, 15-3 1130AWA18 15-4, 15-5 115 5-18 12GA0 15-2, 15-3 12GA18 15-4, 15-5 12245P 4-10 12247P 4-10 12249A 4-10 12250A 4-10 12251A 4-10 1231 5-41 1232 5-41 1233 5-41 12332P 4-10 12334P 4-10 12336P 4-10 12338P 4-10 12537 4-14 12585 4-10 12585H 4-10 12587 4-10 12589 4-10 12593 4-10 12632P 4-10 12634P 4-10 126541AE 4-12126541AEJ 4-12126541EJ 4-12126541EJN 4-12126541EJNS 4-12126542AE 4-12126542AEJ 4-12126542EJ 4-12126542EJN 4-12126542EJNS 4-12126543AE 4-12 126543AEJ 4-12 126543EJ 4-12 126543EJN 4-12126543EJNS 4-12 12655 4-1212655J 4-12 12656 4-12 12656N 4-12 12657 4-12 12658 4-12 12696 4-11 12697 4-11 12698 4-11 12699 4-11 1270AWA0 15-2, 15-3 1270AWA18 15-4, 15-5 1283 4-15 12831 4-15 1292 5-40 1293 5-40 14322 5-3514322P 5-53.3 143221 5-35143221P 5-53.3 15129 4-17

15808 5-6 15810 5-6 15812 5-6 15814 5-6 15828 5-6 15830 5-6 15832 5-6 15834 5-6 1948C 5-24 1948M 5-24 19784 5-6 19786 5-6 19788 5-6 19790 5-6 19792 5-6 2IPTB 5A-5 2SBH36AMTBAMTB 12-302SBH36CLCL 12-312SBH36CLHCLH 12-312SBH36HH1 12-19 2SBH36VV1 12-18 2SBH40HH1 12-19 2SBH42AMTAMT 12-302SBH42AMTBAMTB 12-302SBH42CLCL 12-312SBH42CLHCLH 12-312SBH42VV1 12-18 2SBH48AMTAMT 12-302SBH48AMTBAMTB 12-302SBH48CLCL 12-312SBH48CLHCLH 12-312SBH48HH1 12-19 2SBH48VV1 12-18 2SBH60VV1 12-18 2SBH72VV1 12-18 2SBM30VV1 12-18 2SBM36AMTBAMTB 12-302SBM36CLCL 12-312SBM36CLHCLH 12-312SBM36HH1 12-19 2SBM36VV1 12-18 2SBM40VV1 12-18 2SBM42AMTAMT 12-302SBM42AMTBAMTB 12-302SBM42CLCL 12-312SBM42CLHCLH 12-312SBM42VV1 12-18 2SBM44VV1 12-18 2SBM48AMTAMT 12-302SBM48AMTBAMTB 12-302SBM48CLCL 12-312SBM48CLHCLH 12-312SBM48VV1 12-18 215 5-17 2157 5-12 2162 5-36 2162P 5-372170 5-36 2170P 5-372171 5-36 2171P 5-372174 5-36 2174P 5-372195 5-36 2196 5-36 21971 5-36 21971P 5-372199 5-36

1-11

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

2199P 5-372237 5-44 2357 5-12 2743034001 12-122743064001 12-122743104001 12-122743134001 12-122748214001 12-1229930 5-8 29939 5-7 29943 5-7 29956 5-7 29958 5-7 29959 5-7 29960 5-7 29962 5-7 29964 5-7 29966 5-7 29968 5-7 29970 5-7 29978 5-7 29980 5-7 29982 5-7 29984 5-7 29986 5-7 29988 5-7 3SBL3618C 12-363SBL3618CSB 12-363SBM3024VV1 12-20 3SBM3613AM 12-323SBM3613AMB 12-323SBM3613AMT 12-333SBM3613AMTB 12-333SBM3613CLH 12-343SBM3613CLRH 12-343SBM3613CTB 12-353SBM3618AM 12-323SBM3618AMB 12-323SBM3618AMT 12-333SBM3618AMTB 12-333SBM3618CL 12-343SBM3618CLH 12-343SBM3618CLRH 12-343SBM3618CT 12-353SBM3618CTB 12-343SBM4028VV1 12-20 3SBM4813CT 12-353SBM4813CTB 12-353SBM4818AM 12-323SBM4818AMB 12-323SBM4818AMT 12-333SBM4818AMTB 12-333SBM4818CL 12-343SBM4818CLH 12-343SBM4818CLRH 12-343SBM4818CTB 12-353SBM4824AM 12-323SBM4824AMB 12-323SBM4824AMT 12-333SBM4824AMTB 12-333100 5-18 31144 5-49 31145 5-49 31146 5-49 315 5-17 3194 5-33 34GA0 15-2, 15-334GA18 15-4, 15-5

3470 5-12 350 5-17 3510 5-33 3511 5-33 3512 5-33 3513 5-33 3514 5-33 3530 5-33 3531 5-33 3532 5-33 3533 5-33 3539 5-48 3540 5-48 3541 5-48 402 4-14, 4-164022 4-16 4035 5-48 4036 5-48 4037 5-48 4045 5-37 4047 5-37 4063 5-37 4257 5-3 4258 5-36 4326 5-344326P 5-53.2 4328 5-344328P 5-53.2 4332 5-344332P 5-53.2 4345 4-1443451 4-14 450314P 4A-6451016P 5-3455 5-22 461 5-22 468 5-22 469 5-22 4705 5-344705P 5-53.2 4706 5-344706P 5-53.2 4717 5-344717P 5-53.2 5001 5-30 5004 5-30 5010 5-8 5012 5-8 5014 5-8 5016 5-8 506125 5-46 508500 5-43 508743 5-43 508744 5-43 508753 5-43 508754 5-43 50875412 5-43 508755 5-43 5110T 5-8 5112T 5-8 5114T 5-8 5150 5-17, 5-185250 5-16, 5-17, 5-185305 4-17 5306 4-17 5307 4-17 5315 4-17 5316 4-17

5317 4-17 5318 4-17 5326 4-17 5327 4-17 5328 4-17 5338 4-17 5340 4-17 5346 4-17 5347 4-17 5348 4-17 5350 5-16, 5-17, 5-185356 4-17 5357 4-17 5358 4-17 5359 4-17 5360 4-17 5368 4-17 5369 4-17 5370 4-17 5432 5-47 5433 5-47 5434 5-47 5436 5-5 5450 5-5, 5-20 5466 5-5 55006P 5-33 55058P 5-33 55083P 5-33 55084P 5-33 55085P 5-33 5510 5-8 5512 5-8 5514 5-8 5516 5-8 55312P 5-33 55320P 5-33 56001P 5-33 56073P 5-33 5612 5-8 5614 5-8 56538P 5-33 572AWA0 15-2, 15-3572AWA18 15-4, 15-5 5728 5-10 573 5-24 58GA0 15-2, 15-3 58GA18 15-4, 15-5 5801 5-43 5819 5-37 5844 5-37 6276 5-3, 5-4 6277 5-3, 5-4 6278 5-3 630002P 4A-4630010 4A-7630011 4A-7630011HD 4A-4, 4A-7, 4A-15630012 4A-7630012HD 4A-4, 4A-7 630013 4A-4, 4A-7, 4A-15630013A 4A-7 630014 4A-4, 4A-7630015 4A-4, 4A-7630016 4A-4, 4A-7 630017 4A-4, 4A-7 630027 4A-4630028 4A-46346 4-14

1-12


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

63461 4-14 636412 5-5 637412 5-5 639001 4A-7, 4A-8, 4A-15 6409 5-21 6410 5-21 642AWA0 15-2, 15-3 642AWA18 15-4, 15-5 6440 4-17 6448 5-20 6449 5-20 6450 5-20 6452 5-44 6453 5-44 6454 5-44 6455 5-44 6456 5-44 6460 5-20 6461 5-20 6462 5-20 6480 5-24 6481 5-24 6482 5-24 6484 5-24 6485 5-24 6500 5-25 6501 5-25 6502 5-25 6503 5-25 6510 5-25 6511 5-25 6512 4-10 6519 5-26 6520 5-26 6531 5-26 653112 5-26 6532 5-26 6533 5-26 6534T 5-26 6535 5-26 6538 5-26 6539 5-26 6540 5-26 6560 5-25 6561 5-25 6562 4-10, 5-25 6562H 4-106575 5-38 6584 5-30 6593 5-47 6594 5-47 6595 5-47 6805 5-48 6806 5-48 680912 5-48 681012 5-48 6811 5-48 6812 5-48 6813 5-48 6814 5-48 6816 5-48 6817 5-48 6818 5-48 681812 5-48 6819 5-48 681912 5-48 6820 5-48 682212 5-48

6823 5-48 682312 5-48 6825 5-48 6870 4-15 6940 5-9 69401 5-9 6941 5-9 6942 5-9 69421 5-9 6948 5-9 6953 5-9 6955 5-9 6979 5-9 6984 5-9 6999 5-9 7020 5-10 7026 5-10 7028 5-10 7030 5-10 7032 5-10 7126 5-10 7128 5-10 7130 5-10 7132 5-10 717AWA0 15-2, 15-3 717AWA18 15-4, 15-5 7511 5-45 751134 5-45 7512 5-45 7513 5-45 7522 5-457557 4-177558 4-17 7559 4-17 7568 4-17 7570 4-17 7574 4-17 7741 5-9 774112 5-9 7742 5-9 7743 5-9 7744 5-9 78GA0 15-2, 15-3 78GA18 15-4, 15-5 7826 5-8 7828 5-8 7830 5-8 7832 5-8 7888 5-38 7897 5-38 7898 5-38 7901 5-21 7902L 5-21 7902R 5-21 7903 5-3, 5-21 7903L 5-21 7904 5-21 7905 5-46 7911 5-30 7920 5-3 7921 5-3 7956 5-20 805AWA0 15-2, 15-3 805AWA18 15-4, 15-5 8119 5-31 8120 5-31 8161 4-148205 5-14

84FRPMGRN 5-29 84FRPMORG 5-29 84FRPMRYEL 5-29 84FRPMYEL 5-29 84PBG2Y 5-28 8512 5-42 8565 5-42 8566 5-42 8576 5-42 8578 5-42 8580 5-42 8600M 5-33 8604 5-7 860412 5-7 8605 5-7 860512 5-7 8609 5-42 8611 5-42 861664002 12-128618 5-42 8620 5-42 8634 5-5 863412 5-5 8635 5-5 8636 5-5 8637 5-5 8645 5-5 864512 5-5 8646 5-5 8647 5-5 870112 5-7 87012 5-7 8705 5-7 8706 5-7 8707 5-7 8708 5-7 8709 5-7 8710 5-7 8712 5-7 8714 5-7 872112GP 5-43 8722GP 5-43 872212GP 5-43 875 5-36 8777 5-8 8795 5-23 8805 5-7 8806 5-7 8807 5-7 8808 5-7 8809 5-7 881 5-34 881A 5-34 881AP 5-35, 5-53.1 881P 5-35, 5-53.1 8810 5-7 8812 5-7 88135 4-15 88135G 4-158814 5-7 8816 5-7 8818 5-7 8820 5-7 8822 5-7 8824 5-7 883 5-34 883P 5-35, 5-53.1 884 5-34

1-13

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

884P 5-35, 5-53.1 8846 5-6 8848 5-6 886 5-34 886P 5-35, 5-53.1 8862 5-6 8864 5-6 8866 5-6 8868 5-6 887P 5-35, 5-53.1 8870 5-6 8872 5-6 8874 5-6 8876 5-6 8877 5-6 8878 5-6 8879 5-6 8882 5-6 8884 5-6 8886 5-6 8888 5-6 8890 5-6 8892 5-6 8894 5-6 8896 5-6 8908 5-7 8910 5-7 8912 5-7 8914 5-7 8916 5-7 8918 5-7 8920 5-7 8922 5-7 8924 5-7 8926 5-7 9000 5-21 9113S 5-19 9114S 5-19 9153 5-45 9154 5-45 916GA0 15-2, 15-3 916GA18 15-4, 15-5 9161 5-45 9167 5-45 9169 5-45 9183 5-13 96FRPE 5-28 96FRPMGRN 5-29 96FRPMGRY 5-29 96FRPMORG 5-29 96FRPMRYEL 5-29 96FRPMYEL 5-29 96KG1 5-27 96KG112 5-27 96KG12 5-27 96KG34 5-27 96PBG2Y 5-28

1-14


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

AAdapters Anchors .................................... 4A-4, 4A-8 Anchor Wrench ..................................4A-4 Bolt Circle ..........................................4A-8 Foundations .......................................4A-8 Kelly Bar ............................................4A-7 Kelly Bar PISA Wrench Adapter ..4A-4 &

4A-6 Plate ...................................................5B-4 “RR” ....................................................4A-8 “SS” .....................................................4A-8 Thimble ................................................ 5-3 Thimble Pins ...................................... 5-36 Transformer Bracket ......................... 5-17Adjustable Pole Bands 4-Way .................................................... 5-4 Heavy ................................................... 5-4Adjust-A-Grip Deadends ...............15-2 thru

15-7Aerial Suspension Clamp .....................5A-6Alley Arm Crossarm Braces ................... 5-9ALTD Switches ..................................14B-11Aluminum Band-Type Cluster Mounts ..................................................5BAluminum Mounts, Thru-Bolt ..............5B-7Aluminum Platforms ........................ 5D-1.2Aluminum Wing-Type Cluster Mounts .....................5B-5 & 5B-6Anchors .................................................... 4-1 Adapters ......................... 4A-4, 4A-7, 4A-8 Application Information ...................... 4-4 Corrosion-Resistant ........................... 4-20 Cross-Plate ......................................... 4-16 Drive Tools ............................... 4A-4, 4A-6 Expanding, 8-Way .............................. 4-15 Expanding Rock ................................. 4-18 High-Strength SS .............................. 4-13 Holding Charts .................................... 4-5 Installing Tool Bent Arm Pin ............4A-7 No-Wrench ......................................... 4-14 PISA ..................................................... 4-8 PISA 6 & 7 ........................................... 4-9 Pole Key ............................................. 4-19 Power Installed ......................4-5 thru 4-9 Power Installed Screw Anchor Tooling Options ..............................4A-3 Protected Rod ..................................... 4-20 Rock, Expanding ................................ 4-18 Rods ................................................... 4-17 Rods — Power Installed .................... 4-10 Round Rod .......................................... 4-11 Science of Selecting ............................. 4-3 Screw .................................................. 4-11 Screw, No-Wrench .............................. 4-14 Shackles ............................................. 5-43 Square Shaft ............................. 4-12, 4-13 Tools ................................................4A-1 Torque Rating .................................. 4A--5 Tough One .................................. 4-6 & 4-7 Wrenches ............................................4A-4 Wrench Adapters ..............................4A-3,

4A-4 & 4A-6Angle Crossarm Bracket .......................5A-3Angle Pin ...............................................5A-9Angle Thimbleye Eyes .......................... 5-26Application Information, Anchors .......... 4-4Application Pole Line Hardware ............ 5-2Arc Chute, Interrupter ......................10A-11Arc Chute, ALTD ...............................14B-11Arm Twin Spacer ................................5A-11Arming Plate ......................................... 5-37

Arms Arm Alley, Crossarm Braces ............... 5-9 Brace Side ............................................ 5-9 Cable Extension ................................... 5-3 Deadend ........................................... 12-39Arrester-Cutout Brackets .........5-11 & 5A-3Arrester-Cutout Combinations C .....10A-14Arresters ............................................ Tab 18Assemblies Coil Lock & Bent Arm .......................4A-7 Helix PISA .................................................. 4-8 PISA 6 & 7 ........................................ 4-9 Tough One .............................. 4-6 & 4-7 Locking Dog ..........................4A-4 & 4A-6 Tough One Drive Wrench Extension ........................................4A-4Automation-Ready Distribution Switch ...............................................14A-2Auxiliary Contacts,Auxiliary Eyes .......................................5A-2

BBail & Jib .............................................4A-14Bands, Pole Accessories ........................................... 5-3 Adjustable ............................................ 5-4 Connecting Links ................................. 5-4 4-Way .................................................... 5-4 Secondary Rack ................................... 5-5Band-Type Cluster Mounts .....................5BBars Expanding & Tamping ....................4A-11Bayonets, Ground Wire ........................... 5-5Bent Arm Pin and Coil Lock Assembly ............................................4A-7Bolt Eyelets ...........................................5A-2Bolts Carriage ............................................... 5-5 Carriage, Crossarm Pin ..................... 5-35 Clevis .................................................... 5-6 Cotter, Deadend Insulator ................. 11-2 Double-Arming Eye ............................. 5-6 Double-Arming, Full Thread ............... 5-6 Machine ................................................ 5-7 Ovaleye ................................................. 5-7 Screw Eye ............................................. 5-8 Thimbleye ............................................ 5-8 Upset, Double ...................................... 5-8 Upset, Single ........................................ 5-9Bonding Clamps ........................5A-2 & 5-19BPF Station Class Switch.................14B-18BP3 By-Pass Switch ..........................14B-15Braces Crossarm, Alley Arm ........................... 5-9 Crossarm, Flat ................................... 5-10 Crossarm, “V” ....................................... 5-9 Pole ...................................................5A-11 Side Arm .............................................. 5-9Brackets Angle Crossarm .................................5A-3 Banded Cluster .................................. 5-17 Cabinet Mounting ..............................5C-4 Communication................................ 12-21 Corner Construction .......................... 5-10 Crossarm Mounting ............... 5-23, 5-53.9 Curved Base ....................................... 5-13 Cutout & Arrester.....................5-11, 5A-3 Downlead ......................................... 12-13 Extension ........................................... 5-12 Frame-Type Cluster ..................... 5-53.12 Horizontal Insulator ..........................5A-5 Mounting Strap ............................ 5-53.10

Neutral Extension .......................... 5-53.4 Neutral Offset .................................... 5-12 Neutral Wire ...................................... 5-12 Pole Mounting ............................... 5-53.11 Pole Top .............................................. 5-12 Pole Top Insulator ..............................5A-4 Post Insulator .................................... 5-13 Pothead Cutout & Arrester ............... 5-11 Racks, Underground Cable ............................................... 5-41 Sagger ................................................ 5-23 Secondary Lead Transformer............ 5-19 Service Deadend ................................ 5-14 Side Mounted ..................................... 5-13 Standoff, Single-Phase .................... 12-15 Standoff Two-Phase ......................... 12-18 Standoff Three-Phase ...................... 12-20 Telephone House ................................ 5-14 Transformer ....................................... 5-16 Transformer Mounting ..........5B-4.1, 5-15

5-17 & 5-18 Banded Cluster .............................. 5-17 Rack Frame .................................... 5-15 Unibrackets .................................... 5-13 Vertical Insulator ...........................5A-5 Wing-Type Cluster ........................ 5-53.12Bumper Posts ........................................ 4-21By-Pass Switch, BP3 .........................14B-15

CCATV Formed Wire Products ............... 15-1Cabinet Mounting Brackets .................5C-4Cable Cable Clamp ...................................... 5-20 Extension Arms ................................... 5-3 Guard & Straps ................................. 5-26 Guards, Underground ....................... 5-27 Positioner ...........................................5C-6 Racks ............................................... 5-53.8 Rack Hook .......................................... 5-41 Rack Insulators.................................. 5-41 Rack Supports ........................ 5-41, 5-53.7 Rack Underground ....... 5-39, 5-40 & 5-41 Route Marker ..................................... 5-32 Spacer/Tangent Standoff Bracket ... 12-38 Support Insulators ....................... 5-53.13 Supports .......................................... 5-53.8Capacitor Racks ....................................5C-5Carriage Bolts ......................................... 5-5Cast Iron Pole Line Hardware.................5ACast Washers .......................................5A-12C Cutouts ........................... 10AA-2 & 10A-2 Fuseholders .................... 10AA-9 & 10A-7 Mounting Assemblies .... 10AA-9 & 10A-7 Ordering Information 10AA-11 & 10A-15 Polymer ......................................... 10AA-2 Specifications ...................................10A-6Clamp, Aerial Suspension .....................5A-6Clamp, Cable ......................................... 5-20Clamp, Two-Bolt Guy ............................5A-7Clamp, U-Bolt Guy ................................5A-6Clamp, Bonding ................. 5-2, 5-19 & 5A-2Clamp Ground ............................................... 5-20 Ground Rod ........................................ 5-42Clamp, Ground Wire ............................. 5-20Clamp, Guy ............................................ 5-20Clamp, Guy Offset ................................. 5-21Clamp, Lashing Wire ............................ 5-21Clamp, Suspension ................................ 5-21Clamp-Type Steel Pins ...................... 5-53.3Classification, Soil Data ......................4A-10Clevis Bolts .............................................. 5-6

1-15

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Clevises Deadend ............................................. 5-22 Deadending ........................................ 5-22 Insulated ....................... 5-22, 5-23 & 5-24 Sagger ................................................ 5-23 Thimble .............................................. 5-24Clevis Swinging ..................................... 5-24Clevis, Thimble ........................5-24 & 5A-11Clevis Type Wireholders ....................... 5-49Clips Guy Wire ............................................ 5-24Cloverleaf Arrestor Bracket................ 12-28

12-29, 12-31 & 12-34Cluster Mounting Brackets .................. 5-17Cluster Mounts, Aluminum Band-Type, Jumbo .............................5B-8Cluster Mounts, Aluminum Wing-Type .............................5B-5 & 5B-6Coil Lock Assembly and Bent Arm Pin .....................................4A-7Communication Standoff Bracket ...... 12-21Conductor Reference Tables ................. 15-9Conduit Standoff Brackets & T-Slots ....................................................5CConduit Standoff Brackets ...................5C-2Conduit Strap Kits ................................5C-2Connecting Links, Pole Bands ................ 5-4Connector CoverConstruction Corner Bracket ............... 5-10Construction Fiberglass Units ............. 12-1Copper bonded Ground Rods ...... 5-53.16-18Corner Bracket .................................... 12-37Corner Construction Bracket ............... 5-10Corrosion-Resistant Anchor ................. 4-20Cotter Key ........................................... 12-12Couplings ............................................... 4-10Crossarm Braces Alley Arm ............................................. 5-9 Flat ..................................................... 5-10Crossarm Angle Bracket ....................................5A-3 Bolt, Pin Carriage .............................. 5-35 Bracket, Mounting ............................. 5-23 Gains ..................................................5A-8 Insulator Pins .................................... 5-35 Mounting Bracket ........................... 5-53.9 Reinforcing Plate ............................... 5-37 Steel Deadend .................................... 5-25 “V” Braces ............................................. 5-9Cross-Plate Anchors .............................. 4-16Curved-Base Brackets .......................... 5-13Curved Lock Nut ................................... 5-33Curved Washer ...........................5-48, 5A-12Cutouts, C .......................... 10AA-2 & 10A-2 Fuseholders .................... 10AA-9 & 10A-7 Mounting Assemblies .... 10AA-9 & 10A-7 Ordering Information 10AA-11 & 10A-15 Polymer ......................................... 10AA-2 Specifications ...................................10A-6Cutout-Arrester Bracket ..............5-11, 5A-3 12-23 thru 12-34Cutout-Arrester Combinations .. 10AA-10 &

10A-14Cutout, Linkbreak ............. 10AA-6 & 10A-8Cutout, Loadbreak ......... 10AA-8 & 10A-11Cutouts, Polymer .............................. 10AA-2Cutouts, Standard ............. 10AA-4 & 10A-3Cutouts, Type C ................. 10AA-2 & 10A-2

DD6 Switches .......................................14A-18D7 Switches .......................................14A-11

Dating Pole Nails .................................. 5-33Deadend Fiberglass Arms ................... 12-39Deadending Clevis .................................................. 5-22Deadends Adjust-A-Grip.....................15-1 thru 15-7 Brackets ............................................. 5-14 Clevises .............................................. 5-22 Crossarm Steel .................................. 5-25 Service Grip ....................................... 15-4 Tongue ................................................ 5-47Detachable Lag & Plate ........................ 5-46Detachable Pole Steps ........................... 5-46Disconnect Switches..........................14B-11 Type ALTD .....................................14B-11Distribution Class Surge Arrester .. 31-16.1Distribution Switch ................................14ADistribution Switch Motor Operators ...14CDouble-Arming Bolt ................................ 5-6Double Arming Bolt, Full Thread ........... 5-6Double-Arming Plates Center-Suspension Type ................... 5-37 Clevis Connections ............................ 5-37Double Upset Bolts ................................. 5-8Downlead Bracket ............................... 12-13Drive and Screw Hooks ......................... 5-30Drive-End Tough One Wrenches ..........4A-4Drive Tools ................................4A-5 & 4A-6Ductile Iron Guy Hooks ........................ 5-30DUOGAP Interrupter ............................14A

EEarth Anchors ......................................... 4-1Economy Full-Round Guy Markers ..... 5-28Eight-Way Expanding Anchor .............. 4-15Electronic Sectionalizers .......................10DElectronic Sectionalizers, Polymer ............................................10DDExpanding Anchors BUST-CLEAN .................................... 4-15 Eight Way ........................................... 4-15 Pole Key ............................................. 4-19 Rock .................................................... 4-18Expanding & Tamping Bars ...4-15 & 4A-11Expanding Pole Key Anchor ................. 4-19Expanding Rock Anchor ....................... 4-18Expulsion Interrupter, DUOGAP .............................................14AExtension Assemblies ...........................4A-4Extension Brackets ................ 5-12 & 5-53.4Extension Rod w/Coupling.................... 4-10Extension, Cable Arms............................ 5-3Extension Links ........................5-31 & 5A-7Extension Plate .....................................5B-4Eye Pole Plate ......................... 5A-10, 5A-11Eye Screw Bolts ....................................... 5-8Eyebolts, Double-Arming ........................ 5-6Eyelets, Bolts .........................................5A-2Eyenuts Standard ............................................ 5-25 Thimbleye .............................. 4-10 & 5-25 Tripleye .............................................. 4-10 Twineye .................................. 4-10 & 5-25Eyes Angle Thimbleye ................................ 5-26 Auxiliary ............................................5A-2 Standard Pulling .............................4A-11 Thimbleye .......................................... 5-26

FFiberglass Construction Products ....................... 12-1

Fittings Sidewalk, Guy .................................... 5-43Flange Drive Foundation Drive Tools .........................................4A-5Flat Back Crossarm Gain .....................5A-8Flat Crossarm Braces ........................... 5-10Forged Steel Pins .......... 5-34, 5-53.1, 5-53.2Formed Wire Products .......................... 15-1 Adjust-A-Grip.....................15-2 thru 15-7 Conductor Reference Table ............... 15-9 Line Ties ............................................. 15-8 Strand Reference Table ..................... 15-9 Super Top-Tie ..................................... 15-8Foundations Adapters ................................4A-4 & 4A-6 Installing Tools .....................4A-4 & 4A-6Frame-Type Cluster Mounting Bracket ......................... 5-53.12Full-Round Guy Markers.......... 5-28 & 5-29Full-Thread, Double-Arming Bolt .......... 5-6Fuse Links ...........................................10B-1 K .......................................................10B-3 MS ....................................................10B-3 Slo-Fast ............................................10B-4 T ........................................................10B-3

GGain, Shelf .............................................5A-8Gains, Crossarm, Grid ..........................5A-8Gains, Flat Back Crossarm ...................5A-8Galvanized Anchor Rods ....................... 4-17Galvanized Drive-Head Ground Rods ...................................... 5-42Galvanized Protected Rods ................... 4-20Galvanized Sectional Ground Rod ....... 5-42Galvanized Staples ............................... 5-45Gang-Operated Switches ....................14A-1Grips, Deadend ......................15-2 thru 15-7Ground Cable Route Marker ................ 5-32Ground Rod Clamp ............................... 5-42Ground Rods, Copper bonded ..... 5-53.16-18Ground Rods, Galvanized ..................... 5-42Ground Rods, Sectional ......................... 5-42Ground Sets, Substation ....................... 9-15Ground Wire Bayonet ............................. 5-5Ground Wire Clamps ............................ 5-20Guards Cable .................................................. 5-26 Guy Markers .......................... 5-28 & 5-29 Molding .............................................. 5-27 Safety Guy ......................................... 5-28 Underground Cable ........................... 5-27Guy Clamps ............5-21, 5-22, 5A-6 & 5A-7Guy Deadending ....................15-2 thru 15-7Guy Hooks ....................................5-30, 5A-9Guy Markers Full-Round ............................. 5-28 & 5-29 Half-Round ......................................... 5-28Guy Offset Clamps ................................ 5-21Guy Sidewalk Fitting ............................ 5-43Guy Strain Clevis Pin ......................... 12-12Guy Strain Insulators .........12-4 thru 12-11Guy Strain Replacement Hardware ... 12-12Guy Strain Roller ................................ 12-12Guy Wire Rope Clips ............................. 5-24Guy Wire Thimbles .................5-47 & 5A-11

HHalf-Round Guy Markers ..................... 5-28Hanger, Messenger Universal Type .................................. 5-30Hardware, Cast Iron Pole Line ................5A

1-16


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Hardware, Pole Line ............................... 5-1Helix Assemblies Mid-Strength ....................................... 4-8 PISA ..................................................... 4-8 PISA 6 & 7 ........................................... 4-9 Standard-Strength .............................. 4-8 Tough One .................................. 4-6 & 4-7High-Strength SS .................................. 4-13High-Voltage Forged Steel Pins............ 5-34

5-53.2Hook, Cable Rack ...................... 5-40 & 5-41Hooks Drive and Screw ................................ 5-30 Guy ............................................5A-9, 5-30Hookstick Operated Switches .............14B-2Horizontal Insulator Bracket ...............5A-5Horizontal-Pin Standoff Bracket ............................................. 12-16House, Telephone Brackets ................... 5-14

IIce Breaker Padlock ......................... 5-53.15Indicator, Torque ......................4A-6 & 4A-9Installing, Anchor Tool Pin ...................4A-7Insulated Clevises .................5-22 thru 5-24Insulating Fuse Support .....................10C-7Insulator, Bracket ....................5A-4 & 5A-5Insulator, Cable Rack ................ 5-40 & 5-41Insulator, Cable Support .................. 5-53.13Insulator Pins ............................... 5-35, 5-37Insulator Studs, Line Post ................. 5-53.6Insulator, Polymer ............................. Tab 11Insulator, Polymer Spool .................. 5-53.19Insulators Guy Strain .......................12-4 thru 12-11 Ohio Brass ..................................... Tab 11 Post Bracket Insulator ...................... 5-13 Spool .............................................. 5-53.14Interrupters ............................................14A Irons, Pulling-In .................................... 5-31

J

KK-Type Fuse Links ..............................10B-3Kelly Bar Adapters .......... 4A-4, A-5 & 4A-7Key, Expanding Pole ............................. 4-19

LLag Screws ............................................ 5-43Lag Screw Type Pin .............................. 5-36Lashing Wire Clamps............................ 5-21Lift & Load Plates ................................. 5-38Limiter Shear Pin Torque .....................4A-9Line Post Insulator Studs .................. 5-53.6Line Tension Disconnect Switches .........................................14B-11Line Ties ................................................ 15-8Links Extension ...............................5-31 & 5A-7 Fuse ..................................................10B-1 Pole Band Connecting ......................... 5-4Loadbreak Cutout ........... 10AA-8 & 10A-11Linkbreak Cutout .............. 10AA-6 & 10A-8Locking Dog Assembly ... 4A-4, 4A-5 & 4A-6Lockwasher ............................................ 5-48

MM3 Disconnect Switch .........................14B-2 M3 Switch, Distribution Class ...........14B-3M3 Switch, Station Class ....................14B-7M3C Switch .........................................14B-9

Machine Bolts .......................................... 5-7Marker Route Ground Level ..................................... 5-32Markers, Guy ............................. 5-28 & 5-29Mechanical Torque Indicator .............................................4A-9Messenger Hangers Universal Type .................................. 5-30Molding .................................................. 5-27Motor Operator Overhead Switch ................................14CMounting, Cabinet Bracket ..................5C-4Mounting, Crossarm Bracket ............... 5-23

5-53.9Mounting Bracket Frame-Type Cluster ..................... 5-53.12 Pole ................................................ 5-53.11 Wing-Type ..................................... 5-53.12Mounting Strap, Bracket ................. 5-53.10Mounting, Transformer Brackets ................................. 5B-4.1 5-15

5-17 & 5-18 Aluminum Rack Frame ..................5B-4.1 Rack Frame ........................................ 5-15MS-Type Fuse Links ...........................10B-3

NNail, Pole Dating ................................... 5-33Neutral Extension Bracket ................ 5-53.4Neutral Offset Brackets ........................ 5-12Neutral Wire Brackets .......................... 5-12Nob-Loc Supports ............................... 5-53.8Non-Unitized D6 Switches ...............14A-18No-Wrench Anchor Installation Tools ................................................... 4-14No-Wrench Screw Anchors ................... 4-14Nuts Curved Lock ....................................... 5-33 Palnut Lock ........................................ 5-33 Square ................................................ 5-33 Washer ................................................ 5-33Nylon Thread Crossarm Insulator Pins ..................................................... 5-35Nylon Thread Pole Top Insulator Pins ..................................................... 5-37

OOffset Neutral Brackets ........................ 5-12Offset Guy Clamps ................................ 5-21Ohio Brass ...............................Tabs 11 & 18Options PISA Tooling ......................................4A-3Ovaleye Bolts ........................................... 5-7Overhead Switches..................... 14A & 14BOverhead Switches Motor Operator .....14C

PPadlock, Ice Breaker ........................ 5-53.15Padmount Switches .................... 17D & 17EPalnut Lock Nuts .................................. 5-33Pin, Angle ..............................................5A-9Pin Insulator Ties ................................. 15-8Pins Anchor Installing Tool .......................4A-6 Bent Arm ............................................4A-7 Clamp-Type Steel ........................... 5-53.3 Crossarm-Type Carriage Bolt ........... 5-35 Crossarm ......................................... 5-53.1 Forged Steel ........................... 5-34, 5-53.1 High Voltage Forged Steel ..... 5-34, 5-53.2 Insulator ............................................ 5-35

5-37

Lag Screw Type ................................. 5-36 Low Voltage Forged Steel ............... 5-53.1 Pole Top .................................. 5-36, 5-53.5 Ridge ................................................ 12-14 Thimble Adapter ................................ 5-36Pipe Spacer ............................................ 5-44PISA ......................................................... 4-8PISA 6 ...................................................... 4-9PISA 7 ...................................................... 4-9PISA Anchor Installing Tools ...............4A-4PISA Couplings ..................................... 4-10PISA Rod & Eyenut Combination ........ 4-10Plastic Molding Guards ........................ 5-27Plate Horizontal Adapter ............................ 5-16 Vertical Adapter ................................. 5-16Plate, Pole Eye ......................... 5A-10, 5A-11Plates Crossarm Reinforcing ........................ 5-37 Double-Arming .................................. 5-37 Lift & Load ......................................... 5-38 Strain ................................................. 5-38Platforms, Aluminum ........................ 5D-1.1Pole Band Accessories ............................. 5-3Pole Band, Connecting Links ................. 5-4Pole Bands, Adjustable 4-Way .................................................... 5-4 Heavy Style .......................................... 5-4 Secondary Rack ................................... 5-5Pole Brace ............................................5A-11Pole Dating Nails .................................. 5-33Pole Eye Plate ......................5A-10 & 5A-11Pole Keys, Expanding ........................... 4-19Pole Line Hardware ................................ 5-1Pole Line Hardware, Cast Iron ................5APole Mounting Bracket .................... 5-53.11Pole Steps .............................................. 5-46Pole Top Brackets ......................5A-4 & 5-12Pole Top Pins ......................................... 5-36

5-53.5Polymer Arresters Ohio Brass ..................................... Tab 18Polymer Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer ....................................10DDPolymer Insulators Ohio Brass ..................................... Tab 11Polymer Spool Insulator .................. 5-53.19Positioner, Cable ....................................5C-6Post Insulator Brackets ........................ 5-13Post Insulator Ties ................................ 15-8Posts, Bumper........................................ 4-21Pothead Brackets, Cutout Arresters ................................ 5-11Power Install. Screw Anchors ..................................4-5 thru 4-9Power Installed Screw Anchor Rods .... 4-10Power Installed Screw Anchor Tooling Options ..................................4A-3Power Installed Screw Anchor Tooling System ...................................4A-3Power No-Wrench Installation Tool ..... 4-14Probe, Soil Test ....................................4A-10Products, Formed Wire.......................... 15-1Protected Anchor Rods .......................... 4-17Pulling Eyes, Standard .......................4A-11Pulling In Irons ..................................... 5-31

Q

RRack, Secondary Bands, Pole .................. 5-5Racks, Cable ....................................... 5-53.8

1-17

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Racks, Capacitor ....................................5C-5Racks, Secondary ................................... 5-38Racks, Underground Cable ...5-39 thru 5-41 Cable Hook .........................5-39 thru 5-41 Cable Insulators ................5-39 thru 5-41 Channel-Steel Type .......................... 5-40 Heavy Type ........................................ 5-40 Supports ............................................. 5-41Recloser ...................................................10EReinforced Wireholders ......................... 5-49Reinforcing Plates, Crossarm ............... 5-37Reinforcing Straps ................................ 5-46Ridge Pin ............................................. 12-17Riser Pole Surge Arrester ................ 31-16.1Rock Anchors, Expanding ..................... 4-18Rods, Anchor Galvanized ................................ 4-17, 5-42 Ovaleye ............................................... 4-17 PISA Extension.................................. 4-10 Power-Installed .................................... 4-8 Protected ............................................ 4-20 Threaded Thimbleye .......................... 4-17 Threaded Tripleye ............................. 4-17 Threaded Twineye ............................. 4-17Rods, Ground Clamp ................................................. 5-42 Drive-Head Galvanized ..................... 5-42 Sectional, Galvanized ........................ 5-42Roller Chain Hoist .................................. 6-5Rope Wire Clips ..................................... 5-24Round Rod Anchors ............................... 4-12Round Washers ........................5-48 & 5A-12Route Marker, Cable ............................. 5-32“RR” Anchor Tools .................................4A-5“RR” Screw Anchor ................................ 4-11

SSagger Bracket ...................................... 5-23Science of Selecting Anchors .................. 4-3Screw Anchors No-Wrench ......................................... 4-14 Power Installed .................................... 4-5 Round-Rod “RR” ................................. 4-11 Square-Shaft “SS” .................. 4-12 & 4-13Screw Anchor Drive Tool Strings .........4A-5Screw Anchor, Power Installed Rods .................................................... 4-10 Tooling Options ..................................4A-3Screw Anchor, Power Installed Tooling System ...................................4A-3Screw Eye Bolts ....................................... 5-8Screw & Drive Hook .............................. 5-30Screws, Lag ............................................ 5-43Screw Lag Pins ...................................... 5-36Secondary Lead Transformer Brackets ............................................. 5-19Secondary Racks ......................... 5-5 & 5-38Sectional Galvanized Ground Rod ....... 5-42Sectionalizer, Electronic .........................10DSectionalizer, Polymer Electronic .......10DDSelecting Anchors, Science of .................. 4-3Serving Sleeve ....................................... 5-44Shackles, Anchor ................................... 5-43Shear Pin Torque Limiter .....................4A-9Shelf Gain ..............................................5A-8Side Arm Braces ...................................... 5-9Side-Mounted Bracket .......................... 5-13Sidewalk Guy Fittings .......................... 5-43Single-Insulator Disconnect Switch ...............................................14B-9Single-Phase Recloser ............................10ESingle-Phase Standoff Bracket ............................... 12-23 & 12-29

Single-Phase Suspension Standoff Bracket .............................. 12-22Single Upset Bolts ................................... 5-9Skid-Steer Assembly ...........................4A-14Skid-Steer Welding Components ........4A-15Sleeves, Serving..................................... 5-44Slo-Fast Fuse Links ............................10B-4Soil Classes .............................................. 4-3Soil Classification Data ......................4A-10Soil Test Probe .....................................4A-10Spacer, Pipe ........................................... 5-44Spacer Twin Arm .................................5A-11Span Type Guy Hook ............................5A-9Splices, Strand ..................................... 15-15Spool Insulators ............................... 5-53.14Spring Clip Washers ............................. 5-48Spring Lock Washers ............................ 5-48Square Nut ............................................ 5-33Square Shaft Anchors ............... 4-12 & 4-13Square Washers .......................5-48 & 5A-12SS Anchors................................. 4-12 & 4-13“SS” Anchor Tools ..................................4A-5“SS” Anchor Adapter .............................4A-5Station Class Switch, BPF ................14B-18Standard Eyenut ................................... 5-25Standard Pulling Eyes ........................4A-11Standoff Brackets Cable Spacer/Tangent ..................... 12-38 Communication................................ 12-21 Single-Phase Horizontal-Pin........... 12-16 Single-Phase Suspension ................ 12-22 Single-Phase Vertical-Pin ............... 12-15 Two-Phase Horizontal-Pin .............. 12-19 Two-Phase Vertical-Pin ................... 12-18 Three-Phase Vertical-Pin ................ 12-20Staples Electro-Zinc Plated ............................ 5-45 Copper Coated ................................... 5-45 Hot-Dip Galvanized ........................... 5-45Static Wire Supports ............................. 5-47Steel Deadend Crossarm ...................... 5-25Steel Pins ....................... 5-34, 5-53.1, 5-53.2Steps, Pole .............................................. 5-46Strain Insulator Clevis ......................... 5-24Strain Plates .......................................... 5-38Strand Reference Table ....................... 15-29Strap, Bracket Mounting ................. 5-53.10Strap, Cable ........................................... 5-26Straps, K-S............................................. 5-27Straps, Reinforcing ................................ 5-46Studs, Line Post Insulator ................. 5-53.6Super Top-Tie ........................................ 15-8Support Insulator, Cable .................. 5-53.13Supports Cable Rack ......................................... 5-41 Fuse Assembly, Insulating .....................................10C-7 Static Wire ......................................... 5-47Surge Arresters ................................ 31-16.1Suspension Aerial Clamp .....................5A-6Suspension Clamps ............................... 5-21Suspension Single-Phase Standoff Bracket .............................. 12-22Swinging Clevis ..................................... 5-24Switches ALTD ..............................................14B-11 AR Unitized ........................................14A BPF Station Class .........................14B-18 BP3 By-Pass ...................................14B-15 BPR Regulator By-Pass .................14B-21 D6 Non-Unitized .................................14A D7 Unitized .........................................14A Disconnect ........................................14B-2

Distribution ............................ 14A & 14B M3 .....................................................14B-2 M3C ..................................................14B-9 Overhead ................................. 14A & 14B Overhead Motor Operators ................14C Padmounted ........................................17D

TT-Slots ....................................................5C-3T-Type Fuse Link ................................10B-3Tamping Bar ............................4-15 & 4A-11Tangent Bracket .................................. 12-38Telephone House Brackets ................... 5-14Test Equipment ........................................ 19Test, Soil Probe ....................................4A-10Thimble Adapter ..................................... 5-3Thimble Adapter Pins ........................... 5-36Thimble Clevis Guy Wire ....................5A-11Thimble Clevises ................................... 5-24Thimbles Guy Wire ............................................ 5-47Thimbleyes Angle Eyes ......................................... 5-26 Bolts ..................................................... 5-8 Eye ...................................................... 5-26 Eyenuts .............................................. 5-25Three-Phase Corner Bracket .............. 12-37Three-Phase Vertical-Pin Standoff Bracket .............................. 12-20Thru-Bolt Aluminum Mounts ...............5B-7Ties, Line ............................................... 15-8Tie-Top Post Insulators ..................... Tab 11Tongue, Deadend ................................... 5-47Tooling Options, PISA ...........................4A-3Tools Anchor ...................................................4A Foundation No-Wrench Anchor & Manual Drive Tool .........................4A-8 Torque Indicator ................................4A-9Torque Limiter Shear Pin .....................4A-9Torque Rating, Anchor ..........................4A-3Tough One Anchor .................................4A-6Transformers Brackets .............................5B-4.1 — 5-19 Mounting Brackets ...............5B-4.1, 5-15,

5-17 & 5-18Transformer Mounting Brackets Aluminum Rack Frame ..................5B-4.1 Banded Cluster .................................. 5-17 Rack Frame ........................................ 5-15Transformer Secondary Lead Bracket ............................................... 5-19Twin Arm Spacer ................................5A-11Twineye, Eyenuts .................................. 5-25Two-Bolt Guy Clamp.............................5A-7Two-Phase Horizontal-Pin Standoff Bracket .............................. 12-19Two-Phase Vertical-Pin Standoff Bracket .............................. 12-18Type ALTD Switch ...........................14B-11Type AR Switch ...................................14A-2Type C Cutout .....................................10A-2Type C-Polymer Cutout ................... 10AA-2Type-D6 Non-Unitized Switches .........................................14A-18Type-D7 Unitized Switches ..............14A-11Type-K Fuse Links ..............................10B-3Type-MS Fuse Links ...........................10B-3Type M3 Switch ...................................14B-2Type-T Fuse Links ..............................10B-3

UU-Bolt Guy Clamp .................................5A-6

1-18


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Underground Cable Guards ................. 5-27Underground Cable Racks ....5-39 thru 5-41Unitized Switches ..................................14AUnibracket, Insulator ........................... 5-13Upset Bolts .................................... 5-8 & 5-9

V“V” Crossarm Braces ............................... 5-9Versa-Tech Recloser ...............................10EVertical Insulator Bracket ....................5A-5Vertical-Pin Standoff Bracket ............................................. 12-15Vertical-Pin Three-Phase Tri-Unit Assembly ........................... 12-20

WWasher Nuts .......................................... 5-33Washers Cast ..................................................5A-12 Curved ................................................ 5-48 Double Coil Spring Lockwasher .................................... 5-48 Fiber-Reinforced ................................ 4-14 Round ................................................. 5-48 Spring Clip ......................................... 5-48 Spring Lock ........................................ 5-48 Square ................................................ 5-48Wing-Type Cluster Mounting Bracket ......................... 5-53.12Wire Bracket Neutral .......................... 5-12Wire, Clamps Lashing ........................... 5-21Wire, Ground Bayonets ........................... 5-5Wire, Ground Clamps ........................... 5-20Wire, Guy Thimble Clevis ...................5A-11Wireholders .................................. 5-49, 5-50Wire Products ........................................ 15-1Wire Rope Clips ..................................... 5-24Wire, Static Support .............................. 5-47Wrenches Adapters, Anchor ................................................4A-4Wrenches, Screw Anchor.......................4A-4

X

Y

Z

4-1

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

4

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.

Warranty - ApplicationHubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.

Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

ANCHORS

Minimum order quantities may apply.Contact factory for test information.





4-2


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTSPage

4-3

4-4

4-5

4-6

4-7

4-8

4-9

4-10

4-11

4-12

4-13

4-14

4-15

4-16

4-17

4-18

4-19

4-20

4-21

SubjectThe Science of Selecting Anchors

Anchor Application Information(Soil Classification Data Chart)

Power-Installed Screw Anchors(Holding-Capacity/Installing-Torque Charts)

Tough one® Anchor Helix Assemblies - Small Hub(Torque Ratings: 10,000 ft.-lb. & 8,000 ft.-lb.)

Tough one® Anchor Helix Assemblies - Large Hub(Torque Ratings: 15,000 ft.-lb. & 8,000 ft.-lb.)

Standard & Mid-Strength PISA® Anchor Helix Assemblies 13⁄8"-Core (Torque Ratings: 4,000 ft.-lb. & 6,000 ft.-lb.)

PISA® 6 and PISA® 7 Anchor Helix Assemblies 11⁄2"-Core (Torque Ratings: 6,000 ft.-lb. & 7,000 ft.-lb.)

PISA® Anchor Rods, Eyenuts and Couplings

RR (Round-Rod) Screw Anchors

SS (Square-Shaft) Screw Anchors

High-Strength SS Screw Anchors for Heavy Tension Loading

No-Wrench Screw Anchors

“Bust” Expanding Anchors

Cross-Plate Anchors and Anchor Rod Extensions

Anchor Rods

Expanding Rock Anchors

Expanding Pole Key Anchors

Corrosion-Resistant Anchors

Bumper Posts

NOTE: For Anchor Installing Tools, see Catalog Section 4A.

4-3

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

The Scienceof Selecting AnchorsSoil Mechanics and Holding CapacityDuring the early stages of the screw anchor, the load re-sistance of an installed anchor could not be predicted with reasonable accuracy. Specific information on soil conditions was lacking, making anchor selection more or less a guess. With little consideration for soil variations and the effects of seasonal weather changes or drainage, soils were classified as “sand, clay, hardpan or swamp.” There wasn't any definitive explanation for such soil conditions.

Chance soil classification data opened new horizons in pre-dicting anchor holding capacity. Initially, it was necessary to obtain soil samples from the projected anchor depth in order to classify the soil and to make anchor recommenda-tions. However, this method was inconvenient, costly and time-consuming.

PISA®: Power-Installed Screw AnchorsMore than 50 years ago, Chance introduced this patented system of utilizing the power of digging equipment to install screw anchors. The system consists of a screw anchor, an-chor rod and a special installing wrench. Each anchor has a galvanized steel threaded anchor rod with an upset hex; single or twin helices and a galvanized guy wire nut which is screwed to the anchor rod end. PISA anchors can be installed in a matter of minutes.

Torque and PerformanceLater this method was improved with the development of Chance torque indicators and sets of holding capacity values for given anchor types. This did not obviate the soil classifi-cation data but strengthened and simplified it so the utility employee could install a PISA anchor or other Chance anchor to a given torque value and predict with relative accuracy the holding capacity of the installed anchor. Actually, the cor-relation between installing torque and anchor performance required thousands of tests throughout the United States and in every conceivable soil condition. It is much labor, en-gineering research and investment that have made possible the development of this reliable and predictable anchoring philosophy.

Torque RatingsChance screw anchors are designed and manufactured for maximum torsional strength. During installation, some of the torque applied by the digger and measured by installation torque indicators is dissipated by friction along the wrench and not applied to the anchor itself, so it is possible to apply more torque than the anchor alone can withstand. Chance anchors are rated by maximum working torque or, for the more recent designs, by the 5 per cent exclusion limit which is a more explicitly defined criterion based on statistical analysis of on-line quality control testing. Both ratings take into consideration the variation to be expected in anchor torsional strength due to normal variations in materials and manufacturing processes. Customers should consider this variation along with the wide variation that can be seen in the frictional loss along the wrench in deciding how much torque can be applied safely during installation. The fact that Chance ratings are set near the minimum credible torsional strength also should be considered in comparing Chance rat-ings to those of manufacturers who rate their anchors based on average strength.

Soil Probe, A Logical DevelopmentChance engineers developed the "soil test probe", a mechani-cal tool which makes it possible to infer subsoil conditions from the surface of the earth. The soil test probe is screwed into the soil. As it displaces the soil, probe installation torque is measured in inch-pounds on a torque gauge, which is an integral part of the installing tool. Probe torque readings are then compared with the information on the Chance Soil Classification Data Chart and translated into the appropri-ate soil classification.

4-4


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Anchor Application Information

Geological Soil ClassificationGranite, Basalt, Massive LimestoneCaliche, (Nitrate-bearing gravel/rock),

Basal till; boulder clay; caliche;weathered laminated rockGlacial till; weathered shales, schist, gneiss and siltstoneGlacial till; hardpan; marls

Saprolites, residual soils

Dense hydraulic fill;compacted fill; residual soilsFlood plain soils; lake clays;adobe; gumbo, fillMiscellaneous fill, swamp marsh

Class 1 soils are difficult to probe consistently and the ASTM blow count may be of questionable value.**It is advisable to install anchors deep enough, by the use of extensions, to penetrate a Class 5 or 6, underlying the Class 7 or 8 Soils.

SOIL CLASSIFICATION DATATypical

Blow Count“N” per

ASTM-D1586N.A.

60-100+

45-60

35-50

24-40

14-25

7-14

4-8

0-5

ClassN.A.

1

2

3

4

5

6

**7

**8

Common Soil-Type DescriptionSound hard rock, unweathered (bedrock)Very dense and/or cemented sands;coarse gravel and cobblesDense fine sands; very hard siltsand clays (may be preloaded)Dense sands and gravel; hard silts and claysMedium dense sand and gravel; verystiff to hard silts and claysMedium dense coarse sands and sandygravels; stiff to very stiff silts and claysLoose to medium dense fine to coarsesands to stiff clays and siltsLoose fine sands; Alluvium; loess;medium - stiff and varied clays; fillPeat, organic silts; inundated silts, fly ashvery loose sands, very soft to soft clays

ProbeValuesft.-lb.(NM)N.A.

over 60(85 - 181) over 50(68 - 85)42 - 50 56 - 6833 - 42

(45 - 56)25 - 33

(34 - 45)17 - 25

(23 - 34)8 - 17

(11 - 23)under 8(0 - 11)

4-5

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

POwER-INSTALLED SCREw ANCHORS (PISA®)Holding Capacity/Installing Torques

Predicted ultimate holding capacities are based on results of extensive Chance tests and interpretation and are offered as an application guide only. They do not represent a guarantee of holding capacity in a particular soil class. A user must factor in his individual, appropriate safety factor. Torque values shown are steady values in homogenous soils, not peak values that might occur in non-homogenous soil. Torque values shown were obtained by averaging readings from the last 2 feet of anchor penetration. The anchor shaft must be aligned

with the guy load to prevent premature failure of the rod. Under no circumstance should the rod and guy strand join at an angle of departure exceeding ± 5° on PISA anchors.

CAUTION: ALL COMPONENTS OF THE CHANCE ANCHOR-ING SYSTEM ARE PERFORMANCE MATED. USE OF OTHER ANCHORING PRODUCTS OR EQUIPMENT WILL NOT NECES-SARILY PRODUCE THE SAME RESULTS.

Under no circumstance should the rod and guy strand join at an angle of departure exceeding ± 5° on PISA anchors.

4-6


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Tough one® ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIESTORQUE RATINGS: 10,000 FT.-LB., AND 8,000 FT.- LB.

Small Hub (21⁄4" Square Inside)

Use high-strength10,000 ft-lb.Tough one® anchor in hard soils .

10" dia.C1025209C1025205

14" dia.C1025207

Std. Pkg./ Pallet4/964/96

Std. Pkg./ Pallet2/40



8" Dia.C1025208C1025204

12" Dia.C1025206C1025210

For 5⁄8" dia. RodFor 3⁄4" & 1" dia. Rods

For 3⁄4" & 1" dia. RodsFor 5⁄8" dia. Rods

10,000 ft.-lb. Tough one® anchor21⁄4" Square Inside Hub

Std. Pkg./Pallet4/96


10" dia.C1025201

14" dia.C1025203



8" Dia.C1025200

12" Dia.C1025202

For 3⁄4" & 1" dia. Rods

Patent No. 4,979,341; 4,981,000; 5,575,122; 5,607,261.

Use 8,000 ft.-lb. Tough one® anchorin soft and medium-hard soils

Ordering Information8,000 ft.-lb. Tough one® anchor

21⁄4" Square Inside HubInstall with the Chance STANDARD (10,000 ft.-lb.) wrench (see page 4A-4).

Install with the Chance STANDARD (10,000 ft.-lb.) wrench (see page 4A-4).

The C10252-- series of Tough one® anchors have a smaller inside hub diameter than our C10250-- series. The smaller hub is designed to be installed with the Chance anchor wrench C1021583.

Tough one® anchors give users high-strength anchor capability in all soils. You get a better anchor at an economical price.

The anchor's sloped lead point (Patent No. 5,575,122) improves penetration and helps soil flow from below the hub to above the anchor.

Tough one® anchors use standard PISA® rods (see page 4-10).

4-7

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Use 8,000 ft.-lb.Tough one® anchorin soft and medium-hard soils.

Tough one® ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIESTORQUE RATINGS: 15,000 FT.-LB., AND 8,000 FT.- LB.

Large Hub (21⁄2" Square Inside)



10" Dia.C1025001

14" Dia.C1025003



8" Dia.C1025000

12" Dia.C1025002

For 3⁄4" & 1" dia. Rods

Patent No. 4,979,341; 4,981,000; 5,575,122; 5,607,261.

Tough one® anchors give users high-strength anchor capa-bility in all soils. You get a better anchor at an economical price. With Tough one® anchors, there’s little concern about anchor breakage when encountering hard soils.

The anchor’s sloped lead point (Patent No. 5,575,122) im-proves penetration and helps soil flow from below the hub to above the anchor.

Tough one® anchors use standard PISA® rods (see page 4-10).

It’s easy to upgrade your entire program with Tough one® anchors.

If soil conditions require installations above 10,000 ft.-lbs., you will need our Tough one® wrench system consisting of drive-end assembly, Kelly bar adapter and locking dog as-sembly. The high-strength system will also install PISA® 6 and 7 anchors. See page 4A-6 for high-strength anchor installing wrench information.

Ordering Information8,000 ft.-lb. Tough one® anchor

21⁄2" Square Inside HubInstall with the Chance HYBRID* or Tough one® wrench (see page 4A-4 or 4A-6)

10" Dia.C1025009C1025005

14" Dia.

C1025007


Std. Pkg./ Pallet

2/40



8" Dia.C1025008C1025004

12" Dia.C1025010C1025006

For 5⁄8" dia. RodFor 3⁄4" & 1" Dia. Rods

For 5⁄8" dia. RodFor 3⁄4" & 1" dia. Rods

15,000 ft.-lb. Tough one® anchor21⁄2" Square Inside Hub

Install with only the Chance Tough one® wrench system (Catalog page 4A-6)

Use high-strength15,000 ft-lb.Tough One in very hard soils short of solid rock.

4-8


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

PISA® anchor installation takes about 5 minutes with two workers.

See Page 4-10 for ordering PISA anchor rods and eyenuts.

For 5⁄8" Dia. RodsFor 3⁄4" & 1" Dia. Rods

Catalog Number

MID-STRENGTH ANCHOR SERIES13⁄8" CORE — 6000 ft.-lbs. Typical Working Torque — Squared Helix — 3.0" Helix Pitch

SINGLE HELIX 8" Dia.E1021629E1021632

Std. Pkg.8/2408/240

10" Dia.E1021630E1021633

Std. Pkg.4/964/96

12" Dia.E1021631E1021634

Std. Pkg.4/804/80

14" Dia.NA

E1021801

Std. Pkg.—

2/32

For 3⁄4" & 1" Dia. Rods

Catalog NumberTwIN HELIX 4" Dia.E1021635

Std. Pkg.1/30

8" Dia.E1021636

Std. Pkg.1/30

Std. Pkg.1/30

10" Dia.E1021637


Catalog Number

Ordering Information

STANDARD-STRENGTH ANCHOR SERIES13⁄8" CORE — 4000 ft.-lbs. Typical working Torque — Squared Helix — 3.0" Helix Pitch

SINGLE HELIX 8" Dia.024474024475

Std. Pkg.8/2408/240

10" Dia.024476024478

Std. Pkg.4/964/96

12" Dia.024462*024481

Std. Pkg.4/804/80

14" Dia.NA

P024484*

Std. Pkg.—

2/32

*RUS Accepted


Catalog NumberTwIN HELIX 8" Dia.012904

Std. Pkg.1/30

10" Dia.012905

Std. Pkg.1/30

PISA® ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIESChance Standard-Strength 4,000 foot-pound anchors and Mid-Strength 6,000 foot-pound anchors have curvilinear leading edges to help penetrate rocky soils and to reduce damage during installation. These anchors are available in single and twin-helix designs. The same installing wrench installs Standard and Mid-Strength anchors as well as Tough one® C10252- - series anchors. See page 4A-4 for installing wrench information.

4-9

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

SINGLE HELIX

Chance PISA®-6 6000 foot-pound anchors and PISA®-7 7000 foot-pound anchors have curvilinear leading edges to help penetrate rocky soils and to reduce damage during instal-lation. These anchors are available in single and twin-helix designs.

PISA®-6 and PISA®-7 anchors have a 11⁄2" square solid core for added strength. See page 4A-4 or 4A-6 for information on the 11⁄2" installing wrench.

ORDERING INFORMATION


TwIN HELIX


11⁄2" CORE — 6000 ft.-lbs. Typical Working Torque — Squared Helix — 3.0" Helix Pitch PISA® 6 anchor

PISA® 7 anchor

8" Dia.E1020816E1020819

Std. Pkg./Pallet8/2408/240


10" Dia.E1020817E1020820

Std. Pkg./Pallet—

4/80

12" Dia.—

E1020821

Two 8" Dia.E1020822



Two 10" Dia.E1020823

11⁄2" CORE — 7000 ft.-lbs. Typical working Torque — Squared Helix — 3.0" Helix Pitch


SINGLE HELIX Std. Pkg./Pallet4/96

10" Dia.E1020250


TwIN HELIX Std. Pkg./Pallet1/30




8" Dia.E1021223

Two 8" Dia.E1021219

Two 10" Dia.E1021220

Two 4" Dia.V1021428

See Page 4-10 for ordering PISA anchor rods and eyenuts.

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

PISA® 6 and PISA® 7ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIES

Std. Pkg./Pallet—

2/32

14" Dia.—

T1022142

4-10


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Extension Rod & CouplingCombinations

PISA® Rod & Eyenut Combinations

Catalog Number

Std. Pkg./Pallet30/75030/120025/1000

Tripleye®

1259312585

12585H

Std. Pkg./Pallet30/97530/120025/1000

Twineye®

125896562

6562H


N/A

For 5⁄8" Dia. RodsFor 3⁄4" & 1" Dia. RodsFor 1" Dia. H.S.

EYENUT Thimbleye®

12587*6512*N/A

PISA® ANCHOR RODS,EYENUTS AND COUPLINGS

Rod

COUPLINGFor 5⁄8" Dia. RodsFor 3⁄4" & 1" Dia. Rods

NOTE: Couplings are required only when it is necessary to add additional rods of 31⁄2 ft. or 7 ft. to form an extension.

Std. Pkg./Pallet

60/195050/2400

CatalogNumber12245P12247P

31⁄2 ft. ROD

Std. Pkg./Pallet5/505/505/50

Cat. No.12249A12250A12251A

5⁄8" Dia.3⁄4" Dia.1" Dia.

*RUS Accepted. †Ultimate strength ratings apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

FitsRod Size1" x 7"

1" x 31⁄2'

1"


50/2400

ROD 31⁄2-ft. ROD 7-ft. ROD

Cat. No.12332P*12632P*12334P

C1021986

Std. Pkg./Pallet5/505/505/505/60

Std. Pkg./Pallet5/505/502/502/50

UltimateStrength†

16,000 lbs.23,000 lbs.36,000 lbs.50,000 lbs.

5⁄8" Dia.3⁄4" Dia.1" Dia.1" Dia. H.S.

Cat. No.12336P12634P12338P

C1021987

A

C

D D

For 5/8" Dia. RodsFor 3/4" & 1 Dia. Rods

B

R

THIMBLEYE® NUTS

B

C

R

DA

(For 3⁄4" & 1 dia.)(For 5⁄8" dia.)

R

B

C

A D

Catalog No.

E1020031E1020047E1020035E1020043E1020051

E1020032E1020040E1020036E1020044E1020052

E1020041E1020049E1020037E1020045E1020053

Rod, Eyenut5⁄8" x 31⁄2' Rod & Thimbleye Nut5⁄8" x 31⁄2' Rod & Tripleye Nut5⁄8" x 7' Rod & Thimbleye Nut5⁄8" x 7' Rod & Twineye Nut5⁄8" x 7' Rod & Tripleye Nut3⁄4" x 31⁄2' Rod & Thimbleye Nut3⁄4" x 31⁄2' Rod & Twineye Nut3⁄4" x 7' Rod & Thimbleye Nut3⁄4" x 7' Rod & Twineye Nut3⁄4" x 7' Rod & Tripleye Nut

1" x 31⁄2' Rod & Twineye Nut1" x 31⁄2' Rod & Tripleye Nut1" x 7' Rod & Thimbleye Nut1" x 7' Rod & Twineye Nut1" x 7' Rod & Tripleye Nut

For 5/8", 3/4"& 1 Dia. Rods

TwINEYE® NUTS

B

225/64"

R

5/16"

A

113/32"

D

11/2"

C

127/64"

R1/4"

13/32"

C13/8"

119/32"

D111/64"15/8"

B17/8"

225/64"

A7/8"

11/8"

For 5/8", 3/4"& 1 Dia. Rods

TRIPLEYE® NUTS

B

213/16"

A

13/4"

C

15/8"

D

11/2"

R

1/4"

Corrosion-ProtectedPISA® Rod & Coupling

Cat. No.C1021996C1022061

C1025240

Rod is asphalt-coated galvanized with heat-shrink and plastic tube covering. Coupling is galvanized, covered with heat-shrink tubing.

Coupling

All components shown on this page are hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A153.

4-11

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Std.Pkg./Pallet

1/201/201/151/20

RR (ROUND-ROD) SCREw ANCHORSThe Round-Rod "RR" multi-helix anchors are used in areas where weak soil conditions exist and moderate holding capacities are re-quired. All helix lead sections are 7 ft. long. Extension shafts may be required for installation to proper depth.RR screw anchors consist of three galvanized components: Lead section, extension shaft (which includes an integral coupling), and

the guy adapter. Each extension and guy adapter includes a high-strength bolt and nut.Type RR (Round-Rod) anchors torque rating is 2,300 ft-lb. Ultimate tension rating for RR mechanical strength is 70,000 lb. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

EXTENSIONS

LEAD SECTIONS

GUY ADAPTERS

Extensions with helices are available. Contact your Hubbell representative or ServiCenter for information.

Length7 ft.7 ft.7 ft.7 ft.

HelixCombinations

8" - 10"8" - 10" - 12"10" - 10" - 10"

10"

Nominal length31⁄2 ft.5 ft.7 ft.10 ft.

Std. Pkg./Pallet1/501/501/301/50

Catalog No.12696126971269812699

Nominal length18"18"18"20"18"

DescriptionThimbleye®

Twineye®

Tripleye®

Threaded StudOvaleye

Std. Pkg./Pallet5/1755/2505/2505/1305/200

Catalog No.C1020023C1020024C1020025C1100026C1100041

Catalog No.012690AE012690AEJV1090007V1090006

LOAD CAPACITY1 BASED ON INSTALLATION TORQUE2

LOAD CAPACITY OF RR ANCHORS IN SOIL (POUNDS TENSION)

1Load capacities listed above are ultimate values based on average test data and are offered as an application guide. Typical deflection at ultimate load ranges between 2 and 4 inches. The listed values should be reduced by an appropriate factor of safety. More specific data on soils and anchor performance in any site condition can be obtained by contacting Hubbell Power Systems.

HelixCombinations

10"8" - 10"

10" - 10" - 10"8" - 10" - 12"

1,50016,00017,00019,00019,000

2,00022,00023,00025,00025,000

Installation Torque (ft-lb)2,300

28,00029,00031,00031,000

2The torque values shown are steady values in homogeneous soils, not peak values that can occur in non-homogeneous soils such as glacial till or other rocky soils. The torque values shown are obtained by averaging the readings from the last 2 feet of anchor penetration.

Class 719,00026,00025,00017,000

Class 623,00032,00031,00021,000

Class 527,00039,000

N/A24,000

Holding Capacity - (lb.)vs. Soil Class

For installation tool options, see catalog Section 4A.

TYPICAL “RR” DRIvE STRING

Drive Tool

TorqueIndicator(Optional)

Kelly BarAdapter

Kelly Bar

Lead SectionGuy Adapter Extension

4-12


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

LEAD SECTION & GUY ADAPTER COMBINATIONSH

Guy AdapterThimbleye®

Thimbleye®

Thimbleye®

Thimbleye®

Thimbleye®

Twineye®

Twineye®

Twineye®

Twineye®

Twineye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Helix Combinations8" - 10"10" - 12"

8" - 10" - 12"10" - 12" - 14"

10" - 12" - 14" - 14"8" - 10"10" - 12"

8" - 10" - 12"10" - 12" - 14"

10" - 12" - 14" - 14"8" - 10"10" - 12"

8" - 10" - 12"10" - 12" - 14"

10" - 12" - 14" - 14"

Catalog No. 126541AE 126541EJ 126541AEJ 126541EJN 126541EJNS 126542AE 126542EJ 126542AEJ 126542EJN 126542EJNS 126543AE 126543EJ 126543AEJ 126543EJN 126543EJNS

Note: Holding capacites are based on average test data and are offered as an application guide only.*RUS Accepted. †Packaging note: Lead sections are banded to wood blocks to facilitate forklift handling.

HPackaging note: Lead sections are banded to wood blocks to facilitate forklift handling. Guy adapters are shipped in separate corrugated cartons.

Nominal Length18"18"18"20"18"

DescriptionThimbleye®

Twineye®

Tripleye®

Threaded StudOvaleye

Std. Pkg./Pallet5/1755/2505/2505/1305/200

GUY ADAPTERS‡‡

EXTENSIONS‡

Nominal Length31⁄2 ft.5 ft.7 ft.10 ft.5 ft.

31⁄2 ft.

Std. Pkg./Pallet1/501/501/401/501/121/12

Catalog No. 12655 12656 12657 12658 12656N 12655J

Lead SectionGuy Adapter

Square-Shaft “SS” multi-helix screw anchors are designed for heavy-guy loading. They have 11⁄2" square steel shafts. Extension shafts must be coupled to the helix section for installation to the proper depth. For installation tool options, see catalog Section 4A.

SS screw anchors consist of three galvanized components: the lead section, the extension shaft, which includes an integral

SS (SQUARE-SHAFT) SCREw ANCHORS

Helix Combinations8" - 10"10" - 12"

8" - 10" - 12"10" - 12" - 14"

8" - 10" - 12" - 14"10" - 12" - 14" - 14"

Length3 ft.

31/2 ft.51/2 ft.7 ft.

101/2 ft.101/2 ft.

Std. Pkg./Pallet1/201/201/201/201/201/20

Class 719,00021,00026,00029,00031,00040,000

Class 623,00026,00032,00037,00040,00051,000

Class 527,00031,00039,00045,00049,00062,000

Class 336,00041,00051,00061,00067,000

N/A

Class 432,00036,00046,00053,00058,00070,000

Class 241,00046,00058,00069,000

N/AN/A

LEAD SECTIONS†

Holding Capacity - (lb.)vs. Soil Class

Catalog No. 012642AE* 012642EJ 012642AEJ* 012642EJN* 012642AEJN 012642EJNS*

Catalog No. C1020023 C1020024 C1020025 C1100026 C1100041

coupling, and the guy adapter. Extensions and guy adapters include a high-strength bolt and nut.

Typical working torque is 5,500 ft.-lb. and minimum ultimate tension strength is 70,000 lb. Note: Ultimate strength ratings apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

Extension

LOAD CAPACITY1 BASED ON INSTALLATION TORQUE2

LOAD CAPACITY OF SS ANCHORS IN SOIL (POUNDS TENSION)Helix

Combinations8" - 10"10" - 12"

8" - 10" - 12"10" - 12" - 14"

8" - 10" - 12" - 14"10" - 12" - 14" - 14"

1,50017,00018,00019,00020,00020,00021,000

2,00023,00024,00025,00026,00027,00028,000

2,50029,00030,00031,00032,00034,00035,000

3,50040,00042,00044,00046,00047,00049,000

3,00034,00036,00038,00039,00040,00042,000

4,00046,00048,00050,00052,00054,00056,000

Installation Torque (ft-lb)5,000

58,00060,00062,00065,00068,00070,000

4,50052,00054,00056,00058,00061,00063,000

5,50063,00066,00068,00070,00070,00070,000

1Load capacities listed above are ultimate values based on average test data and are offered as an application guide. Typical deflection at ultimate load ranges between 2 and 4 inches. The listed values should be reduced by an appropriate factor of safety. More specific data on soils and anchor performance in any site condition can be obtained by contacting Hubbell Power Systems.2The torque values shown are steady values in homogeneous soils, not peak values that can occur in non-homogeneous soils such as glacial till or other rocky soils. The torque values shown are obtained by averaging the readings from the last 2 feet of anchor penetration.

Helix DiameterN/AN/AN/AN/A14"12"

‡Packaging note: Extension shafts are banded to wood blocks to facilitate forklift handling.

‡‡Packaging note: Guy adapters are shipped in corrugated cartons.

4-13

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

HIGH-STRENGTH SS ANCHORSfor Heavy Tension Loading

RATINGS

MechanicalPropertiesMax. Installation TorqueMin. UltimateTension Strength

SS 1501.50" Square Shaft

7,000 ft.-lb.

70,000 lb.


11,000 ft.-lb.

100,000 lb.


15,000 ft.-lb.

150,000 lb.


20,000 ft.-lb.

200,000 lb.

LEAD SECTIONS

Helix Configuration

8" & 10"6", 8" & 10"8", 10" & 12"14", 14" & 14"8", 10", 12" & 14"

Galv.C1100385

C1100386C1100504

Non-Galv.C1140014

C1140015C1140149C1140100

L1

30"

57"120"120"

SS 150L1

30"

60"124"124"

SS 175Galv.

C1100569C1100570C1100572C1100573

Non-Galv.

C1140214C1140215C1140216C1140217

L1

60" 60"122"122"

SS 200Galv.

C1100543C1100544C1100545C1140189

Non-Galv.

C1140187C1140188C1140190C1140189

L1

54" 75"114"115"

SS 225

Helix Configuration

NoneNoneNoneNoneSingle 14" helixTwin 14" helicesTriple 14" helices

Galv.C1100388C1100470C1100389C1100440C1100471C1100454C1100475

Non-Galv.C1140016C1140104C1140017C1140080C1140108C1140058C1140112

L2

37" 59" 80"122" 48" 80"123"

SS 150L2

37" 59" 80"124" 48" 80"124"

SS 175L2

37" 58" 80"123" 45" 80"123"

SS 200Galv.

C1100645C1100646C1100647

C1100650C1100652

Non-Galv.C1140243C1140244C1140245

C1140238C1140252

L2

40" 60" 80"120" 39" 78"120"

SS 225

EXTENSIONS

TERMINATION ADAPTERS

Thimpleye AdapterTwineye AdapterTripleye AdapterOvaleye AdapterThreaded AdapterChain Shackle

Non-Galv.

L5=131⁄2L4=11⁄2

L3

17"17"17"17"20"51⁄8"

SS 150Galv.

HT1100311

HT1100465

HT1100352*T1100134

Non-Galv.

L5=36"L5=1 13⁄16

L3

17"

17"

48" 65⁄8"

SS 175Galv.

T1100312

C1100557

Non-Galv.

L4=21⁄4"

L3

17"

81⁄4"

SS 200Galv.

C1100558

Non-Galv.

L4=23⁄8"

L3

9"

SS 225

Galv.C1100136C1100137C1100138C1100140C1100472C1100450C1100476

Non-Galv.C1140022C1140105C1140023C1140081C1140109C1140057C1140113

Galv.C1100563C1100564C1100565C1100566C1100577C1100581C1100586

Non-Galv.C1140209C1140210C1140211C1140212C1140220C1140224C1140231

*T1100352 includes two nuts.†Tripleye® shackle


Lead Section Lead Section Plain Extension Single HelixExtension

Two HelixExtension

L1 L1 L2

L2 L2

OvaleyeAdapter

L3

ChainShackle

L3

L4

TRIPLEYE®

ChainShackle

L3

L4

Galv. C1020023 C1020024 C1020025 C1100041 C1100026†C1100574

Galv.C1100227

C1100235C1100505C1100247

Non-Galv.C1140020

C1140021C1140084C1140101

Socket HClevisTRIPLEYE®

Adapter

L3

SocketTwINEYE®

Adapter

Socket HClevisTHIMBLEYE®

Adapter

L3 L3 L3 L3L5 L3

L3L5

HClevis fitting. Others have Socket fitting.

Socket HClevisThreadedAdapter

4-14


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Std. Pkg./Pallet1/1001/1001/601/201/201/20

1/1001/1001/60

1/50

Rod Dia. &

Length3⁄4" x 54"3⁄4" x 66"1" x 66"11⁄4" x 66"11⁄4" x 96"11⁄4" x 96"3⁄4" x 54"3⁄4" x 66"1" x 66"

11⁄4" x 72"

Anchor SizeDia. 4" 6" 8"10"10"14"4"6"8"

N/A

Class7

1500 2500 6000 7000 700012000150025006000

N/A

Class6

3000 5000 90001000010000150003000 5000 9000

N/A

Class5

4500 650011000130001300016000 4500 650011000

N/A

Description

Tripleye® Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Thimbleye®

Thimbleye® Thimbleye®

Tripleye®

Catalog No.

4345 6346*PS816 10146 10148 1253743451634618161

402

Extension Rod 402 forged coupling engages forged Tripleye® fitting on Anchor rod.

• For Hand or Machine InstallationChance No-Wrench Screw Anchors may be installed by hand or machine. The Thimbleye® eye or Tripleye® eye on the rod has a large opening to admit a turning bar for screwing the anchor down. The eye will also fit into an adapter available from most hole-boring machine manufacturers so the anchor may be power-installed. The No-Wrench Screw Anchor consists of a drop-forged steel Thimbleye® eye or Tripleye® eye rod welded to a steel helix. The entire anchor is hot-dip galvanized for long resistance to rust.

No-Wrench Screw Anchors can be installed to a greater depth to reach a firmer soil by us-ing an extension rod, available in three lengths below. Maximum installing torque is 2300 ft.-lbs. for 11⁄4" diameter rod.

Catalog numbers 4345, 6346 and PS816 may be ordered with a forged Thimbleye® rod rather than the standard Tripleye® rod. To order a Thimbleye® rod simply add "1" to the suffix of the catalog number. Example: Catalog No. 63461.

NO-wRENCH SCREw ANCHOR

Kelly Bar

Kelly Bar Adapter

No wrench PowerInstallation Tool

No-wrench Anchor

“NO wRENCH”TYPICAL DRIvE STRING

Typical working torque: 3⁄4" Rod 400 ft.-lbs.1" Rod 1000 ft.-lbs.11⁄4" Rod 2300 ft.-lbs.

APPLICATION AND ORDERING INFORMATION

NO-wRENCH POwER INSTALLATION TOOLEspecially designed for use with the Chance por-table anchor installer. This tool bolts directly to the installer’s output flange or appropriate Kelly bar adapter. Adjustable pivot plates accept rods from 3⁄4 to 11⁄4" diameter. Through-pin with retainer clip passes through the eyenut.

Has (four) holes on a 51⁄4" bolt circle for attach-ment. Includes (four) 1⁄2" x 11⁄2" bolts, nuts and lockwasher.

Note: Can be attached to any Chance Torque Indicator

Catalog No.E3030255

Weight, lbs.9

67/8"

Note: If hand installed, holding capacity may be reduced by as much as 10% to 20%.Capacity ratings apply to properly installed anchors only.

Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

No-Wrench Screw AnchorHolding Capacity - (lbs.)

vs Soil Class

Extension Rod*RUS Accepted.

4-15

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

MORE HOLDING CAPACITY FOR LESS

Four different sizes are available with holding capacity as high as 40,000 pounds.

Chance “Bust” Expanding Anchors expand to take full advantage of the avail-able area. All eight blades wedge into undisturbed earth . . . there is no wasted space between blades.

This anchor should be installed in relatively dry and solid soils. The effectiveness of the anchor is dependent upon the thoroughness of backfill tamping.

DescriptionExpanding & Tamping BarExpanding & Tamping Bar

Length10'12'

Weight22 lbs.24 lbs.

EXPANDING & TAMPING BARThe improved Chance fiberglass handle Expanding and Tamping Bar simplifies the job of expanding anchors. The curved Tamper and Expander Head distributes the weight of the bar evenly around the anchor rod to reduce handle vibration. The hook of the Expanding and Tamping Bar wraps around the anchor rod to keep the Expanding Head from slip-ping off the anchor top plate. This tool is also effectively used for tamping in soil above the installed anchor. The base casting is attached directly to the Epoxiglas® handle.

“Bust” Expanding Anchor

Std. Pkg./Pallet12/2886/1504/484/482/262/26

8-Way Anchor Holding Capacity - (lbs.)vs Soil Class


CatalogNumber 6870*88135* 1082 108234 1283 12831

Anchor HoleSize6"8"10"10"12"12"

AreaSq.In.70135200200300300

Rod Size(Order

Separately)5⁄8"

5⁄8" or 3⁄4"1"3⁄4"

11⁄4"1"

‡Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity. (See page 4-17 for rod ratings and selection.)Add suffix "G" for galvanized. Example: 88135G.*RUS Accepted.Note: Capacity ratings apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

Class3

16000 26500† 31000 31000†

40000 40000†

Class4

1400022000†

2650026500†

3400034000

Class5

1100018000†

21000210002650026500

Class6

85001500016500165002150021500

Class7

50001000012000120001600016000

To order fiberglass replacement handles or expander head, see page 4A-11.

Cat. No.C3020003C3020004

4-16


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

The Cross-Plate anchor is made for installation in holes drilled by power diggers. Because the size of the hole does not affect holding capacity, the hole can be dug by the same auger that is used to dig the pole holes on transmission projects.

Cross-Plate Anchor

Std. Pkg./Pallet6/1084//644/641/481/481/48

Holding Capacity‡ - (lbs.)(No Safety Factors Included)

vs Soil Class


CatalogNumber

X16X20X201

X2434*X24†

X241†

HoleSize16"20"20"24"24"24"

AreaSq. In.

150250250400400400

Rod Size(order

separately)5⁄8", 3⁄4"5⁄8", 3⁄4"

1"5⁄8", 3⁄4"

1"11⁄4"

†X24 Series are not available in carton and are shipped as individual pieces.‡Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity. (See page 4-17 for rod ratings and selection.)Add suffix "G" for galvanized. Example: X20G.*RUS Accepted.Note: Capacity ratings apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

Class 326500‡ 34000‡ 34000 45000‡

45000‡

45000

Class 422500‡

29000‡

2900037000‡

37000‡

37000

Class 518500‡

24000‡

2400030000‡

3000030000

Class 61450019000‡

1900023500‡

2350023500

Class 7 9500140001400018000‡

1800018000

Approx. Wt.per Carton†

90 lb.64 lb.64 lb.34 lb.34 lb.34 lb.

Cross-Plate anchors are installed in a diagonal bored hole which is undercut so the anchor is at right angles to the guy. A rod trench is either cut with a trenching tool or drilled with a small power auger. Both anchor and rod trench should be refilled and tamped.

Rod Slot

TOP vIEw

Rods, Anchor, Galvanized• ExtensionsThese anchor rod extensions primarily are for making above-grade connections between installed anchors and guy wires. Each extension’s forged eye is designed to distribute pulling

Std. Pkg./Pallet1/501/501/50

Rod Dia. & Length11⁄4" x 24"11⁄4" x 36"11⁄4" x 72"

Catalog No.4022pS4023402

DescriptionTripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Forged Clevis style

Catalog No.pSC1022176pSC1022177pSC1022178pSC1022183pSC1022305pSC1022184pSC1022306pSC1022185pSC1022307

Std. Pkg./Pallet1/501/501/501/501/501/501/501/501/50

Rod Dia. & Length3⁄4" x 24"3⁄4" x 36"3⁄4" x 72"1" x 24"1" x 24"1" x 36"1" x 36"1" x 72"1" x 72"

DescriptionTripleye®

Tripleye®

Tripleye®

Twineye®

Tripleye®

Twineye®

Tripleye®

Twineye®

Tripleye®

welded Clevis style

stresses uniformly over individual strands of guy wire and keep the guy wire from spreading, kinking, or bending.

The drop-forged eye of each extension rod is stronger than the rod itself. Rod length and diameter are stamped below each rod eye.

Each extension rod includes a high-strength bolt and nut.

4-17

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

+Protected Rods - Catalog No.Catalog No.

Size1/2 x 5'1/2 x 6'1/2 x 7'5/8" x 5'5/8" x 6'5/8" x 7'5/8" x 8'3/4" x 6'3/4" x 7'3/4" x 8'3/4" x 9'

3/4" x 10'1" x 8'1" x 9'1" x 10'11/4 x 8'

11/4 x 10'

Thimbleye® Adapter 5305 5306 5307 5315†*5316†*5317†*5318 *5326 *5327†*5328

——

*5338—

†*5340——

*N.E.M.A. Standard†RUS Accepted.+Galvanized rod and square nuts meet NEMA specification plus have polyethylene tube. No asphalt paint is added, so tube can slide down after anchor is expanded.

D5/8"3/4"1"

11/4"

*R7/32"1/4"5/16"3/8"

B13/4"2"

25/8"215/16"

TwINEYE® ADAPTERC

7/8"1"

13/16"11/4"

E15/16

11/16"15/16

19/16"

F11/4"13/8"11/2"15/8"

D3/4"1"

11/4"

TRIPLEYE® ADAPTERF

11/4"11/2"15/8"

E11/2"15/8"

111/16"

*R1/4"1/4"9/32"

*R17/32"7/32"1/4"

B21/2"29/16"27/8"

C111/16"111/16"111/16"

Rod Size, in.1/25/83/41

11/4

Strength, lb.

10,00016,00023,00036,00058,000

TENSILE STRENGTH

*(2 x R or 2 x R1) = maximum-diameter guy strand.

Twineye®

Adapter————

5346†*5347†*5348 *5356 *5357†*5358†*5359 †5360 *5368 †5369†*5370

— 15129

Tripleye®

Adapter————————

*7557 7558 7559

— 7568

— 7570

C20000287574

OvaleyeAdapter

—————

PS6417———————

6440———

Thimbleye®

Adapter———————

C2000088C2000089C2000090

—C2000091C2000102

—C2000103

——

Tripleye®

Adapter————————

C2000099C2000098C2000097

—C2000105

—C2000104

——

Twineye®

Adapter———————

C2000092C2000093C2000094C2000095C2000096

—C2000100C2000101

——

D5/8"1"

A9/16"7/8"

B11/2"11/2"

OvALEYE ADAPTERC2"2"

D1/2"5/8"3/4"1"

*R3/16"1/4"9/32"

13/32"

B11/4"11/2"15/8"21/16"

THIMBLEYE® ADAPTERC

9/16"11/16"13/16"11/8"

E1/2"9/16"

11/16"15/16"

F11/4"13/8"11/2"15/8"

Rods, Anchor, GalvanizedAvailable for one, two, or three guys for use with expanding and cross-plate anchors. Thimbleye®, Twineye® and Tripleye®

rods distribute pulling stresses uniformly over individual strands of guy wire and keep the guy wire from spreading, kinking, or bending. The drop-forged eye of each anchor rod

is stronger than the rod itself. Rod length and diameter are stamped below each rod eye. Each rod is threaded 31/2" minimum length. Nuts included.

4-18


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

• Saves Time, Labor, MoneyThe Chance Expanding Rock Anchor is a big time, labor, and money saver . . . because, in most cases, there is no need to mix concrete, melt lead, or carry extra, bulky equipment to the job. Generally, the cost of install-ing the Expanding Rock Anchor is about 35% less than the old-fashioned grouting method

• Expands and WedgesThis anchor expands and wedges against solid walls of rock. And, once it is expanded, the harder the pull on the rod—the tighter it wedges. Wedges are made of malleable or ductile iron with a rust-resistant coating. Rod should be in line with the guy.

• InstallationInstallation is quick and simple. Bore the hole with hand or power drill, making sure that the diameter of the hole is 1⁄4-inch larger than the di-ameter of the unexpanded anchor. Drop the anchor in the hole. Put a bar through the large eye of the anchor rod. Turn the rod until the anchor is firmly expanded against the sides of the hole. Grouting should be done if protection of the rock against weathering is a concern.

This wedging force holds the anchor securely in place—to stay.

• 1, 2 or 3 Guy StrandsThe large drop-forged Tripleye® rod of high-test steel holds up to three guy strands. The contour of the eye grooves keeps the guy strands from spreading, kinking, bending. . . and allows slack to be pulled up without binding, damaging, or weakening the guy.

EXPANDING ROCK ANCHORS

RodLth.15"30"53"60"72"84"96"

HoleSize2"2"2"2"2"2"2"

ApproxWeightPer 100

500 700 9601040120013001460

No.in.

Bdl.5555555

Cat.No.

R315*R330*R353*R360R372R384R396

Rod Dia.3⁄4"3⁄4"3⁄4"3⁄4"3⁄4"3⁄4"3⁄4"

AnchorSize13⁄4"13⁄4"13⁄4"13⁄4"13⁄4"13⁄4"13⁄4"

AnchorFullyExp'd23⁄8"23⁄8"23⁄8"23⁄8"23⁄8"23⁄8"23⁄8"

RodLth.30"53"72"96"

HoleSize21⁄2"21⁄2"21⁄2"21⁄2"

ApproxWeightPer 100

1166183321332666

No.in.

Bdl.3333

Cat.No.

R130LR153LR172LR196L

Rod Dia.1"1"1"1"

AnchorSize21⁄4"21⁄4"21⁄4"21⁄4"

AnchorFullyExp'd31⁄8"31⁄8"31⁄8"31⁄8"

*RUS Accepted.3⁄4" Rod Minimum Ultimate Strength of 23,000 pounds.1" Rod Minimum Ultimate Strength of 36,000 pounds.

Ultimate strength ratings apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength. Recommended minimum installation depth is 12" in solid rock.

OPENCLOSED

. . . push anchor into holeDrill hole . . . . . . turn rod to expand.

4-19

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

• Quicker Installing, More Efficient Than Wood KeyMade of structural steel, the Chance Pole Key anchor is used where guys are impractical or as backup to guys.

The Pole Key anchor can be installed in about 15 minutes, while it takes about 3 hours to install an old-type wood key.

The Pole Key anchor is extensively used for keying power and telephone-line poles, and wood poles used in street lighting. It is also used as a pole reinforcement in soft soils where the load is unbalanced, due to small angles or crossarm configuration.

Expanding Pole Key Anchor

Application and Ordering Information

Ultimate Resisting Force at 5 ft. Depth (lb.)€

Approx.Weight241⁄2 lb.

AreaExpanded276 sq. in.

BladeWidth

7"

WidthExpanded

271⁄4"

CatalogNumber*P4817

SoilClass

49,500

SoilClass

311,000

Soil Class

57,400

SoilClass

65,800

Chance Pole Key anchor is quickly installed next to a pole butt to help hold it in place against light overturning loads due to service drops, prevailing winds or small changes in line direction (See illustrations).

€The lateral load and overturning moment which can be resisted depends on the height of the load above ground level, the depths of the two opposing Pole Keys, and the allowable lateral deflection of the pole at ground line.

*RUS Accepted. Accommodates any 3⁄4"-diameter rod on page 4-17.

CLOSED EXPANDED

4-20


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Protected Rod for Corrosion-Resistant AnchorThese rods include fiber-reinforced washer and heavy-forged cap nut. Nut is attached to rod. Washer is shipped separately in a box.Galvanized Rod meets NEMA specification PH2 plus has asphalt coating, polyethylene tube and heat shrink collar.

Lb./100 Pcs.133014501566

—1826

——

2500—

3005

Thimbleye® Adapter

Catalog No.C2000053C2000054C2000055C2000056C2000057

—C2000114C2000108C2000058C2000059

Lb./100 Pcs.13621470165017501910

———

28003050

Twineye® Adapter

Lb./100 Pcs.—

163017831883

———

2730—

3270

Tripleye® Adapter

3⁄4" x 6'3⁄4" x 7'3⁄4" x 8'3⁄4" x 9'

3⁄4" x 10'1" x 6'1" x 7'1"x 8'1"x 9'1"x 10'

For additional sizes of rods, contact Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

The Chance corrosion-resistant disc anchor is designed for low resistivity, alkaline and acidic soils with electrolite combinations. The anchor eye is forged directly to the rod, so the eye is an integral part of the anchor. The anchor's flanged cap nut is forged. It's large and heavy for greater protection. The heat-shrink sleeve over the galvanized an-chor rod helps prevent moisture from going down the rod. The insulating washer is fiberglass-reinforced thermoset material for better load-bearing properties compared to thermoform materials.

Chance design offers many advantages

Corrosion-Resistant Anchor

RodSize

Catalog No.C2000047C2000048C2000049

—C2000050

——

C2000051—

C2000052

Catalog No.C2000106

—C2000061C2000062

—C2000107

—C2000063

—C2000064

Fiber-Reinforced washerCatalog

No.C2100033C2100034

FitsRod Size

3⁄4"1"

Approx.Wt./100 pcs.

23 lb.19 lb.

Asphalt-Coated Galvanized Anchor Rod

CurvedWasher Surface

FlatWasher Surface

Disk Anchor

Round Plastic Tube

Short Piece of Heat Shrink Tubingat Top of Rod

Insulating WasherNut

CatalogNumber

C2050407C2050408

FitsRodSize3⁄4"1"

Approx.Wt./100

pcs.242 lb.242 lb.

Cap Nut

23,00023,00023,00023,00023,00036,00036,00036,00036,00036,000

Rod Tensile Strength, lb.

‡Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity.Note: Capacity ratings apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install within 5° of alignment with the guy load will significantly lower strength.

Holding Capacity‡ - (lbs.)(No Safety Factors Included)

vs Soil ClassClass 3500-600

in-lb31000‡ 31000‡ 40000‡

40000‡

50000‡

50000‡

Class 4400-500

in-lb 26500‡

265003400034000

41000‡

41000‡

Class 5300-400

in-lb210002100026000260003350033500

Class 6200-300

in-lb165001650021500215002600026000

Class 7100-200

in-lb120001200016000160002000020000

FitsProtectedRod Size

3⁄4"1"1"1"1"1"

HoleSize16"16"20"20"24"24"

Description16" Anchor .187" Thick16" Anchor .187" Thick20" Anchor .187" Thick20" Anchor .250" Thick24" Anchor .187" Thick24" Anchor .250" Thick

Catalog No.C1022008C1022009C1022011C1022012C1022054C1022050

Corrosion-Resistant Anchor

4-21

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

CatalogNumber

T1120192T1120224C1120275

Std.Pkg./Pallet1/121/121/12

Weightea., lb.455361

Description8" Helix, 31/2" O.D. x 60" Shaft8" Helix, 31/2" O.D. x 75" Shaft8" Helix, 31/2" O.D. x 84" Shaft

ORDERING INFORMATION8,000 ft.-lb. Typical working Torque

Bumper Postsfor instant equipment protection Protect transformers, switchgear and guys. Any equipment

needing bumper protection is an ideal candidate. Cheaper than concrete. Installation in minutes regardless of weather condi-tions. Available power diggers can install through blacktop surfaces. Hot-dip galvanized corrosion-resistant finish.

Installing ToolsAdditional tools may not be required for Bumper Post if Kelly bar can be inserted into the 3.06" inside dia. of the post and pinned by a bent-arm pin.

Tools are available which bolt directly to Chance Kelly bar adapters or which can be used with Chance locking dog assembly.

Order C3030737 for Kelly bar attachment or C3030739 for use with locking dog assembly. Bumper Post is inserted into drive tool and held by the provided bent-arm pin.

C3030737

C3030739

Hole for attaching drive tool

Drive-on metal cap

• Power-Installed Design

4A-1

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

ANCHOR TOOLS

4A








4A-2

CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI JUNE 2009

HUBBELL®

Power Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTSPage 4A-3 4A-4 4A-5 4A-6 4A-7 4A-8 4A-9 4A-10 4A-11 4A-12 4A-13 4A-14 4A-15

SubjectHow to match Chance PISA® Anchors with Installing WrenchesPISA® Drive Tools (10,000 ft.-lb. System)Building a Drive Tool String (PISA®, RR and SS Anchors)TOUGH ONE® Drive Tools (15,000 ft.-lb. System)Bent Arm Pin and Coil Lock InformationAdapters (Reducers, SS and No-Wrench)Chance Torque Indicators (Mechanical and Shear Pin)Soil Test Probe AssembliesExpanding Bar and Pulling EyePortable Anchor Installers for Small FoundationsPortable Anchor Installers and Hydraulic Power UnitAnchor/Foundation Drive Heads and MountingComponents for Skid-Steers and Backhoes

4A-3

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

©20

04

Hu

bb

ell

• 2

10 N

. Alle

n S

t. •

Cen

tral

ia, M

O 6

5240

Bu

lleti

n 0

4-91

14A

T

Pri

nte

d in

US

AA

&J R

ev 6

/96

8,00

010

,000

8,00

015

,000

7,00

06,

000

4,00

06,

000

*C10

2-15

83

*C10

2-15

95

*C30

3-10

64

*C30

3-10

63

**C

303-

0983

**C

303-

0982

7' 31⁄ 2' 7' 31⁄ 2' 7' 31⁄ 2'

10,0

00

10,0

00

10,0

00

10,0

00

15,0

00

15,0

00

2.16

2.16

2.44

2.44

2.44

2.44

1.46

1.46

1.54

1.54

1.54

1.54

Max

imu

m In

stal

lati

on

To

rqu

e R

atin

g (

ft-l

bs)

Ora

nge

Yel

low

Red

*Fits

Loc

king

Dog

Ass

embl

y C

C30

3-00

69H

D**

Fits

Loc

king

Dog

Ass

embl

y C

C30

3-09

81

Ou

tsid

e Insi

de Dim

. (in

ches

)

Outsid

e Dim

. (in

ches

)

Max

imum

Inst

allin

g

Torque

Ratin

g (ft-l

bs)

Length

(ft.)

Inst

allin

g Wre

nch

Catal

og Num

ber

C102-

50XX S

erie

s

TOUGH ONE®

Anchor -

Lar

ge Hub

C102-

50XX S

erie

s

TOUGH ONE®

Anchor -

Lar

ge Hub

C102-

52XX S

erie

s

TOUGH ONE®

Anch

or - S

mal

l Hub

C102-

52XX S

erie

s

TOUGH ONE®

Anch

or - S

mal

l Hub

Mid

-Stre

ngth P

ISA®

Anchor

Standar

d-Stre

ngth P

ISA®

Anchor

PISA®

7 A

nchor

PISA®

6 A

nchor

(f

ormer

ly P

ISA®

5 A

nchor)

Ho

w t

o M

atc

hA

nc

ho

rsa

nd

In

sta

llin

g W

ren

ch

es

Insi

de a

nd o

utsi

de d

imen

sion

s co

rres

pond

toth

e co

lor

code

d en

d of

inst

allin

g w

renc

h.

Insi

de

NO

TE

: Bec

ause

Hub

bell

has

a po

licy

of c

ontin

uous

pro

duct

impr

ovem

ent,

we

rese

rve

the

right

to c

hang

e de

sign

and

spe

cific

atio

ns w

ithou

t not

ice.

®®

POWE

R SY

STEM

S, IN

C.

®

4A-4


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Drive-EndWrench

C1021583

Orange

Drive-EndWrench

C3031064

Yellow

STANDARD Drive-End Wrench installs 8,000 ft.-lb. (small hub) Tough one

® anchors, 10,000 ft.-lb. (small hub) Tough one

® anchors, 4,000 ft.-lb. Standard-Strength PISA anchors, 6,000 ft.-lb. Mid-Strength PISA anchors

HYBRID Drive-End Wrench installs 8,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one

® anchors, 6,000 ft.-lb. PISA 6 anchors, 7,000 ft.-lb. PISA 7anchors

31⁄2-ft. Drive-End Wrench

†NOTE: These wrenches will fit 15,000 ft.-lb. TOUgH ONE® anchors dimension-ally, but . . . MUST NOT be used for TORQUES IN EXCESS of 10,000 ft.-lb.!

*NOTE: The old-style HYBRID wrenches C3031063 and C3031064, having a collar welded around the drive end, fit only PISA 6 and PISA 7 anchors.

C1021595

*†C3031063

31/2-ft. Extension 7-ft. Extension

Extension Wrenchfor above STANDARD and HYBRID Drive-End Wrenches630027630028

Part No.630013630011HD630012HD630014630015630016630017

Kelly BarShapeHexHexHex

SquareSquareSquareSquare

Kelly Bar Dimension

Each STANDARD Kelly bar adapter has six holes for 1/2" bolts on a 51/4" bolt circle and comes with six 1/2" Grade 5 bolts, nuts, lock washers and bent arm pin with coil lock.

Y5"

41/4"41/4"

57/8" 23/4"

21/4" 21/2"

X 2" 21/2" 25/8" 21/4" 21/2" 21/4" 21/2"

Z61/8"81/8"81/8"7"7"

31/2" 31/2"

STANDARD Locking Dog AssemblyDescription

Complete STANDARD Locking Dog Assembly

Locking Dog Replacement Kit includes parts needed to replace both locking dogs

Replacement Ring Only

STANDARD Locking Dog Assembly has six holes for 1/2" bolts on a 51/4" bolt circle, comes with six 1/2" Grade 5 bolts, nuts and lock washers.

STANDARD Drive-End Wrench installs 8,000 ft.-lb. (small hub) Tough one

® anchors, 10,000 ft.-lb. (small hub) Tough one

® anchors, 4,000 ft.-lb. Standard-Strength PISA anchors, 6,000 ft.-lb. Mid-Strength PISA anchors

HYBRID Drive-End Wrench installs 8,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one

® anchors, 6,000 ft.-lb. PISA 6 anchors, 7,000 ft.-lb. PISA 7anchors

7-ft. Drive-End Wrench

C1021583

*†C3031064

STANDARD Kelly Bar Adapter with Bent Arm Pin(51⁄4" Bolt Circle)

A complete tool system consists of: Kelly bar adapter, torque indicator, locking dog assembly and drive-end assembly. For instructions for selecting the proper Kelly bar adapter, see page 4A-5.

• Convertible to Extension UseExtension assemblies can be added where soil conditions

STANDARD and HYBRID PISA® Anchor Installing Tools(For installing torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.)

Cat. No.C3030069HD

C3030070

P1300007P

Wt. ea., lb.101818

131/4131/4109

Wt.ea.20 lb.

4 lb.

0.10 lb.

57 lb.

64 lb.

29 lb.

28 lb.

42 lb. 70 lb.

P0010259P Hex Bolt055371P Lockwasher055635P Hex Nut

ExtensionWrench630027630028

Replacement Dog Bolt630002P (2 per wrench)

Kelly Bar Adapter

ZY

STANDARDLocking

Dog AssemblyC3030069HD

7"

dictate that anchors be set more than one rod length deep or where digger to ground clearances are limited.

• Transmits Torque to Anchor CoreThe wrench transmits the torque from the Kelly bar of the digger to the hub of the Power-Installed Screw Anchor so that the anchor rod need be only large enough in diameter to support the guy load.

X

Kelly Bar

Y

4A-5

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

SCREW ANCHORDRIvE TOOL STRINgS

(For installing torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.)Selecting the correct Kelly Bar Adapter is key to building a successful Drive String. Follow these two easy steps:1) Remove the auger from the digger and carefully measure the X and Y dimensions of the Kelly bar.

2) Match the shape of the Kelly bar and the X and Y dimensions with the Kelly bar adapter chart provided on page 4A-4 or 4A-6. The Y dimension on the Kelly bar adapter must be equal to or greater than the “Y” dimension on the Kelly bar itself.

A Note about Bolt CirclesChance anchor installing tools are provided with appropriate bolt circles for the expected service. The torque limitations for the three standard bolt circles are give below. Never exceed the rated torque of any Chance installing tool.

Bolt Circle

(6) 1/2" Grade 5 bolts on 51/4" Bolt Circle(6) 5/8" Grade 2 bolts on 75/8" Bolt Circle(12) 5/8" Grade 2 bolts on 75/8" Bolt Circle

Use for Torque up to

10,000 ft.-lb.15,000 ft.-lb.20,000 ft.-lb.

PISA®

Drive Wrench

PISA® Anchor

Drive StringsforPISA® Anchor,SS AnchororRR AnchorInstallations:

Locking Dog Assembly (can bolt directly to Kelly Bar Adapter)

Anchor

Drive Tool(can bolt directly to Kelly Bar Adapter)

Y

X

Y

Kelly BarAdapter

Kelly Bar

Torque Indicator(optional)

Rod Anchor

SS5,SS150,RRDrive Wrench

Drive StringforSS AnchororRR AnchorInstallations:

X

4A-6


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

TOUGH ONE Kelly Bar Adapter with Bent Arm Pin (75⁄8" Bolt Circle)

Kelly BarShapeHexHexHex

SquareSquare

Part No.

C3030936C3030937C3030940C3030955C3030958

Bent ArmPin Included

C3031223C3031223C3031222C3031227C3031227

5/8" Gr. 2Bolts Included

1212121212

X 21/2"25/8"3"

21/2"3"

Y37/8"37/8"41/2"43/4"

31/2"&415/16"

Catalog No.C3031340

DescriptionTorque Indicator adaptable to 51/4" B.C. or 75/8" B.C.

Wt., lb.65

*Mechanical Torque Indicator

Each TOuGH ONE® Kelly bar adapters has twelve holes for 5/8" bolts on a 75/8" bolt circle, comes with twelve 5/8" Grade 2 bolts, nuts & lockwashers and bent arm pin with coil lock.

*See page 4A-9 for additional information on Chance Torque Indicators.

For SS and RR Anchor Tool options when using the TOuGH ONE® Drive String System, see page 4A-8.

TOUgH ONE Locking Dog Assembly

Catalog No.C3030981

C3031026

DescriptionComplete TOuGH ONE Locking Dog Assembly

Locking Dog Replacement KitIncludes all parts less casting, bolts, nuts, washers

TOuGH ONE locking dog assembly has twelve holes for 5/8" bolts on a 75/8" bolt circle and comes with twelve 5/8" Grade 2 bolts, nuts and lockwashers.

DescriptionInstalls 15,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one

® Anchors, 8,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one

® and all 11/2" Core Anchors

Catalog No.C3030982C3030983

Length31/2 ft.7 ft.

TOUgH ONE Drive-End Wrenches

TOuGH ONE® drive ends are painted with a red band on the bottom.

DescriptionExtension attaches to drive-end wrench

when additional depth is required.

Catalog No.C3030987C3030988

Length31/2 ft.7 ft.

Extension Assemblies for TOUgH ONE Drive-End Wrench

Kelly Bar Dimensions

TOUgH ONE® Anchor Installing Tools(For installing torques up to 15,000 ft.-lb.)

Red

Drive Wrench

Wt., lb.28

5

Wt., lb.3673

Wt., lb.5389

Z 81/4"81/4"8"7"7"

Weight,lb.2323272223

A complete tool system consists of: Kelly bar adapter, torque indicator, locking dog assembly and drive-end assembly. For instructions for selecting the proper Kelly bar adapter, see page 4A-5.

Hex Bolt 056653P Lockwasher 055827PHex Nut 450314P

*Torque Indicator

Hex Bolt 056653P Lockwasher 055827PHex Nut 055803P

X

Kelly Bar

Y

Kelly Bar Adapter

ZY

7 3/4"

Locking Dog Assembly

4A-7

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

Size

3" x 5/8" 31/2" x 3/4" 41/2" x 1" 5" x 3/4"

41/2" x 1/2" 5" x 5/8"

Bent Arm Pinand Coil Lock AssemblyC3031226C3031225C3031224C3031227C3031223C3031222

ANCHOR INSTALLINg TOOLBENT ARM PIN WITH COIL LOCK

Each Chance plated-steel Bent Arm pin is designed to attach a Kelly bar adapter to a Kelly bar. Also used to secure SS, RR and bumper post anchors to anchor drive tools.

Use with STANDARD and TOUgH ONE® Kelly bar adapters,SS, RR and bumper postinstalling tools

ORDERINg INFORMATION

Bent Arm Pins with Coil Locks are included with new tools as required. Order Pins and Coil Locks for existing tools as shown below.

BENT ARM PIN

COIL LOCK

To order Coil Lock only, order Part No. P3031215P.

*Old-style Kelly Bar Adapters, no longer available.

Always use the approved combination of Coil Locks and Bent Arm Pins. Never attempt to use any other combinations, such as hair pins, cotter keys, etc., with Bent Arm Pins.

! WARNINg

Chance Bent Arm Pins with Coil Locks are the only tested and approved means for through-pin attachment of drive tools. Do not attempt to use any other means of attach-ment.

! WARNINg

SS/RRTools

639001C3030195C3030201C3030202C3030020

Bent Arm Pin and Coil Lock

AssemblyC3031226C3031225C3031224C3031224C3031226


AssemblyC3031227C3031223C3031223C3031223C3031223C3031223C3031223C3031222C3031222C3031227C3031227C3031223C3031223C3031222C3031227C3031227

Kelly BarAdapter

*630010*630011 630011HD*630012 630012HD 630013 630013A 630014 630015 630016 630017 C3030936 C3030937 C3030940 C3030955 C3030958

Bumper PostTools

C3030737C3030739


AssemblyC3031227C3031227

4A-8


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Description

Bolt circle adapter with two 1/2" x 51/4" bolt circles

Bolt circle adapter with one1/2" x 51/4" bolt circle and one 5/8" x 75/8" bolt circle

Wt., lb.

11

18

ADAPTERS

BOLT CIRCLE ADAPTERS(For torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.)These adapters are used to connect two tools having incompatable bolt circles. The C3030115 is for use between two tools having tapped 51/4" bolt circles.

The T3030166 is for use between a tool having a 51/4" bolt circle and one hav-ing a 75/8" bolt circle.

Both are limited to 10,000 ft.-lb.

FOR INSTALLINg NO-WRENCH ANCHOR& MANUAL FOUNDATION TOOLEspecially designed for use with the Chance portable anchor installer. This tool bolts directly to the installer’s output flange or Kelly bar adapter having six 1/2" dia. holes on a 51/4" bolt circle. Adjustable pivoting plates accept rods from 3/4" to 11/4" diameter.

For manually-installed foundations, eyenut must be temporarily installed for installation. Has four holes on 51/4" bolt circle for attachment. Includes four 1/2" x 11/2" bolts, nuts and lockwashers.

Cat. No.

639001C3030195*C3030201*C3030202*

Description

SS5/SS150/RR Drive Tool

SS175 Drive ToolSS200 Drive ToolSS225 Drive Tool

Bolt Circle

(6) 1/2" holes on 5 1/4" B.C.(12) 5/8" holes on 7 5/8" B.C.(12) 5/8" holes on 7 5/8" B.C.(12) 5/8" holes on 7 5/8" B.C.

Approx. Wt., lb.

7 18 30 30

*Requires use of T3030166 adapter, and limited to 10,000 ft.-lb., when used with STANDARD Kelly bar adapter (with a 5 1/4" bolt circle).

Description

SS5/SS150/RR Drive Tool

SS175 Drive ToolSS200 Drive Tool

Cat. No.

C3030020C3031035T3031403C3031077

Approx. Wt., lb.

8 112623

unit fits:

STANDARD Locking Dog AssemblyTough one

® Locking Dog Assembly Tough one

®

Locking Dog Assembly

These tools slide into locking dog adapter and are retained by spring loaded dogs.

FOR INSTALLINg SS OR RR ANCHORSThese Drive tools require the appropriate Kelly bar adapter, sold separately. Each comes with bolts, nuts and lockwashers.

C3030115

639001

Weight, lb.

9

Cat. No.

E3030255E3030255

T3030166

Cat. No.

C3030115

T3030166

C3030020

4A-9

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

using the Chance Torque Indicator, you can install screw anchors to a pre-determined torque value which gives a positive indication of anchor holding capacity in any type soil. These tools also help your crew avoid excessive torsional loading which could cause damage to the anchor and/or other anchor tools during installation.

The Indicators are mounted between the Kelly bar adapter and drive wrench or locking dog assembly.

MECHANICAL TORQUE INDICATORCatalog No. C3031340

(For Installing torques up to 20,000 ft.-lb.)

Offers: Easy-to-read dial gives the operator a direct readout of installation torque at all times.

No Shear pins to replace.

Top and bottom each has six holes tapped 1⁄2" - 13 on a 51⁄4" bolt circle and twelve holes tapped 5⁄8" - 11 on a 75⁄8" bolt circle.

NOTE: Mechanical Torque Indicator is not recommended in heavy, rocky soil applications.

CHANCE TORQUE INDICATORS

DescriptionShear Pin Torque IndicatorOne Carton of Shear Pins (Approx. 1700 pins)One Box of Shear Pins (Approx. 510 pins)

Wt., lb.545015

SHEAR PIN TORQUE LIMITERCatalog No. C3030044For Installing torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.

Offers: Protection for anchors and installing tools by disconnecting the power when the installing torque reaches a preselected level.

useable in very rocky soil.

Durable — does not require special storage or handling.

Top and bottom each has six holes tapped 1⁄2" - 13 on a 51⁄4" bolt circle.

*Each Shear Pin provides 500 ft.-lb. of torque.

Catalog Number C3030044*C3030045*T3031420

Bent ArmPin

Locking DogAssembly

Kelly BarAdapter

TorqueIndicator

Tooling with75/8" or 51/4" Bolt Circlemay be used.Check Ratings

Coil Lock

4A-10


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

• Determine soil conditions without taking core samples

The Chance Soil Test Probe is a mechanical instrument which enables the operator to determine the condition of the sub-soil without core samples. A ratchet-handle torque wrench which slides up and down on the shaft is used to install or retract the probe. Torque wrench readings, in inch-pounds, provide a way to measure the consistency of the sub-soil. The torque values obtained are translated into soil classifications using the copyrighted Chance Soil Classification Table (see below) located on the inside flap of the carrying case.

Torque readings are taken at the depth to which an anchor is to be in-stalled, and at least 2 feet above this depth because the average earth consistency 2 to 3 feet above the anchor determines the anchor holding capacity. The probe shaft is marked at 1-foot intervals permitting soil evaluation at every foot of depth.

The length of the Soil Test Probe (including helix) is 5 feet. Each shaft coupled to the probe provides an additional 5 feet. A durable carrying case protects the equipment when not in use.

ORDERINg INFORMATION

DescriptionProbe w/3 5-ft. extensions

Length20'

Weight211/2 lb.

Soil Test Probe 1800 in.-lb. Capacity

Catalog No.C3090033

Description5-ft. extension only

Weight3 lb.

Accessories

Cat. No.C3090032

SOIL TEST PROBE

Geological Soil ClassificationGranite, Basalt, Massive LimestoneCaliche, (Nitrate-bearing gravel/rock),

Basal till; boulder clay; caliche;weathered laminated rockGlacial till; weathered shales, schist, gneiss and siltstoneGlacial till; hardpan; marls

Saprolites, residual soils

Dense hydraulic fill;compacted fill; residual soilsFlood plain soils; lake clays;adobe; gumbo, fillMiscellaneous fill, swamp marsh

Class 1 soils are difficult to probe consistently and the ASTM blow count may be of questionable value.**It is advisable to install anchors deep enough, by the use of extensions, to penetrate a Class 5 or 6, underlying the Class 7 or 8 Soils.

SOIL CLASSIFICATION DATATypical

Blow Count“N” per

ASTM-D1586N.A.

60-100+

45-60

35-50

24-40

14-25

7-14

4-8

0-5

ClassN.A.

1

2

3

4

5

6

**7

**8

Common Soil-Type DescriptionSound hard rock, unweathered (bedrock)Very dense and/or cemented sands;coarse gravel and cobblesDense fine sands; very hard siltsand clays (may be preloaded)Dense sands and gravel; hard silts and claysMedium dense sand and gravel; verystiff to hard silts and claysMedium dense coarse sands and sandygravels; stiff to very stiff silts and claysLoose to medium dense fine to coarsesands to stiff clays and siltsLoose fine sands; Alluvium; loess;medium - stiff and varied clays; fillPeat, organic silts; inundated silts, fly ashvery loose sands, very soft to soft clays

ProbeValuesft.-lb.(NM)N.A.

over 60(85 - 181) over 50(68 - 85)42 - 50 56 - 6833 - 42

(45 - 56)25 - 33

(34 - 45)17 - 25

(23 - 34)8 - 17

(11 - 23)under 8(0 - 11)

4A-11

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

Adapter Bushing (included)

Pulling Eye5/8 x 25/8 Lg.Cadmium Plated Bolt with Nut

Cat. No.C3020003C3020004

*E3020001P*E3020006PP3020002P

Weight22 lb.24 lb.

7 lb. 8 lb.14 lb.

DescriptionExpanding & Tamping BarExpanding & Tamping Bar

Fiberglass HandleFiberglass HandleExpander and Tamper Head

Length10'12'

10'12'N/A

The Chance fiberglass handle Expanding and Tamping Bar simplifies the job of expanding anchors. The curved Expander and Tamper Head distributes the weight of the bar evenly around the anchor rod to reduce handle vibration. The hook of the Expanding and Tamping Bar wraps around the anchor rod to keep the expanding head from slipping off the anchor top plate. This tool is also effectively used for tamping in soil above the installed anchor. The base casting is attached directly to the fiberglass handle.

EXPANDINg & TAMPINg BAR

Catalog No.E96

Weight5 lb.

This inexpensive cost-cutter provides a large offset eye to accommodate three-ton chain hoist hooks, and leaves the anchor eye free with plenty of clearances for attaching formed wire grips. By removing the Adapter Bushing, the E96 Pulling Eye fits 11/4" rods. The E96 Pulling Eye is inexpensive and easy to use. One person can assemble and hook up in minutes. For working loads to approximately 6,000 pounds (ultimate strength — 18,000 pounds).

STANDARD PULLINg EYE

1 3/4 5/8 1/2

Fiberglass Handle

Expander and Tamper Head*Includes plug mix to reset handle.

4A-12


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Portable Anchor Installersfor small foundations

For most shaft-driven guy anchors and smaller screw foundations, these compact drivers get into areas where large equipment cannot go or is impractical. Operator does not need to resist the torque gener-ated by anchor installation. Countertorque transmits through a torque bar from the drive head to the earth or other restraint. This frees the operator for the task of guiding the anchor path.

2,500 ft.-lb. torque capacity hydraulic power drive

Economical manual operation and portabilityfor remote sites, common anchor installations

Built-in bypass valve limits output to 2,500-ft.-lb. maximum, two-way foot pedal gives operator direct control over drive and reverse directions, hoses (two 12-ft. and two 25-ft.) come with quick couplers for all connections from power supply to foot control to drive head. Pivoting drive-head yoke connects with bent-arm pin to square-tubular torque bar which telescopes from 8 feet to 10 feet as needed.

Catalog No. C3031244Heavy-Duty Installer requires 1,900 psi at 8 gpm flow rate to deliver 2,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque.

Catalog No. C3031032Medium-Duty Installer requires 1550 psi at 8 gpm flow rate to deliver 2,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque.

4A-13

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

†Medium Duty — Catalog No. C3031032

Output shaft is 11/2" square socket. Requires C3031230 and flanged drive tool (order separately) to install anchors other than 11/2" square 11/4" round shaft.

* Note: Hydraulic components are not interchangeable between C3031032 and C3031244.

grease filled gear case. Single Catalog Number above includes all items below. Each item also may be or-dered by separate number.

Heavy Duty — Catalog No. C3031244

Output Shaft is 2" Hex. - Requires Kelly Bar Adapter P630013 and flanged drive tool (order separately) to install all anchors.

* Note: Hydraulic components are not interchangeable between C3031032 and C3031244.

* Hydraulic Control Valve C3031031

Two 25-ft. Hydraulic Hoses C4176121 (each)

* Hydraulic Drive Head C3031180

Yoke Assembly E3030680

* Two 12-ft. Hydraulic Hoses E3030876 (pair)

Square Torque Bar Assembly E3031041

Sealed oil-filled gear case. Single Catalog Number above includes all items below. Each item also may be ordered by separate number.

Optional Hydraulic Power Unit Catalog No. C3031201For easy wheeling to worksite, hydraulic drive head and foot control secure by rubber strap included to angle braces atop the cart frame and hoses ride on handles.

Operating instructions are included with anchor installer and hydraulic power unit.

Cart-mounted on 5⁄8 "-diameter axle with two 4.80 x 8 inflatable (30psi) tires; 271⁄4" wide x 341⁄2" high x 36" long; shipping weight with oil: 275 lb.Hydraulic Pump with fan cooling system: Typical output pressure 2500psi Pump displacement 8 gpm @ 3400rpm Reservoir capacity 5 gallons US (shipping cap and vented fill cap provided)gasoline Engine System: 16hp Briggs & Stratton Industrial/Commercial Model 326437, Type 2527 12-Volt pushbutton start, 3600rpm (maximum)

2,500 ft-lbPortable Anchor Installers

Anchor Drive ToolsSee page 8 for details on tools to drive specific anchor types.

* Hydraulic Control Valve C3031247

Two 25-ft. Hydraulic Hoses C4176121 (each)

* Hydraulic Drive Head C3031233

Yoke Assembly E3030680

* Two 12-ft. Hydraulic Hoses E3031253 (pair)

Square Torque Bar Assembly E3031041

†Adapter Tool Catalog No. C3031230

†Note that all 51⁄4" bolt-circle tools may be connected directly to Heavy Duty Portable Anchor Installer Cat. No. C3031244. †Adapter Tool Cat. No. C3031230 is required to connect 51⁄4" bolt-circle tools to Medium Duty Portable Anchor Installer Cat. No. C3031032. If needed, order Adapter C3031230 as a separate item.

4A-14


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

For Skid-Steers other than Bobcat: (for field welding to utility plates on skid-steers)

C3031016 3,500 ft.-lb. Bail & Jib Assembly less utility Plate

Anchor/Foundation Drive Heads• Vehicle Mounted • Hydraulic Powered• 6,000 & 11,500 ft.-lb. Torque Ratings

Specially suited for vertical installations of screw-type anchors, foundations, and bumper posts.

The drive head comes in two torque-rating ranges. The de-sign also delivers other features for rugged field conditions.

• Precisionplanetarygearsandbearingsinoil-filled,sealed gearcase

• Heavy-dutyoutputhousingandbearings

• Heavy-dutybailflangemountedtogearcasehousingprovides balanced load-sharing torque restraint

• Dual-pinmountingprovidesdrive-headpositioningforcontrolled installations

• Drive-headalsoreadilyacceptsearthaugersforholedigging

Hose assemblies are not furnished with drive heads. For hydraulic flow more than 20 gpm, 3/4"-diameter hose is recom-mended. For flow rates of 20 gpm and below, 1/2" hose may be used. Swivel joint and swivel joint adapter are furnished. Thread size is 1"-111/2" NPSM (National Pipe Straight Me-chanical).

To order, refer to information below and on next page. Specify one each: Drive Head, Utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly, and Kelly Bar Adapter.

Skid-Steer Utility Plate, Bail and Jib Components

6,000 ft.-lb. maximum torque

Catalog Numbers at left do not include drive head, hoses or kelly bar adapter as shown at right.

For Bobcat Skid-Steers ONLY:Catalog No.

C3031014Description

6,000 ft.-lb. utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly

Bracket

Description

6K & 11.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge3.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge6K & 11.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge3.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge6K & 11.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge3.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge

Backhoe

Brand Name

CaseCaseJCBJCB

John DeereJohn Deere

*A

10.110.17.007.008.188.18

B

1.51.01.51.01.51.0

Dimensions, inches Catalog

Number

C3030969C3030970C3030971C3030972C3030973C3030974

*Bracket accepts boom up to 10.2" wide (1.75" dia. pin).For booms 7" & 8.18" wide, 2 spacer bushings supplied. Other bushings available for backhoes not listed.

†Backhoe Mounting Brackets

To order, specify components in Typical Tool-String Assemblies on next page.Backhoe Mounting Components

6,000 and 11,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque

4A-15

HUBBELL®


JUNE 2009

Output Torque vs. Pressure Output Speed vs. Flow

Each of these Kelly Bar Adapters has a 51/4" bolt circle and comes with (6) 1/2" bolts, nuts and lock-washers and a Bent-Arm Pin with Coil Lock (see page 4A-7).

Typical BackhoeTool-StringsFor SS5 and SS150 (11⁄2" Square Shaft) Series Anchors For SS175 (13⁄4" Square Shaft) Series Anchors

†Backhoe Mounting Bracket

6,000or 11,500 ft.-lb.Drive Head

Kelly Bar Adapter‡

Anchor Drive Tool639001

Headroom Dimension

525/8"525/8"

Drive Head, ft.-lb.6,00011,500

†Backhoe Mounting Bracket

6,000or 11,500 ft.-lb.Drive Head

Kelly Bar Adapter‡

Headroom Dimension

563/4"563/4"

Drive Head, ft.-lb.6,00011,500

Part No. 630013 630011HD

X2" Hex

21/2" Hex

Y5"

41/4"

Z61/8"81/8"

‡Kelly Bar AdaptersAnchor/Foundation Drive Heads

Shear-Pin Torque Indi-cator C3030044

Catalog Running Torque Running Torque Flow Speed Wt. Wt. Dimensions (in., cm) Number ft.-lb. Nm gpm rpm lb. kg A B C D E F C3030927 6,000 @ 2,400 psi 8,100 @ 165 BARS 40 39 246 112 1.5 3.81 29.5 74.9 10.7 27.2 13 33.0 11.4 28.9 2.5 6.4

C3030928 11,500 @ 2,400 psi 15,600 @ 165 BARS 40 20 246 112 1.5 3.81 29.5 74.9 10.7 27.2 13 33.0 11.4 28.9 2.5 6.4

Shear-Pin Torque Indi-cator C3030044

Wrench AdapterT3030166

Anchor Drive ToolC3030195

Y

X

Z

5-1

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI DECEMBER 2008

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POLE LINE HARDWARE

©Copyright 2008 Hubbell  •  210 North Allen Street  •  Centralia, MO 65240

NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USA

5

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc.  warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company’s warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company’s distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.

Warranty - ApplicationHubbell Power Systems, Inc.  does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.

Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study. 

5-2

DECEMBER 2008 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC. NOTE:

Where applicable, pole line hardware man-ufactured by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. is made from steel produced in accordance with ASTM A575 and/or ASTM A576.  Where galvanized, items are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153.

Where appropriate, these pole line hard-ware items meet or exceed the following ANSI/NEMA specifications:

ANSIC135.4C135.1C135.2C135.22C135.14C135.17C135.7C135.5

NEMAPH1PH10PH38PH20PH25

Refer to this Catalog Section 5 or call your Hubbell representative for conformance of particular items to the above specifications.

5-3


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ADAPTER, THIMBLEUsed to change 1-inch pin insulator thread to 13/8-inch pin insulator thread.

ExteriorThread Dia.

13/8 inch

Dimensions in Inches

CatalogNo.

4257

InteriorThread Dia.

1 inch

OverallLength

21/4

Approx. ShipWeight, Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.

63No. 4257

ARMS, CABLE EXTENSIONFor suspending cables at a distance from the pole, a No. 7903 Cable Sus-pension Clamp is usually used under the arm (See page 5-21), attached through the center slot to a 5/8" machine bolt with a washer under the bolt head. Cable extension from the pole is 23" for No. 7920, 41" for No. 7921. Cable clamp with attachment bolt and pole mounting bolts, or lag screws, must be ordered separately. Hot dip galvanized.

Dimensions in InchesCatalogNo.

79207921

Approx. ShipWeight, Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.

29006200

C26

441/2

B81/2

183/4

A — Angle Size3 x 21/2 x 1/4

31/2 x 21/2 x 5/16

A-Size AnglesB

C

3/4" Dia. Holes

BANDS, POLE, ACCESSORIESFor use with No. 6276 and No. 6277 Pole Bands (See next page). Deadend clevis has 13/16" hole to match rectangular holes in bands, and is attached with cone head bolt. Guy clips made in two pieces: top, 5/16" x 2 1/2" steel; bottom, 3/16" x 2 1/2" steel. A 3/4" x 2 1/2" machine bolt with cotter pin fastens thimble. Guy clip also includes one No. 6280 conehead bolt which has square shoulder. Sheave can be used with C2030183 on page 5-4.

Description Guy Clip Cone Head Bolt Sheave for Guy Clip

Steel SizeInches — ASee above

3/4 x 21/2

CatalogNo.

6278PS6280451016P

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.

580 50245

P451016

.81" dia.

No. 6278

No. PS6280

No. 7920

7 1/2"

5-4


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 6277

BANDS, POLE, ADJUSTABLEHeavy Style

These are 3/16" x 4" flat steel bands, shipped assembled with one 3/4 x 4" curved bolt and one 3/4 x 21/2" cone head bolt. Hot dip galvanized. Extra cone head bolts, for attaching deadend clevises and guy clips, must be ordered separately. (See Accessories on page 5-3). One to eight attachments can be made from each pole band.

CatalogNo.

† 6276† 6277

Approx. Ship Wt.Lbs. Per 100 Pieces

9501150

DescriptionBand, 6" - 10"Band, 8" - 14"

BANDS, POLE, ADJUSTABLEUse steel Pole Bands on wood poles. Take-offs for guy and insulation attachments can be made by using connecting links (see below). Bands are shipped unassembled.

Type

4 Way, 90°

4 Way, 90°

4 Way, 90°

PoleDia.

6" - 111/2"

91/2" - 14"

91/2" - 16"

SizeStud

3/4 x 6"3/4 x 6"3/4 x 8"

SizeSteel

1/4 x 4"1/4 x 4"1/4 x 4"

4 Pcs.

4 Pcs.

4 Pcs.

4 Pcs.

4 Pcs. 4 Pcs.

†RUS Listed

BANDS, POLE, CONNECTING LINKSDesigned for use with 4-Way Adjustable Pole Bands, above. For insula-tor or guy attachments. C2030183 has 11/4" diameter hole on one end and 15/16" holes on the other end.

CatalogNo.

(Per Pair)C2030183

SteelSize

Inches1/4 x 3

Length, Inches(Center Hole

to Center Hole)71/2

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.Per 100 Pieces

360

Cat. No.(CompleteAssembly)

C2030194

C2030197

C2030200

LagHoleSize9/16"9/16"9/16"

Approx.Ship

Wt. Per100 Pcs.

1560

2360

2820

71/2"

C2050140or C2050141

C2030187

2"

1/4" thick

15/16" Dia. 11/4" Dia.

3"

No. C2030183

C20

3014

1

C20

3014

0

C20

3108

8

C20

3108

7

5-5


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.BANDS, POLE, SECONDARY RACK

For attaching secondary racks to tubular metal poles. Bands are equipped with 5/8" x 2" carriage bolts for attaching the racks, and 1/2" x 15/8" oval-shoulder clamp bolts for tightening bands on pole. Hot dip galvanized 1/4" x 11/2" steel. Made in two styles, the single type for at-taching one rack and the double type for two racks.

Single Type Double Type

No. 8634

Cat.No.

ThreadLength

BoltLength

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.

Dim. in Inches

3/8-Inch Diameter†*8645

†864512†*8646 8647

5 51/26 7

Cat.No.

BoltLength

ThreadLength

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.1/2-Inch Diameter

3334

31 37.538 44

15.617

17.621.622

4 41/25 6 7

Dim. in Inches

13/413/413/413/413/4

†*8634 †*863412†*8635 †8636 8637

4,250 Pound Rated Tensile Strength*NEMA Standard†RUS Listed

7,800 Pound Rated Tensile Strength

CatalogNo. A B Angle Size

Approx. ShipWt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pieces


BAYONETS, GROUND WIRE(Supports, Shield Wire)

For supporting overhead ground wire on wood or steel poles. Bayonets have an 11/16" hole and an 11/16" pole-mounting slot to allow for inaccuracy in boring holes. Holes at top of bayonet allow use of No. 5450 ground-wire clamps (Not included. See page 5-20). Bolts used to fasten corner bayonets together are included. Pole-mounting bolts and ground-wire clamps are not included. Hot dip galvanized.

Straight Bayonets

366684

54365466

PS5484

101520

2 x 2 x 1/421/2 x 21/2 x 1/43 x 3 x 1/4

94022003430

5466

BOLTS, CARRIAGECarriage Bolts have square nuts, finished points and rolled threads. Standard heads have square shoulders. Open-hearth steel. Hot dip galvanized.

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.388380475524

Cat.No.

637412PS6376 PS6377 PS6378

Dim. in Inches

PoleO.D.

5 65/875/885/8

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.304368406480

Cat.No.

636412PS6366 PS6367 PS6368

Dim. in Inches

PoleO.D.

5 65/875/885/8

PS6376Double Type

PS6366Single Type

5-6


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC. BOLTS, CLEVISFor supporting crossarm suspension insulator strings. Cotter bolt is 23/4" long and comes with cotter pin and hex nut. Clevis Bolts are drop-forged steel. Hot dip galvanized.

Dimensions in Inches Approx. ShipWt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.150199217220200257280304

Thread

Length66666666

CatalogNo.

†15808†15810†15812†15814†15828†15830†15832†15834

12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength†RUS Listed

CatalogNo.

†19784†19786†19788†19790†19792


Per 100 Pcs.196220232256260

LengthUnder EyeC (Inches)

1416182022

BOLTS, DOUBLE-ARMINGFULL THREAD

Bolts permit replacement ease in double arms and offer added flexibil-ity of use. Cone type point for easy starting and driving-out without damage to threads. Each bolt provided with four square nuts. Hot dip galvanized steel.

BOLTS, DOUBLE-ARMING EYEBolts have a cone type point and are threaded to within 2" of the 11/2" x 2" eye. Three Square Nuts. Drop-forged steel. Hot dip galvanized.

5/8-Inch Diameter

Length,Inches

18

6 81214161820222426

No. 15828

B

D

E

A

InsideDim. A

1 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/2

OutsideDim. B

2 5/82 5/82 5/82 5/82 5/8

AB

No. 8846

C

†RUS Listed5/8" Bolt has 12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength3/4" Bolt has 18,350 Pound Rated Tensile Strength

E113/16

113/16

113/16

113/16

113/16

113/16

113/16

113/16

D1/21/21/21/25/85/85/85/8

C13/1613/1613/1613/1613/1613/1613/1613/16

B5/85/85/85/83/43/43/43/4

A 8101214 8101214

C

21/2

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100 Pcs

117

126156176196204220240256268270280

Length,Inches

16

1214161820222426283032

CatalogNo.

8846

†*8862†*8864†*8866†*8868†*8870†*8872†*8874 8876 8877 8878 8879

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100 Pcs

125

128150234240248272292316328365

1/2-Inch Shank Diameter

5/8-Inch Diameter 3/4-Inch Diameter

12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength*ANSI Standard†RUS Listed

CatalogNo.

8848

C2050140C2050141

*8882 *8884 *8886 *8888†*8890†*8892†*8894 8896


NOTE: For ALL sizes now available, see Supplemental Catalog Bulletin 5-53.24 through 5-53.28 dated December 2008.

5-7


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.BOLTS, MACHINEAre also called crossarm bolts or through bolts. Bolts have rolled threads and one square nut. Bolts six inches or longer have cone-type points. Hot dip galvanized.

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.

Dim. in Inches

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.

Dim. in Inches

ThreadLength

BoltLength

Cat.No.

BoltLength

ThreadLength

Cat.No.

3/8-Inch Diameter5

51/2

3

3

18.8

19.6

15

17.2

4

41/2

3

3


17.6

33

35

39

48

11/2

41/2

5

6

7

11/4

3

3

3

3

1/2-Inch Diameter49

57

60

71

73

8

9

10

12

14

4

4

4

6

6

†*8708

†8709

†*8710

*8712

8714


5/8-Inch Diameter 60

69

75

78

84

99

112

5

6

7

8

9

10

12

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

8805

†*8806

†8807

†*8808

†8809

†*8810

†*8812

126

134

149

164

176

194

14

16

18

20

22

24

6

6

6

6

6

6

†*8814

†*8816

†*8818

†*8820

†8822

†8824



7/8-Inch Diameter6

6

†*C2050255

†C2050257

16

20

316

390

284

352

425

14

18

22

6

6

6

†*C2050254

†*C2050256

†C2050258

3/4-Inch Diameter

25,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength*ANSI Standard†RUS Listed

No. 8810

No. 860512

BOLTS, OVALEYEBolts with 5/8" and 3/4" shanks have 11/2" x 2" ovaleyes. Drop-forged, galvanized steel bolts have cone type points and rolled threads.

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.

LengthUnder

EyeInches

ThreadLengthInches

CatalogNo.

Approx.Ship


LengthUnder

EyeInches

ThreadLengthInches

CatalogNo.

1/2-Inch Shank Diameter 7/16" x 11/4" x 15/8" Ovaleye

*29943 12 100*29939 77 8 4 6

†29956†*29958†*29959†*29960†*29962†*29964 †29966 †29968 †29970

6 8 9101214161820

44466666

6

5/8" Shank Dia — 9/16 x 11/2" x 2" Ovaleye7,800 Pound Rated Tensile Strength

†29978†29980†29982†29984†29986†29988

81012141618

180200228248268314


446666


*NEMA Standard†RUS Listed

3/4" Shank Dia — 5/8" x 11/2" x 2" Ovaleye

No. 29960

126

154

166

188

225

8

10

12

14

16

4

6

6

6

6

†*8908

†*8910

†*8912

†*8914

†*8916

232252268304308

1820222426

66666

†*8918

†8920

†8922

†8924

†8926

100104113122144146168208240

8604

860412 *8605

860512

870112

*870412

*8705

†*8706

†8707

NOTE: For ALL sizes now available, see Supplemental Catalog Bulletin 5-53.24 through 5-53.28 dated December 2008.

5-8


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

L133/4143/4153/4173/4193/4

A 8 9101214

B66666

CatalogNo.

†7826†7828†7830 7832 7834

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per100 Pieces

166162168186204

12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength†RUS Listed

BOLTS, UPSET, DOUBLEIncludes square nut, round washer, and cotter key on short end and Square nut and M-F locknut on long end. Used with spool insulators ANSI 53-2. Hot dip galvanized.

HEXAGONAL SECTIONFOR WRENCH HOLD


No. 5112T

BOLTS, SCREW EYEGimlet-point lag-screw thread. Drop-forged except 8777. Hot dip galvanized.


Type Dia.Size of

EyeCatalog

No.Length

Under Eye


Per 100 Pieces29930

C2050094†8777

OvaleyeOvaleyeHookeye

11/4 x 15/811/4 x 15/8

3/4

1/21/23/8

6 4

31/2

65 54 16

†Opening in Eye 1/4".

No. 29930 No. 8777

BOLTS, THIMBLEYE®

Contoured eye keeps guy strand from kinking, bending, or spreading. Drop-forged steel. Hot dip galvanized. Cone-type points. Eyes of angle bolts are offset 45 degrees.

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.per 100 Pcs.

112148176188192200

ThreadLengthInches

446666

SizeInches5/8 x 8

5/8 x 105/8 x 125/8 x 145/8 x 165/8 x 18

AngleBolt

DG4F8*5010*5012*5014 5016

—

StraightBolt

DG1F8†*5510†*5512 *5514 5516

DG1F18

Catalog No.

12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength*ANSI†RUS Listed

Approx.Ship


228244264

ThreadLengthInches

466

SizeInches3/4 x 103/4 x 123/4 x 14

AngleBolt

†5110T†5112T 5114T

StraightBolt—

†5612 5614

Catalog No.

18,350 Pound Rated Tensile Strength*NEMA Standard†RUS Listed

No. 5112T No. 5612

Dimensions in InchesB

13/811/2

C9/1611/16

D11/1613/16

E11/215/8

R1/4

9/32

A5/83/4

L

13⁄8" B

A41⁄4" 11⁄2"

11⁄4"5⁄8"

B

A

D

E

R

C

1⁄4"

No. 5612

5-9


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BOLTS, UPSET SINGLEUsed in rural secondary construction. Has 5/8" thread diameter. Used with spool insulators ANSI 53-2. Hot dip galvanized.

Dimensions in InchesShank Length

B44466

CatalogNo.

†7741 †774112

7742 7743 7744

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per100 Pieces

138144170186196

A 8 9101214

L123/4133/4143/4163/4183/4

12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength†RUS listed

BRACES, CROSSARM, "V"Furnished with 9/16" holes for crossarm mounting. 11/16" holes for pole mounting. The “1” series has a 9/16" x 1" slot in place of the 9/16" diam-eter crossarm mounting holes. Hot dip galvanized.

CatalogNo.

*6940 *6941 †*6942 †*6948 †*6953 †6955 69401 69421

Size of Angle11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16

13/4 x 13/4 x 3/16

13/4 x 13/4 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/2 x 3/16

A4551635163754563

B4248604860724260

C1218181418181218


Per 100 Pcs. 820 9801100 92013401600 8201120


*NEMA Standard†RUS listed

BRACES, CROSSARM, ALLEY ARMUsed for side-arm construction. Furnished with lineman's steps. Hot dip galvanized.

CatalogNo.

*6979†6984

T2030367

Holes Approx. ShipWt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.130017881780

PoleAttach

9/16

9/16

11/16


ArmAttach

9/16

11/16

11/16

LengthFeet

5710

Angle SizeInches

13/4 x 13/4 x 3/16

13/4 x 13/4 x 3/16

2 x 2 x 1/4

BRACES, SIDE ARMUsed on three-phase medium-voltage lines, brace is placed on side op-posite odd conductor to support the unbalanced load. Can be used for either right or left support. Hot dip galvanized.

Size ofAngle

E13/4 x 13/4 x 3/16

B42

A27

Catalog No.

†6999

PoleC

11/16

ArmD

11/16


Per 100 Pcs.930

Dimensions in InchesHole Dia.

†RUS listed

11/16" Hole

9/16" Hole

No. 6940

No. 6999

No. 6979

C

BA

L

11⁄4" B

A41⁄2"

11⁄4"5⁄8"

5-10


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BRACKET, CORNER CONSTRUCTION

Used for small angles to deadend on pole. Has 11/2" x 2" drop-forged eyes, 12" extension. Mounting eyes are at right angles to take-off eye.

Dimensions in InchesCatalogNo.

†5728C2060480

Mting. Distance1212

Approx. Ship Wt.Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.

530375

Steel Size3/4 Rd.5/8 Rd.

†RUS listed

11/2" Open Eye

BRACES, CROSSARM, FLAT


Per 100 Pcs.140185200215225

CatalogNo.

7020 7026*7028*7030*7032

"A"

1824262830

7/32" x 17/32" BracesApprox. Ship.


230240255275295315335

CatalogNo.

7126†7128 7130 7132

C2030233T2030459T2060398

"A"

24262830323436

1/4" x 11/4" Braces

Have rounded ends and are punched at one end with a 9/16" hole, with a 7/16" hole at the other end. Holes punched 1-inch from brace end to center of hole. Hot dip galvanized.

†RUS listed

*NEMA Standard

No. 7020

A

1"

1"

5-11


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CatalogNo.

C2060189

C2060190

C2060192C2060193

BRACKETS, CUTOUT,ARRESTERS & POTHEAD

These brackets offer a wide variety of one, two or three unit mount-ing applications. Completely assembled brackets are available as well as individual parts for field adaptation. The one and two unit brackets can be mounted with the vertical member running either up or down the pole.

DescriptionPole bracket for mounting singleunit of apparatusCross strap for mounting two units of apparatusC2060189 and C2060190C2060189 and C2060190 and lower strapfor third unit (incl. grd. clamp)

Approx.Ship


390

230

630790

C20601898"

11/2"

121/8"

81/2"

C2060193

8"

613/16"

30°

C2060190

C2060192

11/2"

Catalog No.

C2060299

C2060547

Description

Pole bracket for Dim. A is 12-in. mounting single unit of apparatus with ground lugPole bracket for Dim. A is 7.25-in. mounting single unit of apparatus without ground lug

A(inches)

12

7.25

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.

767

675

81/2"

LOWER STRAPFOR THIRD UNIT

5"

1/2" x 2" bolts

This “D” type bracket is used to mount cutouts and/or arresters directly to the pole. Three brackets may be used for three-phase application. Can be conveniently mounted or removed without removing bolts. Clean, quick mounting for single-phase application without crossarm or special pole bands.

Galvanized 3/8" x 2" steel, 7.25 or 12-inches of clearance to the face of the pole. Mounting holes accept the L portion of the NEMA cutout crossarm bracket. A grounding lug connector is provided (on C2090299 only), along with two 3/8" x 11/2" carriage bolts with nut, round washer and lock washer.

BRACKET, CUTOUT AND ARRESTER

7/16" dia.

A

3"

73/8"

3/8"

31/2"

30°

1"

1"

3"

2"

grounding lug

11/16" 2 slots

103/8"

BRACKETS, CUTOUT AND ARRESTERHot dip galvanized, complete with bolts, nuts and washers. Crossarm brackets adjust to fit arms from 3" x 4" to 4" x 5".

BracketDescription

Crossarm Bracket NEMA Type ACrossarm Bracket NEMA Type BCrossarm Mounting BracketPole Mounting Bracket

Catalog Number

*C2060127*C2060283 C2060280 C2060236

*NEMA Standard

Clearance DimensionsCrossarm to

Mtg. Bolt29/16"25/8" 51/4"

Pole to Mtg. Strap5"

41/4" 41/4"

5"

Pole Bracket

Wt. Per100 lb.

250284375400

1/2" x 2"carriage

bolt

3/8" x 5"carriage bolts

Crossarm Brackets

5-12


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. C2060004

No. 2355

No. 3470

No. 2157

Catalog No.

*PS2355*2357


Center11/1611/16

Mounting HolesSide9/169/16

Extension69


Per 100 Pcs.308405

BRACKETS, EXTENSIONWhere obstructions are to be overcome and where proper clearances are required, this bracket is fastened to the pole for mounting secondary racks. Made of hot-galvanized 9-gauge steel, it is equipped with a 5/8" x 2" carriage bolt. Curved back is 3" wide.

BRACKET, NEUTRAL OFFSETDesigned to support the neutral wire well away from the pole. Used primarily on rural open wire construction where long spans are common and additional clearance or climbing space is required. Full-threaded 25" rod; 5/8" pin accepts ANSI 53-2 spool insulator.

CatalogNo.

†C2060004

ArmLength

15"

RodDiameter

5/8"

PoleMting.

Hole Dia.1/2"


Per 100 Pcs.800

†RUS listed

*NEMA Standard

Approx.Ship


380

SteelSize

1/4" x 3"

HoleSpacing

8

OverallHeight101/2

HoleDia.11/16"

CatalogNo.

†2157


†RUS listed

BRACKET, POLE TOPThis bracket can be used with two pole-top pins to give additional clear-ance from the pole. It is mounted to the pole with 5/8" double arming bolts, extending the spread between insulators by 4" in addition to the pole diameter. The bottom slot is 11/16" x 11/4" for easy adjustment. Bracket pipe spacers may be required (See page 5-47).

BRACKET, NEUTRAL WIREUsed where a neutral wire is used as one of a 3-phase circuit. Has 11/16" mounting slots. Non-insulating. Hot dip galvanized steel.

CatalogNo.

3470

WireSize

1/2 or under

Length PoleBearing Surface

21/2


Per 100 Pieces124

5-13


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

11/16" Hole16919

InsulatorStud

Bolts Required3/4"3/4"

13/16" Hole†*C2060209 C2060162

PoleMounting

Bolts RequiredTwo 5/8"Two 5/8"


Per 100 Pcs.650440

*This bracket is designed to facilitate a stringing block.†RUS listed

Catalog Number

BRACKETS, POST INSULATORSide Mounted

The bracket is formed of high-quality 3/8" x 21/2" bar steel and hot dip galvanized. It can be utilized to mount distribution post insulators from 15 kV to 34.5 kV.

BRACKETS, POST INSULATORCurved base

This bracket can be used for mounting distribution post-type insulators from 15 kV to 34.5 kV on the side of the pole. The base has a pole-shape back for convenient installation. Brackets can be placed in a phase-over- phase arrangement or can be mounted on opposite sides of the pole for "armless" construction.

Insulators not included.

BRACKETS, POST INSULATORUni-Brackets

Chance Uni-Brackets are a clean-appearing, low-cost method of mounting three post-type insulators atop a pole completely eliminating the cros-sarm. The brackets can be installed on the pole in less than five minutes, requiring only two 3/4" bolts for attachment. Uni-Brackets fit poles having a pole-top diameter from 6" to 81/2". Slot on top is 11/16" x 21/4".

No. 9183 brackets can be adapted to a variety of distribution construc-tion using post-type insulators from 15 through 34.5 kV.

CatalogNumber†9183


2100

Insulator StudBolts Required

5/8"†Includes both sections of bracket

C2060162 C2060209

AngleA

15°15°15°

W444

D13/1613/1613/16

L 91/2

12 15

Catalog Number

*C2060009†*C2060010 C2060011

DimensionsIn Inches

*These brackets have 13/16" stringing block holes.†RUS listed

Approx.Ship


122016692066

81/4"

11/16" Holes

13/16" Hole

13/16" x 11/4" Hole

3/8" x 21/2" Stock

60° 91/2"

1817/32"

No. 9183

13/16" hole

81/2"

11/16" hole

11/16" x 13/8" slot

51/4"

30°

11/16" x 13/8" slot

83/4" 

13/16" hole 30°

13/16" hole41/2"

11/16" hole

13/16" x 15/16" slot

81/2"

C2060009

31/2" RW

11/16" Dia. holeL3/8"  X

A

D10"

load table11/16" x 11/4" slot

41/2"

5-14


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BRACKETS, TELEPHONE HOUSEUsed where the pole lead attaches to the building at an angle or to carry leads around the corner of a building. Used with porcelain spool insulator and 8604 bolt (page 5-7) which are not included. Hot dip galvanized.

A43/4

SteelSize

1/2 x 3/16

Ins.Holes

13/32

Mtg.Holes

9/32

B27/8

CatalogNo.

8205


Per 100 Pcs.82

C25/8


These lightweight, easy-to-handle aluminum transformer mounting brackets are designed for 3 KVA thru 250 KVA trans-formers. Their bolted, rugged construction has pre-drilled holes for mounting. The convenient key-hole has a jump-proof lip for a secure mounting.

Units are designed to accommodate mounting one, two or three transformers and will fit NEMA- A, B and C lugs. A func-tional grounding lug is built-in on the back.

ALUMINUM RACK FRAME TYPEBRACKETS, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING


36363636

Description No transformer mtg. bolts 5/8 x 13/4-in. transf. mtg. bolts 3/4 x 2 in. transf. mtg. bolts 5/8 & 3/4-in. transf. mtg. bolts

Catalog No.C2128007

C2128007A C2128007B

C2128007AB

BRACKET, SERVICE DEADENDAttaches to 11/4" through 3" diameter service masts. Front strap is rounded to prevent damage to bail of the service clamp. Square hole at end of the front slot captures the carriage bolt head dur-ing installation and prevents slippage after installation. Hot dip galvanized.

Catalog No.C2060169

Adjustment11/4" —3"


102

C2060169

No. 8205

   

      

 

No Longer Available, Visit 5B Catalog Section

5-15


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BRACKETS, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING

RACK-FRAME TYPEFor mounting 3 KVA to 500 KVA transformers

C2120141

C2120146

CatalogNumber (1)

C2120141

T2120222

†C2120142

T2120223

†C2120143

T2120224

†C2120144

T2120225

C2120145

T2120226

†C2120146

T2120227

*C2120147

T2120228

DimensionsA

31"

211/2"

25"

371/2"

B

61/2"

41/2"

43/4"

91/2"

Strength

Tested to2000 lb., pertransformerposition,simultaneousloading

Tested to5000 lb., pertransformerpositionsimultaneousloading

Tested to5000 lb.,pertransformerpositionsimultaneousloading

75 to 500 KVA

NEMA A

LUGS

NEMA A LUGS

PoleDiameter

61/2 - 111/2"

N/A

7 - 12"

N/A

7 - 12"

N/A

N/A

Wt.Each

55 lb.

53 lb.

75 lb.

61 lb.

102 lb

83 lb.

85 lb.

Type Pole Mounting

One BAND & 2 lag screws or One BAND & 1 thru-bolt

2 THRU-BOLTS or 1 THRU-BOLT & 2 lag screws

** 2 Pole BANDS

2 THRU-BOLTS

2 Pole BANDS

2 THRU-BOLTS

2 THRU-BOLTS

NEMA B LUGS

TransformerLug Dimension

3 to 50 KVA

3 to 333 KVA**

NEMA C LUGS

NEMA B LUGS

(1) Note: "T" prefix indicates unit has lifting eye.#Order Adapter plate for type C lugs separately, see page 5-16.

†RUS listed**If cooling fins fit, see dimensions A and B.*Can also mount NEMA A lugs.

NOTE: Order thru-bolts and lag screws separately.

Thru-bolts up to 3/4" and lag screws up to 5/8". C2120143

The rack-frame type bracket may be mounted to the pole with either thru-bolts or bands and is available in three sizes. Manufactured of high-strength steel, galvanized per ASTM A-153, with bolted construction using a minimum number of parts and completely factory assembled. Transformers can be mounted to these sturdy brackets while on the ground, with the hardware that is included with each bracket, for a convenient, balanced one-lift maneuver to the pole top,—pre-drilled holes accept lifting eyes.

The "T" prefix in the catalog number indicates the unit has a built-in integral lifting eye for an easy one-point lift maneuver.

Banded style has a reinforced bolting surface. (Fig. A)

Thru-bolt style has jump-proof lip.(Fig. B)

Virtually all 167 KVA to 333 KVA transformers can be in-stalled on the C2120143 and T2120224 and C2120144 and T2120225 brackets. Check manufacturers dimensions for cooling fins. Outside dimensions are shown in the table.

5-16


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Horizontal adapter plates C2110015, C2110016 and C2110017, may be used in lieu of No. C2110012 plate where more extension from bracket is desired when mounting 167 KVA to 500 KVA transformers with Type “C” lug spacing. Two plates required per transformer. Furnished with two 5/8" x 13/4" bolts each as noted.

C2110017Horizontal Adapter Plate

C2110015 Horizontal Adapter Plate

C2110009Vertical Adapter Plate

Two bracket assemblies (5250 or 5350), can be used for mounting 167 KVA to 500 KVA by adding No. C2110012 horizontal adapter plates. Plates should be used with two brackets to make a complete assembly. Two plates are required for each transformer. Each plate is furnished with one 5/8" x 13/4" machine bolt.

C2110012Horizontal Adapter Plate

One plate is required for each transformer. Plates furnished with three 5/8" x 13/4" machine bolts.

ADAPTERS FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMER BRACKET

Description

Through Bolt Type

CatalogNo.

*C2120001

ShipWt. Lbs.

Each30

TransformerKVA Rating75 KVA and

100 KVA

*RUS listed

CatalogNo.

C2110015

C2110017

Description Top plate with jump-proof lips, less bolts Bottom plate with open end slot, less bolts

ShipWt. Lbs. Each

12.25

11.5No. C2110015 Top PlateNo. C2110017 Bottom Plate

C2120001

Two Transformer Brackets

One piece construction. Drilled for banding or through bolting to pole. Has transformer mounting bolts and ground bolt assembly. Brackets have 12" and 24" spacing for mixed bank application. Tested to 4,000 lbs. per transformer position. Bracket C2120001 is mounted with two bolts or one bolt and lag screw.

Direct Pole Mount Brackets

Plates can be used on regular transformer brackets. One of each required to mount transformer.

TRANSFORMER BRACKETS

3"

CatalogNo.

C2110009

C2110012

C2110015C2110016

C2110017C2110058

Description Adapter Plate for Mtg. Trans. on Single Segment, w/machine bolts. Adapter Plate for Mtg. Trans. with Type C lug spacing, w/machine bolts. Plate with 3" offset, w/machine bolts. Identical to C2110017 except open end mounting slot less jump-proof lips Top plate with jump-proof lips Includes C2110016, C2110017 and four 5/8" x 13/4" bolts and nuts

Approx. ShipWt. Each Lbs.

5.4

9.2

10.5

10.410.322

3"

16"13⁄16"

9"33⁄16"

41⁄2"

1⁄2"

16"

13⁄16"

7"

43⁄16"

5"

3⁄8"

14"

3" 11⁄16"

65⁄16" 43⁄16"

5"

16"

3"

3"

3"

3"

5-17


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

NEMAB

LUGS

SINGLE PHASE—75, 100 and 167 KVA Transformers

THREE PHASE—45 and 75 KVA Transformers

Will also mount Type A lugs, 12" spacing

WeightLb.86

WeightLb.72

WeightLb.64

WeightLb.43

CatalogNumber†PS250Consists of

2 #5250Transformer

Brackets

CatalogNumber

†350Consists of

2 #5350Transformer

Brackets

CatalogNumberHD350Consists of2 #HD5350

TransformerBrackets

†RUS listed

†RUS listed

NEMAA

LUGS

SINGLE PHASE—3 thru 50 KVA Transformers

THREE PHASE—15 and 30 KVA Transformers

BRACKETS,TRANSFORMER MOUNTING

BANDED CLUSTER MOUNTSFits most 3 KVA to 500 KVA transformers

to mounting bracket, ground clamp and installation instructions are included.

The Banded Cluster Mounts may be ordered in pack-ages (recommended), or by components (not recom-mended).

Brackets provide 63/8" of pole clearance.

Heavy Duty BracketHD350 HD315

These easy-to-install cluster mounts have a curved back to fit round, tapered poles from 6" (15.2 cm) to 101/2" (26.7 cm) in diameter. Manufactured of high-strength steel, galvanized per ASTM A-153. Standard duty mounts have one set of four 6" long clamping bolts. Heavy-duty mounts have two sets of bolts (see sketch).

Lag screws can be used to position the mounting bracket be-fore tightening clamping bolts. Support rating, however, does not depend on the use of lag screws. All banding hardware for mounting to the pole, hardware to attach transformer

Heavy DutyBracket

No. 215No. 115 No. 315

No. PS250No. PS150 No. 350

CatalogNumberPS150Consists of

2 #5150Transformer

Brackets

CatalogNumber

†315Consists of

1 #5350TransformerBracket and

3 #C2110009Vertical Bracket

CatalogNumberHD315

Consists of1 #HD5350

TransformerBracket and


WeightLb.65

WeightLb.50

WeightLb.39

CatalogNumber

†215Consists of



WeightLb.27.5

CatalogNumber

115Consists of



5-18


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

NEMAC

LUGS

SINGLE PHASE—250, 333 and 500 KVA TransformersTHREE PHASE— 1121/2, 150, 225 and 300 KVA Transformers

WeightLb.

137.6

CatalogNumberHD3100

Consists of2 #HD5350

TransformerBrackets and6 #C2110012

Horizontal Brackets

WeightLb.

129.6

CatalogNumber†3100

Consists of2 #5350

TransformerBrackets and6 #C2110012

Horizontal Brackets

†RUS listed

Tailor your own mounting assemblies withbrackets and adapters on page 5-16.

No. 5250 Bracket

GroundLug

No. 5350 Bracket

Heavy DutyBracketHD3100

C2110019 orC2110021Transformer MountingBracket9 lb.1/4" stock

GroundLug

BRACKETS, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING

C2030187Cluster MountSegment2.5 lb.1/4" stock

13/16"

No. 3100

9/16"

GroundLug

No. 5150 Bracket

5-19


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 9113S

BRACKETS, TRANSFORMER,SECONDARY LEAD

CLAMPS, BONDINGBonding Clamps make a dependable mechanical and electrical pressure contact between guy strand and anchor rod, when the guy is part of the grounding system. Used on Thimbleye and Angle-Thimbleye bolts to keep hardware-to-guy contacts tight. Also used to prevent excessive wear on guy strands and protect galvanizing. Maintains electrical continuity.

The Chance Secondary Lead Transformer Bracket is a device that serves as a support for secondary lead wires. Made to clamp over the rolled edge at the bottom of the transformer, it fits all popular distribution trans-formers with steel tank. Clamp and bolt are hot dip galvanized steel. Bolt end has a plastic cap to prevent scratching the outer surface of the transformer. Furnished as a bracket or with insulator assembled.

DescriptionWith Non-ANSI 21/4 x 21/8"

Spool InsulatorIns. AssembledWith ANSI 53-2Ins. Assembled

Size ofInsulator

Bolt1/2 x 5

1/2 x 6


CatalogNo.

†9113S *

†9114S *

Steel Sizeof

Clamp5/16 x 11/4

5/16 x 11/4

Approx.Ship Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

152

256

† RUS listed* "S" Indicates gray glaze insulators

For Power Installed Screw Anchors

Rod Type and Sizein Inches

Thimbleye, 1/2 & 5/8

Thimbleye, 3/4 & 1 Twineye, 5/8, 3/4 & 1 Tripleye, 5/8, 3/4 & 1


22 36 38 41

CatalogNo.

†G5067†G5068 G5069

C2030148

Expanding Anchors & Rock Anchors


6.513 21

For No-Wrench Screw Anchors

CatalogNo.

†G5060◆ †G5061◆ †G5063


Thimbleye, 1/2 & 5/8

Twineye, 5/8, 3/4 & 1 Tripleye, 3/4 & 1

CatalogNo.

G5065G5063


1521


Thimbleye, 3/4 & 1 Tripleye, 3/4 & 1

† RUS listed◆ These can be used with SS (square Shaft) and RR (round rod) anchors.

5-20


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Connection is soldered to the cable sheath and mechanically clamped to the messenger wire. The bolt can be removed so that the clamp can be dropped over the messenger. Hot dip galvanized.


Per 100 Pieces61

Bolt Size1/2 x 13/4

Length13/4

Steel Size3/16 x 13/4

CatalogNo.

7956

Ground Wire Clamp is used to attach ground or static wires to bayonets. No 5450 is 1/2" J-Bolt which fits into two holes at top of bayonet (as seen on Page 5-5).

"J" Type

CLAMP, GUYParallel grooves trap strand tightly without marring. Plate halves align evenly for easy application. Each bolt has a shoulder to prevent turning while tightening. Hot dip galvanized.

Dimensions in InchesCatalog

No. 6460†*6461 6462

Ship Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

390252178

AcceptsStrand Size 3/8 thru 5/85/16 thru 1/25/16 thru 1/2

Width2 1/8

121/32

121/32

Length6 6 4

No. of Bolts

332


No. 6448 6449†*6450

Ship Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

132162228

AcceptsStrand Size

1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

Width1 9/16

19/16

19/16

Length33/84 6

No. of Bolts

233

No. 6461

No. 7956

†RUS listed*NEMA Standard

CLAMP, GROUND

CLAMP, GROUND WIRE

5/8" Clamp Bolts

1/2" Clamp Bolts

No. 5450

Catalog No.

5450

BayonetHole Spacing

15/16"


Per 100 Pieces39

5-21


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CLAMPS, GUY OFFSETThis two-bolt guy clamp with curved clamping member provides a more positive hold on the guy strand. Available with 1/2" or 5/8" bolts. Hot dip galvanized.


No.†6409†6410

BoltDia.

1/25/8

Length31/4 4

Width11/215/8

Approx.Ship Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.135172

CLAMPS, LASHING WIRE, TYPE EClamp is fitted with a special clamp bolt formed with a shoulder to prevent turning while tightening. Both ends of the 1/4" bolt are peened to prevent loss of nuts during shipment or handling. Hot dip galvanized.

Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.17

Width1

Length1

CatalogNo.

†9000

†RUS listed

†RUS listed

CLAMPS, SUSPENSIONClamps are used with through bolts to support cable at poles. Through bolt also serves as clamping member. One or more nuts and/or washers are used between the pole and clamp for required spacing. No. 7901 is used on very light cables. This one bolt clamp consists of the two clamping members only. Nos. 7902L and 7902R are used at corners and angles. Nos. 7903 and 7904 are used on straight runs.

Dimensionsin InchesAccommo-

dates

Strand Size1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

1/4 thru 7/16

Catalog

Number 7901

7902L

7902R

7903

*7903L

7904

CenterHole Dia.

11/16

11/16

13/16

11/16

11/16

13/16

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs. 75

232

232

178

177

212

Type1-Bolt

Straight Susp3-Bolt

Angle Susp.3-Bolt

Angle Susp3-Bolt

Straight Susp.3-Bolt

Straight Susp.3-Bolt

Straight Susp.

Length21/2

7

7

55/8

55/8

55/8

No. 6409

No. 9000

No. 7902R

No. 7903L*Flat Keeper Plate

Strand Size 1/4 thru 7/16

Strand Size3/16 thru 5/16

5/16 thru 1/2

5-22


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CLEVISES, INSULATED (Insulators Not Included)

CLEVIS, DEADENDThere is no need for a cotter pin because the lip on the clevis locks the pin. An elongated slot in the upper arm lets the pin float into position. Steel parts are hot dip galvanized. Wet-process spool insulator is gray Sky-Glaze® color. Shipped unassembled.

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.41Clevis, with Sq. Hole for 3/8" Carriage Bolts

and pin only (insulator not included)

CatalogNo.H14

Description

CLEVIS DEADENDINGUsed for attaching deadend insulators and guys with extension links (Page 5-32). Clevises have 5/8" cotter bolts, except No. 456 which has a 3/4" machine bolt. Hot dip galvanized.

Mtg. HoleDiameter

13/16

ThroatClearance

5/8


CatalogNo.455

Extension33/4

SteelSize

3/16 x 11/2


Per 100 Pcs.98

*NEMA Standard

No. *461 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 158 lb.

NEMA 53-4PORCELAINSPOOL INSULATOR


No. *468 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 132 lb. No. 469 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 166 lb.

No. *0340 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 144 lb. No. *0341 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 112 lb.RUS Listed

11/2" x 1/2" x 1/2"STEEL CHANNEL

11/16" x 25/32"OVAL HOLE

4"

31/4" 

5/8" COTTER BOLT 

4"41/4"

31/4" 

41/16"5"

35/16" 

1 x 1/2" x 1/8"STEEL CHANNEL


31/2" 11/16"SQUAREHOLE



11/16" x 7/8"OVAL HOLE

5/8" COTTER BOLT 11/2" x 1/2" x 1/8"

STEEL CHANNEL

23/8" 


11/16"x3/4"OVAL HOLE


3/16" x 11/2" STEEL


3/16" x 11/2" STEEL 5/8" COTTER BOLT 

13/4"

23/8"

No. 455

No. H14



11/16" DIA.HOLE

2" 

1/4" x 11/2" STEEL 

No. PS7820 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 90 lb.

5-23


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Sagger Bracket – Less InsulatorSagger Bracket – Less Insulator

Crossarm Mounting BracketFor attachment over crossarm with a 1/2" carriage bolt installed verti-cally through the arm, or a 3/8" lag screw.


192

CatalogNo.

8795 Clevis – less insulatorDescription

Description

CLEVISES, INSULATED (Less Insulators)


No. 0352 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 152 lb.RUS listed

No. *0322 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 186 lb.


3/16" x 11/2"STEEL 5/8" COTTER BOLT 

5"

31/4" 


11/16"DIA.HOLE

41/2" 

33/8" 

5/8" COTTER BOLT 1/4" x 11/2"

STEEL


4"

31/4" 

11/16" x 11/8"SLOT HOLE

3/16" x3" STEEL31/2" BACK RADIUS 


No. *0337 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 240 lb.No. 0338 Clevis is identical to No. 0337except length from back of clevis to cotter bolt is 3" instead of 4" and weight is 204 lb.

*NEMA Standard

No. *0327 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 276 lb.RUS listed

23/8" BACK RADIUS 

5/8" COTTER BOLT 3/16" x4" STEEL

9/16"DIA.2 HOLES

31/4" 

11/16" x 3/4"SLOT HOLE

4"


No. *0344 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 272 lb.

NEMA 53-5WET PROCESSPORCELAINSPOOL INSULATOR

6"


1/4" x11/2" STEEL  5/8" COTTER BOLT 

41/4" 

No. *C2070024 — Wt. per 100 pcs. 184 lb.

NEMA 53-2PORCELAINSPOOL

3"

31/4" 


USE NEMA 53-3INSULATORNo. C2070116

No. 8795


140240

CatalogNo.

C2070072C2070116

NEMA 53-2INSULATORNo. C2070072

Sagger BracketDouble duty bracket may be used to support conductor during stringing operations and then may be rotated upright to become a permanent clevis. Catalog Number C2070072 has same overall dimensions as C2070024 clevis.

5-24


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Swinging Clevis

Clevis & Mounting Bracket — Less Insulator Clevis Only — Less Insulator & Mounting Bracket

Description

†RUS listed

Standard

Combines a steel-attachment clevis with a wire-rope thimble. Thimble has 2" diameter wire groove for deadending strand and swings free for flexibility. Hot dip galvanized.

CatalogNo.

†573

CLIPS, WIRE ROPE GUY WIREBody of each clip is galvanized ductile iron designed to fit the strand, which is protected by smooth-rounded contact surfaces. Bolts are made of high-strength steel.


Per 100 Pcs. 56.3111

Size ofStrand, In.

1/25/8

CatalogNo.

64846485

CatalogNo.

648064816482

No. 6485

No. 573

No. 1948M



71

40

CatalogNo.

1948M

†1948C

SteelGauge

10

Cotter BoltDiameter

5/8

Approx.Ship Wt. Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.

94

Dimensions In Inches


Per 100 Pcs.12.513.522.5

Size ofStrand, In.

1/45/163/8

CLEVIS, THIMBLE

5-25


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

EYENUTS, STANDARDMost commonly used for deadending, back-guying, and attaching pole head guys on the threaded ends of crossarm bolts. Drop-forged hot dip galvanized steel.

Dimensions In Inches Approx.Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

51465154

F25/825/83 3

E21/821/821/221/2

D11/811/813/413/4

C11/811/811/211/2

B1/21/21/21/2

A11/411/413/813/8

For Bolt Dia1/25/85/83/4

CatalogNo.

6500 6501†*6502 6503

For attaching to thru-bolts or threaded end of straight or angle-Thim-bleye bolts for straight-away head guys. Drop-forged galvanized steel. Nuts are contoured to minimize bending and kinking of guy strand.

Dimensions In Inches Approx.Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

7872

CatalogNo.

†6510 *6511

EYENUTS, THIMBLEYE®


TappedFor

5/8 Bolt3/4 Bolt

B11/211/2

A11/211/2

R1/41/4

C7/87/8

D13/813/8

E17/817/8

F31/431/4

*ANSI Standard†RUS listed

Used for head or stub guying of two strands, Twineye Nuts can be attached to thru-bolts or threaded end of straight or angle Thimbleye bolts. Grooves are contoured to protect guy strands. Drop-Forged galvanized steel.

Dimensions In Inches Approx. ShipWt. Lbs. Per

100 Pcs.190184188

CatalogNo.

6560 6561*6562

EYENUTS, TWINEYE®

TappedFor

5/8 Bolt3/4 Bolt1" Bolt

and PISA

B111/16

111/16

111/16

A17/817/817/8

R5/165/165/16

C11/811/811/8

D15/16

15/16

15/16

E23/823/823/8

F35/835/835/8

*Cat. No. 6562 1" eyenut fits both 1" and 3/4" PISA rods.

No. 6562

No. 6510

No. 6502

5-26


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

EYES, THIMBLEYE®

Used on ordinary machine bolts for straight-away guys. Rounded groove protects guy strand from sharp kinks and bends. Drop-forged galvanized steel. Construction for high strength applications.


CatalogNo.

65196520

Mtg.BoltHole

11/16 x 113/16 x 11/8

B11/211/2

A21/16

21/16

For Bolt Dia5/83/4

C15/16

15/16

D29/16

29/16

E21/16

21/16

F45/16

45/16

Approx.Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

123130

GUARDS & STRAPS, CABLE

Mounting Straps

CatalogNo.

†6538†6539†6540

C2030455

C2030456

Used WithGuard No.

6531 & 6531126532 & 6533

6534T & 6535C2030450C2030452C2030451

Steel Size1/8 x 3/41/8 x 3/43/16 x 1

3/32 x 3/4

3/16 x 1

Hole Dia.9/329/32

11/329/32

11/32


Per 100 Pcs.12.824.363.5 6.6

69


Protect telephone and power lines where circuits lead from underground to overhead. Guards are 14-gauge hot dip galvanized steel, formed into “U” shape. Straps are made from hot dip galvanized flat steel, shaped to fit the guards.

†RUS listed

Guards

Inside Dia.Inches

3/411/8

11/8 23/16

23/16

33/16

33/16

311/16

CatalogNo.

C2030450†6531

†653112†6532 †6533

6534T 6535

C2030451

Length,Feet

85858588

†RUS listed


480 480 560 8601260152518002269

Dimensions In InchesMtg. Bolt

Hole A11/1613/16

For BoltDia.

5/83/4

CatalogNo.

†0100 0101

B11/211/2

C11/1611/16

D13/1613/16

E15/815/8

F21/221/2

G21/221/2

R9/329/32

Approx.Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs.

120132

Used for attaching to thru-bolt or threaded end of straight or angle Thimbleye bolt for down guying. Rounded groove protects guy strand from sharp bending and kinking. Drop-forged galvanized steel. Con-struction for high strength application.

EYE, ANGLE THIMBLEYE®

†RUS listed

No. 6519

No. 0100

No. 6538

No. 653112

5-27


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

GUARDS, UNDERGROUND CABLE

C2030036C2030037

5'5'

2" 3"

17/8"27/8"

10001400

Approx. Wt.Per 100 Pcs.

190026002800

Inside ClearanceFrom Face of Pole

17/8"27/8"33/8"

InsideDia.2" 3"

31/2"

OverallLength

9'9'9'

CatalogNo.

C2030033 C2030034C2030035

Cable Guards

Flanged one-piece unit is formed of 14 gauge steel. Hot dip galvanized. Extension is flared at one end so that it can be joined to the base section. A carriage bolt fastens the two sections together and also serves as a ground lead attachment point. Mounting holes in 1" wide flanges are located every 25". No straps needed for installation.

Cable Guard Extensions

KOVER-GARD® molding protects surface ground wires, lead wires and conductors. Flame retardant and easy to install. Makes wood or metal molding obsolete.

GUARDS, PLASTIC MOLDING

KOVER-GARD Molding

T1/161/165/645/64

W 1/2 3/41

11/2

H 1/2 3/41

11/2

Std.Length

96969696

Std.Pkg.50505025

NominalSize

(Inches) 1/2 3/41

11/2

Measurements(Inches)Kover-Gard Molding

Catalog Number

Black96KG1296KG34

96KG1 96KG112

Approx. Wt. Per100 Pcs.

48 76 96227

K-S STRAPS

K-S Straps for fastening covered conductors,conduit or pipe . . . Anything up to 7/8" O.D., electrical or not.

KS34 (for 96KG34)23/8"5/8"5/64"

1,0007.20

KS12 (for 96KG12)2"

5/8"1/16"

1,0006.25

Catalog NumberLengthWidthThicknessPcs. Per Ctn.Wt. Per Ctn.

No. C2030033

K-S Straps

5-28


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HALF-ROUND MARKERSMade from an MPO formulation, markers come in yellow only. They resist whit-ening and have high impact resistance. Markers don’t become brittle when cold. They cover completely from the ground up. Markers attach to any 3/16" to 3/4" guy strands. Clamps are located at top, middle and lower end of marker.

Each PBG is furnished with a one-bolt hardware clamp at the lower end to fit all types of guy attachments and two one-bolt strand clamps at the middle that adapts to fit guy wires from 3/16" through 3/4".

GUY MARKERS

Full Round Construction

Over the rod

Above the rod

ECONOMY FULL-ROUND MARKERS

Bright, high visibility markers neither bleach out to white nor crack from cold tem-peratures. Made of ultraviolet-stabilized high-density polyethylene, overlapping tube-like design offers full-length coverage.

Easy installation requires no tools. Replaceable standard tie strap allows the mark-ers to be reused. Three holes permit the black self-locking nylon strap (furnished) to secure the lower end in a choice of two attachment methods — either above or over the anchor rod, illustrated below. This fastening design eliminates the cutaway section that would weaken its resistance to breaking.

The economy marker is available in high visibility 8' long,11/8" O.D., bright yellow sections.

Catalog Number

Yellow color only 84PBG2Y†96PBG2Y

StrandRange

3/16" thru 3/4"3/16" thru 3/4"

Width2"2"

Std.Pkg.1212

Wt. Per100 Pcs.

150175

Dimensions

Length84"96"

†RUS listed

Hardware ClampConvertible Strand Clamp

Dia.11/8"

Units25

ColorBright Yellow

Length8 ft.

Dimensions Per CartonCatalogNumber96FRPE

Weight per100 pcs.96 lbs.


5-29


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

GUY MARKERS, FULL ROUND

Increased VisibilityA full 360° of 1.5" diameter high visibility yellow or orange provides increased visibility to children and adults alike. Also available in green or gray for more aesthetically inconspicuous applications. A 21/2" diameter marker is also available.

Increased Vandal ResistanceA unique strand trapping design has been added to the security of a concealed pigtail and a self-locking nylon strap. The guy strand passes easily in one direction only . . . into the marker.

Increased Installation EaseEasy to install; tough to remove. Simply snap the marker over the guy and lock it in place with the self-locking nylon strap and pigtail.

Increase Installation RangeFit guy strand diameters from 3/16" to 1/2".

Increased Ruggedness for Demanding ServiceThe UV stabilized, high impact, high density polyethylene construction has excellent color retention, cold weather properties and no cutaway sections to weaken its strength.

Decreased CostsNot only will you save time but you’ll also save money with these ex-ceptionally affordable guy markers.

StrandRange

3/16" thru 1/2"3/16" thru 1/2"3/16" thru 1/2"


Gray—

96FRPMGRY—

Wt. Per100 Lbs.

105120120

Dia.1.5"1.5"1.5"

Std.Pkg.202020

DimensionsCatalog Number

(1) Can be ordered without pigtail, cat no. T0790206

*Cat. No. C0790263. Reflective 10" long bright orange strip 2' from top of yellow marker for greater visibility. Ideal for heavy snow areas and also for recreational ATV-use areas.

Green84FRPMGRN96FRPMGRN

—

Orange84FRPMORG96FRPMORG

—

Length84"96"96"

Yellow84FRPMYEL

96FRPMYEL (1)C0790263*

Dimensions Wt. Per100Pcs.

24093/16" thru 1/2"

Std.Pkg.

StrandSizeDia.

21/2"

Length

96"

Color

Yellow

CatalogNumber

T0790228

21/2" Diameter

Per CartonStd.Pkg.

2020

105120

StrandRange

3/16" thru 1/2"3/16" thru 1/2"

84"96"

†84FRPMRYEL†96FRPMRYEL

Catalog NumberYellow Dia.

1.5"1.5"

Length

DimensionsWt. Per100 Pcs.

†RUS listed

Flame Retardant

5-30


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Used on corners and straight runs. Messenger is securely clamped by two 1/2" carbon-steel guy clamp bolts. Mounted with a 5/8" thru-bolt and a 1/2" lag screw, neither of which are included. Hot dip galvanized.

HOOKS, DRIVE AND SCREWHooks used to attach wedge type service drops and deadend clamps to crossarms, poles or buildings. No. C2050190 Drive Hook is furnished with 7/16" fetter drive threads and a pilot point for easy starting. No. 0317 Screw Hook has 3/8" gimlet threads.



per 100 Pcs.108 79 78

Hole Dia.Inches

9/16 & 13/1611/1611/16

MaterialSize, Inches1/4 x 11/2 x 7

1/4 x 11/2 x 41/87/16 x 13/4 x 4

Description2-Bolt Storm1-Bolt Storm, 3/4"R1-Bolt Standard

HOOKS, GUY, DUCTILE IRONDuctile Iron — Hot Dip Galvanized

Will accommodate a maximum guy strand of 9/16" diameter at a 90° angle to the pole. May be used for down guy attachment with excellent load holding capabilities. The guy strand loop may be made up on the ground to simplify installation. See Catalog 5A for additional guy hooks.

HANGERS, MESSENGERUNIVERSAL TYPE

HOOKS, GUY

CatalogNo.

5001†5004†6584

Keeps guy wire from creeping downward when pole is guyed sharply. Nos. 5001 and 5004 are used for storm guying. Hooks should be used under bolt heads for maximum shear strength.

Catalog No.†GH6

GH6ILS

Type2 Bolt 1 Bolt

Wt. Per 100 Pcs.100 lbs. 96 lbs.

GH6ILS GH6

†RUS listed

Length21/22

Overall Length43/44


2713

Thread Dia.7/163/8

CatalogNo.

C20501900317

Strand Size5/16 to 1/2

Ext. from Pole41/4

Steel Size1/2 x 2

CatalogNo.

7911

Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.370

†RUS listed

No. 7911

No. C2050190

No. 0317

No. 6584 No. 5004

HANGERFIGURE 8 CABLE

Used to support integrated messenger telephone cable – commonly referred to as Figure 8 Cable. Hanger is in two parts, hook and clamp, both galvanized steel. Installed with a 1/2" machine bolt and two square nuts. One nut is placed between hook and clamp for spacing. The other is used to tighten the clamp member. Order nuts and bolts separately. Accommodates .109 to .134 solid messenger wire.

Catalog No.

PS9015Description

Hook and Clamp


54

No. PS9015

5-31


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

IRONS, PULLING INProvides a strong and easy-to-get-at attachment for the pulling-in blocks when installing or removing cables. Pulling-in irons are set into the brick or concrete walls of street vaults opposite all duct entrances. Hot dip galvanized.

The extension link is used to give additional clearance on deadends and corners. The end clevis has a slotted hole for inserting the machine bolt without having to remove the extension bar. Hot dip galvanized.

LINK, EXTENSION

†RUS listed

CatalogNo.

†8119†8120

Steel Size7/8 Rd.7/8 Rd.

A912

B 83/8 107/8

Approx.Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.

540580


CatalogNo.

C2070065†C2070112 T2070134

DC33B1DC33B3

Hole to HoleLength

20"14"5.5"14"10"

ExtensionBar Stock5/16" x 11/2"

1/4" x 2"1/4" x 2"

3/16" x 11/4"3/16" x 11/4"


441500350232168

†RUS listed

B

A

No. C2070112

No. C2070065

7/8" Dia. Steel

5/8" dia. pin with cotter key

13/16" dia. hole

11/16" dia. hole

0.69"clevisopening

5-32


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Markers, Cable RouteGround Level

Catalog No.†C5540001 T5540196

*Installing tool is #CWFA†RUS listed


Lettering on Top Plate InsertElectric Company

Telephone Co.

Weight2 lbs. 13 oz.2 lbs. 13 oz.

BURIEDCABLE ROUTE

➡FT. TO NEXTCONNECTIONBEFORE DIGGING

CONTACT

CHANCE CAT.C5540001

ELECTRICCOMPANY

C5540001

BURIEDCABLE ROUTE

➡FT. TO NEXTCONNECTION

T5540196

TELEPHONE CO.

BEFORE DIGGINGCONTACT

BURIEDCABLE ROUTE

➡CONNECTION

CHANCE CAT.C5540001

CABLE TVCOMPANY

Insert Area

BURIEDCABLE ROUTE

➡CONNECTION

CHANCE CAT.C5540001

• Special Lettering for Insert Area:

For special lettering in INSERT AREA other than standard, order by description. These are available at additional charge. Special lettering may be cast with 2 lines of letters 3/8" high (11 letters on top line, 10 letters on next line) or 3 lines of letters 1/4" high (16 letters on top two lines, 15 letters on bottom line).

The entire top can also be special lettered at additional cost. Contact Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. for further details.

• Easy Location of Buried Cable

This short anchor has an identification plate that can be used to mark locations of buried power, telephone or CATV cables. The anchor is screwed into the ground until the top plate is flush with the ground level.* The 3" diameter helix and rod are galvanized steel. Holding power is approximately 750 pounds in average soil.

The top plate is made of copper alloy for high corrosion resistance and long life. The top is lettered with various information includ-ing an arrow pointing to the direction of the next connection.

5-33


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 3194

No. 3530

55083P

No. 3510


2.68

10.414.430 50

ThreadsPer Inch

1613111098

CatalogNo.

*8600M *55083P*55084P*55085P*56538P*56073P

Bolt Size,Inches

3/81/25/83/47/81

For BoltsRegular Square Nuts

† RUS listed*ANSI B18.2.2


12.512.822 50 100

Rod Size,Inches

1/25/83/41

11/4

CatalogNo.

*55058P*55006P*55312P*55320P*56001P

For RodsHeavy Square Nuts

Washer Nuts


Per 100 Pcs.38


Sq. Size15/16

Washer Dia.21/2

Bolt Size5/8

CatalogNo.

*3194

Palnut Lock Nuts


Per 100 Pcs. .39 .921.341.73

Height.160.190.224.246

Width 5/8

13/16

1 11/8

Bolt Size3/81/25/83/4

CatalogNo.

3530353135323533


NUTSMade to give tight connections. Galvanized.

M-F Curved Lock Nuts M-F Curved Lock Nuts


1.252.6 4.44

Bolt Size,Inches

3/81/25/8

CatalogNo.

†3510†3511†3512

CatalogNo.

†3513†3514

Bolt Size,Inches

3/47/8


6 8.5

NAILS, POLE DATINGUsed to indicate the year in which poles are set. Heads are 5/8" diam-eter. Hot dip galvanized. Year determines catalog number.

CatalogNo.

C2052007C2052008C2052009C2052010

ForYear2007200820092010

LengthInches

21/221/221/221/2

Approx, Ship Wt.Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.

5.35.35.35.3

5-34


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Per 100 Pcs.


No. D

For Wood Crossarms — Flat-Base Long-Shank Type5/85/85/85/83/45/85/8

103/4111/2121/2113/4121/2135/8155/8

For Steel Crossarms — Flat-Base Short-Shank Type

124136184


PINSHigh Voltage Forged Steel Pins

Use with pin-type insulators. Each pin is forged from a single steel piece. Lead threads are free of fins and mold-marks, perfect insulator seating. Made for wood crossarms, the long-shank type pins have a 3" x 3" x 3/16" square washer, square nut, curved locknut.

For Wood Crossarms — 13/8" Lead Thread

CB

5 6 6

5 5 6 6 6

77/877/8

†*881 *881A *883 *884

*PS890 C2060266C2060294

2 2 2 2

21/23 3

180192196184264290340

61/271/273/4

2 2

21/2

5/85/83/4

†*886 *PS887 *PS893

A

No. 4328

PINSForged Steel Pins

Made with 1" lead thread for 1" pin-type insulators. 1/2" and 5/8" dia. shank pins are furnished with 2" x 2" x 1/8" square washers, and the3/4" pins with 21/4" x 3/16" square washers. These pins come with square nut and curved lock nut. Short shank pins come with spring lock-washer and square nut only. Hot dip galvanized.

No. 881A

MF lock nut

A

C

3" x 3" x 3/16"square washer

D

For Wood Crossarms — 1" Lead Thread


A 5 6

H 7/8 7/8

F2 5/82 5/8

D21/221/2

C3/43/4

B61/261/2

CatalogNo.

4705 4706


Per 100 Pieces232276

1 1 1

11/8

377450460558

3 3 3

31/2

21/23 3

31/2

7 7 7 7

5/83/43/43/4

7 7 810

†4717*4326†4328*4332


B

5-35


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Designed for straight-line, angle or corner construction. Base rests evenly on arms to prevent cutting into crossarm. Lugs prevent twisting. Two 5/8" x 7" carriage bolts, two square nuts, two curved lock nuts and a 5/16" x 11/2" washer-plate are included. Hot dip galvanized.

Catalog No.Lead Thread

†14322 †143221

ThreadSize1"

13/8"

Ship. Wt.Lbs., 100 Pcs.

600792

Height AboveCrossarm

53/463/4

CrossarmSize

33/4 x 43/433/4 x 43/4

No. 14322

†RUS Listed

Nylon threads are an alternative to lead threads on Chance steel insu-lator pins. These forged steel pins are hot-dip galvanized. Available on 5/8" dia. shanks. Furnished with one each, 2" x 2" x 1/8" square washer, square nut and curved lock nut.

CatalogNo.

†*881P *881AP *883P *884P

†*886P *887P

*NEMA Standard†RUS listing applied for.

Nylon threads offer:■ Improved impact resistance■ Firm, more resilient insulator fit■ Environmental friendliness■ Elimination of lead disposal concerns

A

B

C

Nylon Thread Crossarm Insulator Pins

2"

5⁄8"

1"


Per 100 Pcs.

180192196184

124136


C

3333

11/411/4

B

53/461/261/253/4

11/211/2

A

5566

56

For Wood Crossarms — Flat-Base Long-Shank Type

For Steel Crossarms — Flat-Base Short-Shank Type

Crossarm Type Pins — Carriage Bolt

The crossarm corner pin is made of ductile iron, hot-dip galvanized. It mounts standard 1" thread insulators at an angle 60° from horizontal. Attached to the crossarm by means of a square head bolt which is furnished as part of the pin.

Crossarm Corner Type Pins


CatalogNo.

PS8779

Approx.Ship


315

BoltSize

5/8 x 7

ThreadSize

1

Pin HeightAbove

Crossarm5

CrossarmSize4 x 5

Roofed

No. PS8779

5-36


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Thimble Adapter Pins

Designed for insulator clearance when used on bolt ends. Seat firmly against the crossarm. Popular for rural line construction. Made of 1" x 12-gauge hot dip galvanized flat steel. A heavy American standard 5/8" nut is crimped to thimble bottom. Lead thread takes 1" standard pin insulators.

No. 875

Dimensions in InchesFor Max.

StudLength

3

Mach.Bolt

Diameter5/8

Lag Screw Type Pins

Pins have sharp gimlet-point threads and are used primarily for pole and transformer wiring. Forged steel, hot dip galvanized with 1" cast lead thread.

HeightAboveArm

65


OverallLength

98

BaseDia.13/42

ShankDia.

1/25/8

CatalogNo.875

PS888

Approx.Ship


110120

Approx.Ship


82

OverallLength

51/4

ThreadDim.

1"

CatalogNo.

†4258

†RUS listed

No. 4258

†RUS listed / NEMA Standard

PINS, POLE TOPHot dip galvanized pressed steel, 1' lead thread. When no A dimension is given, the pin has two mounting holes only.

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.A BL

CatalogNo.

STRAIGHT BASE PINS — 1" THREADS


*†2162*2170

†C2060106C2060227

†2199*2174 217121971

*C2060140

151818212020242424

—3———3233

558585655

268320332460408416550600530


STRAIGHT BASE PINS — 13/8" THREADS88

OFFSET BASE PINS — 1" THREADS

†RUS listed / NEMA Standard

21†C2060271 — 8 580

541541

2024

†2195†2196

——

No. 2170Straight Base Pin

1" LEAD THREAD

C2060271Offset Base Pin

L

B

A

5-37


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Per 100 Pcs.166276115

HoleDia.13/1615/1613/16

SteelThickness

3/161/4

7 Ga.


No. 4045†4047 4063

†RUS listed

PLATE, DOUBLE ARMINGCenter-Suspension Type

Attached to the crossarm through the slots provided. Suspension at-tachment is made through center hole. Hot dip galvanized.


Per 100 Pcs.460

OverallLength

17


No. †5819

SteelSize

1/4 x 4

†RUS listed

For Clevis ConnectionsUsed with forged steel insulator pins or suspension type insulators on wood or steel crossarms. Used with clevises having 3/4" or smaller bolts. Hot dip galvanized.


Per 100 Pcs.1200

OverallLength

24


No. †5844

SteelSize

1/2 x 4

†RUS listed

PLATES, CROSSARM REINFORCINGReinforcing plates prevent damage to the crossarm from tightened nuts. Nos. 4045 and 4047 have a pressed rib and are normally used on the side of the crossarm to prevent the tightened nut from causing checking or splitting. No. 4063 is used on top or bottom of flat-top crossarms to impede the strain from forged steel pins.

CrossarmSize4 x 56 x 8

33/4 x 43/4

2

No. 5844

.62

No. 5819

No. 4063

13⁄16" x 31⁄2" Slots

13⁄16"Holes

4.621.87

11⁄16" x 31⁄2" Slots11⁄16" Holes4.38

Nylon Thread Pole Top Insulator Pins

Nylon threads are an alternative to lead threads on Chance hot-dip galvanized pole top pins. Mounting holes are 11/16" diameter. Bottom slot is 11/16" x 11/4".

Nylon threads offer:• Improved impact resistance• Firm, more resilient insulator fit• Environmental friendliness• Elimination of lead disposal concern

Catalog Number *†2162P *2170P †C2060106P †2199P *2174P 2171P 21971P *C2060140P

Dimensions in inches L A B 15 - 5 18 3 5 18 - 8 20 - 8 20 3 5 24 2 6 24 3 5 24 3 5

Approx. Ship Wt.(lb. per 100 pieces)

268320320408408540540540

*NEMA Standard†RUS listing applied for


Hubbell2162P2170PC2060106P2199P2174P2171P21971PC2060140P

Cross ReferenceJoslynJ715ZJ13682 -J740ZJ1220Z - -J7442

Hughes Brothers2770-B15-1002770-B15-C5-1002770-B18-1002770-A20-1002770-A20-C5-100 -2770-A24-1002770-A24-C5-100

1" Nylon Thread

L A

B

5-38


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Dimensions,Inches

4 x 8 x 14 Ga.

Catalog No.

†*6575


116Type

Standard†RUS listed*NEMA Standard

PLATES, STRAINStrain Plates are used to prevent pole from being damaged by guy wire. Nail holes at corners are 3/16" diameter. Hot dip galvanized steel plates are formed to 5" radius.

No. ofWires

Catalog No.

End Mtg.Hole Spacing

Widthof Back


Per 100 Pcs.


Medium Type, Extended Back, 12 Gauge234

34

3

162432

1624

24

182634

213/4293/4

26

27/827/827/8

31/431/4

31/4

460 660 880

7001020

800

Heavy Type, Nonextended Back, 9 Gauge

Heavy Type, Extended Back, 9 Gauge

*ANSI Standard

RACKS, SECONDARYMedium and Heavy Types

These racks have fabricated steel points that are permanently welded to the rack bases. The entire unit is hot dip galvanized.

Insulators are not included.

PLATES, LIFT AND LOADUsed to protect poles on heavy down guying when Thimbleye, Angle-Thimbleye or Oval-Eye bolts are used through the pole. Hot dip galvanized.

Size Holes, InchesBottom

3/4 x 17/8 x 13/4 x 17/8 x 1

Plate Size, Inches

3/16 x 21/2 x 71/4 x 21/2 x 73/16 x 21/2 x 71/4 x 21/2 x 7


Per 100 Pcs.98126 97126

†RUS listed

No. 6575

No. 7897 No. 7887

C2070047

Catalog No.

PS78877888 7897†7898

Description2-Hole Lift2-Hole Lift3-Hole Lift3-Hole Lift

Top9/169/169/169/16

C2070049 C2070047*C2070048*

C2070050*C2070051*

C2070052*

Overall Length., Back

5-39


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HookC2031131

HookC2031132

RacksC2031124C2031125C2031126

HookC2031133

HookC2030317

HookC2030315

HookC2030316

RacksC2030313C2030314

No. L1100

No. C2031120

CatalogNumber

†C2031131*C2030502†C2031132*C2031128†C2031133*C2031127 C2030317†C2030315*C2030499†C2030316*T2030500

Wt. Per100 Pcs.

4242 96108116136175204204260260

Channel SteelSize, Inches

11/2 x 11/8 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/8 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/8 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/8 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/8 x 3/16

11/2 x 11/8 x 3/16

11/2 x 21/16 x 13/64

11/2 x 135/64 x 3/16

11/2 x 135/64 x 3/16

11/2 x 135/64 x 3/16

11/2 x 135/64 x 3/16

Length fromFace of Rack

4"4"

71/2"71/2"10"10"10"14"14"18"18"

†RUS listed*Plasticized PVC coated

Cable Rack Insulator (White Glaze)

Catalog No.

C2031120Radius

11/2

Dimensions in InchesLength Along Hook

3Width

23/4


80

Cable Rack Hook Lock ClipCatalog

No.L1100

Size,Inches

18 Ga. x 3/8


2Material

Galvanized Steel

RACKS, UNDERGROUND CABLEChannel-Steel Types

Cable RacksHot dip galvanized racks with hook holes 11/2" apart. Fasten to manhole or interior walls with 1/2" x 4" expansion bolts (not included). Mounting slots 5/8" x 3/4" at top and bottom of 15", 24" and 30" lengths overlap for assembly in combinations for overall length desired.

Cable Rack HooksHot dip galvanized hooks with rounded surfaces have 3/16" x 13/16" slots for lock clips, below. For hooks with 0.080" plasticized PVC coating for abrasion protection, contact Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. Servi-Center.

For extra clearance from wall, see Supports, Cable Rack, Page 5-43.†RUS listed

CatalogNumber

†C2031124†C2031125†C2031126 C2030313 C2030314

No. ofHook Holes

814183747

Dimensions Wt. Per100 Pcs.

162230280570720

A15" 24" 30"

551/4"701/4"

B131/2"221/2"281/2"

——

11/2" x 9/16" x 3/16" Channel Steel

23⁄4"

19⁄16"

3"11⁄2"

123⁄32"

5-40


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Radiusfor Cable

25/8

CatalogNo.

1115

Overall Length

41/2

OverallWidth

25/8

Approx. Ship.Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.134


Cable Rack Insulators (White Glaze)

CatalogNo.

12921293

Extensionfrom Face

of Rack101/4165/8

Overall Length

1218

SteelSize

12 Ga.12 Ga.


Per 100 Pcs.244340


Cable Rack Hooks

Cable Racks

Hook SlotSpacing

8888

No. ofSlots

3466

Catalog No.

R1473R1474R1476

*C2030047

Dimensions in InchesOverallLength

24324848

Mtg. HoleSpacing

162440

223/8 & 40


Per 100 Pcs.1000140021002000

*Same as R1476 except three mounting holes...lower two slotted.

RACKS, UNDERGROUND CABLEHeavy Channel Steel Type

Made from 4" x 119/32" x 3/16" channel steel. Hot dip galvanized. Either expan-sion or anchor bolts can be used to mount them to the vault wall. Pressed-steel hooks have stops to keep insulators from sliding off. Mounting holes 3/4" on all except C2030047 which has 5/16" mounting holes.

Hook No. 1293

Hook No. 1293

Hook No. 1293

Insulator No. 1115

Rack No. R1473

No. ofInsulators

Accommodated23

5-41


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

RACKS, UNDERGROUND CABLEVertical pinning of successive racks is permitted by an offset at each rack end. Racks are made of 21/4" x 21/4" x 1/4" steel T-section. Hot dip galvanized. Mounting holes and slot for fastening to manhole walls are designed to be used with or without insulators. Hooks supplied with 3/8" x 11/2" cotter bolt and key, also available with plastisol coatings applied after galvanizing. Hot dip galvanized.

SUPPORTS, CABLE RACKSupports extend cable rack away from wall in order to avoid obstruc-tions, escape water seepage, or because of limited space. Mounting holes take 1/2" bolts. Hot dip galvanized. Two supports required to mount each rack. See Racks, Underground Cable, above.

Mtg. HoleSize9/169/16

B41/453/4

A35/8

69/16

C21/423/8

Dimensions in InchesSteelSize

1/2 x 11/2 x 11/4


Per 100 Pcs.110252

CatalogNo.

11011102 No. 1101

No. of HookHoles

14

Overall Length

271/2


Per 100 Pcs.840

Hook HoleSpacing

11/2

Dimensions in InchesMtg. HoleSpacing

251/2

Cable Racks

Cable Rack Hooks

PlastisolCoated

C2030084C2030085C2030086

Extension fromRack Face

6 101/215


Galvanized123112321233

SteelSize9 Ga.7 Ga.7 Ga.


Per 100 Pcs.164

308/340550/620

Catalog Number

Cable Rack Insulators (White Glaze)

Dimensions in InchesRadius

for CableR

25/811/2

Lengthalong Hook

A33/43

CatalogNo.

11211118


Per 100 Pcs.138112

Width33/433/4

Insulator No. 1121Rack No. PS1225

Hook No. 1233

Hook No. 1232

Hook No. 1231

Hook No. C2030085

RA

21⁄4

33⁄4

23⁄4

C

AB

9⁄16" x 3⁄4"

CatalogNo.

PS1225

5-42


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 8512 No. 8609

Standard with Electro-Brazed Pigtail

Heavy duty forged steel clamps provide secure, low resistance connec-tions. One piece bodies. Hot dip galvanized. 1/2" square-head cup point set screw is hot dip galvanized.

Wire Dia.Min..128.128

Rod Dia.Inches

5/83/4

CatalogNo.

C2030344C2030345

Wire Dia.Max..460.460

Wt. Per100 Pcs.

3430

ROD, GROUND, CLAMP

ROD, GROUND,SECTIONAL GALVANIZED

Made of high-carbon steel as standard. All rods have a 5/8" cut thread on top and bottom. Hot dip galvanized.

DimensionsDia.5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"

Length5' 8' 10' 6' 2" 8'10'—


Per 100 Pcs.520 860 1043 625 18 8001000 150

Bolt-Type Drive Head

†RUS listed

Approx.Ship Wt.Lbs. Per100 Pcs

340340/350

400600/626

800/860/820—

10001200/1220

146026701620

LengthFt. 5 5 6 6 8 710 8101015

Dia.,Inches

1/21/21/25/85/85/85/83/43/41

5/8

PigtailApprox.Length,Inches

28 18 ——48 — —48——15

Drive-HeadBolt-Type

————

†C2030377 T2030427

—————

StandardWith

Electro-BrazedPigtail

————

†C2030107——

†C2030109—— —

Standard—

8565 8566 8576†8578

— 8580†8618 8620

——

Catalog No.

RODS, GROUND, GALVANIZEDGround Rods are available with or without copper wire. Made of high-carbon, open-hearth steel for maximum strength. Hot dip galvanized. Does not bend when driven into hard soils. The electro-brazed pigtail is No. 6 tinned copper on 5/8" and 3/4" rod. Bolt-Type Drive Head Ground Rods have surfaces of head and integral clamp tinned. Hot dip galva-nized steel rod. Non-ferrous bolt with lockwasher accommodates No. 3 to No. 8 stranded wire.

†RUS listed

Description Cone Point with 5/8" ThreadCone Point with 5/8" Thread Cone Point with 5/8" Thread Extension, 5/8" Thread, both ends Coupling for above Threadless Sectional Rod Threadless Sectional Rod Threadless Coupling

Cat. NoC2030227†C2030052

†85128609†8611

C2030453C2030430C2030458

5-43


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SCREWS, LAGLag Screws of 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" diameter have upset shoulders. Hot dip galvanized.

Gimlet Point Type Fetter Drive Pilot-Point

Approx.Ship.

Wt. Per100 Pcs

2 3.24.45.69

Dia.1/41/41/41/43/8

Length11/22

21/2 3 3

Dimensionsin InchesCatalog

No. 872112GP 8722GP 872212GP DF1L3 DF3L3

Twist-Drive Pilot Point Type

†508500 22.841/2

Approx.Ship.

Wt. Per100 Pcs

10.413.619.6242728

Dia.3/83/81/21/21/21/2

Length3 4 3 4

41/25

Dimensionsin InchesCatalog

No.508743 508744 508753 †508754 5087541/2†508755

†RUS listed

SIDEWALK GUY FITTINGSThese fittings are used along sidewalks or near buildings where space is not available for standard guying. No. 0501 Pole Plate is attached with one 5/8" bolt and two 1/2" lag screws. No. 0502 and 0512 End Fit-tings clamp the strand. All fittings are hot dip galvanized.

Approx. Ship. Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs455495620

Description Pole Plate End Fitting w/Clamp End Fitting w/Double Clamp

Pipe,Inches

222

CatalogNo.

†0501†0502†0512

†RUS listed

SHACKLES, ANCHORUsed principally for attaching suspension-insulator units to the pole. Drop forged. Hot dip galvanized. RUS Load Rating: 20,000 lbs.

CatalogNo.

†5801

Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship. Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pcs

93A1/2

B21/2

C3/4

D5/8

E15/8

†RUS listed

Gimlet Point Type

Fetter Drive Regular-Point

Twist-Drive Pilot Point

No. 5801

No. 0501 No. 0502

No. 0512

A

B

C

D

5-44


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SLEEVES, SERVINGFor holding down the loose end of guy strand projecting beyond the guy clamp. Chance Serving Sleeves, which have a flared end to speed applica-tion, are faster to apply than wire-wrap sleeves. Hot dip galvanized.

StrandSize

Inches1/45/16

Cat.No.

6452†6453

Length,InchesOverall

13/811/2

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.2.85.9

StrandSize

Inches3/87/16

1/2

Cat.No.

†6454†6455†6456

Length,InchesOverall

13/42

21/4

Approx.Ship

Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.7.312 13

†RUS listed

Approx. Ship


16

Pipe,Inches3/4 I.D.

Length,Inches

11/2Description

Spacer

CatalogNo.

†2237

†RUS listed

SPACER, PIPEUsed with No. 2157 Pole Top Pin Brackets for greater rigidity.

No. 6456

No. 2237

5-45


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

StaplesUsed to secure ground wire and ground wire molding to wood poles.

† RUS listed* ANSI Standard‡ RUS Listing Pending

0.6

2.3

Dimensions (Inches)

Length x Inside Width x

Wire Dia.

1-1/2 x 3/8 x .131

1-1/2 x 3/8 x .140

2 x 3/8 x .131

2 x 5/8 x .165

3 x 1-1/16 x .218

1 x 1/4 x .114

1 x 5/16 x .120

1-1/4 x 1/4 x .114

1-1/2 x 5/16 x .144

1-1/2 x 3/8 x .148

1-3/4 x 3/8 x .144

1-3/4 x 3/8 x .148

2 x 1/2 x .162

2 x 5/8 x .162

3 x 1 x 1/4

3 x 1-1/16 x 1/4

3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4

3-1/2 x 1-3/4 x 1/4

1-1/4 x 3/16 x .114

2 x 5/8 x 3/16

2 x 1-1/16 x 3/16

2-1/4 x 25/32 x 3/16

2-1/2 x 1-1/16 x 3/16

StapleType

SquareShank,

Cut Point

(Diamond)Point

(Slash)Point

FINISH

1-3/8 x 1/2 x .162

1-1/2 x 1/4 x .148

2 x 1/2 x .162

Barbed

Rolled

Cut

C20504601750/350

C2050214*1000/100

C2050215*1000/100

C2050216*†

1000/100C2050217

1000/100C2050218

1000/100C2050219*

1000/100

C2050220500/100

C2050221500/100

C2050222250/50

C2050247 †

3600/NA

C20504611300/260

C2050463800/160

C2050462300/60

C20502131000/100 0.5

1.4

1.5

2.2

2.3

3.2

3.1

8.0

8.0

9.5

75111000/100 0.5

1000/100 1.4

C2050208

75121000/100 2.2

C20502091000/100 2.3

C20502101000/100 3.2

75131000/100 3.1

7522500/100

8.0C2050211

500/100

8.0

C2050212250/100 9.5

C2050207

7511343600/NA

ELECTRO ZINCCatalog No.

Qty per carton/inner pkg.

Approx. Wt.(lbs.) per 100

1.51000/100

GALVANIZEDCatalog No.



C20504641500/300

C20502235000/500 0.5

C20502245000/500

C20502252500/500 1.2

91532500/500 1.4

C20502261000/100

C20502291000/100 3.1

C20502271000/100 3.4

C20502301000/100 4.0

C2050232500/100 8.0

9161 †

500/100 8.0

500/100 8.0

C20502456700/NA

C20502443100/NA

9167 †

2200/NA

91541000/100

1.7

91692900/NA

COPPER COATEDCatalog No.



BRIGHTWIRECatalog No.



C20502351000/100 1.4

C20502371000/100 2.2

C2050242500/100

Sold by the Pound

1.4‡

‡

1.9

3.2

8.3

‡

2.2

8.0

0.7

2.0 2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

1-1/2 x 3/8 x .162

C2050233

5-46


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

STRAP, REINFORCINGUsed as additional support in attaching cable suspension clamps to pole for heavy loads.

Catalog No.7905

Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pieces

41R7/8

A11/16

D11/16

W11/2

No.PS6236

No.6235

No.7905

Cat. No. J600007

STEPS, POLESteps are made from hot-rolled open-hearth steel. Hot dip galvanized. Standard Drive Hook type has fetter drive thread and pilot point for easy starting.


Per 100 Pieces92

SizeInches5/8 x 10

TypeHeadHook

Catalog No.

*506125

*NEMA Standard

Detachable Type

Steps make a neat appearance and deter unauthorized pole climbing. Installed by placing plate over lag until plate cuts into pole. Nail driven into bottom hole gives extra rigidity. Step fits on lag head. Order lags and steps separately.

Detachable Type — Wood PoleApprox. Ship Wt.

Lbs. Per 100 Pieces6064

Description Lag & Plate Step

*NEMA Standard

Detachable Type — Metal PoleT2050425T2050426

Bolt & PlateBolt - Plate - Step

58122

Standard Type, Detachable

Fabricated-steel step is hot-dip galvanized. Removable to help prevent unauthorized climbing access, each step has an upturned tab to help keep foot in place.

Description

Standard step

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pieces

76 Catalog No.

J600007

Ladder-Rung Type, Detachable

Detachable Rung used on metal poles.

Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pieces

900 Description Ladder-Rung step

Catalog No.FT70025

PLATE

BOLT

Cat. No. FT 70025

As installed

No. 506125

No. T2050425

A

W

R D

11 GAUGE

Catalog No.

*PS6235*PS6236

5-47


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SUPPORTS, STATIC WIREDesigned to carry static wires. Load plate is welded to the rods, while the back plate can be adjusted to fit the pole. Hot dip galvanized. In-cludes 1/2" link for wire-clamp attachment.

THIMBLES, GUY WIREChance Guy-Wire Thimbles are primarily used with Ovaleye anchor rods and bolts. Grooved to fit various strand sizes, they are made from crescent-shaped stock to prevent abrupt, strand-weakening kinks. Open end for slipping over rod or eye. Hot dip galvanized steel.

Cat.No.

6593

Approx.Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.8.2

Size ofGuy Rod

Clearance1/2 and 5/8

StrandSize

3/8

Dim. in Inches

†RUS listed

Cat.No.

†6594†6595

Approx.Wt. Lbs.Per 100

Pcs.15.640

Size ofGuy Rod

Clearance5/8 and 3/4

1

StrandSize

1/2

5/8

Dim. in Inches

TONGUE, DEADENDThis forged steel deadend tongue may be used with virtually all strain insulator clevises and clevis type suspension insulators. Hot dip galvanized.

CatalogNo.

C2030385Hole Dia.

1 x 2Steel Size

3/8


120

Dimensions in InchesLength

5

No. 6593

No. 5432

Catalog No.†5432†5433 5434


630646660

A113/4133/4153/4

For Pole Diameter8 to 1010 to 1212 to 14

Steel Size5/85/85/8


†RUS listed

B666

C444

B

A

C

5-48


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Hole Dia.15/16

11/16

11/16

13/16

7/811/16

13/16

13/16


Square Washers 13 12 24 23 51 64 87120118236228

9/16

11/16

11/16

13/16

13/16

13/16

13/16

7/815/16

13/16

11/8

2 x 2 x 1/8 2 x 2 x 1/8 21/4 x 21/4 x 3/16

21/4 x 21/4 x 3/16

3 x 3 x 3/16

3 x 3 x 1/4 4 x 4 x 3/16

4 x 4 x 1/4 4 x 4 x 1/4 4 x 4 x 1/2 4 x 4 x 1/2

1/25/85/83/43/43/43/43/47/83/41

*PS6801†*PS6802†*PS6803

†*6805 *6806

Round Washers3/83/81/25/83/4

7/16

9/16

9/16

11/16

13/16

1 O.D. x 14 Ga. 11/4 O.D. x 14 Ga.13/8 O.D. x 12 Ga.13/4 O.D. x 10 Ga. 2 O.D. x 9 Ga.


Spring Clip Washers

Spring Clip

Double Coil Spring

CatalogNo

3539†3540†3541

C2050436


22939189

Dimensions in InchesBolt Size

1/25/83/47/8

Stock5/32" x 1"

1/4" x 13/4"1/4 x 13/4"1/4 x 13/4"

Hole Size9/16

11/16

13/16

15/16

Spring Lock Washers DF7W1

4035 4036 4037

1.01.52.44.8

1/8 x 3/32

11/64 x 1/8"13/64 x 5/32

1/4 x 3/16

7/16

9/16

11/16

13/16

3/8

1/25/83/4

Double Coil Spring Lockwasher 4

6.6 10.40 1.50

5/32" x 1"3/16" x 13/16"7/32" x 13/8"7/64" x 3/4"

9/16

11/16

13/16

7/16

1/25/83/43/8

C2050185C2050186C2050187C2050188

†RUS listed

WASHERSGalvanized

Square Curved Washers

Curved Square Round

Spring Lock

Washer Size 4 x 4 x 1/4 21/4 x 21/4 x 3/16

21/2 x 21/2 x 3/16

3 x 3 x 1/4 3 x 3 x 1/4 3 x 3 x 1/4 31/4 x 3/1/4 x 1/44 x 4 x 3/16

Bolt Dia.7/85/85/83/43/45/83/43/4


120 31 36 66 62 62 7682

1.64 2.84 4.50 8.5011.80

CatalogNo

*680912*681012PS6822*682212

6823 *682312

6825DF4W15

*6811 *6812 *6813 †*6814 6816 †*6817 †6818

*681812 *6819

†681912 6820

5-49


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

WIREHOLDERSUniversal Service Type

These two pipe mounting wireholders will together accommodate a range of pipe sizes from 11/4" to 4". Heavy cup-base and strap is a single steel stamping, to which clamp is rigidly assembled and hot dip galvanized. Insulator and strap-base are assembled with a solid-cop-per rivet. Two carriage bolts are wedged rigidly into the wireholder base on both models. The C2070075 clamp section is slotted so nuts need never be removed.

Pipe Sizes11/4", 11/2", 2", 21/2"

3", 31/2", 4

Wire Hole1" Dia.1" Dia.


Per 100 Pcs.156150

Insulator Process: Dry, gray glaze.

Size of Screwor Bolt, Inches

No. 22 x 21/4 Galv. Wood Screw No. 22 x 21/4 Galv. Wood Screw No. 14 x 11/2 Cadmium- plated Wood Screw


C2

21/2

13/8

D5/8 x 3/4

1

1/2

Approx.Ship


6674

25

Single-point wireholders are strong and compact. Heavy cup-base and strap is a single steel stamping, to which the screw is rigidly as-sembled. Hot dip galvanized. Insulator and strap base are assembled with solid-copper rivet.

Reinforced Wireholders

Hole Dia. In.

111


Per 100 Pcs.687276

Size of Screwor Bolt, Inches

No. 22 x 21/4 Galv. Wood Screw No. 22 x 3 Galv. Wood Screw No. 22 x 4 Galv. Wood Screw

For use with triplex-type service cable, the No. 0192 Clevis takes one NEMA 53-2 spool insulator. Insulators must be ordered separately.

Clevis-Type Wireholders


Per 100 Pcs.142

ForInsulators

NEMA 53-2

Dimensions in InchesMtg. Screw

SizeNo. 24 x 31/2

SteelSize

3/16 x 11/2

Catalog No.Sky-Glaze

*†C2070075*†C2070076

CatalogNo.

062306070618

Catalog No.†31144 31145 31146

Catalog No.†0192

No. 31144

No. 0618

No. 0623No. 0607

C2070076

C2070075

A3

31/8

2

B21/421/4

111/16

†RUS listed

†RUS listed


5/8" Dia. Cotter Bolt

No. 24Wood Screw

31⁄4"

3" 31⁄2"

21⁄2"3⁄16 x 11⁄2"

5-50


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CatalogNumber

†C2070138

C2070139

C2070140

C2070143

The Chance nylon alloy wireholder is offered as a direct replacement for porcelain wireholders. It has greatly increased fracture resistance, comparable insulation and increased ease of installation.

The flat top will let you start lag-screw wirehold-ers using a hammer. Universal installing tool is available for powered installations. Toggle-bolt wireholder C2070141 requires 7/8" hole for instal-lation.

ScrewDiameter(inches)

5/16 Lag

5/16 Lag

5/16 Lag

Tool

5/16 UNC-2A

"A"Length(inches)

21/4

23/4

33/4

—

33/4

Approx. Wt.(lb. per

100 pieces)

24

26

28

—

28

•UV stabilized •Glass reinforced •Nylon alloy •Galvanized screw

Toggle-Bolt Wireholder:

C2070141

TOGGLE-BOLT WIREHOLDERCatalog No. C2070141

"A" 2.40

1.35

0.82

INSTALLING TOOLCatalog No. C2070143

1.40 .50

1.10

2.00

LAG-SCREW WIREHOLDERCatalog No. C2070138, C2070139, C2070140

"A" 2.40

1.350.85

†RUS Listed

Wireholders

For an introductory period, each box will have two installation tools included with lag-screw wirehold-ers. Installation tool is durable for reusability.

Screw-Type Wireholders

Clamp-Type Wireholders

C2070144

C2070145

CatalogNumber

C2070144

C2070145

PipeSizes

(inches)

11/4 – 21/2

3 – 4

Approx. Wt.(lb. per

100 pieces)

114

128

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


210 N. Allen St. • Centralia, MO 65240©2007 Hubbell Incorporated Printed in USA

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5-53.1November 2007

Nylon Threads• Eliminate handling and disposal concerns associated with Lead threads.• Nylon threads by Hubbell Power Systems meet all ANSI performance and dimensional requirements.• Insulator fit is firm, yet resilient.• Nylon threads are more impact resistant than on pins with Lead threads.

Catalog Number

DimensionsANSI Load Rating at 10 degree Deflection

Approx. Ship Wt. per 100

pcs.

A B C D E FWasher

SizeShank Dia.

Shank Length

Shaft Height

Min. Thread Length

Base Dia.

Wrench Square

881P*† 5/8" 53/4" 5" 3" 2" 3/4"2" sq. x

1/8"1000 lbs. 148 lbs.

881AP* 5/8" 61/2" 5" 3" 2" 3/4"2" sq. x

1/8"1000 lbs. 156 lbs.

884P* 5/8" 53/4" 6" 3" 2" 3/4"2" sq. x

1/8"800 lbs. 161 lbs.

883P* 5/8" 61/2" 6" 3" 2" 3/4"2" sq. x

1/8"800 lbs. 164 lbs.

*ANSI Standard C135.17 †RUS Listed, Category f

Low Voltage Forged Steel Pins – Short Shank for Steel Crossarms1" ANSI Standard Nylon ThreadsGalvanized per ASTM A-153

Catalog Number



pcs.

A B C D E F

WasherShank Dia.

Shank Length

Shaft Height

Min. Thread Length

Base Dia.

Wrench Square

886P*† 5/8" 1 1/2" 5" 11/4" 2" 3/4"Lock-

washer 1000 lbs. 0.94 lbs.

887P* 5/8" 1 1/2" 6" 11/4" 2" 3/4"Lock-

washer 800 lbs. 1.25 lbs.

*ANSI Standard C135.17 †RUS Listed, Category f

NOTE: This page replaces information on Catalog Page 5-37, dated February 2007.

REVISED November 2007

Low Voltage Forged Steel Pins – Long Shank for Wood or Composite Crossarms1" ANSI Standard Nylon ThreadsGalvanized per ASTM A-153The forged design of low voltage insulator pins includes flats for wrench engagement and a wide base to distribute load stresses. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.

Pins, Crossarm

The forged design of low voltage insulator pins includes flats for wrench engagement and a wide base to distribute load stresses. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.

Hardware includes Square Washer, Square Nut and M-F Locknut

A

D

F

C

B

E

1" Nylon Thread

D

A

B

C

E

F

1" Nylon Thread

Hardware includes Coil Lockwasher and Square Nut



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5-53.2NOVEMBER 2007

High Voltage Forged Steel Pins – Long Shank for Wood or Composite Crossarms1" ANSI Standard Nylon ThreadsGalvanized per ASTM A-153

Catalog Number



pcs.

A B C D E FWasher

SizeShank Dia.

Shank Length

Shaft Height

Shaft Dia.

Min. Thread Length

Base Dia.

4705P 3/4" 61/2" 5" 1" 21/2" 25/8"21/4" sq. x 3/16"

2500 lbs. 2.68 lbs.

4706P 3/4" 61/2" 6" 1"" 21/2" 25/8"21/4" sq. x 3/16"

2500 lbs. 2.76 lbs.

High Voltage Forged Steel Pins – Long Shank for Wood or Composite Crossarms13/8" ANSI Standard Nylon ThreadsGalvanized per ASTM A-153

Catalog Number

Dimensions ANSI or RUS Load Rating at 10 degree Deflection


pcs.

A B C D E FWasher

SizeShank Dia.

Shank Length

Shaft Height

Shaft Dia.

Min. Thread Length

Base Dia.

4717P† 5/8" 7" 7" 1" 4" 3" 21/4" sq. x 3/16"

2200 lbs. 3.83 lbs.

4326P* 3/4" 7" 7" 1" 3" 3" 3" sq. x 3/16"

2200 lbs. 4.50 lbs.

4328P* 3/4" 7" 8" 1" 3" 3" 3" sq. x 3/16"

1900 lbs. 4.60 lbs.

4332P* 3/4" 7" 10" 1 1/16" 3" 3 1/2"3" sq. x

3/16"2100 lbs. 5.58 lbs.

*ANSI Standard C135.17 †RUS Listed, Category f (approval pending)

The forged design of high voltage insulator pins includes a wide base to distribute load stresses. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.

Pins, Crossarm

The forged design of high voltage insulator pins includes a wide base to distribute load stresses. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.

B

A

CD

E

F

1" Nylon Thread


B

A

C

D

E

F

13⁄8" Nylon Thread


REVISED January 2008

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5-53.3NOVEMBER 2007

Clamp-Type Steel Pins – For Wood or Composite Crossarms1" and 13/8" ANSI Standard Nylon ThreadsGalvanized per ASTM A-153

Catalog Number

Dimensions RUS Load Rating at 10 degree Deflection


pcs.

A B C E

ANSI Thread Size

Shaft HeightCrossarm

SizeCarriage

Bolts

14322P† 1" 53/4" 33/4" x 43/4" 5/8" x 7" 1500 lbs. 5.61 lbs.143221P† 13/8" 7" 33/4" x 43/4" 5/8" x 7" 1500 lbs. 6.46 lbs.

†RUS Listed, Category f (approval pending)

Clamp type crossarm pins (saddle pins) can be used for straight line, angle or corner construc-tion. The clamping design does not require cutting or drilling of the crossarm. The back plate has raised projections to prevent slippage. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.

Pins, Crossarm

14322P

B

A 1" Nylon Thread

5/8" x 7" Carriage Bolt

Hardware includes Square Nut and M-F Locknut

143221P

A

B

1 3/8" Nylon Thread

5/8" x 7" Carriage Bolt

Hardware includes Square Nut and M-F Locknut



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5-53.4DECEMBER 2002

Neutral Extension Bracket

DC6N1Increases spacing between pole and neutral wire. Provides offset between neutral and phase conductors to prevent phase-to-ground contacts during sudden release of accu-mulated ice.

To prevent disassembly due to vibration, insulator is retained with round washer, regular square nut, and self-locking cotter.

Use DE4S-series insulator; order separately.

Hot-dipped galvanized steel for corrosion resistance.

Insulator Clevises and Related Items

DC6N1

CatalogNo.

DC6N1

Standard Package

10 pcs.


Per 100 Pcs.

450

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




Pole-Top Pins

Flared BaseThe flared based design provides a wider, more solid bear-ing surface when mounted with the flange against the pole.

For long-span construction.

Insulator Pins and Accessories

CatalogNo.

DP24P2*

DP24P5*

DP26P1

Standard Package

15 pcs.

10 pcs.

10 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

349

550

530

*ANSI/NEMA standard

Dimensions (in.)

Lead ThreadDiameter

1

1

1

“A”

18

24

24

“B”

8

8

8

“C”

5

5

—

DP24P5

DP26P1



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Line Post Insulator Studs

DF19M SeriesSerrated collar and lockwasher secure unit to line post insulator and prevent accidental disassembly. Cut threads above serrated collar, rolled threads below collar.

Insulator Pins and Accessories

DF19M3

DF19M2

CatalogNo.

DF19M2

DF19M4

DF19M19

DF19M20

*DM19M29

*DM19M32

Std. Pkg.

50 pcs.

40 pcs.

25 pcs.

25 pcs.

20 pcs.

15 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

102 lbs.

140 lbs.

176 lbs.

192 lbs.

234

342

Dimensions (in.)Line Post

Rating(kV)

20-25

35-66

20-25

20-25

35-66

35-66

“A”

1-1/8

1-1/8

1-1/8

1-1/8

1-1/8

1-1/8

“B”

7

7

10

12

14

24

“C”

5/8

3/4

5/8

5/8

3/4

3/4

For Wood Crossarms

*HardwareIncluded

(1) square nut, (1) square washer, (1) spring lockwasher and (1) M-F locknut

CatalogNo.

DF19M1

DF19M3

Standard Package

100 pcs.

100 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

43 lbs.

54 lbs.

Dimensions (in.)

Line PostRating

(kV)

20-25

35-66

“A”

1-1/8

1-1/8

“B”

1-3/4

1-3/4

“C”

5/8

3/4

For Steel Crossarms

HardwareIncluded

(1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers

(1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers

*NOTE: DM19M29 and DM19M32 include one additional double-coil lockwasher.

REVISED December 2007

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




Cable Racks and Supports

H-Slot RacksDU13B SeriesManufactured of 3" structural steel channel.

Accommodate from one to seven supports spaced on 4-1/2" centers.

Offset lower mounting tab allows racks to be joined for ad-ditional length.

Underground Vault andManhole Materials

DU3S Series

H-Slot SupportsDU3S SeriesAvailable in four lengths to accommodate from one to four insulators.

Compatible insulators are DE3U1, DE6U1, and DE12U series; order separately.

CatalogNo.

DU13B1*

DU13B3*

DU13B5*

DU13B7*

Std. Pkg.

25 pcs.

4 pcs.

4 pcs.

4 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

216 lbs.

570 lbs.

800 lbs.

1050 lbs.

*ANSI/NEMA standard

Dimensions (in.)

Mounting HoleSpacing

6 1/2

15 1/2

24 1/2

33 1/2

Number ofSupport

Holes

1

3

5

7

OverallLength

8 1/4

17 1/4

26 1/4

35 1/4

CatalogNo.

DU3S1*

DU3S2*

DU3S3*

DU3S4

Std. Pkg.

50 pcs.

25 pcs.

25 pcs.

12 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

94 lbs.

160 lbs.

252 lbs.

400 lbs.

ANSI/NEMALoad Rating

(lbs.)

400

400

200

—

Length(in.)

6 1/4

11 3/4

17 1/4

22 3/4

AccommodatesNo. of

Insulators

1

2

3

4

DU13B Series



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Cable Racks and Supports

Nob-Loc RacksDU1B SeriesManufactured from 3/8" x 1 3/4" steel.

Can accommodate from one to 13 supports.

Nob-Loc type supports are interchangeable on DU1B Se-ries racks. Order supports separately (see below).

Underground Vault and Manhole Materials

CatalogNo.

DU1B1*

DU1B3

DU1B4

DU1B10*

DU1B28*

DU1B29*

DU1B30*

Standard Package

5 pcs.

5 pcs.

5 pcs.

5 pcs.

5 pcs.

5 pcs.

5 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

280 lbs.

520 lbs.

660 lbs.

600 lbs.

520 lbs.

760 lbs.

1000 lbs.

Dimensions (in.)

No. of Sup-port Holes

1

3

4

11

5

9

13

“A”

14 3/4

28 3/4

35 3/4

34 7/8

28 3/4

42 3/4

56 3/4

“B”

13

27

34

33 1/8

27

41

55

“C”

—

7

7

2

3 1/2

3 1/2

3 1/2

DU1S Series

DU1B Series

Nob-Loc SupportsDU1S SeriesUse DE3U1 or DE6U1 insulators; order separately.

*ANSI/NEMA standard

CatalogNo.

DU1S1*

DU1S2*

DU1S3*

DU1S4*

Std. Pkg.

50 pcs.

25 pcs.

25 pcs.

15 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

136 lbs.

220 lbs.

296 lbs.

360 lbs.

Length(in.)

3 7/8

7 7/8

11 7/8

14 7/8

AccommodatesNo. of

Insulators

1

2

3

4


®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




Crossarm Mounting Brackets

The wide variety of cutout, arrester, and terminator mounting brackets Hubbell offers, allows flexibility in con-struction layout and design. Crossarm and pole-mounted designs are available for mounting single units or combi-nations of protective devices and terminators. Manufac-tured for strength and durability, all brackets, mounting channels and mounting straps are hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 for corrosion resistance.

For crossarm mounting of protective devices and cable terminators. Brackets are available for single unit mount-ing or various cutout/arrester combinations. All crossarm mounting brackets are adjustable to fit various crossarm sizes. Completely assembled brackets are available as well as individual components for field adaptation. All com-plete mounting bracket assemblies include all mounting hardware.

Mounting Brackets

CatalogNo.

DM36B3

DM40B2

DC63B5

Standard Package

25 pcs.

20 pcs.

10 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

272 lbs.

340 lbs.

420 lbs.

Dimensions (in.)

“A”

2 7/16 to 6

2 11/16 to 4

2 1/8 to 4 1/8

More photos on the following page.

DM36B3

DM9B4 & DM10B2

MaterialSize

5/16 x 1 1/2

5/16 x 1 1/2

3/8 x 2

“B”

2 1/4

2 9/16

5 7/8

“C”

1 11/16

1 11/16

1 5/8



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Crossarm Mounting Brackets (cont.)

Mounting Brackets

DC63B5

DM40B2

Bracket Mounting StrapDM20S3Manufactured of 3/8" x 2" steel. Includes two captive mounting bolts, one on each leg.

Std. Pkg.: 15 pcs.Weight per 100 pcs.: 340 lbs.

DM20S3

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




Pole Mounting Bracket

The wide variety of pole-mounting brackets differs to ac-commodate various device mounting positions and materi-als sizes. This wide selection lets you choose the bracket which best satisfies a particular requirement for cutout, arrester, and/or terminator mounting, single- or three-phase construction.

All necessary device attachment hardware is included. Captive mounting bolts (1/2" diameter) aid installation.

Mounting Brackets

DC47B1

CatalogNo.

DC47B1

Std. Pkg.

10 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

510 lbs.

Dimensions (in.)

Channel

1/8 x 1/2 x 2

“A”

7-1/2

“B”

11

“C”

9

Strap

3/8 x 2

Upper

11/16 x 1-1/4 slot

Lower

11/16

Material Sizes Mounting Holes

Strap Only DC21Y1




®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Frame (wing) type transformer mounting brackets offer a simplified, dependable means for mounting multiple pole type transformers on poles in a “cluster” arrangement. Manufactured of high strength steel, stability and bal-anced pole loading is provided in fulfilling mounting needs for both initial and future transformer requirements.

Transformers may be assembled to the bracket on the ground and many electrical connections made prior to raising the entire cluster into position. Designed for direct mounting to the pole with machine bolts. Keyhole and key slot mounting holes allow the entire assembly to be placed on 3/4" machine bolts already installed on the pole. Holes in lower arms provide a convenient means of grounding the entire structure.

Available in three sizes to accommodate transformers from 3 to 500 kVa having 12" and 24" spacing.

Compatible with ANSI type “A”, “B” and “C” lugs.

Note: DT16A1 adapter plates are required for mounting transformers with ANSI type “C” lugs.

Hardware for mounting the transformer to the bracket is included.

Machine bolts for mounting to the pole, insulator pins, eyebolts and adapter plates are all sold separately.

Hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 for corrosion resistance.

Mounting Brackets

CatalogNo.

DT6C1*✭

DT7C1**✭

DT8C1**✭

Std .Pkg.

1 pc.

1 pc.

1 pc.

Weight100 Pcs.

3,200 lbs.

6,900 lbs.

9,800 lbs.

✭RUS-Accepted

Total MaxCapacity

(lbs.)

6,000

10,800

15,000

kVARange

3-50

3-333***

3-500***

NEMA LugSpacing

(in.)

12

12 and 24

12 and 24

Max. Capacityper Position

(lbs.)

2000

3600

5000

* Includes integral lifting eye.** Insulator pins (order separately) may be attached to holes in upper arms for lead

training. 5/8" Eyebolts placed in holes in upper arms can be used as temporary lifting lugs. Order eyebolts separately.

*** Horizontal adapter plates required for transformers with NEMA “C” lugs.

TOP VIEWDT7C1 and DT8C1

FRONT VIEWDT7C1 and DT8C1

DT6C1

Wing- or Frame-Type Cluster Mounting BracketREVISED December 2007

BoltsONLY

DF34M2

DF34M4

DF34M1

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




Cable Support Insulators

High-grade electrical porcelain insulators with rounded corners and edges prevent cable-sheath damage.

Insulators

DE5U1

DE3U1

CatalogNo.

DE3U1 DE5U1 DE6U1 DE11U1DE12U1

Std. Pkg.

50 pcs.50 pcs.50 pcs.50 pcs.50 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

112 lbs. 76 lbs. 74 lbs. 78 lbs. 70 lbs.

Dimensions (in.)

“A”

2-1/162-1/162-1/161-5/82-1/2

“B”

2-1/161-3/41-3/4

1-11/161-5/8

“C”

433

2-3/43-1/4

GrooveRadius

2 1/161 7/161 7/161 1/21 3/4

AccommodatesSupport

(Catalog No.Series)

DU1S, DU3SDU3S

DU1S, DU3SDU5S

DU3S, DU9S

DE6U1

DE11U1

DE12U Series

DE17U1

“D”

————

1-3/8




®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Spool Insulators

DE4S SeriesUse with clevises, racks and brackets for deadending or supporting secondary voltage conductors. Electrical-grade porcelain; self-cleaning glazed surface.

Center hole, tapered at each end, minimizes breakage if supporting clevis pin or bolt deflects under stress.

Insulators

CatalogNo.

DE4S3*†DE4S5†

Std. Pkg.

50 pcs.50 pcs.

Weight100 Pcs.

124 lbs.140 lbs.

PorcelainProcess

WetWet

PorcelainGlaze

BrownBlue-gray

UltimateStrength

(lb.)

3000*3000

Horizontal

1515

Vertical

1212

DE4S Series

Dry60 sec.

2525

Wet, 10 Sec.

Low-Frequency Flashover Test(kV)

EEI strength class 53-2

*RUS-Accepted†ANSI/NEMA standard

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5-53.15

MARCH 2003

Ice Breaker PadlockThe perfect answer for sub-station fences, switches, out-door cubicles and many other applications where ice, dust or corrosion have been problems in the past.

• Thousands of padlocks have been tested for many appli-cations in outdoor service under conditions of freezing rain, ice storms, melting and freezing snow and heavy condensation that freezes at night.

• Padlocks are available to keyed alike or differently.

• Padlock face is protected by flush fitting, flip up lid held snugly against the padlocks by a spring.

• Disc tumbler lock is housed in a one-piece sturdy alu-minum alloy casting. All components are of non-ferrous metals to prevent rust.

• The swing yoke easily breaks through heavy coatings of ice as the lock is opened.

• Keyed-alike locks are available with four different series of key numbers.

• Keyed-differently locks are available in series of succes-sive key numbers.

CatalogNo.

DMPL61A1T

DMPL61A2T

DMPL61A3T

DMPL61A4T

DMPL61D1T

Description

Ice Breaker Padlock, Keyed Alike




Ice Breaker Padlock, Keyed Differently

KeyConfiguration

A Master Key

B Master Key

C Master Key

D Master Key

Individually Keyed

The padlock weighs 12 ounces and is 53⁄8" high,11⁄2" wide, 21⁄4" deep. Yoke diameter is 5⁄16".



Key OnlyCatalog No.

DM21M902

DM21M903

DM21M904

DM21M905

–

KeyID No.

5239

2382

X-634

X-649

–



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Manufactured by molecularly bonding of 99.95 pure electrolytic copper to high strength steel core rod.

Core rod is rated for 80,000 lbs. tensile strength for driving into hard soils.

Satisfies the requirements of UL and NEMA GR-1 specifications.

Threaded and non-threaded ground rods are offered in both 10 mil and 13 mil (RUS specified) plating thickness.

Each rod permanently marked with company designation (HPS) and catalog number.

Available accessories include couplers, drive heads, drive tips, ground rod clamps and conductive paste.

A complete line of bronze ground rod clamps are available for connecting cop-per cable in parallel with the copper bonded ground rod. A heavy-duty clamp is available for high-pressure applications.

Ground RodsCopper bonded10 Mil - 13 Mil

Drive Heads

Coupler

GroundRods

Couplers

GroundRods

Copper bonded Ground Rods — Non-ThreadedCatalogNumberC615885C615855C611380C611300C615840C615850C615860C615880C615800C613450C613460C613480C613400C615883C615803C613483

Plating (1) (2) Thickness

5 mil 5 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil13 mil13 mil13 mil

Rod Diameter

5/8"5/8"1/2"1/2"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"3/4"3/4"3/4"3/4"5/8"5/8"3/4"

Rod Length

8'5'8'10'4'5'6'8'10'5'6'8'10'8'10'8'

Std.Pkg.

5555555555555555

(1) 10 mil plating thickness meets the requirements of ANSI/UL 467-1984 and ANSI/NEMA GR-1.



MAY 2003

Non-Threaded Threaded

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



Ground RodsCopper bonded

Copper bonded Ground Rods — Threaded



Compression Coupler

Driving Head

As Installed

As InstalledThreaded Coupler

CouplerFor Non-Threaded Ground Rods

Driving HeadFor Non-Threaded Ground Rods

CatalogNumberC631380C631300C635840C635850C635860C635880C635800C633460C633480C633400C635883

Plating (1) (2)

Thickness10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil10 mil13 mil

Rod Diameter

1/2"1/2"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"3/4"3/4"3/4"5/8"

Rod Length

8'10'4'5'6'8'10'6'8'10'8'

Std.Pkg.

55555555555

CatalogNumberCCC12CCC58CCC34

Diameter of Rod1/2"5/8"3/4"

Std. Pkg. 252525

CatalogNumberCDH12CDH58CDH34


Std.Pkg.252525

CouplerFor Threaded Ground Rods

CatalogNumberCTC12CTC58CTC34


Std.Pkg.252525


MAY 2003

As Installed



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


MAY 2003

Revised May 2006

Ground RodsCopper bonded

Drive HeadFor Threaded Ground Rods

Drive Head

As Installed

Drive Head

ThreadedCoupler

Ground Rod

Ground Rod Clamps — BronzeRefer to Anderson & Fargo Connector Catalog for additional information.

TypeNormal DutyNormal DutyNormal DutyHeavy DutyHeavy DutyHeavy Duty

Diameter of Rod1/2"5/8"3/4"1/2"5/8"3/4"

Wt./ Ea. (kg.)0.09 (.04).11 (.05).13 (.06).24 (.11).38 (.17).51 (.23)

Std.Pkg. 1100 25 50 75 18

Conductive PasteCatalogNumberCP113

Description8 oz. Bottle

GC1Connector

GC5G5Connector

CatalogNumberCTDH12CTDH58CTDH34


Std. Pkg. 252525

Std. Pkg. 12

Ground Rod or Pipe Clamp — AL/CuRefer to Anderson & Fargo Connector Catalog for additional information.

TypeStandard

Diameter of Rod

3/8" - 1"Wt./ Ea. (kg.)

.11 (.05)

Std.Pkg. 1

CatalogNumber

GC4GC5G5

GC6GC10301GC10302GC10303

CatalogNumber

GC1

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



A superior direct replacement for porcelain ANSI 53-2 spools in iden-tical installations, this polymer spool won't chip, crack or break like porcelain. To be compatible with standard hardware installations, its shape is consistent with its porcelain counterparts. Molded from specially-blended UV-stable polymers, it delivers high compressive strength and electrical performance. Light weight (4.4 oz.) is inherent to the rugged polymer material.

POLYMER SPOOL INSULATOR• Meets ANSI 53-2 spool requirements: • 3,000-lb. ultimate tensile strength • Low frequency flashover ratings of Dry 25 kV, Wet 15 kV• Lightweight at 4.4 oz. (vs. Porcelain at 1 lb. 3 oz.)

Catalog No. C9091032P

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5-53.19NOVEMBER 2004 Revised May 2006

Typical Installations


Catalog

Number

*C9091032P

Shipping

Weight, Each

0.29 lb.

Standard

Pkg. Qty.

50

Standard

Pallet Qty.

2400

11⁄2"

3"

11⁄16" R

11⁄2"

13⁄16"

13⁄4"

31⁄8"

*RUS listed

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




June 2008

Catalog Number

Mounting Bolt Dia.

Line PostStud Dia.

Approx. ShipWeight, each

IB2S 5/8" 5/8" or 3/4" 3.5 lb.IB4* 5/8" or 3/4" 5/8" or 3/4" 8.0 lb.IB5 3/4" 3/4" or 7/8" 12.0 lb.

Ductile Iron per ASTM A-536Galvanized per ASTM A-153 *RUS Listed, eb-1

Pole top brackets are used to mount post type insulators to top of wood, steel, concrete or composite pole. The insulator is secured to the bracket by either a 5/8" or 3/4" diameter short shank line post stud. Each bracket has been designed with a neck opening sufficient for a wrench movement and an open bottom slot to facilitate installation or removal of the bracket.

Bracket, Pole Topfor Post Type Insulators

IB5

4 1/2"Square

6"

8"

6"

IB4

4 1/8"

4 3/4"

8"

5 1/4"

3 3/4"

IB2S

4"

4 3/4"

5"



®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


JUNE 2008

Galvanized per ASTM A-153

Pressed steel type thimble clevises are used in the deadending of elec-trical conductors. The contour of the clevis body is smooth to distribute load stresses at the attachment point of the wire deadend. The pin end of the clevis is inserted through the eye or tongue of a suspension type insulator. A hump back cotter key is included for quick removal. Clevis pin is 1.5" x 0.625".

Clevis, ThimblePressed Steel Type

Catalog Number

Minimum Ultimate Tensile

StrengthSteel Thickness Approx. Ship Wt.

per 100 pcs.

PSC2070147 10,000 lbs. 9 gauge (0.149") 1 lb.

2.15"

3.44"

1" 0.79"

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




JUNE 2008

Porcelain, Wet Process, Gray Glaze

Catalog Number ANSI Class *

Ultimate Tensile

Strength

Low-Frequency Flashover (kV) Approx. Ship Weight,

eachDry 60 Sec.Wet, 10 Sec.

Vertical HorizontalC9091031 53-1 2000 lbs. 20kV 8kV 10kV .50 lb.

DE4S5 53-2 3000 lbs. 25kV 12kV 15kV 1.2 lbs.C9091033 53-3 4000 lbs. 25kV 12kV 15kV 1.25 lbs.C9091034 53-4 4500 lbs. 25kV 12kV 15kV 2.35 lbs.C9091035 53-5 6000 lbs. 35kV 18kV 25kV 2.45 lbs.

*ANSI C29.3All internal holes are sized for 5/8" bolts

Spool insulators are used with spool bolts (upset bolts) clevises, secondary racks and various brackets for deadending or supporting secondary voltage conductors.

Insulators, Spool

C9091031ANSI 53-1

21/8"

21/4"

7/16" R

DE4S5ANSI 53-2

11/16" R

31/8"

3"

C9091033ANSI 53-3

7/16" R 3 3/16"

3"

C9091034ANSI 53-4

3"5/8" R

41/8"

C9091035ANSI 53-5

4 1/8"7/16" R

4"



®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


JUNE 2008

The PSC2060680 insulator spacer bracket is installed on round poles with either a 5/8" or 3/4" diameter long shank line post stud to provide a mounting surface for horizontal line post insulators. The flat face is angled for 5° upsweep of the insulator when installed.

Line post studs are purchased separately and shown on page 5-53.

Bracket, Insulator, Horizontal Spacer

4"

.82" dia. hole

Catalog Number For Mounting Stud Diameter

Approx. Ship Weight, each

PSC2060680 5/8" or 3/4" 1 lb.

®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.




December 2008

Sometimes referred to as "crossarm" bolts or "through" bolts, Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) square head and hex head machine bolts are manufactured to HPS specifications that meet the requirements of ANSI C135.1 and are avail-able in a range of thread diameters and lengths. The head is marked with an identifying "C" and the bolt includes an

Bolts, Machine - square headcontinued on next page

ansi c135.1 Galvanized per ASTM A-153

assembled square or hex nut that corresponds to the head shape. Threads are formed with the rolled thread process. Bolt length is measured from the underside of the head to the last thread. Semi-cone point comes on bolts 8" and lon-ger in 1⁄2", 5⁄8" and 3⁄4" diameters. All others have chamfered or rounded ends. For lengths not shown, contact HPS Customer Service.

8702 2" 11⁄4" .21 lbs. 870212 21⁄2" 11⁄4" .24 lbs. 8703 3" 11⁄4" .27 lbs. 8704 4" 3" .31 lbs. 870412 4 1⁄2" 3" .33 lbs. 8705 5" 3" .35 lbs. 8706* 6" 3" .40 lbs. 8707* 7" 3" .48 lbs. 8708* 8" 4" .49 lbs. 8709* 9" 4" .57 lbs. 8710* 10" 4" .60 lbs. 8712 12" 4" .71 lbs. 8714 14" 6" .73 lbs. DF2B16 16" 6" .82 lbs.

1/2" thread Diameter (1/2-13 Unc) 7,800 lb. Rated tensile strength

8802 2" 11⁄2" .36 lbs. 880212 21⁄2" 11⁄2" .39 lbs. PS8803 3" 11⁄2" .48 lbs. 8804 4" 3" .57 lbs. 8805 5" 3" .60 lbs. 8806* 6" 3" .69 lbs. 8807* 7" 3" .75 lbs. 8808* 8" 4" .78 lbs. 8809* 9" 4" .88 lbs. 8810* 10" 4" .93 lbs. 8812* 12" 6" 1.08 lbs. 8814* 14" 6" 1.23 lbs. 8816* 16" 6" 1.40 lbs. 8818* 18" 6" 1.54 lbs. 8820* 20" 6" 1.71 lbs. 8822* 22" 6" 1.76 lbs. 8824* 24" 6" 1.96 lbs. 8826 26" 6" 2.15 lbs. 8828 28" 6" 2.31 lbs.


catalog no. length Minimum thread

lengthapprox. ship

Wt. each 8602 2" 1" .11 lbs. 8603 3" 1" .13 lbs. 8604 4" 3" .15 lbs. 860412 41⁄2" 3" .17 lbs. 8605 5" 3" .18 lbs. 860512 51⁄2" 3" .19 lbs. T2060412 6" 3" .21 lbs. 8607 7" 3" .24 lbs. 8608 8" 4" .27 lbs. 8610 10" 4" .32 lbs.


*RUS Listed: c - Bolt, machine

9/16"

9/16"

3/8" Bolt Head Size

1/4"

5/8" Bolt Head Size

15/16"

15/16" 27/64"

1/2" Bolt Head Size

3/4"

3/4" 21/64"

continued on next page


NOTE: This page replaces information on Catalog Page 5-7, dated December 2008.

For additional square nuts, see catalog page 5-33

Revised February 2009



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1" Bolt Head Size

7/8" Bolt Head Size


December 2008 Bolts, Machine - square headcontinued from previous page. For hex head Bolts, see next page.

1" thread Diameter (1-8 Unc) 33,500 lb. Rated tensile strength PSSB100350 31⁄2" 21⁄2" 1.48 lbs. PSSB100400 4" 3" 1.580 lbs. PSSB100500 5" 3" 1.79 lbs. PSSB100600 6" 3" 2.01 lbs. PSSB100800 8" 4" 2.43 lbs. PSSB101000 10" 4" 2.85 lbs. PSSB101200 12" 6" 3.27 lbs. PSSB101400 14" 6" 3.69 lbs. PSSB101600 16" 6" 4.12 lbs. PSSB101800 18" 6" 4.54 lbs. PSSB102000 20" 6" 4.96 lbs. PSSB102200 22" 6" 5.38 lbs. PSSB102400 24" 6" 5.81 lbs. PSSB102600 26" 6" 6.24 lbs. PSSB102800 28" 8" 6.67 lbs. PSSB103000 30" 8" 7.10 lbs.

11/2"

11/2" 21/32"


15/16"

15/16" 19/32"

7⁄8" thread Diameter (7/8-9 Unc) 24,500 lb. Rated tensile strength PSSB780250 21⁄2" 2" .90 lbs. PSSB780400 4" 2" 1.15 lbs. PSSB780500 5" 21⁄2" 1.30 lbs. PSSB780600* 6" 21⁄2" 1.44 lbs. PSSB780800* 8" 3" 1.76 lbs. PSSB781000* 10" 6" 2.08 lbs. DF5B12* 12" 6" 2.40 lbs. C2050254* 14" 6" 2.84 lbs. C2050255* 16" 6" 3.16 lbs. C2050256* 18" 6" 3.52 lbs. C2050257* 20" 6" 3.90 lbs. C2050258* 22" 6" 4.25 lbs. DF5B24* 24" 6" 4.30 lbs. PSSB782600* 26" 8" 4.62 lbs. PSSB782800* 28" 8" 4.94 lbs. PSSB783000 30" 8" 5.27 lbs. PSSB783200 32" 8" 5.61 lbs.*RUS Listed: c - Bolt, machine

3/4" Bolt Head Size

11/8"

11/8" 1/2"

3⁄4" thread Diameter (3/4-9 Unc) 18,350 lb. Rated tensile strengthcatalog no. length Min. thread

lengthapprox. ship Weight each

PS8902 2" 13⁄4" .65 lbs. PS8903 3" 13⁄4" .75 lbs. PS8906* 6" 3" 1.09 lbs. PS8907* 7" 3" 1.18 lbs. 8908* 8" 4" 1.26 lbs. 8910* 10" 4" 1.54 lbs. 8912* 12" 6" 1.62 lbs. 8914* 14" 6" 1.88 lbs. 8916* 16" 6" 2.25 lbs. 8918* 18" 6" 2.32 lbs. 8920* 20" 6" 2.52 lbs. 8922* 22" 6" 2.68 lbs. 8924* 24" 6" 3.04 lbs. 8926* 26" 6" 3.08 lbs. 8928 28" 6" 3.23 lbs. 8930 30" 8" 3.46 lbs. 8932 32" 8" 3.69 lbs.




®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



3/4"


Sometimes referred to as "crossarm" bolts or "through" bolts, Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) square head and hex head machine bolts are manufactured to HPS specifications that meet the requirements of ANSI C135.1 and are avail-able in a range of thread diameters and lengths. The head is marked with an identifying "C" and the bolt includes an

Bolts, Machine - hex headFor square head Bolts, see previous pages.

assembled square or hex nut that corresponds to the head shape. Threads are formed with the rolled thread process. Bolt length is measured from the underside of the head to the last thread. Semi-cone point comes on bolts 8" and lon-ger in 1⁄2", 5⁄8" and 3⁄4" diameters. All others have chamfered or rounded ends. For lengths not shown, contact HPS Customer Service.

PSHB580150 11⁄2" 11⁄4" .33 lbs. PSHB580175 13⁄4" 11⁄2" .35 lbs. PSHB580200 2" 11⁄2" .37 lbs. PSHB580225 21⁄4" 11⁄2" .40 lbs. PSHB580250 21⁄2" 11⁄2" .43 lbs. PSHB580300 3" 11⁄2" .46 lbs. PSHB580400 4" 3" .52 lbs.


27/32"


December 2008

PSHB120125 11⁄4" 11⁄4" .14 lbs. PSHB120150 11⁄2" 11⁄4" .15 lbs. PSHB120175 13⁄4" 11⁄4" .16 lbs. PSHB120200 2" 11⁄4" .17 lbs. PSHB120250 21⁄2" 11⁄4" .20 lbs. PSHB120300 3" 11⁄4" .23 lbs. PSHB120350 31⁄2" 11⁄4" .27 lbs. PSHB120400 4" 3" .30 lbs.

1/2" thread Diameter (1/2-13 Unc) 7,800 lb. Rated tensile strengthcatalog no. length Min. thread

lengthapprox. ship

Wt. each11/32"

1/2" Bolt Head Size

11/16"

27/64"

3/4" Bolt Head Size

15/16"

catalog no. length Min. thread length

approx. ship Wt. each



®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Bolts, DoUBle-aRMingall-thread Rods


December 2008

Referred to as “D.A. bolts,” double-arming bolts are used for double arm applications (one arm on each side of the pole) because of the ease of installation if replacement of the crossarm is necessary and offer flexibility of use. Hubbell Power Systems D.A. bolts are manufactured to HPS specifications that meet the requirements of ANSI C135.1. They are available in a range of thread diameters

catalog number lengthapprox. ship Weight each

8846 16" 1.17 lbs.

8848 18" 1.25 lbs.

8862* 12" 1.26 lbs.

8864* 14" 1.48 lbs.

8866* 16" 1.70 lbs.

8868* 18" 1.80 lbs.

8870* 20" 1.97 lbs.

8872* 22" 2.13 lbs.

8874* 24" 2.27 lbs.

8876 26" 2.40 lbs.

8877 28" 2.53 lbs.

8878 30" 2.67 lbs.8879 32" 2.80 lbs.

and lengths. Each bolt includes four assembled square nuts. Threads are formed with the rolled thread process. Bolt length is measured from the last thread, end to end. Semi-cone point comes on bolts 8" and longer in 1⁄2", 5⁄8" and 3⁄4" diameters. All others have chamfered or rounded ends. For lengths not shown, contact HPS Customer Service.

1⁄2" thread Diameter (1/2-13 Unc) 7,800 lb. Rated tensile strengthansi c135.1 Galvanized per ASTM A-153

5⁄8" thread Diameter (5/8-11 Unc) 12,400 lb. Rated tensile strength

*RUS Listed: n - Bolt, double arming

continued on next page




®�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



PSDA781200 12" 2.83 lbs.

PSDA781400 14" 3.12 lbs.

PSDA781600 16" 3.41 lbs.

PSDA781800 18" 3.70 lbs.

PSDA782000 20" 3.99 lbs.

PSDA782200 22" 4.27 lbs.

PSDA782400 24" 4.56 lbs.

PSDA782600 26" 4.85 lbs.

PSDA782800 28" 5.14 lbs.

PSDA783000 30" 5.43 lbs.

PSDA783200 32" 5.72 lbs.

PSDA783400 34" 6.01 lbs.

PSDA783600 36" 6.30 lbs.

PSDA783800 38" 6.59 lbs.

PSDA784000 40" 6.88 lbs.PSDA784200 42" 7.17 lbs.

Bolts, DoUBle-aRMingall-thread Rodscontinued from previous page.


ansi c135.1 Galvanized per ASTM A-1533⁄4" thread Diameter (3/4-10 Unc) 18,350 lb. Rated tensile strength

C2050140 6" 1.28 lbs.

C2050141 8" 1.50 lbs.

8882 12" 1.82 lbs.

8884 14" 2.24 lbs.

8886 16" 2.48 lbs.

8888 18" 2.72 lbs.

8890* 20" 2.92 lbs.

8892* 22" 3.16 lbs

8894* 24" 3.35 lbs.

8896 26" 3.56 lbs.

8897 28" 3.65 lbs.

8898 30" 3.81 lbs.

889832 32" 4.13 lbs.PS889834 34" 4.34 lbs.

PS889836 36" 4.50 lbs.

PS889838 38" 4.82 lbs.

PS889840 40" 5.10 lbs.

PS889842 42" 5.41 lbs.

*RUS Listed: n - Bolt, double arming

7⁄8" thread Diameter (7/8-9 Unc) 24,500 lb. Rated tensile strength


December 2008




5A-�

MAY 2006HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5A

CAST IRONPOLE LINE HARDWARE

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company’s warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company’s distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.



©Copyright 2006 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Minimum order quantities may apply.Contact factory for test information.

Printed in USARGS 15M

5A-�

MAY 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

AUXILIARY EYES

Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153

Adds additional guy attachment to existing anchor rod. Also can be used as a pulling eye for guying tension.

CatalogNo.

BB155A


Per 100 Pcs.270

Anchor RodDiameter

5/8" - 1"

Maximum Strand Size

1/2"

ThimbleDiameter

11/2"

CatalogNo.

† B14A B14B B12A B12B


Per 100 Pcs.100100137137

Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153Contact factory for round bolt hole design.† RUS Listed

Maximum Strand Size

——

5/8"5/8"

Mounting Bolt Diameter

5/8" 3/4"5/8"3/4"

Slotted hole design to allow thru-bolt to be inserted from eye side. Not threaded.

BOLT EYELETS


Per 100 Pcs.

38

Tap

2 STR - 6 SOL

Main9/16" - 1/4"

250 MCM - 4 STR

Cable Range B14

B12

1.50" 1.94"

.56"2.50"

.56"

.56"

1.25"

3.00"

CB1

2.38"

1.25"

4.25"

2.38"

Series CB - Bonding clamps are specified for connecting ground wires to guys, messengers, or static wires.

BONDING CLAMPS

Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153; U-Bolts .5" diameter

CatalogNo.

CB1

5A-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


CatalogNo.

ICB1 ICB10

Approx. Ship. Wt. Lbs.

Per 100 Pcs.147262

"A" Dimensions

7 5/8" 12"

Mtg. Bolt Diameter

5/8"5/8"

Equip. Bolt Diameter

3/8"3/8"

Designed to fit NEMA “L” brackets. One bolt mounts bracket to pole.

BRACKET,CUTOUT AND ARRESTER

A

61⁄4"

47⁄8"

11⁄16" DIA.

3⁄8" x 13⁄4" CARRIAGE BOLTTWO PROVIDED

BRACKET, ANGLE CROSSARM

CatalogNo.

1XAB

CrossarmSize

33/4" x 43/4" Max. and

RoundCrossarms


Per 100 Pcs.

610

Mtg. BoltDiameter

3/4"

Stud BoltDiameter

3/4"


Mounts post insulators at 30° angle on crossarm for use on running corners.

5A-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Mounts post or pin type insulator to top of pole. Variety of bolt hole locations for mounting to pole.

BRACKET,POLE TOP INSULATOR

CatalogNo. IB2 IB3†IB4

Approx. Ship.Wt.Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.

360600600

Mounting Bolt Dia.

5/8" 3/4" 5/8"

Insulator Bolt Dia.5/8" or 3/4"5/8" or 3/4"5/8" or 3/4"

Mtg. Bolt Spacing

43/4"5" or 8"5" or 8"

Dis. From Insul.Base

To Top Hole43/4"63/8"5"

Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153† RUS Listed

11⁄16"

11⁄16"

43⁄4"

105⁄8"

5"

11⁄16"

41⁄2"

5"

8"

21⁄2"

13⁄16"

23⁄16"

IB4

21⁄2"

3"

13⁄16"

33⁄4"

IB2

33⁄4"

2"

6"

153⁄8"

IB3

3"

63⁄8"

15⁄16"

13⁄16"

14"

5A-5


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.BRACKET,HORIZONTAL INSULATOR

Use for mounting one or two insulator(s) to pole for armless construction.

Approx. Ship.

Wt.Lbs.Per

100 Pcs.333

1025

Space Between

Insul. Bases

—14"

Insul.AngleDim.

5°—

Mtg. Bolt

Spacing5", 6"4", 5"

Max.Insul.BoltDia. 3/4" 3/4"

Mtg. Bolt Dia.Two 5/8" Two 5/8"

CatalogNo.

1IPTB2IPTB


BRACKET,VERTICAL INSULATOR

Use for mounting pin or post vertical insulators, cutouts, arresters, or cable terminators. Three-hole style can be used for in-line deadending using suspension insulators.

2IPTB

Max.Insul.Mtg.Bolt Dia. 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"3/4"3/4"

PoleMtg. Bolt Dia.

Two 5/8" Two 5/8" Two 5/8"Two 5/8"Two 5/8"

Max.Equip.Mtg.Bolt Dia. 5/8"5/8" 5/8"1/2"5/8"

Pole Mtg. Bolt

Spacing5"5"5"5"5"

Clearance Pole To Insul. Bolt"A"12"18"18"12"18"

Approx. Ship.

Wt.Lbs.Per

100 Pcs.860

13001400

861400

4"

4"

4"

"A"

.58 sq. Hole

T2060594

Side view with hardware

LB12A1 & LB18B14" R

41⁄2"

4"

41⁄2"

T2060594

For 3⁄8" Carriage Bolt13⁄16" Dia.

"A"

5"

LB18B3/LB18B3CH

"A"

11⁄16" Dia. Hole

4"

4"

11/4"Catalog

No.LB12A1LB18B1LB18B3

*T2060594**LB18B3CH


* T2060594 has 3 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included**LB18B3CH has 2 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included with LB18B3.

11⁄16" Dia.

4"

1IPTB

5A-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CLAMP, U-BOLT GUYCan be easily installed without disassembling the clamp. The GCU38C and GCU50C have a spacer block to help prevent damage to strand against U-bolt.


80

Type of NutHEX

U- Bolt Dia.3/8"

CatalogNo.

GCU38Strand Size

3/16" - 3/8"


CatalogNo.

ASC2ASC3


175175

MessengerRange

.22" - .56"

.43" - .75"

Pole Clearance

11/2"11/2"

Mounting Bolt Dia.

5/8"5/8"

Rigid keeper for maximum clamping action. Bottom groove is curved to prevent damage to messenger. Top hook to sup-port cable during installation.

CLAMP, AERIAL SUSPENSION

ASC2

ASC5 Heavy duty clamp design uses two bolts to hold messenger to clamp, which prevents clamp slippage if pole shrinks.

CLAMP, AERIAL SUSPENSION


725

MessengerRange

9/16" - 3/4"

Mtg.BoltDia.5/8"

Pole Clear.

3"

GroundWire6 AWG

Catalog No.ASC5

Clamp Bodies and Spacer: Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153

GCU38


ClampBolt Dia.

Two-5/8"Sq.Hd.

5A-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Bolts installed in opposite directions to allow greater wrench clearance.

CLAMP, TWO-BOLT GUY

Clamp Lngth.

11/8"

13/16"

TwoClamps

10,700Wire

Broke13,100

Holding Power lbs.

CatalogNo.

GC131

GC138

Guy Strand

Size

5/16"

3/8"

No.Slip

7,300

7,200

Slip Less Than Dia.of Strand

7,700

9,150

Slip Less Than11/2"

9,600

12,150

GCSERIES

Clamp Bodies: Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153


Per 100 Pcs.200

L

5⁄8" Clevis Pin

7⁄8" 13⁄8"

11⁄2" Dia. (Typ)11⁄16" Dia. (Typ)

L14


CatalogNo. L14

Pin Diameter

5/8"L - Inches

14

The L14 is a one-piece extension link with a clevis pin and cotter key.

EXTENSION LINK


66

90

5A-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC. Crossarm Grid Gain

Crossarm Range

31/2" - 51/2"31/2" - 51/2"

5" - 7"5" - 7"41/2"


80130180180120

CatalogNo.

PG31PG441PG45PG45SPG3545

Dimensions In InchesMax. Bolt Dia. "D"

3/43/43/43/45/8

Pole Dia. Range6" - 10"6" - 11"6" - 11"6" - 11"4" - 9"

B44

55/16 51/441/2

A3444

31/2

Curved face with spurs prevents need of cutting gain into pole. Slotted hole for easy alignment.


Catalog numbers with "S" suffix have extended bolt hole slot.

Flat Back Crossarm Gain


180175120375

CatalogNo.

PG4 PG4A †PG44 PG5

Pole Dia. Range "R"

6" - 11"6" - 11"6" - 11"

10" - 16"

Max. Bolt Dia. "D"

3/47/87/87/8

B51/251/24

71/4

A444

53/8


Curved face with spurs prevents need of cutting gain into pole. Large surface area reduces crossarm shift.

Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153† RUS Listed

Mtg. & Bolt "D"

No. & Dia.

Two - 5/8"

Two - 3/4" Max.


540

950

CrossarmRange

31/2" x 61/2"

4" Channel


B

35/8

47/16

C

6

8

E

11/16

Dia. Hole

13/16

Dia. Hole

CatalogNo.

PG84XB12

PG84XE12

A

8

93/4

D4"

E

B

C 10"

A

GAIN, SHELFProvides strong, stable crossarm connection to the pole. Reduces need for braces. Deadending or guying located directly under arm. Steel crossarm can be mounted to shelf with bolts.

Clamp Bodies: Ductile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153

A

B

D

A

B

D

R

5A-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Per 100 Pcs.6288988898

240225

CatalogNo.

GH151A † GH5 GH5ILS GH6 GH6ILS GH6X GH6XBILS

Max. Guy Strand

Dia.7/16"7/16"7/16"1/2"1/2"5/8"5/8"

Lag Screw Dia.None

1/2"None

1/2"None

1/2" or 3/4"None

GUY HOOKUse in down or span guy applications. Spurs resist down slotting. The overturning action is resisted by the wide lower curved heal pad. Contact Factory about Guy Hooks for use on concrete and steel poles.

Thru-Bolt

Dia. 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 1"

PIN, ANGLE

CatalogNo.

PS8779 PBA841

Bolt Size

5/8" x 7"5/8" x 7"

Thread Size1"1"

Pin Height Above Arm

5"81/4"

Crossarm Size4"4"


The crossarm corner pin is made of ductile iron, hot dip galvanized. Made with 1" lead threads for 1" thread insula-tors at an angle 60o from horizontal. Attached to the cros-sarm by means of a square head bolt, which is furnished as part of the pin.

GUY HOOK, SPAN TYPEFor guy attachment, use at angles 0o to 30o from horizontal.

CatalogNo.

GH2GH3


Per 100 Pcs.6664

Max. Thru-Bolt Dia.5/8" 3/4"

Max. GuyStrand Dia.

1/2"1/2"


Suffix "ILS" indicates cast in integral lagDuctile iron per ASTM A-536Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153† RUS Listed

41⁄2"25⁄8"

23⁄8"

11⁄2"

15⁄8"

41⁄2"

Bolt 5⁄8" x 7"

GH151AGH5ILS

23⁄4"

33⁄4" 11⁄16" dia.

3⁄8"

27⁄16"

2"

13⁄16" 25⁄8"

9⁄16"

11⁄2"

35⁄8" GH6 15⁄8"

415⁄16"

21⁄2"

GH2

PS8779


Per 100 Pcs.315541

5A-�0


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

65⁄8"4"

13⁄16" DIA.

41⁄8"

1"

13⁄4"

21⁄32"

4"

51⁄4"

17⁄8"

PLATE, POLE EYEGEP6 style eye plate provides large pad area to spread forces over pole surface. Ideal for guy strain insulator installation.

CatalogNo.

GEP6


269


3/4"

Maximum Pin Diameter

3/4"


Narrow profile eye plate provides clevis eye with 5/8" maxi-mum pin diameter.

CatalogNo.

GEP5CGEP5DGEP5EGEP5G


155155155155

Max. PinDiameter

5/8"5/8"5/8"5/8"


PLATE, POLE EYE

PLATE, POLE EYEAllows guy loop to be made up on the ground as well as providing a clevis eye plate capability. Spurs prevent slip-page down the pole. Contact Factory about eye plates for use on concrete and steel poles.

CatalogNo.

GEP5 GEP5A


175175

Mounting Bolt Dia.

5/8"3/4"

Max. Pin Diameter

5/8"5/8"

Max. Strand Size5/8"5/8"


25⁄8"

11⁄16" Dia.

41⁄2"25⁄8"

31⁄4"

GEP5: 11⁄16" Dia.GEP5A: 13⁄16" Dia.

11⁄16" Dia.

11⁄4"23⁄8"

GEP5


5/8"3/4"3/4"3/4"

Lag Screw Diameter

1/2"Integral Spur

1/2"3/4"

5A-��


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Top curved groove has 3/8" radius to allow guy at-tachment. Groove captures guy attachment against pole to help prevent possibility of guy slipping off hook. Also has pole eye lug.

PLATE, POLE EYE

GEP7GEP12

13⁄16" Dia.

17⁄8"

21⁄2"67⁄16"

23⁄8"

A

11⁄4"313⁄16"

"A"

37⁄8" "A"41⁄4"

13⁄8" R

2"

13⁄4"83⁄8"

POLE BRACEFor use in push pole application where guying is not feasible. Brace adjusts for different pole angles.

CatalogNo.

SG611


750


Pole Diam-eter

6" - 11"

Hinge Bolt Dia.

3/4"

Mounting Bolt Dia.

3/4"

BaseDiameter

4" x 8"

TWIN ARM SPACER Connects two crossarms in twin arm application. Lugs provide for deadending attachment.


"F" Dia.Clevis Pin

"B"

"A""C"

"E"

TC2

THIMBLE CLEVIS, GUY WIRE


100275

Commonly used for attaching guy to pole eye plate. Clevis pin has humped cotter key.


CatalogNo.TC1TC2

A49/16 55/16

E3/41

C33/4

45/16


B 13/4 21/2

F5/83/4

D17/16 13/4

Clearance for 3/4"Sq. Hd. Bolt

"B"

41⁄2"

"A"

97⁄8"21⁄2"

CXS

CatalogNo.

CXS1


440

For Cross- Arm Sizes

31/4" x 41/4" & 4" x 5"

Mtg. BoltHole "A"

11/16"

Clevis Bolt Hole "B"

11/16"

8" 4"

CatalogNo.

GEP7GEP7AGEP12

Max. PinDia.7/8"7/8"3/4"

"A"Mtg.

Bolts No. & Dia.Two 1"Two 7/8"One 7/8"


Approx. Ship


559564332

6"

"D"

5A-��


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


204545

100100

Size Inches

*21/4 x 21/4*3 x 3*3 x 3*4 x 4 4 x 4

CatalogNo.

GCW1†GCW31GCW31A†GCW41GCW41A

Thickness At BossInches

1/43/83/81/2

17/32

Max.Bolt Dia.Inches

5/85/83/43/47/8

C U R V E D S Q U A R E

Cast washers provide excellent strength characteristics. Reinforcing ribs helps prevent washer from crushing.

WASHERS, CAST

GCW

† RUS Listed* NEMA Standard


459393

Size Inches

*21/4 x 31/2*3 x 4 3 x 4

CatalogNo.

CRW3†CRW4ACRW4B


3/81/21/2

Max.Bolt Dia.Inches

3/47/81

C U R V E D R E C T A N G U L A R



2020

Size Inches

*21/4 x 21/4*21/4 x 21/4

CatalogNo.

†BB214BB214A


9/329/32

Max.Bolt Dia.Inches

5/83/4

S Q U A R E F L A T



448787

Size Inches*3 Dia. *4 Dia. 4 Dia.


7/161/21/2

CatalogNo.

GWR3GWR4GWR4A

Max.Bolt Dia.Inches

3/47/81

R O U N D F L A T

GWR

BB

GCW31

* NEMA Standard

AUGUST 2006HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

5B-�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5B

ALUMINUMBAND-TYPE CLUSTER MOUNTS




© Copyright 2006 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240

NOTE: Because Hubbel has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USA

5B-�

AUGUST 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Band-Type Cluster Mounts

Quick InstallationOne worker can install the mount in minutes. Typically less than five minutes including transformer.

Rugged6061T6 aluminum alloy is extruded for high strength. Corrosion resistant.

ConvenientFactory preassembled and boxed. Easy to store.

Installation

1. Remove from box. Hardware included with the mount. 2. Using the tape provided, measure pole at the desired mounting height. Cluster mount will adjust to a wide va-riety of poles. Adjustment can be made at the ground.

3. Use a lag screw installed into the pole to locate where you want the cluster mount positioned. The lag screw is used for positioning only and not to bear the load.

4. Tighten double-arming bolts. Mount transformers.

IMPORTANT!The following condensed instructions are provided for general information and to aid the buyer in product selection. They are not to be used in actual product installation. Complete installation instructions and safety information are provided with each Cluster Mount unit.


5B-�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Models to mount one, two, or three transformers

For 3 through 100kVA transformers, use double band cluster mounts. Use any combination of 12" or 24" EEI-NEMA type A and B lugs as required. If adapters (page 5B-4) are used with the mounts, 167 through 250kVA transformers with EEI-NEMA type C lugs can be mounted.

For 3KVA through 50kVA, single-band cluster mounts may be used with 12" EEI-NEMA type A lugs.

Use Model C6M36M when extra pole bearing surface is required.

Includes 5⁄8" transformer mounting hardware and ground clamp for mounting three 3kVA through 50kVA transformers with 12" EEI-NEMA type A lugs. Gives extra pole bearing surface for increased support on extremely soft or older poles. Ideal where appearance requires transformers to remain in a vertical position. Shipping weight: 31.3 lb. / 14.2 kg.

C6M36M

Mounts Three Transformers

* RUS Listed

Mounts Two Transformers Mounts One Transformer

From pole6"9"

9"-6"-9"

Mounts Three Transformers

* RUS Listed

From pole6"9"

Mounts Two Transformers

From pole6"9"

Mounts One Transformer

• Double-band mounts for 3kVA - 100kVA transformers

• Single-band mounts for 3kVA - 50kVA transformers

For extra pole bearing surface

Wt. (lb./kg.)24.6/11.1529.4/13.33

28/12.7

Wt. (lb./kg.)22/9.9727/12.24

Wt. (lb./kg.)20/9.0725/11.33

From pole6"9"

Wt. (lb./kg.)35.7/16.1950/22.68

From pole6"9"

Wt. (lb./kg.)38/17.2452/23.59

From pole6"9"

9"-6"-9"

Wt. (lb./kg.)40/18.14

54.2/24.5850/22.67

ModelC5M16C5M19

ModelC10M26C10M29

ModelC15M36*C15M39C15M3969

ModelC6M36*C6M39C6M3969

ModelC4M26C4M29

ModelC2M16MC2M19M

5B-�


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

AccessoriesModel C321A Adapter PlateShipping weight: XX lb./XX kg.Use when mounting 167kVA and larger transformers with EEI-NEMA type C lugs (two plates required per transformer). Slot secures 3/4" mounting bolt head and permits one-hand tightening of bolt while providing jump proof feature. Each plate includes two 5/8" x 2" hot-dip galvanized machine bolts with nuts and lockwashers. Other mounting hardware is included with the cluster mount.

Model CEP18 Extension PlateShipping weight: XX lb./XX kg.One CEP18 extension plate required for each band.

Example:C6M36 (single band) use one CEP18C15M36 (double band) use two CEP18's

CEP18 Extension Plates can be used with any Hubbell aluminum band-type cluster mount to increase pole range. (see chart below). Extra bolts, nuts, and washers are provided.

Pole SizesHubbell band type Cluster Mounts can be mounted on poles 61/2" to 19" in diameter.

Mount LoadingCluster mounts are subjected to eccentric loading in service because transformer mount-ing brackets are located away from the lines of action of their gravity loads. Although the distance between the mounting face and the gravity load (the moment arm of the load) is often taken at 14", in reality it varies among the different models of transformer. By chang-ing the bending moment associated with the vertical load, this variation may greatly affect the ability of the cluster mount to support the various transformers. Because the resisting stresses produced in the cluster mount are related to both the vertical load itself and to its associated moment, a single formula based on the moment arm will not satisfactorily predict safe loading. It is recommended that the moment arms be taken into account along with the weights of any transformers to be supported by cluster mounts. The table below shows minimum ultimate strength ratings of several Hubbell cluster mounts, suggested maximum transformer weights, and resultant safety factors for four selected values of moment arm. Trained personnel with adequate technical skills may find this informa-tion helpful in selecting an appropriate cluster mount to support a specific transformer.

Distance (D) from transformer Minimum Maximum recommended mounting surface Ultimate Transformer load (lbs.) Safety to load's line of action Strength (lbs.) per position Factor

14" 6,000 2500 2.4 18" 3,900 1950 2 22" 3,200 1600 2 26" 2,800 1350 2.1

14" 3,400 1275 2.7 18" 2,400 1000 2.4 22" 2,100 820 2.6 26" 1,650 690 2.4

14' 6,400 3200 2 18" 5,000 2500 2 22" 4,000 2000 2 26" 3,450 1725 2

CatalogNumber

C5M19C10M29C15M39

C15M3969

C2M16C4M26C6M36

C5M16C10M26C15M36

Type Pole Cat. Example EP18 Will Dia. No. Increase Max. Dia. To

Small 61/2" - 111/2" Add 5 to C6M365 161/2" Standard Model No. C15M365

Standard 73/4" - 121/4" Standard Models C6M36 171/4" C15M36

Large 91/2" - 141/2" Add 14 to C6M3614 191/2" Standard Model No. C15M3614


5B-5®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Wing-Type Cluster Mountsfor 3 to *250kVA Transformers with NEMA A, B or C lugsPatent No. 6,378,821

Light weight and pre-assembled for installation easeTo save you installation time and money, all Hubbell alumi-num wing mounts are fully assembled. Two sizes are designed for mounting transformers on the ground and hoisting into position.

High-strength, unitized constructionFor optimum strength and light weight, only 6061T6 aluminum extrusions are used to fabricate these transformer cluster mounts. The factory-assembled construction results in a rigid single unit ready for immediate field handling.

The unique design furnishes standard lifting provisions on both units.

...continuedonotherside...

Catalog NumberC3MW24ML

• For mounting up to three 50kVA transfomers with NEMA A lugs

• Maximum 1,000 lb. per transformer position at 26" moment

• Mounts to pole with two 3⁄4" thru-bolts (not included)

• Illustrated instruction label on each unit

• Weight each: 30 lb. (13.6 kg.)

*For250kVAapplications,seeotherside.

12"

Galvanized-SteelMounting Hardware(6 each included):5⁄8" x 21⁄2" square head machine bolt with hex nut and spring lock-washer

Grounding Lug

12"

Lifting Notch(top & bottom, not visible here,see other side for illustration)

5B-�


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Wing-Type Cluster Mountsfor 3 to *250kVA Transformers with NEMA A, B or C lugsPatent No. 6,378,821

Catalog NumberC11MW24L• For mounting up to three 100kVA transfomers with NEMA B lugs (24" centers) Field adaptable for NEMA A lugs (12" centers)

• *For mounting 250kVA transformers with C lugs, add two C321A adapter plates per trans-former

• Maximum 2,000 lb. per transformer position at 26" moment

• Mounts to pole with two or three 3⁄4" thru-bolts (not included)

• Illustrated instruction label on each unit

• Weight each: 42.8 lb. (19.4 kg.)

Galvanized-Steel Mounting Hardware(6 each included): High-strength 5⁄8" x 21⁄2" machine bolt with special 3⁄4" square head and 5⁄8" threads for NEMA A & B lugs, hex nut and spring lockwasher

Cat. No.C321A

Weight, each4 lb./1.8 kg.

Description*Adapter Plate

(two required per transformer)for use with C11MW24L

*Optional, for mounting three 250kVA Transformers with NEMA Type C lugs (see Catalog page 5B-4)

Lifting Notch(top & bottom)

Grounding Lug

18" 24"12"

1"


5B-�®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Thru-Bolt Single-Position Aluminum Mountsfor Transformer, Recloser or Sectionalizerwith NEMA A, B or *C lugs

Catalog No.

CTB2M16CTB2M19

Weight

7.2 lb./3.3 kg.8.3 lb./3.8 kg.

Mounting Distance from Pole

6"9"

Catalog No.

CTB5M16CTB5M19

Weight

12.1 lb./5.5 kg.13.7 lb./6.2 kg.

Mounting Distance from Pole

6"9"

• For mounting one 3kVA - 50kVA Transformer, Recloser or Sectionalizer with NEMA A lugs

• Maximum capacity is 2,000 lb.

• Mounts to pole with two 5⁄8" thru-bolts (not included)

• Illustrated instructions included with each unit

• For mounting one 3kVA - 100kVA Transformer, Recloser or Sectionalizer with NEMA A or B lugs (Readily field adapts for NEMA A lugs.)

• *For mounting one 167kVA - 333kVA Transformer, Recloser or Sectionalizer with NEMA C lugs, add two C321A adapter plates*

• Maximum capacity is 2,000 lb. with two thru-bolts and 3,000 lb. with three thru-bolts

• Mounts to pole with two or three 3⁄4" thru-bolts (not included)

• Illustrated instructions included with each unit

Galvanized-SteelMounting Hardware(2 each included):High-strength 5⁄8" x 21⁄2" machine bolt with special 3⁄4" square head and 5⁄8" threads for NEMA A & B lugs, hex nut and spring lockwasher

Galvanized-SteelMounting Hardware(2 each included):5⁄8" x 2" square head machine bolt with hex nut and spring lockwasher

Catalog No.

C321AWeight, each

4 lb./1.8 kg.

Description

*Adapter Plate (two required) foruse with CTB5M16 or CTB5M19

*Optional, for mounting one transformer, recloser or sectionalizer with NEMA Type C lugs (see Cata-log page 5B-4)

7" 12"

GroundingLug

GroundingLug

24"

83⁄4"

83⁄4"

5B-�


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Band-Type Cluster MountsJumbo Model

Distancefrom Pole

toMounting Pad

6"

9"

Distance from Mounting Padto Center of Equipment

Weight,each

Jumbo Mount

77 lb./34.9 kg.

80 lb./36.3 kg.

Maximum Recommended Equipment Load per Phase14"

5,000 lb.

4,000 lb.

18"

3,900 lb.

3,100 lb.

22"

3,200 lb.

2,550 lb.

26"

2,700 lb.

2,100 lb.

• Three-band clusters mount up to three 500kVA transformers and regulators with EEI-NEMA *C lugs (36" vertical spacing).

• Field adaptable for EEI-NEMA A or B lugs (12" or 24" vertical spacing).

• Mounts to poles with diameters from 91⁄2" to 141⁄2". Each unit includes three CEP18 extension plates (page 5B-4) to increase diameter by 5" (to 191⁄2").

• To accommodate four-hole EEI-NEMA *C lug mountings, C321A adapter plates can be purchased separately (page 5B-4).

for 3 to 500kVA Transformers with EEI-NEMA A, B or *C lugs

36"

Stainless Steel Grounding Lug

CatalogNumber,Jumbo Mount

C15M361436

C15M391436

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5C-�

APRIL 2006HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

5C

CONDUIT STANDOFF BRACKETSAND T-SLOTS




© Copyright 2006 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve 0the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USARGS 5M

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5C-�

APRIL 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

Conduit Standoff Brackets A multi-purpose bracket for mounting 1" through 6" conduit in a variety of ways. Bracket will mount up to four 6" con-duits with unlimited adjustability. 4-Way T-Slot extrusion eliminates field drilling. Unit mounts to the pole on 35/8" hole centers using 5/8" thrubolt and 1/2" lag (not supplied). Conduit straps are not included, order below. Additional T-Slot Shapes are available on the following page.

Strap kits with the following variations are available for use with the conduit standoff brackets above. The straps have two holes for mounting one conduit section. Each strap kit contains a strap, two each 1/2" x 11/4" hex head bolts, lockwashers and hex nuts.

Typical Installations

4-Way T-Slot

End ViewCaptures 1⁄2" bolt heads

A

B

9⁄16" dia. - 2 holes

DimensionalData

A B

6" 12" 6" 24" 6" 36" 9" 12" 9" 24" 9" 36"

“A” Dim.

13⁄8"17⁄8"23⁄8"27⁄8"31⁄2"4"

41⁄2"59⁄16"65⁄8"

Weight

0.3 lb.0.4 lb.0.5 lb.0.6 lb.0.6 lb.0.6 lb.0.6 lb.0.7 lb.0.7 lb.

Conduit Size

1 inch11⁄2 inch2 inch

21⁄2 inch3 inch

31⁄2 inch4 inch5 inch6 inch

“B” Dim.

3"31⁄2"

315⁄16"47⁄16"51⁄16"59⁄16"61⁄16"71⁄8"83⁄8"

“C” Dim.

41⁄8"45⁄8"51⁄16"59⁄16"63⁄16"611⁄16"73⁄16"81⁄4"95⁄16"

“D” Dim.

11⁄4"17⁄8"21⁄4"23⁄4"33⁄8"

315⁄16"53⁄8"51⁄2"61⁄2"

11⁄2"

A B C

D Conduit Strap Kits

11⁄4"

3⁄4"

1⁄2" x 11⁄4"hex head bolt

CatalogNumber

C6CSO12 C6CSO24C6CSO36C9CSO12C9CSO24C9CSO36

Weighteach

4 lb.5 lb.6 lb.4 lb.5 lb.6 lb.

Catalog No.

CSTK1 CSTK15 CSTK2 CSTK25 CSTK3 CSTK35 CSTK4 CSTK5 CSTK6

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5C-�


For versatile equipment mounting, these custom T-Slot shapes are extruded from high-strength, heat-treated 6061T6 aluminum alloy.

NOTE: Both the extrusions can be used for thru-bolt mounting of equipment to poles, structures, walls, enclosures, machinery, etc.

Other lengths are available by special order.Contact the factory for details.

T-Slot Shapes

4-Way T-Slot

2-Way T-Slot

Captures the headsof 1⁄2" dia. bolts

Captures the headsof 1⁄2" dia. bolts

A multi-purpose extrusion for mounting equipment in four directions using 1/2" diameter hardware.

Dimension A

12"24"36"48"60"

120"

Weight each

1.25 lb. 2.25 lb.

3.25 lb. 4.50 lb.

5.50 lb.11.00 lb.

Dimension A

12"24"36"48"60"

120"

Weight each

1 lb. 2 lb. 3 lb. 4 lb. 5 lb.10 lb.

A

Typical PoleApplication

END VIEW Captures the headsof 5⁄8" dia. bolts

END VIEW A

Catalog Number

C2WT12 C2WT24 C2WT36 C2WT48 C2WT60 C2WT120

Catalog Number

C4WT12 C4WT24 C4WT36 C4WT48 C4WT60 C4WT120

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5C-�


• For mounting meter cabinets, meter sockets or other light-duty enclosures, with a maximum weight not to exceed 500 pounds.

• Installs to pole or wall with two 1/2" fasteners, not included.

• Adjust for various hole patterns. See ordering information for ranges.

• Consists of one vertical support, two horizontal supports and stainless steel mounting hardware.

• Shipped unassembled

Cabinet Mounting Brackets

A

1" - 71/4"

1" - 111/4"

1" - 151/4"

1" - 171/4"

Wt. Ea.(perlbs.)

2.25

3.00

3.75

4.25

Aluminum — T-Slot Shapes


B

2" - 12"

2" - 18"

2" - 24"

2" - 30"

B'

163/8"

223/8"

283/8"

343/8"

A'

8"

12"

16"

18"

Four 1/4" x 1" stainless steel bolts with nuts and split lockwashers

Four 1/4" x 3/4" stainless steel bolts with nuts and split lockwashers

Two 9/16" holes for 1/2" mounting hardware (not included).

A

B

A'5/8"

B'

Mounting RangeCatalogNumber

CCMB812

CCMB1218

CCMB1624

CCMB1830

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5C-5


Capacitor Racks• Five sizes for one to twelve 200-kvar capacitors• Shipped fully assembled to go up fast

Catalog

Number

CCR1CCR3CCR34CCR6CCR912

Weight

41/2 lb./9.9 kg.17 lb./37.5 kg.18 lb./39.7 kg.221/2 lb./49.6 kg.85 lb./187.4 kg.

Lightweight and pre-assembled for installation easeTo save you installation time and money, all Hubbell aluminum capacitor racks are fully assembled. Five sizes are designed for mounting capacitors with a 155/8" lug spacing and weighing up to 80 pounds each. The racks are notably light in weight compared to their strength ratings.

Each capacitor rack is furnished complete with a ground wire clamp secured by a 3/8" bolt.

Mounting bolts are not included. The single-unit (CCR1) rack requires a 5/8" through bolt and a lag bolt; the largest rack (CCR912) requires two 3/4" through bolts; and each of other


Cat. No.

CCR3CCR34CCR6

Braces

223

A

2613/16"3413/16"5013/16"

DimensionsC

185/8"185/8"183/4"

B

9"18"18"

Catalog Number CCR1Catalog Number CCR912

64"

30"

155⁄8"

155⁄8"

3213⁄16"

183⁄4"

101⁄4"

three racks (CCR3, CCR34, CCR6) requires two 5/8" through bolts. All come with illustrated mounting instructions.

Adjustability of multi-unit modelsEvery unit comes with two pre-spaced 3/8" hold-down bolts (each with a flat washer, a lockwasher and a nut) per capaci-tor, up to the rack’s maximum.

These hold-down bolt heads are trapped in the T-slot channel to ensure proper spacing for mounting. Whether mounting the maximum or fewer capacitors, they must be evenly spaced in the rack for proper load distribution.

Ground Clamp

5"

175⁄8" 155⁄8"

6"

3⁄8" Hold Down Bolts

3⁄8" Hold Down Bolts

Ratings

1 CapacitorMax. 3 CapacitorsMax. 4 CapacitorsMax. 6 CapacitorsMax. 12 Capacitors

Mounting Distance

from Pole

6"31/4"31/4"31/4"91/2"

Catalog NumbersCCR3, CCR34, CCR6 3⁄8" Hold Down Bolts

A

155⁄8"

171⁄4"

C

B

9"

3"

14.25"GroundClamp

2.25"

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5C-�


Cable PositionerCatalog No. CCS820for 0.75" to 3" O.D. Cable

As installed

This easy-to-install kit supports conductor at the transition from overhead to underground service. The Cable Positioner simply attaches to a suitable bracket with 1/2” mounting hardware (not included).

Each unit includes illustrated instructions and comes in a plastic bag. Packaged 36 per box, each unit weighs 1 lb. (0.45 kg.).

2.5"

As supplied

PositionerCasting

Wrap Clamps

Cable Wrap

Adhesive Pad

8"

NEMA A Mounting Bracket C2060127(order separately)

10.5"


210 N. Allen St. • Centralia, MO 65240 • Phone 573-682-5521 •www.hubbellpowersystems.com©2006 Hubbell / Chance Printed in USA

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ALUMINUM BRACKETTerminator and Arrester

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5C - 4.3

MARCH 2004 (rev 4-2006)

Bracket for three phase mounting of terminators and/or arresters. Extruded aluminum ma-terial offers lightweight for easy handling. Mounts to pole with 5/8" thru-bolt and 1/2" lag screw. Shipped completely assembled. Mounting hardware is purchased separately.

RGS 3/04

Three Phase Terminator Bracket

Catalog No. A Dim. B Dim. Wt. / Ea.CTBEMB13PA 23.25" 11.56" 7CTBEMB13PA35 33.50" 16.70" 8

Components can be ordered separately. See following page.

Uses 5/8" Mounting Hardware

GroundLug 3.63" Bolt Center

10.40"

26° Angle

1/2" x 2" Carriage BoltNut and Lockwashers (3 Places)

A

B

Uses 1/2" Lag Screw

Three Phase Terminator / Arrester Bracket

Catalog No. A Dim. B Dim. Wt. / Ea.CTBEMB16PA 24" 10.20" 8CTBEMB16PA35 35" 15.70" 9

Components can be ordered separately. See following page.


Ground Lug

3.60"

8.80"26° Angle

1/2" x 2" Carriage Bolt, HexNut and Lockwashers (6 Places)

A

B

Uses 1/2" Lag Screw

3.63" Bolt Center


210 N. Allen St. • Centralia, MO 65240 • Phone 573-682-5521 •www.hubbellpowersystems.com©2006 Hubbell / Chance Printed in USA

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

C3PA 23.25"

Components for Terminator / Arrester Brackets(From Previous Page)

Catalog No. Description Wt. Ea.CTBEMB1 Pole Mounting Bracket for Item Below 3 C1PA Single Phase Terminator Bracket 1C2PA Three Phase Terminator/Arrester Bracket 1.5C3PA Single Phase Terminator Bracket 4C6PA Three Phase terminator Bracket 5

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5C - 4.4

MARCH 2004 (rev 4-2006)

ALUMINUM BRACKETTerminator and Arrester

CTBEMB1

C1PA

C2PA

C6PA

3.60"

26° Angle

1/2" x 2" Carriage Bolt,Nut and Lockwasher

24"

26° Angle

1/2" x 2" Carriage Bolt,Nut and Lockwashers (2 Places)


Ground Lug

3.63" Bolt Center

Uses 1/2" Lag Screwfor Mounting

1/2" x 3" Carriage Bolt, Nut and Lockwasher


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum PlatformsShipped fully assembled for 2-pole mounting

© Copyright 2006 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USARGS

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5D-1.1

JUNE 2000Revised April 2006

Built for fast, simple mounting of transformers,reclosers and other distribution control equipment.

• Capacities range up to 33,000 lb.

• 4 duty ratings • 12-ft. to 21-ft.

• Optional 41"-wide walkway

For equipment too heavy for single-pole mounting, Hubbell Aluminum Platforms carry three relative ratings: • Uniform vertical load • Single center vertical load • Three vertical loads

These criteria provide flexible information to match varying circumstances in the case-by-case process of specifying a platform. Since both weight and dimensions of equipment are factors, the same size specified for an individual item at one location may serve to support two to three items elsewhere.

To serve a wide range of uses, Hubbell offers a large selection. In the following four series, these lengths* are available at each increment of 2 feet: • Regular Duty ............................ 12 to 16 feet* • Heavy Duty ............................... 14 to 18 feet* • Extra Heavy Duty .................... 13 to 21 feet* • Super Extra Heavy Duty ......... 13 to 21 feet* *Inside poles, face to face

Pre-assembly saves you time and money

All Hubbell platforms are delivered in an assembled state, ready for mounting. This saves $200 to $300 on average in labor per platform.

High-strength and walkway option for all sizes

All platforms are constructed with 111⁄2" main I-beams (two each for all series but the Super Extra Heavy Duty series, which has four main beams each)., Extruded-aluminum sections are all 6061-T6 material. Fasteners are all steel galvanized per ASTM A153 or ASTM B695 Class 55.

Each platform has six adjustable hat-channel crossmembers that can slide to necessary positions and lockbolt in place.

All come with illustrated, detailed mounting instructions.

Each unit may be ordered with an optional 41-inch-wide paral-lel walkway with hand railing and supports. Planks are not included, must be provided by the customer.

For ordering information, see other side.

Extra HeavyDuty Design Shown(above and below)


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CatalogNumber

Inside Poles,Face to Face

Beams,No. x Length

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOGBULLETIN 5D-1.2

JUNE 2000Revised April 2006

Aluminum PlatformsShipped fully assembled for 2-pole mounting


Walkway option for Regular Duty Platforms — For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with supports and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffix: WKY.

Walkway option for Heavy Duty Platforms — For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with supports and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffix: WKY.

Walkway option for Extra Heavy Duty Platforms — For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with sup-ports and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffix: WKY.

Walkway option for Super Extra Heavy Duty Platforms — For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with supports and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffix: WKY.

Super Extra Heavy Duty Platforms – 48" WIDE – Each attaches by six 3⁄4" machine bolts (not supplied), three bolts in each pole.

Extra Heavy Duty Platforms — 42" WIDE — Each attaches by six 3⁄4" machine bolts (not supplied), three bolts in each pole.

Heavy Duty Platforms — 42" WIDE — Each attaches by four 3⁄4" machine bolts (not supplied), two bolts in each pole.

Regular Duty Platforms — 42" WIDE — Each attaches by four 3⁄4" machine bolts (not supplied), two bolts in each pole.

Vertical Load Ratings Weight,eachUniform Vertical

LoadSingle Center Vertical

LoadThree Vertical

Loads

12 feet14 feet16 feet

2 x 14 ft.2 x 16 ft.2 x 18 ft.

8,000 lb.6,000 lb.5,000 lb.

5,000 lb.4,000 lb.3,100 lb.

2,000 lb.1,800 lb.1,400 lb.

233 lb.254 lb.275 lb.

14 feet16 feet18 feet

2 x 16 ft.2 x 18 ft.2 x 20 ft.

14,000 lb.14,000 lb.14,000 lb.

7,500 lb.7,500 lb.7,500 lb.

4,600 lb.4,600 lb.3,633 lb.

265 lb.286 lb.307 lb.

13 feet15 feet17 feet19 feet21 feet

2 x 16 ft.2 x 18 ft.2 x 20 ft.2 x 22 ft.2 x 24 ft.

22,000 lb.17,742 lb.13,813 lb.11,058 lb. 9,052 lb.

10,000 lb.10,000 lb. 8,633 lb. 6,911 lb. 5,657 lb.

6,220 lb.4,667 lb.3,700 lb.2,909 lb.2,381 lb.

409 lb.430 lb.451 lb.471 lb.503 lb.

13 feet15 feet17 feet19 feet21 feet

4 x 16 ft.4 x 18 ft.4 x 20 ft.4 x 22 ft.4 x 24 ft.

33,000 lb.31,000 lb.27,626 lb.22,116 lb.18,104 lb.

20,000 lb.18,000 lb.17,266 lb.13,822 lb.11,314 lb.

10,400 lb. 9,334 lb. 7,266 lb. 5,818 lb. 4,762 lb.

665 lb.709 lb.751 lb.801 lb.856 lb.

Platform Accessories

Equipment tie-down kit. Includes “L” tabs, bolts, washers and nuts for one piece of equipmentExtra pole kit for regular duty platformExtra pole kit for heavy duty platformExtra pole kit for extra heavy duty platformExtra pole kit for super extra heavy duty platform

CP122CP142CP162

CPHD142CPHD162CPHD182

CPEHD142CPEHD162CPEHD182CPEHD202CPEHD222

CPSEHD142CPSEHD162CPSEHD182CPSEHD202CPSEHD222

CATTDKCPEPKRDCPEPKHDCPEPKEHDCPEPKSEHD

10A-1

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI SEPTEMBER 2007Printed in USA

Section

10A

Cutouts (Standard, Linkbreak & Loadbreak)

and Cutout-Arrester CombinationsU.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526

CAUTION: The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by competent per-sonnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.

This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if specific situations arise that are not covered adequately for the user's purpose the specifics should be referred to Hubbell Power System, Inc.




©Copyright 2007 Hubbell Incorporated • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

10A-2

SEPTEMBER 2007 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526 and other Patents Pending

Type C Cutouts

LOADBREAK cutout with Arc-Chute interrupter, pages 11-13

STANDARD cutout, pages 3-7

LINKBREAK cutout, pages 8-10

CUTOUT-ARRESTERCombinations,page 14

Application

The primary purpose of any cutout is to provide protection to the lines of your system and the various apparatus on those lines such as transformers and capacitor banks. Chance Type C cutouts provide reliable protection from low-level overloads that just melt the fuse link, intermediate faults, and very high faults, through maximum interrupt capacity.

In addition, Type C cutouts can also be used as a sectionalizing device. With the use of a portable loadbreak tool, Type C cutouts can function much like an overhead disconnect switch. A 300 amp disconnect blade is also available for this purpose.

Ratings/Specifications

STANDARD Type C cutouts have maximum design voltage rat-ings to simplify the confusing ratings of cutouts. There are no restrictions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line-to-line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design voltage rating. (See the LINKBREAK and LOADBREAK cutouts for their specifications.) Interruption tests have been performed at full system line-to-line voltage. In each voltage class, there are continuous current ratings of 100 amps, 200 amps and 300 amps. See the table on page 6 for other specifications.

10A-3

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI SEPTEMBER 2007

Insulators

The insulators used on Type C cutouts are a sky-glaze gray. The metal to metal leakage distance on the 15 kV cutout insulator is 8.7 inches (220 mm), 12.6 inches (320 mm) on the 27 kV [125 kV LIW (BIL)], 17.3 inches (440 mm) on the 27 kV [150 kV LIW (BIL)], 26 inches (660 mm) on the 36 kV [170 kV LIW (BIL)], and 28.4 inches (720 mm) on the 36 kV [170 kV LIW (BIL)].

Fuseholders

The solid cap on the single vent fuseholder is a copper alloy, silver-plated to provide efficient current transfer. An integral ring is provided in the top tube casting for opening and clos-ing the fuseholder with conventional disconnect tools from the ground, from a bucket truck or from the pole.

The toggle type trunnion casting is a selective silver-plated bronze for efficient current transfer to the lower hinge contacts. A cam shaped projection on each side of the trunnion casting provides high pressure parallel current paths to the lower contacts. These projections, or pivot pins, are cast full round for smooth rotational operation in the hinge. The link ejector assists in arc interruption during low fault current or excessive overload conditions. A groove in the center of the link ejector allows the fuse link’s pigtail to go directly from the fuse tube to the attachment nut. A curved ejector minimizes bending stresses in the pigtail to prevent broken strands. A stainless steel torsion spring on the link ejector helps to rapidly eject the link from the bore of the fuseholder during interruption. The 200 amp link ejector has a wider groove area and increased spring force to accommodate the larger links.

The link ejector is pinned to the trunnion casting with a stainless steel pin to provide resistance to corrosive elements and provide smooth pivotal action. An interlocking feature between the link ejector and tube casting prevents excessive tension on the fuse link during closure, thereby preventing link breakage.

The link ejector employs a hammer effect to enhance toggle action of the trunnion during low fault and overload inter-ruptions, hence dropout action is enhanced. The link ejector provides sufficient surface area to facilitate re-fusing by linemen wearing gloves.

Quality ConstructionEfficient Current Transfer

The Chance Type C cutout has an all copper current path. All contacts are silver-plated. Terminals are tin-plated bronze for use with copper or aluminum conductors.

Loadbreak Hooks

Galvanized steel hooks are standard on all Type C cutouts, except the arc chute version, for use with a portable loadbreak tool. These sturdy hooks are mounted on the top support and serve to guide the fuseholder into the latch socket when clos-ing at an off-center angle.

Top Contact

The top contact is attached to the galvanized-steel hood by a stainless rivet to provide a smooth self-aligning action during closing even in severely corrosive environments. The top con-tact provides a socket-type cavity for latching the fuseholder and prevents any possible “over-travel” of the fuseholder. The top contact is made of a highly conductive copper strip with silver-plated embossments to resist corrosion. The contacts are held under constant pressure designed to maintain firm contact with the fuseholder contact surface until fault inter-ruption is accomplished.

Hinge

The hinge on the Type C cutout employs large pivot areas for the fuseholder’s trunnion and is cast of a copper alloy chosen for its strength and corrosion resistance. The hinge contacts are highly conductive copper alloy stampings and are plated to assure low resistance current transfer from the trunnion casting. The parallel current paths are backed up by high strength cantilever springs and are riveted to the hinge cast-ings. Fuseholder can be dropped into place and easily lifted up and out. No tricky maneuvering.

Type C STANDARD Cutout

Chance Type C fuseholders are also mutually interchangeable with the S & C Electric Company’s Type XS cutout.

100 AmpSingle Vent

200 AmpSingle Vent

300 AmpDisconnect

10A-4



kVLIW (BIL)

110

125

150

170

STANDARD Type C Cutout withNEMA Type B Bracket Dimensions

A16"

406 mm163/8"

416 mm163/8"

416 mm171/4"

438 mm

B51/2"

137 mm71/8"

181 mm71/8"

181 mm81/2"

216 mm

C103/4"

273 mm121/2"

318 mm121/2"

318 mm15"

381 mm

D31/2"

89 mm31/8"

79 mm31/8"

79 mm13/4"

44 mm

E211/2"

559 mm263/4"

679 mm263/4"

679 mm321/2"

826 mm

PRODUCT FEATURESInterchangeabilityChance was the first to design a cutout that could inter-change fuseholders and mounting assemblies with those of another manufacture. Standard Type C fuseholders and mounting assemblies are mutually interchangeable with the S&C Electric Company’s Type XS cutout (within the same voltage class).

FusetubeThe 1/2-inch inside diameter of the Type C cutout’s 100 ampere fusetube increases internal pressure giving superior and reliable expulsion action. During frequently encountered intermediate fault ranges this diameter also permits higher TRV (transient recovery voltage) values to be tolerated. This small bore design eliminates any concern related to high impedance phase-to-phase faults on ungrounded wye and delta systems.

The inside liner is constructed of a synthetic arc-quench-ing material. The tube is made of fiberglass which permits the smaller bore and provides a higher burst strength. It is protected from the weather and environment by a special ultra-violet resistant coating.

Also, the Chance fusetube operates with fuselinks from all major suppliers.

BracketsC cutouts come packed one per carton including a NEMA Heavy Duty “B” bracket with captive 11/2" bolt for crossarm mounting.

Type X brackets, also for crossarm mounting, provides 25/8" additional clearance between the crossarm and the cutout.

“D” brackets are used to mount cutouts and/or arresters directly to the pole. Three brackets may be used for three-phase application. Type D brackets provide a clean, quick mounting without crossarm or special pole bands.

All the above brackets are galvanized steel for long lasting service. Cutouts can be ordered without any brackets.

Higher Interrupt CapacitiesBy using a copper arc shortening rod inside the top of the fusetube, higher interrupt ratings are obtainable. An arc shortening rod is attached to the cap of some fusetubes and lowers the fuse link within the fusetube. This permits a much shorter arc, resulting in less arc energy, and higher interrupting capacities.

For 200 A tubes, it allows for full voltage rating.

It is necessary to use fuse links with removable buttonheads when arc shortening rods are employed.

170 kV LIW (BIL)A 170 kV BIL Type C cutout is available for use in areas where the 28.4-inch minimum leakage distance to ground is required. See ordering data, page 6.

Extra Corrosion Protection [150 & 170 kV LIW (BIL) only]Type C cutouts are available with components of stainless steel inserts, hood and bolts, and copper alloy loadbreak hooks to offer greater corrosion resistance for environmental areas where corrosion can become a major factor. To order a stainless steel/copper alloy cutout add the suffix “S” to the end of the catalog number with the rating specifications de-sired. In additon, an optional spring assist may be provided to further enhance the toggle and drop out action in highly corrosive applications.

TerminalsTin-plated bronze parallel groove type terminals are standard on Type C cutouts. They can accommodate aluminum or copper conductor sizes ranging from No. 6 (13.3 mm2) solid copper through 4/0 (160.6 mm2) ACSR or 250 (167.5 mm2) kcmil stranded copper. The parallel groove design is perfect for handling two different sizes of conductor as is the case when arresters are being used. Eyebolts are also available. See ordering data, page 10A-6.

10A-5


STAINLESS-STEELSPRING ENSURESPROPER TOGGLE ACTIONOF FUSELINK EJECTOR(CAST-BRONZE ON ALL 200AND LINKBREAK FUSEHOLDERS;STAINLESS-STEEL ON ALL 100A)

Compare Chance® quality and technical expertise

SILVER-TO-SILVERCONTACTS

CAST BRONZE HINGEFOR CORROSION RESISTANCE

COPPERCURRENT PATH

FUSEHOLDER TOGGLE LATCHLIMITS TENSION OF FUSELINK

SILVER-TO-SILVERCONTACTSWITH STAINLESS STEELBACKUP SPRINGS

CAST BRONZELOWER TUBECASTING

CAST BRONZE TOP TUBE CASTINGAND PULL RING

HIGH-STRENGTH FIBERGLASS FUSETUBECOATED WITH ULTRA-VIOLET INHIBITOR

GALVANIZED STEEL HOOKSFOR LOADBREAK TOOL

STAINLESS STEELBACKUP SPRINGTO MAINTAINCONTACT PRESSURE

BIRD-PROOFED ONE-PIECESOLID-PORCELAININSULATOR

TIN-PLATED BRONZE TERMINALSFOR USE WITH COPPEROR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR

GALVANIZED-STEEL CHANNEL

COPPER ARC-SHORTENING ROD (ON SOME RATINGS)

TWO-PLACE LOCKINGTO PREVENT SIDEMOVEMENT OF HOOD,CONTACTS OR HOOKS

HOT STICK HOLE IN TRUNNION CASTING

COPPER CURRENT PATH

Type C STANDARD CutoutAll Type C Cutouts meet or exceed ANSI/NEMA specifications.Manufacturing and/or use under U. S. Patent No. 4,546,341 and 6,392,526.

LARGE NUT TO FASTEN FUSELINK WITHOUT BREAK-ING STRANDS

MECHANICAL ASSIST:

FUSEHOLDER IS AVAIL-ABLE WITH A TORSIONAL SPRING ON TRUNNION TO AID DROP OUT OPERATION IN CORROSIVE ENVIRON-MENTS.

SyNTHETICFUSE TUBELINER

10A-6


No option (may not be used with Z in Option 2)Mechanical Assist Fuse-holder (may not be used with Blank in Option 2)Fargo cutout cover (available for 15 kV only) (may not be used with Blank in Option 2)

*Option Suffix 3Mechanical Assist FuseholderSuffix

3

Blank

M

F

Description

*BaseCatalog No.

C710112C710114C710143C710133

320 mm320 mm320 mm320 mm

*Adjust total weight when selecting Options below. **Momentary rating — Solid blade ‡Must use removable buttonhead fuse links.

†For application on single-phase to neutral or three-phase solidly-grounded wye-connected circuits where recovery voltage does not exceed the maximum-design voltage of the device.


Maximum DesignVoltage15 kV15 kV15 kV15 kV

NominalSystem Voltage

Thru 14.4 kVThru 14.4 kVThru 14.4 kVThru 14.4 kV

220 mm220 mm220 mm220 mm

ArcShortening

RodNoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A

ContinuousCurrent(Amps)

100100200300

8.7"8.7"8.7"8.7"

Leakage to GroundMetal to Metal

InterruptCapacity

(Asym Amps)10,000 16,000 12,000

12,000**

27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS Listed27 kV27 kV27 kV27 kV

NoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A

100100200300

8,000 12,000 10,000

12,000**


C710211C710213C710242C710233

12.6"12.6"12.6"12.6"

27 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS ListedNo Restrictionsthru 24.9 kV;

†26.4 thru 34.5 kVNo Restrictionsthru 24.9 kV;



†26.4 thru 34.5 kV

440 mm

440 mm

440 mm

440 mm

660 mm

660 mm

660 mm

26"

26"

26"

36 kV

27 kV

36 kV

Yes‡

Yes‡

N/A

100

200

300

11,200

12,000

12,000**

36 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS ListedC710613

C710643

C710633

720 mm

720 mm

720 mm

28.4"

28.4"

28.4"

36 kV

27 kV

36 kV

Yes‡

Yes‡

N/A

100

200

300

11,200

12,000

12,000**

36 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS ListedC710713

C710743

C710733

Thru 34.5 kVNo Restrictionsthru 24.9 kV;

†26.4 thru 34.5 kVThru 34.5 kV

Specifications and Ordering InformationAll Type C Cutouts meet or exceed ANSI/NEMA specifications.

15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS Listed

Thru 34.5 kVNo Restrictionsthru 24.9 kV;

†26.4 thru 34.5 kVThru 34.5 kV

No

Yes‡

Yes‡

N/A

C710311

C710313

C710342

C710333

27 kV

27 kV

27 kV

27 kV

100

100

200

300

8,000

12,000

10,000

12,000**

17.3"

17.3"

17.3"

17.3"

22.63/10.26

22.83/10.36

23.43/10.63

23.03/10.45

*Weight(lb./kg.)

14.23 /6.4514.43 /6.5515.03 /6.8214.53 /6.59

ReplacementFusetube

CapP7001535PE7001767PE7002146PP7001535P

17.73 /8.0417.03 /7.7217.73 /8.0417.23 /7.82

E7001743P

E7002117P

P7001535P

E7001743P

E7002117P

P7001535P

25.43/11.54

25.83/11.72

25.43/11.54

30.73/13.94

31.13/14.12

30.73/13.94

NOTE: 26" fuse links are recommended.


P7001535PE7001768PE7002479PP7001535P

P7001535P

E7001768P

E7002479P

P7001535P

NEMA Heavy Duty “B” bracket for crossarm (11/2" bolt)Extended type bracket for cros-sarm (Horizontal sectionis 25/8" longer than Type B bracket)D-shape bracket (pole)No bracket (must be used with M in Option 3)No bracket (cannot use with M in Option 3)

*Option Suffix 1Terminal Variations

*Option Suffix 2Bracket Variations

*Weight(lb./kg.)

0.33/0.150.16 /0.070.31/0.14

Suffix1PEL

Description

Parallel-groove clampsSmall eyeboltsLarge eyebolts

*Weight(lb./kg.)

2.84/1.29

3.75/1.70

7.67/3.48–––

–––

Suffix2

B

X

DZ

Blank

Description

Must specify one selection for Option 1.

See page 10A-15 for Accessories.

*Option suffixesbelow

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3

U.S. Patent 6,392,526

10A-7


Universal Cutout ToolIdeal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuseholders (ABB, Chance S&C) to easily lift out, place,*open and close. Inverted, secure method also fitsChance Electronic Sectionalizers.Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100. *When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations. Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.

Type C STANDARD CutoutFuseholders and Mounting Assemblies


15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL)

5.85 kg.12.9 lb.

Weight Weight

36 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL)T710613TT710643TT710633T

2.8lb.3.2 lb.2.8 lb.

1.27 kg.1.45 kg.1.27 kg.

10.61 kg.23.4 lb.T7106MM

36 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL)T710713TT710743TT710733T

2.8lb.3.2 lb.2.8 lb.

1.27 kg.1.45 kg.1.27 kg.

13.02 kg.28.7 lb.T7107MM


7.08 kg.15.6 lb.

9.66 kg.21.3 lb.


300ABlade

100A 200AFuseholders

36 kV - 26" leakageT7106MMPB

36 kV - 28.4" leakageT7107MMPB

300ABlade


300ABlade

200AFuseholders

100A



15 kV8.7" leakage

Catalog No.T7101MM

MountingAssembly only

▼



C710613C710643C710633

C710713C710743C710733

C710311C710313C710342C710333

T710311TT710313TT710342TT710333T

2.1 lb.2.3 lb.2.7 lb.2.5 lb.

0.95 kg.1.14 kg.1.22 kg.1.13 kg.

T7103MM

C710211C710213C710242C710233

T710211TT710213TT710242TT710233T

2.1 lb.2.3 lb.2.7 lb.2.5 lb.

0.95 kg.1.14 kg.1.22 kg.1.13 kg.

T7102MM

1.8 lb.2.0 lb.2.6 lb.2.1 lb.

*CutoutBase Catalog

NumberC710112C710114C710143C710133

0.82 kg.0.91 kg.1.18 kg.0.95 kg.

MountingAssembly only*Catalog No.

T7101MM

Fuseholder or Blade onlyCatalog No.T710112TT710114TT710143TT710133T

10A-8


Type C 100-AmpLINKBREAK Cutout

22/36.4 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL)22/36.4 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL)

15 kv - 110 kV LIW (BIL)15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)

interchangeable with any other manufacturer’s cutout.

All standard non-loadbreak fuseholders and the linkbreak fuseholders are interchangeable and fit into both the non-load-break and Type C LINKBREAK cutout mounting assemblies produced after January 1985. Mounting assemblies are same as Type C STANDARD cutouts, shown on page 10A-7.

Ratings / SpecificationsThe 15 kV Type C LINKBREAK cutout has a maximum design voltage rating of 15 kV. There are no voltage restric-tions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design volt-age rating.

The 15/27 and 22/36.4 kV Type C LINKBREAK cutouts have maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/) and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the value listed to the right of the slant.

The Type C LINKBREAK cutout is to be used with only Chance, McGraw-Edison and Kearney fuselinks. S&C Elec-tric fuselinks and other fuselinks which require more than 1 inch elongation before breaking must not be used with the Type C LINKBREAK cutout.

A sharp downward pull on the lever with a hookstick breaks the fuselink.

15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) unit

ApplicationThe Chance Type C 100 amp LINKBREAK cutout provides short circuit protection to utility lines with the added feature of mechanical linkbreak capability in a loadbreaking function. Linkbreak cutouts provide reliable protection from overloads that just melt the fuselink through the maximum interrupt capacity of the fuseholder and also provide inductive and capacitive loadbreak capability. For loadbreak ratings see chart, next page.

The unit will also accept the Type C 200 amp non-loadbreak fuseholder or a 300 amp disconnect blade. Each LINK-BREAK cutout includes standard loadbreak hooks to use with portable loadbreak tools. This method is particularly useful for switching of the 200 amp fuseholder and 300 amp disconnect blade.

Design / Product FeaturesConstruction and product details shown on page 10A-3 apply to the LINKBREAK cutout except that the link-ejector on the linkbreak fuseholder is a copper-alloy casting instead of a stainless-steel stamping.

The unit utilizes a stainless-steel linkbreak lever to mechani-cally break fuselink elements thereby obtaining load inter-ruption within the fuseholder. The long lever is positioned directly in-line with the cutout, rather than on one side or in back of the cutout for convenient pull-down operation. The Type C LINKBREAK fuseholder is not designed to be 15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL) unit

10A-9


Type C 100-AmpLINKBREAK Cutout

LINKBREAK Cutout with NEMA Type B Bracket

F165/8"422mm16"406mm16"406mm

141/2"368mm

A16"406mm

163/8"416mm

163/8"416mm

171/4"438mm

B53/8"137mm71/8"181mm71/8"181mm81/2"216mm

C103/4"273mm

121/2"318mm

121/2"318mm15"381mm

D31/2"89

mm31/8"79

mm31/8"79

mm13/4"416mm

E22"559mm

263/4"679mm

263/4"679mm

321/2"826mm

LIW (BIL)kV

110

125

150

170

CapacitiveAmperes

100100100100 50 50 50

*Specifications and ordering information on next page.†Limited to grounded-wye systems with grounded-wye loads.

InductiveAmperes

100100100100100100100

kV,Nominal

System Voltage14.414.424.924.934.534.534.5

*Base CutoutCatalogNumberC720112 C720114 C720211†

C720213†

C720311†

C720313†

C720613†

Loadbreak Ratings

Dimensions

22/36.4 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL) unit 22/36.4 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL) unit

10A-10


C720211

C720213

26.13 /11.85

‡Must use removable buttonhead fuse links. *Adjust total weight when selecting Options below.

†For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for application on three-phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line volt-ages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.

Maximum DesignVoltage15 kV15 kV


Thru 14.4 kVThru 14.4 kV

220 mm220 mm

*Weight(lb./kg.)

ArcShortening

RodNoYes‡


100100

8.7"8.7"


InterruptCapacity

(Asym Amps)10,000 16,000

14.53 /6.5914.73 /6.68



22/36.4 kV

22/36.4 kV

22/36.4 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS ListedC720311

C720313

No Restrictionsthru 20.8 kV;

†22.8 thru 34.5 kV

660 mm26.0"22/36.4 kV Yes‡11,200

22/36.4 kV -170 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS Listed

C720613No Restrictionsthru 20.8 kV;

†22.8 thru 34.5 kV

15/27 kV

15/27 kV

No

Yes‡

8,000

12,000

100

100

15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS ListedNo Restrictionsthru 14.9 kV;

†20.8 thru 24.9 kV

12.6"

12.6"

320 mm

320 mm

lb.2.52.72.72.92.72.9

3.5

kg.1.131.221.221.321.221.32

1.59

WeightFuseholderCatalog No.T720112TT720114TT720211TT720213TT720311TT720313T

T720613T

CutoutCatalog Number

C720112PBC720114PBC720211PBC720213PBC720311PBC720313PB

C720613PB

kV& BIL15 kV

110 kV BIL15/27 kV

125 kV BIL22/36.4 kV150 kV BIL22/36.4 kV 170 kV BIL

*Mounting assemblies are same as Type C STANDARD cutouts, shown on page 10A-7.

Type C 100-Amp LINKBREAK Cutout

110 kV BIL 170 kV BIL125 & 150 kV BIL

*Fuseholders (100 Amp only)

ReplacementFusetube

CapP7001469PE7001784P

P7001469P

E7001785P

17.23 /7.82

17.43 /7.91

No

Yes‡

8,000

12,000

100

100

17.3"

17.3"

440 mm

440 mm

P7001469P

E7001785P

23.03 /10.45

23.23 /10.54

100 PE7001787P


*BaseCatalog No.

C720112C720114




*Weight(lb./kg.)

0.33/0.150.16 /0.070.31/0.14

Suffix1PEL

Description


*Weight(lb./kg.)

2.84/1.29

3.75/1.70

7.67/3.48–––

–––

Suffix2

B

X

DZ

Blank

Description




1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3



3

Blank

M

F

Description

U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526

10A-11


B

67/8"175 mm

85/8"219 mm

85/8"219 mm

C

103/4"273 mm

121/2"318 mm

121/2"318 mm

A

251/4"642 mm

281/4"719 mm

281/4"719 mm

D

31/2"89 mm

31/8"79 mm

31/8"79 mm

E

255/8"651 mm

307/8"784 mm

307/8"784 mm

kV LIW (BIL)

110

125

150

Dimensions

Application

The Type C Loadbreak Cutout is available for application on 15, 25 and 35 kV distribution systems. The addition of the arc chute expands the flexibility of the Chance protective devices family by providing loadbreak capability for cutouts and disconnect solid blade units. The loadbreak cutout pro-vides short circuit protection to utility lines with the added feature of a loadbreaking function.

The loadbreak cutout is applicable for transformer and capacitor bank switching or line sectionalizing. Loadbreak cutouts provide protection from overloads that just melt the fuselink through the maximum interrupt capacity of the fuseholder. They also provide loadbreak capability through 300 amperes.

Design

All design features and most components of the loadbreak unit are identical to those incorporated in the Type C stan-dard cutout. The loadbreak portion of the Type C Loadbreak cutout is a heavy duty, reliable load interrupter that provides a positive visible loadbreak. A common loadbreak mounting assembly will accept the Chance Type C 100 amp and 200 amp loadbreak fuseholders or a 300 amp loadbreak discon-nect blade.


The 15kV Type C loadbreak cutout has a maximum design voltage rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restrictions on applicaton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta sys-tems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design voltage rating.

The 15/27 and 20/34.5 kV Type C loadbreak cutouts have maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/) and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the value listed to the right of the slant.

Fuseholders and mounting assemblies from other manu-facturers' loadbreak cutouts are not interchangeable with Chance loadbreak cutouts. Likewise, Chance fuseholders and mountings are not interchangeable with other manu-facturers' loadbreak cutouts.

Operation

The self-contained loadbreak device enables the lineman to interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick opera-tion. To break the current, the lineman inserts a hookstick into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mechanism snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates, cools and extinguishes the confined arc. The loadbreaking operation is independent of the operating speed of the lineman. The fuse remains undamaged. No special or portable tools are required to operate the unit. In the open position, the fuse-holder or blade hangs in an approximate vertical position for the visible-break.

Type CLOADBREAK Cutoutwith Arc Chute type interrupter• 15 kv       • 15/27 kV        • 20/34.5 kV

10A-12


20/34.5 kV

20/34.5 kV

ReplacementFusetube

CapP7001535PE7001767PE7002146PP7001535P

*BaseCatalog No.

C730112C730114C730143C730133

Type C LOADBREAK Cutoutwith Arc Chute InterrrupersU.S. Patent 6,392,526


NominalSystemVoltage


InterruptCapacity(AsymAmps)10,00016,00012,000

12,000**

19.33/8.7719.53/8.8620.13/9.1319.63/8.90

Continuous& Loadbreak

Current(Amps)

100100200300

*Weight(lb./kg.)

ArcShort-eningRodNoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A

Numberof

Operations20020020050

Leakageto Ground,

Metal to Metal8.7"8.7"8.7"8.7"

220 mm220 mm220 mm220 mm

MaximumDesignVoltage15 kV15 kV15 kV15 kV

15/27 kV -125 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS Listed


†20.8 thru 24.9 kV

8,00012,00010,000

12,000**

100100200300

NoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A

20020020050

15/27 kV15/27 kV15/27 kV15/27 kV

C730211C730213C730242C730233

12.6"12.6"12.6"12.6"

320 mm320 mm320 mm320 mm

20/34.5 kV -150 kV LIW (BIL) — RUS ListedNo Restrictionsthru 14.4 kV;

†20.8 thru 34.5 kV

8,000

12,000

100

100No

Yes‡

100

100C730311

C730313

17.3"

17.3"

440 mm

440 mm

**Momentary rating — Solid blade ‡Must use removable buttonhead fuse links. *Adjust total weight when selecting Options below.

†For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for application on three-phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line voltages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.

20/34.5 kV,150 kV LIW (BIL)

▼

15 kV, 110 kV LIW (BIL)▼

15/27 kV,125 kV LIW (BIL)

▼


21.93/9.9522.13/10.0422.83/10.3622.33/10.13

P7001535PE7001768PE7002479PP7001535P

27.73/12.58

27.93/12.67

P7001535P

E7001768P


Suffix1PEL




*Option Suffix 3Mechanical Assist Fuseholder

*Weight(lb./kg.)

0.33/0.150.16/0.070.31/0.14

Description Suffix3

Blank

M

Description

No option (may not be used with Z in Option 2)Mechanical AssistFuseholder (may not be used with Blank in Option 2)

*Weight(lb./kg.)2.84/1.29

3.75/1.70

7.67/3.48–––

–––

Suffix2B

X

DZ

Blank

Description



*Optionsuffixesbelow

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

10A-13


3.3 lb.3.5 lb.4.1 lb.3.6 lb.

CutoutCatalogNumberC730112C730114C730143C730133

1.5 kg.1.6 kg.1.9 kg.1.6 kg.

15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL)Mounting As-sembly only*Catalog No.

T7301MM


8.4 kg.18.6 lb.

Weight Weight

20/34.5 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL)C730311C730313

T730311TT730313T

3.6 lb.3.8 lb.

1.6 kg.1.7 kg. 12.1 kg.26.6 lb.T7303MM

3.6 lb.3.8 lb.4.4 lb.4.0 lb.

9.4 kg.20.8 lb.T7302MM

1.6 kg.1.7 kg.2.0 kg.1.8 kg.

T730211TT730213TT730242TT730233T

15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)C730211C730213C730242C730233

20/34.5 kV — T7303MMPB

15 kV — T7301MMPB

200A100A 300A

300ABladeFuseholders

100A 200A

Type CLOADBREAK CutoutFuseholders and Mounting Assemblies

Replacement Arc Chute Interrupter: Catalog No. T7300080 (1.2 lb. / 0.54 kg.)

15/27 kV — T7302MMPB

10A-14


kV LIW (BIL)110125150170

E22" (559 mm)

263/4" (679 mm)263/4" (679 mm)321/2" (826 mm)

G233/4" (603 mm)251/2" (648 mm)251/2" (648 mm)28" (711 mm)

Type CCutout-Arrester Combinations

15 kV cutout with direct-connected Ohio Brass large-block, MOV, polymer 9 kV lightning arrester

Advantages of combinationChance cutout-arrester combinations cost less than the total cost of separately purchased components. The combination units install faster, more economically and take up less space in storage, transit and service. Each combined unit takes up a minimum of space on the crossarm and has a favorable weight distribution for minimal off-center loading. The field-proven quality of both cutout and arrester assure consistent

Over-the-Arm Type only

Cutout-ArresterDimensions

13"(330 mm)

high performance for the combinations.

These units include Chance cutouts fitted with only Ohio Brass® MOV arresters, superseding previous silicon-carbide units. For easy conversion to the new arrester designation system, refer to the Cutout Cross-Reference Guide, Bulletin 10-0203.

Ordering InformationTo specify a Cutout-Arrester Combination:

1. Select a two-letter designation for the appropriate arrester from the shaded section of the Table at left.

2. Substitute the two letters for the “0” in the Base Catalog No. for the appropriate Cutout listed on page 6, 10 or 12.

Direct

Direct

Direct

Small BlockNormal Duty

5 kA

Large BlockHeavy Duty

10 kA

RiserPole

Oh

io B

rass

9

DL

EL

FL

10

DM

EM

FM

18

DN

EN

FN

27

DP

EP

FP

125 &150

150110

Polymer

Metal Oxide Varister (MOV)OperatingDesign

Housing

kV LIW (BIL)for Cutout

kV RatingMC

OV

Du

ty C

ycle

kV R

atin

g

Arr

este

r M

anu

fact

ure

r

Arr

este

rC

on

nec

tio

nM

eth

od

U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526

10A-15


Universal Cutout Tool

Ideal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuse holders (ABB, Chance, S&C) to easily lift out, place, *open and close. Inverted, secure method also fits Chance Electronic Sectionalizers.

Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100. *When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations. Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.

Fastener installation locations (2 fasteners per assembly)

Fargo Cutout CoverONE PIECE WILDLIFE PROTECTOR

Available as an Option on Standard and Linkbreak Type C-Porcelain Cutouts (see pages 10A-6 and 10A-10), Cover also may be ordered as a separate line item as Catalog No. CC101. Material: Proprietary low track vinyl that is UV stabilized for long-term performance. Gray color.

• Designed to provide protection for cutouts from accidental contact by squir-rels, birds or other wildlife.

• Universal one-piece design for easy installation or retrofit. Fits Chance 15 kV Standard and Linkbreak Cutouts, both Polymer and Porcelain types.

Accessories

Catalog No.T7001325T7001326T7001327

Terminal ConnectorsMin. Order Qty.

101010

DescriptionParallel-Groove Clamp, tin-plated bronze for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil strandedSmall Eyebolt for No. 8 solid thru 2/0 strandedLarge Eyebolt for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil stranded

C2060283C2060280C2060299C2060632

Mounting Brackets————

NEMA Heavy Duty “B” Bracket with 11/2" captive bolt for crossarm mountingExtended Crossarm Bracket (Horizontal section is 25/8" longer than NEMA “B” bracket)“D” Pole Mounting BracketCutout/Arrester Bracket complete with carriage bolts and backstrap

Mounting Bracket Dimensions

Wt. (lb./kg.)0.33 / 0.150.16 / 0.070.40 / 0.14

2.84 / 1.293.75 / 1.707.67 / 3.484.00 / 1.81

Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.comE-mail: [email protected]

MEXICO

HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE. CVAv. Coyoacan No. 1051Col. Del Valle03100 Mexico, D.F.Phone: 52-55-9151-9999Fax: 52-55-9151-9988e-mail: [email protected]

UNITED STATES

HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC.210 N. Allen Centralia, Mo 65240-1395Phone: 573-682-5521Fax: 573-682-8714e-mail: [email protected]

10AA-1

HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI SEPTEMBER 2007

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA

Section

10AAHUBBELLType C-POLYMERCutouts (Standard, Linkbreak & Loadbreak)

andCutout-Arrester CombinationsU.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842

CAUTION: The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by competent per-sonnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.

This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if specific situations arise that are not covered adequately for the user's purpose the specifics should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.





Photos show 15 kVproducts.

27 kV products alsoare available.

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.10AA-2

SEPTEMBER 2007 HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

HUBBELLType C-POLYMER Cutouts

the ground, from a bucket truck or from the pole.

The toggle type trunnion is a selective silver-plated bronze casting for efficient current transfer to the lower hinge con-tacts. A cam shaped projection on each side of the trunnion casting provides high pressure parallel current paths to the lower contacts. These projections, or pivot pins, are cast full round for smooth rotational operation in the hinge. The link ejector as-sists in arc interruption during low fault current or excessive overload conditions. A groove in the center of the link ejector al-lows the fuse link’s pigtail to go directly from the fuse tube to the attachment nut. A curved ejector minimizes bending stresses in the pigtail to prevent broken strands. A stainless steel torsion spring on the link ejector helps to rapidly eject the link from the bore of the fuseholder during interruption. The 200 amp link ejector has a wider groove area and increased spring force to accommodate the larger links.

The link ejector is pinned to the trunnion casting with a stainless steel pin to provide resistance to

corrosive elements and provide smooth pivotal action. An interlocking feature between the link ejector and tube casting prevents excessive tension on the fuse link during closure, thereby preventing link breakage.

The link ejector employs a hammer effect to enhance toggle action of the trunnion during low fault and overload inter-ruptions, hence dropout action is enhanced. The link ejector provides sufficient surface area to facilitate re-fusing by linemen wearing gloves.

Ratings/SpecificationsSTANDARD Type C-Polymer cutouts are maximum design voltage rated to eliminate application and selection confusion. There are no restrictions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operat-ing voltages (line-to-line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design voltage rating. (See the LINKBREAK and LOADBREAK cutouts for their specifications.) Interruption tests have been performed at full system line-to-line voltage. 100-amp and 200-amp fuse tubes and 300-amp disconnect blades are available for each voltage class. They all fit into a common mounting assembly rated at 300 amps continuous.

QualityConstructionEfficient Current Transfer

The Type C-Polymer cutout has an all copper current path. All contacts are silver-plated. Ter-minals are tin-plated bronze for use with copper or aluminum conductors.

Loadbreak Hooks

Galvanized steel hooks are standard on all Type C cutouts, except the arc chute version, for use with a portable loadbreak tool. These sturdy hooks are mounted on the top support and serve to guide the fuseholder into the latch socket.

Top Contact

The top contact is attached to the galvanized-steel hood by a stainless rivet to provide a smooth self-aligning action during closing even in severely corrosive environments. The top contact provides a socket-type cavity for latching the fuseholder and prevents any possible “over-travel” of the fuseholder. The top contact is made of a highly conductive copper strip with silver-plated embossments for efficient current transfer. The contacts are held under constant pressure designed to maintain firm contact with the fuseholder contact surface until fault inter-ruption is accomplished.

Hinge

The hinge on the Type C-Polymer cutout employs large pivot areas for the fuseholder’s trunnion and is cast of a copper alloy chosen for its strength and corrosion resistance. The hinge contacts are highly conductive copper alloy stampings and are plated to assure low resistance current transfer from the trunnion casting. The parallel current paths are backed up by high strength cantilever springs and are riveted to the hinge castings. Fuseholder can be dropped into place and easily lifted up and out. No tricky maneuvering is required.

Fuseholders

The solid cap on the single vent fuseholder is a copper alloy, silver-plated to provide efficient current transfer. An integral ring is provided in the top tube casting for opening and clos-ing the fuseholder with an appropriate disconnect tool from

ApplicationThe primary purpose of any cutout is to provide protec-tion to the lines of your system and the various apparatus on those lines such as transformers and capacitor banks. Hubbell Type C-Polymer cutouts provide reliable protection from low-level overloads that just melt the fuse link, inter-mediate faults, and very high faults, through maximum

interrupt rating.In addition, Type C-Polymer cutouts can also be used as a sectionalizing device. With the use of a portable loadbreak tool, Type C-Polymer cutouts can function much like an overhead disconnect switch. A 300 amp disconnect blade is also available for this purpose.

Polymer InsulatorsType C-Polymer cutout insulators are manufactured with ESP™ silicone alloy rubber, the same material used in Ohio Brass PDV arresters and Hi*Lite insulators. ESP is a polymer compound made by alloying silicone and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers the desirable tough-ness and resistance to tracking of our original EPR, with the hydrophobic characteristics derived from low molecular weight silicone oils.

Hubbell Power Systems uses several tests to evaluate materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability and variations of differential ther-mal analysis tests confirm the quality of the material. For further information on our polymers, ask your Hubbell Power Systems representative for the publica-tion "Polymer Materials for Insulator Weathersheds" EU1264-H.

Upgrades to Cutout Performance

The increased metal-to-metal leakage distance of Type C-Polymer Cutouts compares to their porcelain coun-terparts at 12.6" (319 mm) vs 8.7" (220 mm) for 15kV and 17.1" (434 mm) vs 12.6" (319 mm) for 27kV.

Significantly lighter, Type C-Polymer Cutouts typically weigh only approximately half their porcelain counter-parts. This ergonomic advantage makes them simple to install and, of course, far less fragile than porcelain. That means reduced or eliminated losses from routine shipping, storage and handling.

10AA-3


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HUBBELLType C-POLYMER Cutouts

STAINLESS-STEELSPRING PROVIDESPROPER TOGGLE ACTIONOF FUSELINK EJECTOR(CAST-BRONZE ON ALL 200AND LINKBREAK FUSEHOLDERS;STAINLESS-STEEL ON ALL 100A)

Compare Hubbell quality and technical expertise

SILVER-TO-SILVERCONTACTS

CAST BRONZE HINGEFOR CORROSION RESISTANCE

COPPERCURRENT PATH

FUSEHOLDER TOGGLE LATCHLIMITS TENSION OF FUSELINK

CAST BRONZELOWER TUBECASTING

CAST BRONZE TOP TUBE CASTINGAND PULL RING

HIGH-STRENGTH FIBERGLASS FUSETUBECOATED WITH ULTRA-VIOLET INHIBITOR

GALVANIZED STEEL HOOKSFOR LOADBREAK TOOL

STAINLESS STEELBACKUP SPRINGTO MAINTAINCONTACT PRESSURE

POLYMERINSULATOR

TIN-PLATED BRONZE TERMINALSFOR USE WITH COPPEROR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR

GALVANIZED-STEEL CHANNEL

COPPER ARC-SHORTENING ROD (ON SOME RATINGS)

TWO-PLACE LOCKINGTO PREVENT SIDEMOVEMENT OF HOOD,CONTACTS OR HOOKS

COPPER CURRENT PATH

All Type C Cutouts meet or exceed ANSI/NEMA specifications.

SYNTHETICFUSE TUBELINER

LARGE NUT TO FASTEN FUSELINK WITHOUT BREAK-ING STRANDS

MECHANICAL ASSIST:

FUSEHOLDER IS AVAIL-ABLE WITH A TORSIONAL SPRING ON TRUNNION TO AID DROP OUT OPERATION IN CORROSIVE ENVIRON-MENTS.

15 kV product shown. 27 kV cutout varies slightly in appearance.

®



Type C-PolymerSTANDARD Cutout

kVLIW (BIL)

110

125

STANDARD Type C-Polymer Cutout with NEMA Type B Bracket

A155/8"

395 mm161/16"

408 mm

B47/8"

125 mm65/8"

167 mm

C115/8"

295 mm131/16"

332 mm

D31/4"

82 mm27/8"

72 mm

E221/16"

561 mm27"

686 mm

InterchangeabilityChance was the first to design a cutout that could interchange fuseholders and mounting assemblies with those of another manufacture. Standard Type C fuseholders and mounting as-semblies are mutually interchangeable with the S&C Electric Company’s Type XS cutout (within the same voltage class).The Type C-Polymer Standard cutout is mutually interchange-able with Chance Type C Porcelain Standard cutout.

Synthetic Arc-Quenching FusetubeThe 1/2-inch inside diameter of the Type C-Polymer cutout’s 100 ampere fusetube increases internal pressure giving superior and reliable expulsion action. During frequently encountered intermediate fault ranges this diameter also permits higher TRV (transient recovery voltage) values to be tolerated. This small bore design eliminates any concern related to high impedance phase-to-phase faults on ungrounded wye and delta systems.The inside liner is a synthetic arc-quenching formulation in part consisting of polyester fiber, epoxy and Aluminum Tri Hydrate. The liner is chemically bonded to the tube's glass-reinforced shell. This combination provides a moisture source to extinquish the arc during interrupt operations without absorption of atmospheric moisture leading to potential swelling and delamination, and provides a high bursting strength. It is protected from the weather and environment by a special ultra-violet resistant coating. For more infor-mation on the synthetic arc-quenching material, refer to Bulletin 10-0201.The Hubbell fuse tube operates with fuselinks from all major suppliers.100 amp or smaller fuselinks shall not be used in 200-amp fuseholders.

BracketsType C-Polymer cutouts come packed one per carton includ-ing a NEMA Heavy Duty “B” bracket with captive 11/2" bolt for crossarm mounting.Type X brackets, also for crossarm mounting, provides 25/8" additional clearance between the crossarm and the cutout.“D” brackets are used to mount cutouts and/or arresters directly to the pole. Three brackets may be used for three-phase application. Type D brackets provide a clean, quick mounting without crossarm or special pole bands.All the above brackets are galvanized steel for long lasting service. Cutouts can be ordered without any brackets.

Higher Interrupt CapacitiesBy using a copper arc shortening rod inside the top of the fusetube, higher interrupt ratings are obtainable. An arc shortening rod is attached to the cap of some fusetubes and lowers the fuse link within the fusetube. This permits a much shorter arc, resulting in less arc energy, and higher interrupting capacities. For 200 A tubes, it allows for full voltage ratings.It is necessary to use fuse links with removable buttonheads when arc shortening rods are employed.

TerminalsTin-plated bronze parallel groove type terminals are standard on Type C cutouts. They can accommodate aluminum or copper conductor sizes ranging from No. 6 (13.3 mm2) solid copper through 4/0 (160.6 mm2) ACSR or 250 (167.5 mm2) kcmil stranded copper. The parallel groove design is perfect for handling two different sizes of conductor as is the case when arresters are being used. Eyebolts are also available. See ordering data, page 10AA-11.

100 Amp –Single Vent15 kV/110 kV LIW (BIL)

110 kV LIW (BIL) product is depicted.125 kV LIW (BIL) product variesslightly in appearance.

10AA-5


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



27 kV - 17.1" leakageTP7102MMPB

Type C-PolymerSTANDARD Cutout




319 mm319 mm319 mm319 mm

ArcShortening

RodNoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A


100100200300

12.6"12.6"12.6"12.6"


InterruptCapacity

(Asym Amps)10,000 16,000 12,000

12,000**


U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,84215 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) RUS LISTED

See page 10AA-11 for Accessories.

*Weight(lb./kg.)

9.6/4.49.8/4.510.4/4.79.9/4.5

ReplacementFusetube

CapP7001535PE7001767PE7002146PP7001535P

434 mm434 mm434 mm434 mm

P7001535PE7001768PE7002479PP7001535P

27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)27 kV27 kV27 kV27 kV

NoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A

100100200300

8,000 12,000 10,000

12,000**


CP710211CP710213CP710242CP710233

17.1"17.1"17.1"17.1"

11.0/5.011.0/5.011.6/5.311.2/5.1

1.8 lb.2.0 lb.2.6 lb.2.1 lb.

CutoutBase Catalog

NumberCP710112CP710114CP710143CP710133

Fuseholders and Mounting Assemblies

0.76 kg.0.79 kg.1.18 kg.0.95 kg.

15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL)Mounting Assembly

only*Base Catalog No.

TP7101MM


3.6 kg.8.0 lb.

Weight *Weight

**Momentary rating -Solid blade. ‡Must use removable buttonhead fuse links. *Adjust total weight when selecting Options below.

CP710211CP710213CP710242CP710233

T710211TT710213TT710242TT710233T

1.9 lb.2.0 lb.2.5 lb.2.1 lb.

0.86 kg.0.91 kg.1.13 kg.0.97 kg.

4.1 kg.9.16 lb.TP7102MM


300ABlade






1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

*Adjust total weight when se-lecting Option suffixes above.

*Weight(lb./kg.)

0.33/0.150.16 /0.070.31/0.14

Suffix1PEL

Description


Suffix3

Blank

M

F

Description*Weight(lb./kg.)

2.84/1.29

3.75/1.70

7.67/3.48–––

–––

Suffix2

B

X

DZ

Blank

Description


300ABlade

200AFuseholders

100A

15 kV12.6" leakage

*Catalog No.TP7101MMPB

MountingAssembly only

▼

*Base Catalog

No. CP710112 CP710114 CP710143 CP710133

Universal Cutout ToolIdeal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuseholders (ABB, Chance S&C) to easily lift out, place,*open and close. Inverted, secure method also fitsChance Electronic Sectionalizers.Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100. *When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations. Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.

®



•15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL)•15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)

A sharp downward pull on the lever with a hookstick breaks the fuselink. (15/27 kV product shown here)

ApplicationThe Type C-Polymer 100 amp Linkbreak cutout provides short circuit protection to utility lines with the added feature of mechanical linkbreak capability in a loadbreaking function. Linkbreak cutouts provide reliable protection from overloads that just melt the fuselink through the maximum interrupt capacity of the fuseholder and also provide inductive and capacitive loadbreak capability. For loadbreak ratings see chart, next page.

The unit will also accept the Type C-Polymer 200 amp non-loadbreak fuseholder or a 300 amp disconnect blade. Each Linkbreak cutout includes standard loadbreak hooks to use with portable loadbreak tools. This method is particularly useful for switching of the 200 amp fuseholder and 300 amp disconnect blade.

Design / Product FeaturesConstruction and product details shown on page 10AA-3 ap-ply to the Linkbreak cutout except that the link-ejector on the linkbreak fuseholder is a copper-alloy casting instead of a stainless-steel stamping.

The unit utilizes a stainless-steel linkbreak lever to me-chanically break fuselink elements thereby obtaining load interruption within the fuseholder. The Type C-Polymer Linkbreak fuseholder is not designed to be interchangeable with any other manufacturer’s cutout.

All standard non-loadbreak fuseholders and the linkbreak fuseholders are interchangeable and fit into both the non-

loadbreak and Type C-Polymer or Porcelain Linkbreak cutout mounting assemblies. Mounting assemblies are the same as those for Type C-Polymer or Porcelain STANDARD cutouts, shown on page 10AA-5.

Ratings / SpecificationsThe 15 kV Type C-Polymer Linkbreak cutout has a maximum design voltage rating of 15 kV. There are no voltage restric-tions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design volt-age rating.

The 15/27kV Type C-Polymer LINKBREAK cutout has maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/) and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the value listed to the right of the slant.

The Type C-Polymer Linkbreak cutout is to be used with fuselinks requiring 1 inch or less elongation before break-ing. Fuselinks requiring more than 1 inch elongation before breaking must not be used with the Type C-Polymer Link-break cutout.

Type C-PolymerLINKBREAK Cutout

(15 kV product shown here)

10AA-7


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

125 kV LIW (BIL)

Type C-Polymer100-Amp LINKBREAK Cutout

U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842LINKBREAK Cutout with NEMA Type B Bracket

LIW (BIL)kV

110

125

CapacitiveAmperes

100100100100

*See specifications and ordering information below.†Limited to grounded-wye systems with grounded-wye loads.

InductiveAmperes

100100100100

kV,Nominal

System Voltage14.414.424.924.9

*Base CutoutCatalogNumber

CP720112 CP720114 CP720211†

CP720213†

Loadbreak Ratings

Dimensions

lb.2.52.72.72.9

kg.1.131.221.221.32

WeightFuseholderCatalog No.T720112TT720114TT720211TT720213T

Cutout BaseCatalog Number

CP720112CP720114CP720211CP720213

kV& LIW (BIL)

15 kV110 kV BIL

15/27 kV125 kV BIL

*Mounting assemblies are same as STANDARD cutouts, on 10AA-5.

*Fuseholders (100 Amp only)

110 kV LIW (BIL)product is depicted.125 kV LIW (BIL) product varies slightly in appearance.

†For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for application on three-phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line voltages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.‡Must use removable buttonhead fuse links. *Adjust total weight when selecting Options below.

Specifications and Ordering InformationAll Type C Cutouts meet or exceed ANSI/NEMA specifications.15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) RUS LISTED

15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)

Suffix1

PEL

Description




Maximum DesignVoltage15 kV15 kV


Thru 14.4 kVThru 14.4 kV

319 mm319 mm

ArcShortening

RodNoYes‡


100100

12.6"12.6"


InterruptCapacity

(Asym Amps)10,000 16,000


*Weight(lb./kg.)

10.2/4.610.3/4.7

ReplacementFusetube

Cap P7001469PE7001784P

434 mm434 mm

P7001469PE7001785P

15/27 kV15/27 kV

NoYes‡

100100

8,000 12,000

No Restrictions thru 14.9 kV; †20.8

thru 24.9 kV

17.1"17.1"

11.4/5.211.5/5.2



1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3

*Weight(lb./kg.)

0.33/0.150.16 /0.070.31/0.14

*Weight(lb./kg.)

2.84/1.29

3.75/1.70

7.67/3.48–––

–––

Suffix2

B

X

DZ

Blank

Description

110 kV LIW (BIL)

F167/16"

417mm

157/8"403mm

A1515/16"

405mm

167/8"418mm

B415/16"125mm

69/16"167mm

C115/8"295mm

131/4"337mm

D31/4"82

mm27/8"72

mm

E221/8"561mm

271/4"692mm

*Base Catalog

No. CP720112 CP720114

CP720211CP720213




3

Blank

M

F

Description

®



B

63/8"162 mm

713/16"199 mm

C

115/8"295 mm

131/4"337 mm

A

2413/16"630 mm

273/4"704 mm

D

31/4"82 mm

27/8"72 mm

E

265/16"668 mm

317/16"798 mm

kV LIW (BIL)

110

125

Dimensions

Application

The Type C-Polymer Loadbreak Cutout is available for application on 15 and 27 kV distribution systems. The ad-dition of the arc chute expands the flexibility of the Chance protective devices family by providing loadbreak capability for cutouts and disconnect solid blade units. The loadbreak cutout provides short circuit protection to utility lines with the added feature of a loadbreaking function.

The loadbreak cutout is applicable for transformer and capacitor bank switching or line sectionalizing. Loadbreak cutouts provide protection from overloads that just melt the fuselink through the maximum interrupt capacity of the fuseholder. They also provide loadbreak capability through 300 amperes.

Design

All design features and most components of the loadbreak unit are identical to those incorporated in the Type C-Poly-mer standard cutout. The loadbreak portion of the Type C-Polymer Loadbreak cutout is a heavy duty, reliable load interrupter that provides a positive visible loadbreak. A com-mon loadbreak mounting assembly will accept the Chance Type C-Polymer 100 amp and 200 amp loadbreak fuseholders or a 300 amp loadbreak disconnect blade.


The 15kV Type C-Polymer loadbreak cutout has a maximum design voltage rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restric-tions on applicaton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design volt-age rating.

The 15/27 and 20/34.5 kV Type C loadbreak cutouts have maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages

Type C-PolymerLOADBREAK Cutout with Arc Chute Interrupter

110 kV LIW (BIL) product is depicted.125 kV LIW (BIL) product variesslightly in appearance.

no greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/) and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the value listed to the right of the slant.

Fuseholders and mounting assemblies from other manu-facturers' loadbreak cutouts are not interchangeable with Chance loadbreak cutouts. Likewise, Chance fuseholders and mountings are not interchangeable with other manu-facturers' loadbreak cutouts.

Operation

The self-contained loadbreak device enables the lineman to interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick opera-tion. To break the current, the lineman inserts a hookstick into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mechanism snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates, cools and extinguishes the confined arc. The loadbreaking operation is independent of the operating speed of the lineman. The fuse remains undamaged. No special or portable tools are required to operate the unit. In the open position, the fuse-holder or blade hangs in an approximate vertical position for the visible-break.

10AA-9


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

300ABlade

*Adjust total weight when selecting Option suffixes above.

Extra corrosion resistance: Not Available*Adjust total weight when selecting Options below. **Momentary rating — Solid blade ‡Must use removable buttonhead fuse links.†For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for application on three-phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line voltages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.


Type C-Polymer LOADBREAK Cutout

3.3 lb.3.5 lb.4.1 lb.3.6 lb.

Base CutoutCatalogNumber

CP730112CP730114CP730143CP730133

1.5 kg.1.6 kg.1.9 kg.1.6 kg.

15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL)Mounting

Assembly only*Base Catalog No.

TP7301MM


4.5 kg.10.0 lb.

Weight Weight

Fuseholders and Mounting Assemblies

U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842

3.6 lb.3.8 lb.4.4 lb.4.0 lb.

5.0 kg.11.1 lb.TP7302MM

1.6 kg.1.7 kg.2.0 kg.1.8 kg.

T730211TT730213TT730242TT730233T

15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)CP730211CP730213CP730242CP730233

15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) RUS LISTED

15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)CP730211CP730213CP730242CP730233

100AFuseholders


Suffix1PEL







319 mm319 mm319 mm319 mm

ArcShortening

RodNoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A


100100200300

12.6"12.6"12.6"12.6"


InterruptCapacity

(Asym Amps)10,000 16,000 12,000 12,000**

*Weight(lb./kg.)

15.1/6.815.2/6.915.8/7.215.4/7.0

ReplacementFusetube

CapP7001535PE7001767PE7002146PP7001535P

434 mm434 mm434 mm434 mm

P7001535PE7001768PE7002479PP7001535P

15/27 kV15/27 kV15/27 kV15/27 kV

NoYes‡

Yes‡

N/A

100100200300

8,000 12,000 10,000 12,000**

17.1"17.1"17.1"17.1"

15.5/7.015.6/7.116.2/7.415.8/7.2


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3


†20.8 thru 24.9 kV

15/27 kV —TP7302MMPB

300ABlade

200AFuseholders

100A

200A



*Weight(lb./kg.)

0.33/0.150.16/0.070.31/0.14

Description Suffix3

Blank

M

Description

No option (may not be used with Z in Option 2)Mechanical Assist Fuseholder (may not be used with Blank in Option 2)

*Weight(lb./kg.)2.84/1.29

3.75/1.70

7.67/3.48–––

–––

Suffix2B

X

DZ

Blank

Description


Replacement Arc Chute InterrupterCat. No. T7300080 (1.2 lb. / 0.54 kg.)

*Base Catalog

No. CP730112 CP730114 CP730143 CP730133

15 kVCat. No. TP7301MMPBMountingAssembly only

®



Direct

Direct

Direct

Small BlockNormal Duty

5 kA

Large BlockHeavy Duty

10 kA

RiserPole

Oh

io B

rass

9

DL

EL

FL

10

DM

EM

FM

110

Polymer

Metal Oxide Varister (MOV)

OperatingDesign

Housing

kV LIW (BIL)for Cutout

kV RatingMC

OV

Du

ty C

ycle

kV R

atin

g

Arr

este

r M

anu

fact

ure

r

Arr

este

rC

on

nec

tio

nM

eth

od

Type C-PolymerCutout-Arrester Combinations

15 kV cutout with direct-connected Ohio Brass MOV, polymer 9 kV lightning arrester

Advantages of combinationThe total installed cost of a Hubbell cutout-arrester com-bination is less than the total installed cost of separately purchased components. The combination units install faster, more economically and take up less space in storage, transit and service. Each combined unit takes up a minimum of space on the crossarm and has a favorable weight distribution for minimal off-center loading. The field-proven quality of both

Over-the-Arm Type onlyCutout-Arrester

Dimensions

cutout and arrester assure consistent high performance for the combinations.

These units include Chance cutouts fitted with only Ohio Brass® MOV arresters, superseding previous silicon-carbide units. For easy conversion to the new arrester designation system, refer to the Cutout Cross-Reference Guide, Bulletin 10-0203.

For other dimensions see STANDARD Cutout, page 4.

18

DN

EN

FN

125

110 kV LIW (BIL) product is depicted.125 kV LIW (BIL) product varies slightly in appearance.

Ordering InformationTo specify a Cutout-Arrester Combination:

1. Select a two-letter designation for the appropriate arrester from the shaded section of the Table at left.

2. Substitute the two letters for the “0” in the Base Catalog No. for the appropriate Cutout listed on page 5, 7 or 9.

G245/16" (617 mm)257/8" (657 mm)

E207/8" (531 mm)261/4" (667 mm)

kV LIW (BIL)110125

U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842

10AA-11


®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.Type C-Polymer Cutouts

Accessories

Catalog No.T7001325T7001326T7001327

Terminal ConnectorsMin. Order Qty.

101010

DescriptionParallel-Groove Clamp, tin-plated bronze for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil strandedSmall Eyebolt for No. 8 solid thru 2/0 strandedLarge Eyebolt for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil stranded

C2060283C2060280C2060299C2060632

Mounting Brackets————

NEMA Heavy Duty “B” Bracket with 11/2" captive bolt for crossarm mountingExtended Crossarm Bracket (Horizontal section is 25/8" longer than NEMA “B” bracket)“D” Pole Mounting BracketCutout/Arrester Bracket complete with carriage bolts and backstrap

Mounting Bracket Dimensions

Wt. (lb./kg.)0.33 / 0.150.16 / 0.070.40 / 0.14

2.84 / 1.293.75 / 1.707.67 / 3.484.00 / 1.81

Universal Cutout Tool

Ideal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuse holders (ABB, Chance, S&C) to easily lift out, place, *open and close. Inverted, secure method also fits Chance Electronic Sectionalizers.

Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100. *When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations. Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.

Fargo Cutout CoverONE PIECE WILDLIFE PROTECTOR

Available as an Option on Standard and Linkbreak Type C-Polymer Cutouts (see pages 10AA-5 and 10AA-7), Cover also may be ordered as a separate line item as Catalog No. CC101. Material: Proprietary low track vinyl that is UV stabilized for long-term performance. Gray color.

• Designed to provide protection for cutouts from accidental contact by squir-rels, birds or other wildlife.

• Universal one-piece design for easy installation or retrofit. Fits Chance 15 kV Standard and Linkbreak Cutouts, both Polymer and Porcelain types.

Fastener installation locations (2 fasteners per assembly)

®



Web: www.hubbellpowersystems.comE-mail: [email protected]

MEXICO


UNITED STATES


JUNE 2008

10B-1

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA


Fuse LinksWarranty - Material

Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company’s warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company’s distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.



©Copyright 2008 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240-1395 USA

Section

10B

The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by com-petent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.

This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if specific situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose, the specifics should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

CAUTION:

These fuse links will not protect personnel from electrocution. Hot gases and high velocity particles are expelled during interruption. This expulsion can cause serious injury. Do not get in line with fuseholder. Stay away from conical space below fuseholder.

s! WARNING

JUNE 2008 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

10B-2®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fuse Links n type K n type t n type MS n SloFaSt

Packaging

Chance fuse links come in protective plastic bags with perforations to facilitate quick, easy opening even when lineman’s gloves are worn. Each bag remains completely sealed for all-weather protection and keeps the links protected in the line truck’s bins.

Type and amperage is printed on each bag, for easy identification.

• Meet all applicable ANSI/NEMA standards

Chance Type K and Type T fuse links are made in complete accordance with ANSI/NEMA standards. Other Chance links meet all the standards except those covering time-current characteristics. Time-current characteristics for links other than K and T links are not covered in the ANSI standards.

• Precision — The standard of Chance fuse links

Chance fuse links assure system protection because they are precision manufactured. The fusible materials used in Chance Fuse Links are under continual control during manufacture. Pre-tested to guarantee their electrical values, these materials are held to precise tolerances. At critical points during the manufacturing process, rigid inspections are made.

JUNE 2008

10B-3

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

‡Catalog Number

Amps 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 65 80100125150200

Removable headM3MSA23 M5MSA23 M7MSA23 M10MSA23M15MSA23M20MSA23M25MSA23M30MSA23M40MSA23M50MSA23M65MSA23M80MSA23

M100MSA23 M125MSA23 M150MSA23 M200MSA23

(Equivalent to Kearney Type KS)Type MS fuse linksApplication dataChance Type MS fuse links have very slow time-current characteristics. In applications where ANSI/NEMA Type T fuse link characteristics are too-fast, the slower characteristics of Type MS can often be utilized.

†Removable headM1KA23 M2KA23 M3KA23 M6KA23 M8KA23 M10KA23 M12KA23 M15KA23 M20KA23 M25KA23 M30KA23 M40KA23 M50KA23 M65KA23 M80KA23 M100KA23M140KA23M200KA23

Amps 1 2 3 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 65 80100140200

Catalog Number*Solid head

M1K23 M2K23 M3K23 M6K23 M8K23 M10K23 M12K23 M15K23 M20K23 M25K23 M30K23 M40K23 M50K23 M65K23 M80K23 M100K23M140K23M200K23

Type K fuse links

†Removable headM1TA23 M2TA23 M3TA23 M6TA23 M8TA23 M10TA23 M12TA23 M15TA23 M20TA23 M25TA23 M30TA23 M40TA23 M50TA23 M65TA23 M80TA23 M100TA23M140TA23M200TA23

Amps 1 2 3 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 65 80100140200

Catalog Number*Solid head

M1T23 M2T23 M3T23 M6T23 M8T23 M10T23 M12T23 M15T23 M20T23 M25T23 M30T23 M40T23 M50T23 M65T23 M80T23 M100T23M140T23M200T23

ApplicationThe fast characteristics of Type K fuse links were established by ANSI/NEMA to provide fuse links that would meet existing coordination schemes.Chance Type fuse links are designed to carry 150% of their rated current without damage to the fuse link itself or the cutout in which it is installed. This capacity is for special loading situations, such as short-time overloads and cold load pick-up.

Materials usedThe fusible section of the 1 through 3 am-pere Type K links consist of a stainless-steel fuse strain wire; the 6 through 10 ampere, stainless-steel strain wire and a copper-alloy fuse wire; 12 through 100 amperes, a stainless steel strain wire and a silver-copper fuse wire; 140 and 200 ampere, a silver-copper fuse wire large enough to serve as both strain and fuse wire.

Fuse-section operationThe fuse element of Chance Type MS fuse links is composed of two copper or copper-alloy wires joined by a solder junction. During heavy overloads or low fault currents, the heat generated by the two wires melts the solder, causing fuse operation. Operation under medium or heavy fault current occurs as one of the two wires melt.

Buttonhead and lengthsThe Type MS link is available with only a removable buttonhead.‡Note: Catalog Numbers shown are 23" overall length; also available in 26" length. †For 26", drop the last two digits.

Type T fuse linksApplicationChance Type T fuse links provide slower time-current characteristics than the Type K links. Type T links coordinate particularly well with automatic oil-circuit reclosers.Chance Type T links are designed to carry 150% of their rated current with-out damage to the fuse link itself or the cutout in which it is installed. This capacity is for special loading situations, such as, short-time overloads, and cold-load pick-up.

Fuse elements1 through 3 ampere Type T fuse links employ a fusing section consisting of a stainless-steel wire serving as both strain and fuse wire; 6 through 100 ampere, a stainless-steel strain wire and

a pure-tin fuse wire in parallel. 140 and 200 ampere T links have a copper ele-ment mechanically crimped at one end, soldered at the other end. On overloads or low faults, the solder becomes a fluid and the link separates; on higher fault currents, the link separates when the copper wire melts.

Buttonheads and lengthsChance Type T fuse links meet all ap-plicable ANSI/NEMA specifications. They are available with a removable or solid buttonhead.*†Catalog Numbers shown are 23" in overall length; for 26", see Note above.

Buttonheads and lengthsConforming to all applicable ANSI/NEMA specifications, Chance Type K links are available with a removable or solid buttonhead.Note: Catalog Numbers shown are 23" overall length; also available in 26" length. For 26": *Solid head K or T links, change the last two digits from 23 to 26. †Removable head K or T links, drop the last two digits.

The twin pigtail fuse link is convenient to work with and easier to install in the cutout than conventional single pigtail fuse links. The pigtails attach under the clamp with one on each side of the attachment stud.*†Catalog Numbers shown are 23" in overall length; for 26", see Note above.

TypeKTKT

†Removable headM200KA23TM200TA23TM140KA23TM140TA23T

*Solid headM200K23TM200T23TM140K23TM140T23T

Amps200200140140

Twin Pigtail fuse linksTwin Pigtail Type K and T fuse links


10B-4®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Transformer protectionSecondary temporary faults that can be withstood by a trans-former will not rupture a SloFast fuse link. If secondary faults persist and become dangerous, the SloFast link will operate, preventing damage to the transformer.

SloFast fuse linksSystem protectionWhen a heavy fault occurs within the transformer primary bushings, a SloFast link clears the transformer from the sys-tem before damage can occur, and before any other protective device can operate and cause an unnecessary interruption to any other segment of the system.

Heat absorberHeater coil

Fuse wireStrain wire

Solder junction

Application data

A comparison of the time-current curves of the Chance SloFast fuse link with those of conventional fuse links and the safe-loading time current characteristics for distribution transformers illustrates the application potential of the SloFast fuse links.

The rather unusual current rating assigned to SloFast fuse links is an aid in their application since the current rating assigned is identical to the continuous current rating of the transformers which they were specifically designed to protect.

If the SloFast link is used in place of ordinary links, the full overload capacity of the transformer is made available, but at the same time

†Note: Catalog Numbers shown are 23" overall length; also avail-able in 26" length. For 26" links, drop the last two digits.

†Catalog NumberRemovable head

M0D4SFA23 M0D6SFA23 M0D7SFA23 M1D0SFA23 M1D3SFA23 M1D4SFA23 M1D6SFA23 M2D1SFA23 M3D1SFA23 M3D5SFA23 M4D2SFA23 M5D2SFA23 M6.3SFA23 M7D0SFA23 M7D8SFA23 M10D4SFA23

M14SFA23 M21SFA23 M32SFA23 M46SFA23

Solid headM0D4SF23 M0D6SF23 M0D7SF23 M1D0SF23 M1D3SF23 M1D4SF23 M1D6SF23 M2D1SF23 M3D1SF23 M3D5SF23 M4D2SF23 M5D2SF23 M6D3SF23 M7D0SF23 M7D8SF23 M10D4SF23

M14SF23 M21SF23 M32SF23 M46SF23

Amps 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.4 1.6 2.1 3.1 3.5 4.2 5.2 6.3 7.0 7.810.4 14 21 32 46

the transformer is protected from faults and overloads which could either destroy or shorten its life expectancy. SloFast is the perfect match for transformer protection. Note: For application of SloFast links for transform-ers, see Bulletin 10-8010.

Curve A Safe Loading Curve for 5kVA 7200 V. TransformerCurve B Average Melting Curve for NEMA 1 Amp. KCurve C Average Melting Curve for NEMA 6 Amp. KCurve D Average Melting Curve for .7 Amp. SloFast Fuse Link

Construction and theory of operationThe inner construction of the SloFast Fuse Link is illustrated in the cut-away view above. There are two distinct current-responsive elements: one slow, one fast.The slow curent-responsive element is made up of a number of components. The heater coil and the soldered junction are the two primary components. The insulated strain pin serves to carry the tension exerted when the fuse link is installed in a fuse cutout, and as a heat conductor to the soldered junc-tion. The ceramic tube serves as a heat absorber.The slow current-responsive element functions in the follow-ing manner: The heater coil generates heat at a rate which is proportional to the square of the current. This heat is absorbed by the ceramic material and transmitted to the soldered junction via the metallic strain pin. When a certain

value of current flows for a specific length of time, sufficient heat is generated and transmitted to the soldered junction to cause melting of the solder, and the separation of the fuse link, and the interruption of the circuit. The time-current curve of the slow current-responsive element is that portion above the “knee” (4 seconds to 5 minutes on the time axis) in the graph below.The fast current-responsive element is constructed like the single element in a conventional fuse link. Operation of the fuse link in time periods of less than 4 seconds is conven-tional. The time-current curve of the fast current-responsive element is that portion below the “knee” in the time-current graph below.

Insulated strain pinFast

sectionSlow section

MARCH 2008HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

10D-1

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA


Section

10D


Electronic Resettable SectionalizerProtected by U.S. Patents No. 5,612,661; 4,935,715; DES. 278,331 and other patents pending

CAUTION:




The equipment covered in this catalog section shall be installed, used, and serviced only by competent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equip-ment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.

This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situa-tions in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if specific situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose the specifics should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

MARCH 2008 HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

10D-2

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Application

The Chance CRS is a device which has built-in intelli-gence to discriminate between temporary (transient) and permanent faults on distribution systems. It operates in conjunction with a back-up automatic circuit recloser or a reclosing circuit breaker. It is specifically designed for the protection of single-phase lateral lines. When installed at the beginning of a lateral, it virtually eliminates nui-sance outages. Its functional concept and design greatly improve system coordination.

Traditionally, the individual laterals are protected by expulsion-type fused cutouts. These cutouts are intended to operate only during a permanent fault on the lateral by carefully coordinating the fuse links with the time-current characteristics of the upstream automatic circuit recloser or reclosing circuit breaker. Unfortunately, coordination between fuse links and upstream automatic circuit reclosers is unachievable above a few thousand amperes. Coordination, if achieved on paper, can easily change as the fault current increases due to larger capac-ity facilities, addition of larger substations or reconduc-toring. Errors in re-fusing is another way that system coordination can be lost.

A sectionalizer is a protective device which has no time-current characteristics. With no fuse curve to intersect recloser time-current characteristics, the coordination range is extended to the maximum interrupting rating of the upstream protective device (Figure 1).

This practical function makes the sectionalizer an ideal device for application on single-phase laterals where available fault currents make coordination unachievable with fuses. Electronic resettable sectionalizers provide the utility with an economical and easily retrofittable

Hot stick operation includes easy placement of the mod-ules in Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers, just as fuseholders may be placed in Chance Type C cutouts.

Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer module is in-terchangeable in the mounting assemblies of Chance Type C and S&C Type XS cutouts.

Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS)

Description

The Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS) comprises two major components: A standard cutout mounting and an electronic module. The design and construction of the CRS are such as to enhance reliability and coordination of the distribution system. The electron-ic sectionalizer module fits into the standard mounting of a Chance Type C and S&C Type XS cutout. This inter-changeability reduces the cost of retrofit installation.

The electronic module consists of a copper tube with bronze castings at each end. In the closed position, the end castings engage the stationary contacts of the cutout mounting. The current flows through the silver-plated high conductivity contacts and copper tube. The tube also forms the bar primary for two encapsulated torodial cur-rent transformers mounted axially on the tube. A highly effective Faraday cage surrounds the logic circuit. The tube houses a spring loaded tripping mechanism.

Protected by U.S. Patents No. 5,612,661; 4,935,715; DES. 278,331 and other patents pending


10D-3

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CURRENT CURRENT

Coordination with CRS (Sectionalizer)Traditional CoordinationT

IME ➔

Figure 1. Addition of the CRS eliminates the fuse curve and extends the coordination range.

method of enchancing protection of the distribution sys-tem. An electronic resettable sectionalizer installed at the start of a lateral, in place of a fuse, can greatly enhance system coordination service continuity and reliability at reduced costs.

Drop-open operation is the same for both types of the Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer: Standard (left) and Loadbreak (right, with Arc Chute interrupter). See follow-ing pages for specifications and page 10D-8 for ordering information.

Operation

The power required for the logic circuit of the Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer is obtained from the built-in current transformer. When a fault occurs, which exceeds the minimum actuating current of the section-alizer, the logic circuit will “power-up.” The upstream recloser opens the circuit causing the line current to fall

below the “dead line threshold.” The logic circuit recog-nizes this as a “count” and stores this occurrence in its memory for two minutes. In doing so, the CRS merely counts the backup reclose operations.

After a predetermined number of such operations, the CRS isolates the circuit while the back-up recloser is in the open position. The recloser is then allowed to close, restoring service to the unfaulted sections of the sys-tem. If the fault is temporary and is cleared before the sectionalizer count reaches the predetermined number, the sectionalizer remains closed and resets to its original state after its reset time expires.

The earlier versions of Chance Electronics Sectionalizer (Type CES) required replacement of the actuators after each operation of the sectionalizer. Users generally car-ried an inventory of and equipped each line truck with the actuators. The new Chance Resettable Sectionalizer (Type CRS) uses the spring loaded mechanism to actuate the drop out action of the sectionalizer. The mechanism can then be reset with the help of an adjustable wrench. this eliminates need to inventory of the actuator and the line crews can have one less item on their trucks.

TIM

E

FUSE CURVE (25T)

RECLOSERMINIMUMTRIP

RECLOSERFASTCURVE

COORDINATIONRANGE

TIM

E

CURRENT

100 800

MAXIMUMCOORDINATIONPOINT

RECLOSERSLOW CURVE

RECLOSERMINIMUMTRIP

RECLOSERFASTCURVE

TIM

E

CURRENT

100

RECLOSERSLOW CURVE

COORDINATIONRANGE

Using an adjustable wrench, sectionalizer can be reset after each operation.


10D-4

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CRS Selection andApplication GuidelinesA properly rated sectionalizer must be selected for each installation with consideration to system voltage, continu-ous current, actuating current, the number of counts for operation, and the upstream and downstream protective devices.

System Voltage:The sectionalizer must have a voltage rating equal to or greater than the system voltage.

Continuous Current:The sectionalizer must have a continuous current rating equal to or greater than the anticipated system load cur-rent plus overload.

Where hydraulic reclosers are used, the continuous cur-rent rating of the sectionalizer is typically equal to the continuous current rating of the upstream automatic circuit recloser.

Minimum Actuating Current:The minimum actuating current of sectionalizers should be 80% of the phase minimum trip of the source side single phase automatic circuit recloser. Where three phase reclosers or circuit breakers are used, a user may want to co-ordinate sectionalize actuating current with the ground trip rating.

Where hydraulic reclosers are used, this is easily accom-plished by matching the sectionalizer and the recloser’s continuous current ratings. The sectionalizer’s minimum actuating current is 160% of its continuous current rat-ing and the hydraulic reclosers’ phase pick-up is 200% of its continuous current rating (160/200=.80). (Table A).

Number of Counts:The sectionalizer should be set to operate in at least one less count than the backup recloser. Example: a 4-shot recloser would require a maximum of a 3-count sectional-izer downstream (Figure 2, line A).

Minimum ActuatingCurrent,

Amps ± 10% 24 40 56 80112160224320

ContinuousCurrent,Amps 15 25 35 50 70100140200

Table A. Recloser/sectionalizer coordination.

Recloser

Minimum Trip,Amps 30 50 70100140200280400

Typical Sectionalizer Ratings

Figure 2. Typical distribution system with Chance two- and three-count electronic resettable sectionalizers.

Figure 3. Coordination of sectionalizers in series.

In case of a 2-fast/2-slow reclose setting, a 2-count sec-tionalizer may be used to reduce the number of recloser operations (Figure 2, line B).

Where sectionalizers are used in series, the downstream sectionalizer should have one less count than the up-stream sectionalizer (Figure 3).

Upstream & Downstream Devices:The reclose time (dead time between shots) of the recloser must be shorter than the sectionalizer reset time. The sectionalizer reset time is the time that the memory is functional and retains prior counts. The CRS reset time is two minutes for a current pulse equal to 1.3 times the actuating current (recloser’s minimum trip point).

Single-phase sectionalizers should be used with single-phase reclosers to avoid single-phasing of three-phase circuits. However, some utilities may permit single-phasing. In such cases, a single-phase sectionalizer may be used with a three-phase recloser.

If a fuse is downstream from a sectionalizer, the fuse must be coordinated with the recloser so the fuse will operate in at least one less count than the sectionalizer. The section-alizer can be used between two reclosers as long as there is at least 300mA of load current between the sectionalizer and the downstream recloser.

Immunity to lightning surge current:Over-voltage protection is the user’s responsibility based on the user’s over-voltage protection practices. Chance Reset-table Electronic Sectionalizers were tested to withstand 65kA lightning surge current as prescribed in ANSI/IEEE C37.63 and IEEE C6211 standards for surge arresters, making it immune to lightning surges up to 65kA.


10D-5

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CRS SpecificationsFrequency: 60 HzRated Voltage (BIL): 15kV (110kV BIL), 27kV (125kV BIL), 38kV (150kV BIL)Rated Continuous Current: 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200 AmpsRated Minimum Actuating Current: 1.6 times rated continuous currentMaximum Thermal Ratings: 2 x rated continuous current or 300 amps maximumNumber of Counts: 1, 2 or 3Momentary Rating: 12,000 Amps. Asym.Short time current withstand, 15 Cycle: 8600 Amps Sym. 1 sec: 4000 Amps Sym. 3 sec: 3200 Amps Sym. 10 sec: 2500 Amps Sym.Dead line detector threshold: 300 milli-amps Reset time: 2 minutes ± 20 secondsAmbient temperature limits: -40°C to +60°CSurge current withstand 65KA, per ANSI C37.63 & IEEE C62.11Electromagnetic interference per ANSI C37.63-1984Radio frequency interference per ANSI C37.90.2 - 1994Electrostatic discharge per UL 991, section 15

Silver-platedtop contact

Nickel platedcopper tube

Lower contact

LatchingDevice

ElectronicsHookstick ring

Lowertube casting

Upper tube casting

Hookstickring

Trunnion


See page 10D-8 forCatalog Number System.


10D-6

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Universal Cutout ToolIdeal for Standard Electronic Sectionalizer to easily liftout, place, *open and close. Inverted, secure method alsofits 100 amp fuse holders of ABB, Chance, S&C cutouts.Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100. *When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations. Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.

STANDARD Type Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS)

38 kV (150 kV BIL) STANDARDElectronic Resettable Sectionalizer



38 kV 170 kV BIL

▲

15 kV 110 kV BIL

▲

27 kV 125 kV BIL or 38 kV 150 kV BIL

▲

STANDARD Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer Modules


See page 10D-8 forCatalog Number System.


10D-7

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.LOADBREAK Type Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS) with Arc Chute type interrupter See page 10D-8 for

Catalog Number System.


The 15kV Loadbreak CRS has a maximum design voltage rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restrictions on appli-caton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to or less than 15kV.

The 15/27 Loadbreak CRS is to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than 15 kV and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than 27 kV.

Sectionalizer modules, fuseholders and mounting assem-blies from other manufacturers’ loadbreak cutouts are not interchangeable with Chance Loadbreak cutouts. Like-wise, Chance loadbreak sectionalizer modules, loadbreak fuseholders and loadbreak mountings are not interchange-able with other manufacturers’ loadbreak cutouts.

Operation

The self-contained loadbreak device enables a lineworker to interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick operation. To break the current, the worker inserts a hook-stick into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mecha-nism snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates, cools and extinguishes the confined arc. The loadbreaking operation is independent of the operating speed of the worker. No special or portable tools are required to oper-ate the unit. In its open position, the sectionalizer module hangs in an approximate vertical position for a visible break.

15/27 kV LOADBREAKElectronic Resettable Sectionalizer

15 kV▲

▲15 kV LOADBREAKElectronic Resettable

Sectionalizer

▲

15/27 kV

LOADBREAK Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer Modules

Chance Loadbreak sectionalizer modules can be mounted only in Chance Loadbreak cutout mounting assemblies.

Protected under U.S. Patents No. 4,768,010 and 4,935,715


10D-8

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Continuous Current Rating-Amps2 = 153 = 254 = 355 = 506 = 707 = 1008 = 1409 = 200

ActuatingCurrentRating-Amps24*40**56**80112160224320

For sectionalizer-arrester combinations, see table on page 10A-14 of Chance type "C" cutout catalog 10A for two-letter arrester codes.

7

Number ofCounts 1 = 1 2 = 2 3 = 3

Position 8:Position 7:

O No arrester

Positions 4 & 5:

C

4 = Standard Sectionalizer

Position 3: Position 6:BIL Max.DesignRating Voltage1 = 110kV 15kV2 = 125kV 27kV3 = 150kV 38kV6 = 170kV 38kV

5 = Loadbreak Sectionalizer

BIL Max.DesignRating Voltage1 = 110kV 15kV2 = 125kV 15/27kV

Position 3: Position 6:

STANDARD SECTIONALIZER

LOADBREAK SECTIONALIZER

Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer

Basic format: C 7 X X X X X X X X XPositions: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Note: All Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers meet or exceed applicable ANSI/NEMA specifications.

Position 10:Bracket Variations

Blank = No bracket (may not be used with S in Position 11) B = NEMA Type B bracket for crossarm X = *Extended type bracket for crossarm D = D-shape bracket (pole) Z = No bracket (must be used with S in Position 11)

*Horizontal section is 25/8" longer than Type B bracket.

Position 11:Blank = No option (may not be used with Z in Position 10) S = Extra Corrosion Resistance: Stainless-steel and copper alloys only (may not be used with Blank in Position 10)

Position 9:Terminal Variations (tin plated)P = Parallel-groove clampsE = Small eyeboltsL = Large eyebolts T = Sectionalizer Electronic Module Only (leave Posi- tion 10 and 11 blank)

Note: To order Replacement Actuators for non-resettable type CES Sectionalizer, order Catalog No. C7001729.Order replacement actuators in multiples of three (3) to avoid broken package charges.

Catalog Number System

*Available in 3 counts only**Availabe in 2 and 3 counts only

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-1

Printed in USA


Section

10DD


POLYMER Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer

CAUTION:

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WAR-RANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company’s warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company’s distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.


Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Sys-tems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

The equipment covered in this catalog section shall be installed, used, and serviced only by competent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equip-ment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.

This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situa-tions in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and de-tails be desired, or if specific situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose the specifics should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

Protected by U.S. Patents No. 6,593,842; 5,854,582; 5,612,661; 4,935,715; 4,795,996; and other patents pending

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-2

conjunction with a back-up automatic circuit recloser or a reclosing circuit breaker. It is specifically designed for the protection of single-phase lateral lines. When installed at the beginning of a lateral, it virtually eliminates nui-sance outages. Its functional concept and design greatly improve system coordination.

Traditionally, the individual laterals are protected by expulsion-type fused cutouts. These cutouts are intended to operate only during a permanent fault on the lateral by carefully coordinating the fuse links with the time-current characteristics of the upstream automatic circuit recloser or reclosing circuit breaker. Unfortunately, coordination between fuse links and upstream automatic circuit reclosers is unachievable above a few thousand amperes. Coordination, if achieved on paper, can easily change as the fault current increases due to larger capac-ity facilities, addition of larger substations or reconduc-toring. Errors in re-fusing is another way that system coordination can be lost.

A sectionalizer is a protective device which has no time-current characteristics. With no fuse curve to intersect recloser time-current characteristics, the coordination range is extended to the maximum interrupting rating of the upstream protective device (Figure 1).

This practical function makes the sectionalizer an ideal device for application on single-phase laterals where available fault currents make coordination unachievable with fuses. Electronic resettable sectionalizers provide the utility with an economical and easily retrofittable method of enchancing protection of the distribution sys-tem. An electronic resettable sectionalizer installed at the start of a lateral, in place of a fuse, can greatly enhance system coordination service continuity and reliability at reduced costs.

Hot stick operation includes easy placement of the mod-ules in Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers, just as fuseholders may be placed in Chance Type C cutouts.

Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer module is interchangeable in the mounting assemblies of Chance Type C and S&C Type XS cutouts.


Description

The Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS) comprises two major components: A standard cutout mounting and an electronic module. The design and construction of the CRS are such as to enhance reliability and coordination of the distribution system. The electron-ic sectionalizer module fits into the standard mounting of a Chance Type C and S&C Type XS cutout. This inter-changeability reduces the cost of retrofit installation.

Polymer InsulatorsInsulators for Polymer Sectionalizers are the same as for Type C-Polymer Cutouts: ESP® silicone alloy rubber, the same material used in Ohio Brass PDV arresters and Hi*Lite insulators. ESP is a polymer compound made by alloying silicone and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers the desirable toughness and resistance to tracking of our original EPR, with the hydrophobic characteristics derived from low molecular weight silicone oils.

Hubbell Power Systems uses several tests to evaluate materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability and variations of differential ther-mal analysis tests confirm the quality of the material. For further information on our polymers, ask your Hubbell Power Systems representative for the publica-tion "Polymer Materials for Insulator Weathersheds" EU1264-H.

Upgrades to Performance

The increased metal-to-metal leakage distance of Type C-Polymer Cutouts compares to their porcelain coun-terparts at 12.6" (319 mm) vs 8.7" (220 mm) for 15kV and 17.1" (434 mm) vs 12.6" (319 mm) for 27kV.

Significantly lighter, Type C-Polymer Cutout insulators typically weigh only approximately half their porcelain counterparts. This ergonomic advantage makes them simple to install and, of course, far less fragile than porcelain. That means reduced or eliminated losses from routine shipping, storage and handling.

The electronic module consists of a copper tube with bronze castings at each end. In the closed position, the end castings engage the stationary contacts of the cutout mounting. The current flows through the silver-plated high conductivity contacts and copper tube. The tube also forms the bar primary for two encapsulated torodial cur-rent transformers mounted axially on the tube. A highly effective Faraday cage surrounds the logic circuit. The tube houses a spring loaded tripping mechanism.

Application

The Chance CRS is a device which has built-in intelli-gence to discriminate between temporary (transient) and permanent faults on distribution systems. It operates in

Protected by U.S. Patents No. 6,593,842; 5,854,582; 5,612,661; 4,935,715; 4,795,996; and other patents pending

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-3

Operation

The power required for the logic circuit of the Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer is obtained from the built-in current transformer. When a fault occurs, which exceeds the minimum actuating current of the section-alizer, the logic circuit will “power-up.” The upstream recloser opens the circuit causing the line current to fall below the “dead line threshold.” The logic circuit recog-nizes this as a “count” and stores this occurrence in its memory for two minutes. In doing so, the CRS merely counts the backup reclose operations.

After a predetermined number of such operations, the CRS isolates the circuit while the back-up recloser is in the open position. The recloser is then allowed to close,

FUSE CURVE (25T)

RECLOSERMINIMUMTRIP

RECLOSERFASTCURVE

COORDINATIONRANGE

TIM

E

CURRENT

100 800

MAXIMUMCOORDINATIONPOINT

RECLOSERSLOW CURVE

CURRENT

Traditional CoordinationT

IME ➔

Figure 1. Addition of the CRS eliminates the fuse curve and extends the coordination range.

Drop-open operation is the same for both types of the Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer: Standard (left) and Loadbreak (right, with Arc Chute interrupter). See following pages for specifications and page 10D-8 for ordering information.

Using an adjustable wrench, sectionalizer can be reset after each operation.

restoring service to the unfaulted sections of the sys-tem. If the fault is temporary and is cleared before the sectionalizer count reaches the predetermined number, the sectionalizer remains closed and resets to its original state after its reset time expires.

The earlier versions of Chance Electronics Sectionalizer (Type CES) required replacement of the actuators after each operation of the sectionalizer. Users generally car-ried an inventory of and equipped each line truck with the actuators. The Chance Resettable Sectionalizer (Type CRS) uses the spring loaded mechanism to actuate the drop out action of the sectionalizer. The mechanism can then be reset with the help of an adjustable wrench. this eliminates need to inventory of the actuator and the line crews can have one less item on their trucks.

TIM

E

RECLOSERMINIMUMTRIP

RECLOSERFASTCURVE

TIM

E

CURRENT

100

RECLOSERSLOW CURVE

COORDINATIONRANGE

Coordination with CRS (Sectionalizer)

CURRENT

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-4

CRS Selection andApplication GuidelinesA properly rated sectionalizer must be selected for each installation with consideration to system voltage, continu-ous current, actuating current, the number of counts for operation, and the upstream and downstream protective devices.

System Voltage:The sectionalizer must have a voltage rating equal to or greater than the system voltage.

Continuous Current:The sectionalizer must have a continuous current rating equal to or greater than the anticipated system load cur-rent plus overload.

Where hydraulic reclosers are used, the continuous cur-rent rating of the sectionalizer is typically equal to the continuous current rating of the upstream automatic circuit recloser.

Minimum Actuating Current:The minimum actuating current of sectionalizers should be 80% of the phase minimum trip of the source side single phase automatic circuit recloser. Where three phase reclosers or circuit breakers are used, a user may want to co-ordinate sectionalize actuating current with the ground trip rating.

Where hydraulic reclosers are used, this is easily accom-plished by matching the sectionalizer and the recloser’s continuous current ratings. The sectionalizer’s minimum actuating current is 160% of its continuous current rat-ing and the hydraulic reclosers’ phase pick-up is 200% of its continuous current rating (160/200=.80). (Table A).

Number of Counts:The sectionalizer should be set to operate in at least one less count than the backup recloser. Example: a 4-shot recloser would require a maximum of a 3-count sectional-izer downstream (Figure 2, line A).

In case of a 2-fast/2-slow reclose setting, a 2-count sec-

Minimum ActuatingCurrent,

Amps ± 10% 24 40 56 80112160224320

ContinuousCurrent,Amps 15 25 35 50 70100140200

Table A. Recloser/sectionalizer coordination.

Recloser

Minimum Trip,Amps 30 50 70100140200280400

Typical Sectionalizer Ratings

Figure 2. Typical distribution system with Chance two- and three-count electronic resettable sectionalizers. Figure 3. Coordination of sectionalizers in series.

tionalizer may be used to reduce the number of recloser operations (Figure 2, line B).

Where sectionalizers are used in series, the downstream sectionalizer should have one less count than the up-stream sectionalizer (Figure 3).

Upstream & Downstream Devices:The reclose time (dead time between shots) of the re-closer must be shorter than the sectionalizer reset time. The sectionalizer reset time is the time that the memory is functional and retains prior counts. The CRS reset time is two minutes for a current pulse equal to 1.3 times the actuating current (recloser’s minimum trip point).

Single-phase sectionalizers should be used with single-phase reclosers to avoid single-phasing of three-phase circuits. However, some utilities may permit single-phas-ing. In such cases, a single-phase sectionalizer may be used with a three-phase recloser.

If a fuse is downstream from a sectionalizer, the fuse must be coordinated with the recloser so the fuse will operate in at least one less count than the sectionalizer. The sectionalizer can be used between two reclosers as long as there is at least 300mA of load current between the sectionalizer and the downstream recloser.

Immunity to lightning surge current:Over-voltage protection is the user’s responsibility based on the user’s over-voltage protection practices. Chance Resettable Electronic Sectionalizers were tested to withstand 65kA lightning surge current as prescribed in ANSI/IEEE C37.63 and IEEE C6211 standards for surge arresters, making it immune to lightning surges up to 65kA.

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-5

CRS SpecificationsFrequency: 60 HzRated Voltage (BIL): 15kV (110kV BIL), 27kV (125kV BIL)Rated Continuous Current: 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200 AmpsRated Minimum Actuating Current: 1.6 times rated continuous currentMaximum Thermal Ratings: 2 x rated continuous current or 300 amps maximumNumber of Counts: 1, 2 or 3Momentary Rating: 12,000 Amps. Asym.Short time current withstand, 15 Cycle: 8600 Amps Sym. 1 sec: 4000 Amps Sym. 3 sec: 3200 Amps Sym. 10 sec: 2500 Amps Sym.Dead line detector threshold: 300 milli-amps Reset time: 2 minutes ± 20 secondsAmbient temperature limits: -40°C to +60°CSurge current withstand 65KA, per ANSI C37.63 & IEEE C62.11Electromagnetic interference per ANSI C37.63-1984Radio frequency interference per ANSI C37.90.2 - 1994Electrostatic discharge per UL 991, section 15

Silver-platedtop contact

Nickel platedcopper tube

Lower contact

LatchingDevice

ElectronicsHookstick ring

Lowertube casting

Upper tube casting

Hookstickring

Trunnion


See page 10DD-8 forCatalog Number System.

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-6

STANDARD Type Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS)



15 kV 110 kV BIL

▲

27 kV 125 kV BIL

▲

STANDARDElectronic Resettable Sectionalizer Modules


Universal Cutout ToolIdeal for Standard Electronic Sectionalizer to easily liftout, place, *open and close. Inverted, secure method alsofits 100 amp fuse holders of ABB, Chance, S&C cutouts.Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100. *When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations. Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-7

LOADBREAK Type Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS) with Arc Chute type interrupter

15/27 kV LOADBREAKElectronic Resettable Sectionalizer

15 kV▲

▲15 kV LOADBREAKElectronic Resettable

Sectionalizer

▲

15/27 kV

LOADBREAK Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer Modules

Chance Loadbreak sectionalizer modules can be mounted only in Chance Loadbreak cutout mounting assemblies.

Protected under U.S. Patents No. 5,612,661 and 4,935,715


The 15kV Loadbreak CRS has a maximum design voltage rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restrictions on appli-caton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to or less than 15kV.

The 15/27 Loadbreak CRS is to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than 15 kV and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than 27 kV.

Sectionalizer modules, fuseholders and mounting assem-blies from other manufacturers’ loadbreak cutouts are not interchangeable with Chance Loadbreak cutouts. Like-wise, Chance loadbreak sectionalizer modules, loadbreak fuseholders and loadbreak mountings are not interchange-able with other manufacturers’ loadbreak cutouts.

Operation

The self-contained loadbreak device enables a lineworker to interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick operation. To break the current, the worker inserts a hookstick into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mechanism snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates, cools and extinguishes the confined arc. The load-breaking operation is independent of the operating speed of the worker. No special or portable tools are required to operate the unit. In its open position, the sectionalizer module hangs in an approximate vertical position for a visible break.


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


10DD-8

Position 9:Terminal Variations (tin plated)P = Parallel-groove clampsE = Small eyeboltsL = Large eyebolts T = Sectionalizer Electronic Module Only (Must change Position 1 from CP to C and leave Position 10 blank)

Continuous Current Rating-Amps2 = 153 = 254 = 355 = 506 = 707 = 1008 = 1409 = 200

ActuatingCurrentRating-Amps24*40**56**80112160224320

For sectionalizer-arrester combinations, see table on page 10AA-10 of Chance Type C-Polymer Cutout catalog 10AA for two-letter arrester codes.

7

Number ofCounts 1 = 1 2 = 2 3 = 3

Position 8:Position 7:

O No arrester

Positions 4 & 5:

CP

4 = Standard Sectionalizer

Position 3: Position 6:BIL Max.DesignRating Voltage1 = 110kV 15kV2 = 125kV 27kV

5 = Loadbreak Sectionalizer

BIL Max.DesignRating Voltage1 = 110kV 15kV2 = 125kV 15/27kV

Position 3: Position 6:

LOADBREAK SECTIONALIZER

Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer

Basic format: CP 7 X X X X X X X XPositions: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Note: All Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers meet or exceed applicable ANSI/NEMA specifications.

Position 10:Bracket Variations

Blank = No bracket B = NEMA Type B bracket for crossarm X = *Extended type bracket for crossarm D = D-shape bracket (pole)

*Horizontal section is 25/8" longer than Type B bracket.

Catalog Number System

*Available in 3 counts only**Availabe in 2 and 3 counts only

STANDARD SECTIONALIZER

Replacement Arc Chute InterrupterCat. No. T7300080 (1.2 lb. / 0.54 kg.)

10E-1

HUBBELL®


OCTOBER 2009

10E

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify Hubbell Power Systems promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at Hubbell Power Systems' option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to Hubbell Power Systems within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS' PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. Hubbell Power Systems shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. Hubbell Power Systems' warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from Hubbell Power Systems, from Hubbell Power Systems' distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Hubbell Power Systems' product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.


Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell, its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.


Printed in USA

Versa-Tech®

Single-Phase Recloser

10E-2

CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI OCTOBER 2009

HUBBELL®

Power Systems

U.S. Patent No. 6,753,493; 6,794,596; 6,852,939; 6,936,779; 7,215,228. Other Patents pending.

Versa-Tech® Single-Phase Recloser

DescriptionThe Versa-Tech® Recloser is a unique and patented design. The interrupter, drive mechanism, control, and housing are raised to the system potential. The entire assembly is then insulated from ground using a standard polymer post insulator. This compact simplified design eliminates the potential for an insulation breakdown failure.

Magnetic/vacuum-interruption technologyFault interruption occurs in the recloser’s vacuum interrupter. The vacuum interrupter’s state-of-the-art contacts utilize axial magnetic fields to interrupt in diffuse mode for maximum interrupter life. The vacuum interrupter is supported by an insulating support housing with bonded silicone rubber over-molding for maximum weather resistance.

The drive for the vacuum interrupter is provided by a mechanism with a magnetic actuator. The actuator’s rare-earth neodymium magnet provides the latching and holding force for the vacuum interrupter in the closed position. A spring provides the pressure to hold the vacuum interrupter in the open position. Together, the rare-earth magnet and the spring arrangement allow the mechanism to be stable in the open or closed position without the need for external

power. To open the vacuum interrupter, a coil on the magnetic actuator is pulsed in one direction. To close, the same coil is pulsed in the other direction. Energy to open and close the recloser is provided by a set of capacitors.

Microprocessor electronic controlThe control for the recloser is provided by a microprocessor-based electronic circuit. The control’s design allows complete flexibility and user choice of minimum trip, time-current curves and sequencing parameters. User access to all parameters is provided through an RS-232 serial connection. Current sensing for the control occurs through a 1000:1 current transformer.

Self-powered operationNo external transformer power for the recloser is required. Power for the control and the mechanism is converted from fault or load current using two power current transformers. The open and close capacitors that drive the recloser are charged by the load or fault current through the power current transformers. Using this approach the recloser will continue to open and close as necessary without the need for external power or even the hot-stick replaceable lithium battery pack. The low self-discharge lithium batteries are required only for closing the recloser after lockout or manual open.

Versa-Tech®

r e c l o s e rdoes

itall1

– the only single-phase recloser you need

• Fully programmable• Replaces all other single-phase reclosers! • Improves reliability • Easy to install• Reduces inventory & cost of ownership

Versa-Tech® Recloser exclusive features: • All systems up to 27 kV, 125 kV LIW (BIL) • User-Settable 30 to 800 Amp Minimum Trip• Beacon indicates lockout condition • 400 Amp Cont. & 8,000 Amp Interrrupting• Records fault history for later review• Password-protected programming• Self-powered, 8-year minimum battery life• Light weight, easy to handle and install • Minimal maintenance & insulation concerns• Radio-programmable in-service option

Manual Operating HandleNon-Reclosing Lever

Operations Counter

Lockout Beacon

Vacuum Interrupter

Components

10E-3

HUBBELL®


OCTOBER 2009


Ratings and SpecificationsRated Maximum Voltage ................................. 27kVRated Continuous Current .............................. 400AFault Make Capacity ..........................................8kAFault Make Capacity Peak ........................... 20.7kAFault Break Capacity .........................................8kAMechanical Operations ....................................25003 Second Withstand Current ............................. 8kATransformer Magnetizing Current ..................... 14ACable Charging Current .................................... 25ALine Charging Current .........................................5ALightning Impulse Withstand .........................125kV60Hz, 1-Minute Withstand Voltage ..................60kVMaximum Terminal Pad Load kg (pounds)...14 (30)Operating Temperature ..................... -40°C to 60°CWeight kg (pounds) ...................................... 25 (55)

Automatic operationIn the closed position, the Versa-Tech® Recloser, operates automatically per the user-programmed settings.

Manual operating HandleThe Manual Operating Handle allows manual operation of the recloser with a hotstick.

Non-reclosing leverThe Non-Reclosing Lever is shown above in its normal (or up) position. When this handle is rotated to the down position, the recloser will trip using TCC1 and lockout on any current above the minimum trip. The Non-Reclosing lever does not interfere with the Manual Operating Handle.

Lockout beaconThe Lockout Beacon is a unique feature to aid the utility lineman in identifying a locked out recloser. This high-brightness, sunlight-visible amber LED will flash once every 3 seconds when the recloser has sequenced to lockout. The beacon will continue to flash every 3 seconds until the lineman closes the recloser or 4 hours have passed. After 4 hours, the flashing beacon will automatically shut off. Powered by the recloser’s lithium batteries, the beacon’s duty cycle was set to have a negligible effect on battery life.

Operations counterThe Operations Counter is an electromechanical counter which records the number of open operations, both manual and automatic, initiated by the control.

Lockout Beacon

OperationsCounter

Installation Alternatives

Polymer Standoff Insulator

Pole/Structure Face Mounting Crossarm Mounting

10E-4


HUBBELL®

Power Systems


8-Year battery replacementBattery power is used for these func-tions only: To close the recloser after installation or lockout, the radio if load current is less than 5 amps, and the flashing lockout beacon. The batteries are made of a very stable lithium chem-istry, which is designed with a low self discharge that they can function cor-rectly for up to 10 years. Hubbell Power Systems recommends that users replace the batteries on an 8 year cycle.

The battery bayonet was designed to be replaced using a hot stick while the recloser is in service. The battery bayonet utilizes a twist lock design. It is easily removed by pushing in slightly and turning.

Zero service requirementsThe Versa-Tech® Recloser has been designed for a minimum mechanical life of 2500 operations. No routine maintenance is required.

Customer-supplied requirements• Personal  Computer  with  Microsoft® Windows® 95 or later operating system, a CD-ROM Drive and a RS-232 serial port.

• (Computers with only USB ports will need RS-232 to USB adapters.)

• Straight-through  DB9  Male/Female serial cable to interface from the PC to the recloser via the serial port, after removing its cover shown as shown.

Battery bayonet in the recloser

Programming recloser with serial port connections

Battery bayonet partially removed from recloser

Serial Port Cover

10E-5

HUBBELL®


OCTOBER 2009

Versa-Tech® Single-Phase RecloserEasy-to-program controlsThe Versa-Tech™ Recloser solid-state circuitry provides for flexible user-programmable control of current sensing, timing, and all other control functions. The recloser is shipped with generic settings and must be programmed prior to installation with settings required for proper coordination with the rest of the distribution circuit.

Software installationRecloser Programming software must be installed on the computer prior to use. Installation software is provided with each recloser on CD-ROM or can be downloaded from www.hubbellpowersystems.com.

Programming software settingsScreen capture above shows the Recloser Settings Tab, which appears when the Recloser Programmer Software is loaded. All programming of the Recloser can be completed from this software page.

Reset timeReset time is the amount of time from the last reclose until the present count of operations completed is reset to zero. When the recloser goes to lockout, this count is also reset to zero. Reset time is programmable from 1 to 240 seconds in 1-second increments.

Cold load timeDuring this programmed interval, the control will be in one operation to lockout mode and overcurrent timing will use TCC2. Cold Load Time is programmable from 0 to 300 seconds in 1 second increments.

Record manual closeWhen enabled, this feature causes the recloser to store in the Event History the time and date of manual closes as well as over-current operations.

Time stampThe recloser has a built in time stamp circuit which records the time and date following each recloser operation.

Time-current curve selection and modifierThe control can be set to utilize two different time current curves TCC1 and TCC2. TCC1 and TCC2 can be set separately to use one of 11 different time current curves. Each of the 11 time current curves also can be modified for greater coordination flexibility. See Reference Bulletin 10-05-11 through 10-05-22.

Minimum response timeMinimum response time is used to achieve coordination between fault interrupting devices where fault levels would cause two devices in series to both trip. When minimum response is enabled, tripping is inhibited until the minimum response time programmed is less than or equal to the fault current time. The minimum response time is programmable from 0 to 250 milliseconds in 1 millisecond steps.

Reclose timeReclose Time is the amount of time from when the recloser interrupts the over-current until the recloser attempts to close the circuit again. Each of the three possible reclose intervals is separately programmable from 0.25 to 60 seconds in 0.05 second increments.

SecurityThe recloser comes with password security on its settings. When changing the settings with the Program Settings button, a correct password must be given.

Minimum trip valueThe Minimum Trip Value is the minimum current sensed that will cause the Recloser to trip. This current is programmable from 30A to 800A in 10A increments.

Sequence coordinationThe sequence coordination feature, if enabled, will prevent unnecessary operations of the recloser when used in a series arrangement upstream from other fault interrupting devices.

Operations to lockoutThe control can be set to 1,2,3, or 4 operations before the recloser goes to lockout.

Manual closing delay timeThe time from when the manual handle is activated until the recloser begins closing the circuit can be programmed from 0 to 30 seconds.

User-friendly programmable software settings

10E-6


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Versa-Tech® Single-Phase RecloserInternal operations counterThe recloser keeps track of the total number of over-current operations in software in the control. Additionally, the control keeps track of over-current operations from any point forward. This value can be reset using the “Reset Count” button. Recloser operation from that point forward can be downloaded and read in the “Count from Reset” box. The “Total Count” can not be reset and will read the total number of over-current operations that the recloser has experienced in its service life.

NOTE:The recloser has an externally viewable electromechanical operations counter. The electromechanical counter works independently of the internal software counters.

Event historyThe recloser records the operations count, control response time and the maximum current half cycle after each over-current operation. These values, as well as the time and date for the operation, are stored in a buffer which can be read from the control using the recloser programmer software (see Section 6). The buffer is large enough to store the last 40 over-current operations. After each over-current interruption, the oldest record will be discarded and the most recent record will be stored at the top of the buffer.

Fault energy accumulatorAfter each recloser over-current operation, the recloser control measures, calculates and stores the I2t of the over-current interruption in kilojoules. This value is stored by accumulating the present I2t with that of previous operations. The result is a total I2t which can be read from the recloser control using the recloser programmer software box “Energy”.

Scratchpad memoryThe recloser has available a 256-character scratchpad non-volatile memory which can be used to store information in text form. The scratchpad can be accessed through the recloser programmer software.

Programming diagnostics: Screen capture above shows the Recloser Diag-nostics Tab. All built-in diagnostic features are displayed on this software tab.

Scratchpad tab screen capture

Radio Setup Tab of Programmer Software

10E-7

HUBBELL®


OCTOBER 2009

Radio communications(optional)The Versa-Tech® Recloser can be fitted with an optional radio which will allow settings, diagnostics and scratchpad to be viewed remotely while the unit is in service. The radios will also allow settings, timestamp and scratchpad to be changed while the recloser remains in service. Remote radio communications are accomplished using two 900MHz spread spectrum radios. The first is a USB powered local radio that is attached to a laptop or other personal computing running recloser programmer software. The second is a recloser powered remote radio module which is adapted to the serial port on the recloser.

Remote radioCatalog No. PSC8620061

The remote radio is designed to be adapted to the recloser serial port. Access to the serial port is provided by removing the serial port cover. The remote radio module is attached to the Recloser as shown above.

Radio operationThe radios communicate with each other on a 900MHz channel which utilizes frequency hopping to minimize interference from other radio frequency sources. The radios use a two-part addressing scheme to help ensure that messages from only authorized sources are passed to a recloser.

First, all Versa-Tech® Recloser local and remote radios have a unique user transparent address which goes out with each communication. The recloser local radio will accept messages


Local radio connects to computer

Remote radio connects to serial port of recloser

Local radioCatalog No. PSC8620062

The local radio is controlled and powered by connecting a USB cable between the module and a personal computer as shown above. Communication with the

local radio is accomplished through the recloser programmer software provided with the recloser.

only from a remote radio with the same address. This helps prevent other 900MHz radios from making unauthorized communications with Versa-Tech™ Reclosers.

Second , each remote rad io i s programmed with a unique fixed radio communications address. This address allows users to differentiate

between multiple reclosers all within a 500-foot transmit/receive range. The remote radio will discard any message that does not include its unique radio communications address. The local radio has provisions through the recloser programmer software which permits selecting any recloser's remote radio communications address.

10E-8


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

VACUUM INTERRUPTER

2-HOLE NEMAPAD (STANDARD)TYPICAL


NON-RECLOSELEVER

OPERATING LEVER

LOCKOUT INDICATORBEACON AND COUNTER

MOUNTING HOLES FOR5/8" (15mm) BOLTS11" (27.9cm) CENTERTO CENTER NOMINAL.

17.1 12.4

2.0

11.0

4.2

29.5

RS-232 PROGRAMMING PORT

LEAKAGE DISTANCE - 39.4"

LOCKOUT INDICATOR BEACONAND COUNTER

OPERATING LEVER

BATTERY PACK(HOT STICK REPLACEABLE)

15.8

8.7

22.0

15.0

Dimensions - Pole/Structure mounting

Side View

Front View

Back View


10E-9

HUBBELL®


OCTOBER 2009

ADJUSTABLE3" - 9-1/2"

ADJUSTABLE5-1/8" - 10-1/4"TYPICAL

OPERATING LEVER

LOCKOUT INDICATOR BEACONAND COUNTER


VACUUM INTERRUPTER

LEAKAGE DISTANCE - 39.4"

LOCKOUT INDICATOR BEACONAND COUNTERNON-RECLOSE LEVER

28.0

31.1

4.0

10.6

24.9

8.712.7

14.0

Dimensions - Crossarm mounting


Front View Side View

10E-10


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

To build your Versa-Tech™ Recloser, add features from

the matrix to this base number:


Replacement ItemsCatalog No.PSC8620064PSC8620061PSC8620062PSC8620066PSC8620067

DescriptionReplacement BatteryRemote RadioLocal Radio and SoftwarePole Mount HardwareUnderhung Hardware

Weight (lb./kg.)1.79 / 0.8100.84 / 0.3801.25 / 0.5655.4 / 2.4512.5 / 5.67

Instruction Manual

Included with each unitStep-by-step instuctions are included with each Versa-Tech® Recloser. The 28-page detailed manual describes and illustrates all pertinent information from unpacking and installation procedures to software troubleshooting.

Weight, each0.5 lb. / 0.226 kg.

U.S. Patent No. 6,753,493; 6,794,596; 6,852,939; 6,936,779; 7,215,228. Other Patents pending.

POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 Catalog No. PSC 8 6 2 1 1 X X X Voltage Rating 27kV 2 Maximum Interrupt 8kA 1 Minimum Fault Trip 30A 1 Pole/Structure Mount 1 Crossarm Mount 2 No Connectors 1 PG (Parallel Groove) Clamps (2) 2 Captive Hardware 3 PC Programmable 1 RF Controls 2

Catalog Numbering System

Parallel Groove ClampAccessory Ordering InformationAvailable as a separate line item, Catalog No. ATC1343, fortified cadmium-plated aluminum parallel groove clamp, is furnished with galvanized steel bolts and nuts and will ac-cept #2 through 500 kcmil aluminum or copper conductor.

RUS Listed

10E-11

HUBBELL®


OCTOBER 2009

3-Pull Bypass SwitchArrangement Type BP3 Switch shown. For ratings, specifications and ordering infomation, see Catalog Section 14B.

Crossarm Mounting

Typical Applications


Single Bypass SwitchArrangementType M3 Distribution Class Switch shown.For ratings, specifica-tions and ordering in-fomation, see Catalog Section 14B.

3-Phase Mounting Arrangement with Wing Rack Catalog No. C3MW24ML

10E-12


HUBBELL®

Power Systems


MEXICOHUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del ValleMexico, D.F. 03200Phone: 52-55-9151-9999Fax: 52-55-9151-9988Website: hubbell.com.mx

UNITED STATESCANADA, INTERNATIONALHUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC.210 N. Allen Street Centralia, Mo 65240-1395Phone: 1-573-682-5521Fax: 1-573-682-8714e-mail: [email protected]

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA JULY 2008

12-1®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

12

RGS 3M

©Copyright 2007 Hubbell Incorporated • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240 USANOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Fiberglass Construction Products

Printed in USA

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.

Warranty - ApplicationHubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recom-mendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USAJULY 2008

12-2®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Standoff Brackets

With over 40 years of experience in manufacturing Epoxirod® Fiberglass Rod polymer insulation products, we are continually expanding our product line to include utility requested products. Our rod is tested extensively to assure its electrical integrity.

These armless construction configurations include various components, such as ductile iron and aluminum fittings, optional lead or plastisol threads.

Fiberglass units do not warp, split or shrink. They reduce the risk of pole fires due to tracking. All units are coated with a special ultraviolet-resistant polyurethane gray paint. They can also reduce the labor involved during installation, because they are shipped ready to install.

Guy Strains

Guy Strains may be installed anywhere along the guy wire to help protect against stray current that may be on the guy caused by lightning strikes or other sources. These fiberglass units serve as a replacement for porcelain insulators or johnny balls, and they extend the insulation length. Fiberglass guy strains offer numerous advantages, including variable lengths, easy terminations, and resistance to fracture caused by brittleness.

Chance Guy Strains use a veiled rod instead of a painted rod. The veiled rod achieves high ultraviolet resistance while protecting the rod from surface scratches that would remove paint from other types of guy strains. Our castings are crimped (not glued) onto the rod and sealed with silicon for moisture lock-out. Prevention of moisture penetration at the rod/casting interface enhances the performance and life span of the guy strain.

Fiberglass Construction Products

Table of Contents

Index ...............................................12-3

Guy Strain Part Numbering System ..........................12-4

Guy Strains......................................12-5

Guy Strain Hardware ....................12-12

Downlead Brackets .......................12-13

Fiberglass Bracket PartNumbering System ........................12-14

Pin Brackets ..................................12-15

Communication Brackets ..............12-21

Suspension Brackets .....................12-22

Apparatus Brackets .......................12-23

Corner Bracket ..............................12-37

Tangent Bracket ............................12-38

Deadend Arms ...............................12-39


12-3®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

IndexCatalog Number Page Catalog Number Page

1CSMxx 21 3SBLxxxxC 36

1SBExxS 22 3SBLxxxxCSB 36

1SBHxxAMT 26 3SBMxxxxAM 32

1SBHxxAMTB 26 3SBMxxxxAMB 32

1SBHxxCL 29 3SBMxxxxAMT 33

1SBHxxCLH 29 3SBMxxxxAMTB 33

1SBHxxH 16 3SBMxxxxCL 34

1SBHxxV 15 3SBMxxxxCLH 34

1SBMxxAM 24 3SBMxxxxCLRH 34

1SBMxxAMB 24 3SBMxxxxCT 35

1SBMxxAMSB 24 3SBMxxxxCTB 35

1SBMxxAMT 26 3SBMxxxxVV 20

1SBMxxAMTB 26 8616644002 12

1SBMxxC 25 DEHxxDP 41

1SBMxxCB 25 DEMxxDP 40

1SBMxxCL 28 DEMxxSP 39

1SBMxxCLH 28 DEMxxSPEB 39

1SBMxxCLRH 28 DLMxxBC 13

1SBMxxCSB 25 GS16xxxCC 5

1SBMxxCT 27 GS16xxxCE 7

1SBMxxCTB 27 GS16xxxCP 9

1SBMxxH 16 GS16xxxCT 8

1SBMxxS 22 GS16xxxEE 10

1SBMxxTD 23 GS16xxxTT 11

1SBMxxV 15 GS21xxxCC 5

104xxx0000 12 GS21xxxCE 7

2SBHxxAMTAMT 30 GS21xxxCP 9

2SBHxxAMTBAMTB 30 GS21xxxCT 8

2SBHxxCLCL 31 GS21xxxEE 10

2SBHxxCLHCLH 31 GS21xxxTT 11

2SBHxxHH 19 GS36xxxCC 6

2SBHxxVV 18 RPHxxx 17

2SBMxxAMTAMT 30 RPMxxx 17

2SBMxxAMTBAMTB 30 SPO40011 37

2SBMxxHH 19 T6531191 38

2SBMxxVV 18

274xxx4001 12


12-4®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strain Part Number System

GS 16 054 CC 1

Guy Strain End Fittings

Type CLEVIS (C) EYE (E) THIMBLE (T) THIMBLE-EYE (P)Rating (lbs.) 16,000 21,000 36,000 16,000 21,000 16,000 21,000 16,000 21,000

Dimension (Inches)

A 4.00 3.97 7.50 3.75 3.62 2.62 2.09 4.03 3.63B 0.88 1.00 1.00 0.62 0.74 0.75 0.88 0.75 0.89C 0.61 0.75 0.88 0.69 0.81 1.00 1.09 0.69 0.81D 1.38 1.88 5.38 1.73 2.16 4.68 4.31 1.57 1.75

Castings are hot-dip galvanized ductile iron.

Downlead Brackets and Replacement Guy Strain Hardware also available; listed on catalog pages 12-12 and 12-13.

Minimum Ultimate Strength Ratings (lbs.)

16 = 16,00021 = 21,00036 = 36,000

Number of Rollers

If specifying Clevis end fitting(s):1 = one roller2 = two rollersno number = no rollers

End Fittings

CC = Clevis ClevisCE = Clevis EyeCT = Clevis ThimbleCP = Clevis Thimble-EyeEE = Eye EyeTT = Thimble Thimble

Length (Inches)

Consult catalog pages that follow for standard lengths. Consult factory for additional lengths.

A

A

A

A

B

C

D

D

C

B

D

C

B

D

B

C


12-5®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

See Catalog Page 12-12For Roller and Pin details

Catalog Weight Number Length A Length B (Each)

16,000 lbs. (7258 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod

GS16012CC1 12" (30.5 cm) 20" (50.8 cm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16018CC1 18" (45.7 cm) 26" (66 cm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16024CC1 24" (61 cm) 32" (81.3 cm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16030CC1 30" (76.2 cm) 38" (96.5 cm) 3.2 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16036CC1 36" (91.4 cm) 44" (111.8 cm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16042CC1 42" (106.7 cm) 50" (127 cm) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg) GS16054CC1 54" (137.2 cm) 62" (157.5 cm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16060CC1 60" (152.4 cm) 68" (172.7 cm) 3.8 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16078CC1 78" (198.1 cm) 86" (218.4 cm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg) GS16096CC1 96" (243.8 cm) 104" (264.2 cm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS16120CC1 120" (304.8 cm) 128" (325.1 cm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS16144CC1 144" (365.8 cm) 152" (386.1 cm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg)


GS21012CC1 12" (30.5 cm) 21" (53.3 cm) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) GS21018CC1 18" (45.7 cm) 27" (68.6 cm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS21024CC1 24" (61 cm) 33" (83.8 cm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg) GS21030CC1 30" (76.2 cm) 39" (99.1 cm) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21036CC1 36" (91.4 cm) 45" (114.3 cm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21042CC1 42" (106.7 cm) 51" (129.5 cm) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg) GS21054CC1 54" (137.2 cm) 63" (160 cm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21060CC1 60" (152.4 cm) 69" (175.3 cm) 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21078CC1 78" (198.1 cm) 87" (221 cm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) GS21096CC1 96" (243.8 cm) 105" (266.7 cm) 6.9 lbs. (3.1 kg) GS21120CC1 120" (304.8 cm) 129" (327.7 cm) 7.6 lbs. (3.4 kg) GS21144CC1 144" (365.8 cm) 153" (388.6 cm) 8.3 lbs. (3.7 kg)

Castings are hot-dip galvanizedductile iron.

Guy Strains - Clevis / Clevis

GS——CC1 series has 1 Roller as detailed in drawing For 2 Rollers, replace “CC1” in number with “CC2” For no Rollers, replace “CC1” in number with “CC”

C Dimension is 5/8" (16 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 3/4" (19 mm) for 21,000 lbs. seriesD Dimension is 0.88" (22 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1" (25 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series E Dimension is 1.38" (35 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.88" (48 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series

See Note For Roller Configurations


12-6®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



36,000 lb. SERIES

Guy Strains - Clevis / Clevis

GS——CC1 series has 1 Roller as detailed in drawing For 2 Rollers, replace “CC1” in number with “CC2” For no Rollers, replace “CC1” in number with “CC”Consult factory for additional lengths.

C Dimension is 7/8" (22 mm) for 36,000 lbs. seriesD Dimension is 1" (25 mm) for 36,000 lbs. series E Dimension is 2.12" (53 mm) for 36,000 lbs. series


Catalog Weight Number Length A Length B (Each)

36,000 lbs. (16,200 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 7/8" (22 mm) Dia. Rod

GS36018CC1 18" (45.7 cm) 33" (83.8 cm) 8.8 lbs. (4.0 kg) GS36036CC1 36" (91.4 cm) 51" (129.5 cm) 9.6 lbs. (4.4 kg) GS36054CC1 54" (137.2 cm) 69" (175.3 cm) 10.3 lbs. (4.7 kg) GS36060CC1 60" (152.4 cm) 75" (190.5 cm) 10.5 lbs. (4.8 kg) GS36078CC1 78" (198.1 cm) 93" (236.2 cm) 11.2 lbs. (5.1 kg) GS36096CC1 96" (243.8 cm) 111" (281.9 cm) 12.0 lbs. (5.4 kg) GS36120CC1 120" (304.8 cm) 135" (342.9 cm) 12.9 lbs. (5.8 kg) GS36144CC1 144" (365.8 cm) 159" (403.9 cm) 13.8 lbs. (6.3 kg)


12-7®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

C Dimension is 5/8" (16 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 3/4" (19 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series D Dimension is 0.88" (22 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1" (25 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series E Dimension is 1.38" (35 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.88" (48 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series

Catalog Weight Number Length A Length B Width F (Each)

16,000 lbs. (7258 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod GS16012CE 12" (30.5 cm) 19.8" (50.3 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16018CE 18" (45.7 cm) 25.8" (65.5 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16024CE 24" (61 cm) 31.8" (80.8 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16030CE 30" (76.2 cm) 37.8" (96 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.2 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16036CE 36" (91.4 cm) 43.8" (111.3 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16054CE 54" (137.2 cm) 61.8" (157 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16060CE 60" (152.4 cm) 67.8" (172.2 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.8 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16078CE 78" (198.1 cm) 85.8" (217.9 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg) GS16120CE 120" (304.8 cm) 127.8" (324.6 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS16144CE 144" (365.8 cm) 151.8" (385.6 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg)

21,000 lbs. (9525 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 3/4" (19 mm) Dia. Rod GS21012CE 12" (30.5 cm) 20.5" (52.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) GS21018CE 18" (45.7 cm) 26.5" (67.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS21024CE 24" (61 cm) 32.5" (82.6 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg) GS21036CE 36" (91.4 cm) 44.5" (113 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21042CE 42" (106.7 cm) 50.5" (128.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg) GS21054CE 54" (137.2 cm) 62.5" (158.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21060CE 60" (152.4 cm) 68.5" (174 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21078CE 78" (198.1 cm) 86.5" (219.7 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) GS21096CE 96" (243.8 cm) 104.5" (265.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 6.9 lbs. (3.1 kg) GS21120CE 120" (304.8 cm) 128.5" (326.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 7.6 lbs. (3.4 kg)

Guy Strains - Clevis / Eye


GS——CE series has No Roller as detailed in drawing For 1 Roller, replace “CE” in number with “CE1”




12-8®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Clevis / Thimble


C Dimension is 5/8" (16 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 3/4" (19 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series D Dimension is 0.88" (22 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1" (25 mm) for 21,000 lbs. seriesE Dimension is 1.38" (35 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.88" (48 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series


GS——CT series has No Roller as detailed in drawing For 1 Roller, replace “CT” in number with “CT1”Consult factory for additional lengths.


Catalog Weight Number Length A Length B Radius F (Each)

16,000 lbs. (7258 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod GS16012CT 12" (30.5 cm) 19.6" (49.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16024CT 24" (61 cm) 31.6" (80.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16036CT 36" (91.4 cm) 43.6" (110.7 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16054CT 54" (137.2 cm) 61.6" (156.5 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16078CT 78" (198.1 cm) 85.6" (217.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg)

21,000 lbs. (9525 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 3/4" (19 mm) Dia. Rod GS21018CT 18" (45.7 cm) 26.2" (66.5 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS21024CT 24" (61 cm) 32.2" (81.8 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg) GS21036CT 36" (91.4 cm) 44.2" (112.3 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21054CT 54" (137.2 cm) 62.2" (158 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.6 lbs. (2.5 kg) GS21060CT 60" (152.4 cm) 68.2" (173.2 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21078CT 78" (198.1 cm) 86.2" (218.9 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) GS21120CT 120" (304.8 cm) 128.2" (325.6 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 7.6 lbs. (3.4 kg)


12-9®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Clevis / Thimble-Eye


C Dimension is 5/8" (16 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 3/4" (19 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series D Dimension is 0.88" (22 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1" (25 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series E Dimension is 1.38" (35 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.88" (48 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series G Dimension is 1.6" (41 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.8" (46 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series

GS——CP series has No Roller as detailed in drawing For 1 Roller, replace “CP” in number with “CP1”



16,000 lbs. (7258 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod GS16012CP 12" (30.5 cm) 21.3" (54.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16018CP 18" (45.7 cm) 27.3" (69.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16024CP 24" (61 cm) 33.3" (84.6 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16036CP 36" (91.4 cm) 45.3" (115.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16042CP 42" (106.7 cm) 51.3" (130.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg) GS16054CP 54" (137.2 cm) 63.3" (160.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16078CP 78" (198.1 cm) 87.3" (221.7 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg) GS16096CP 96" (243.8 cm) 105.3" (267.5 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS16120CP 120" (304.8 cm) 129.3" (328.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS16144CP 144" (365.8 cm) 153.3" (389.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.6 lbs. (2.5 kg)

21,000 lbs. (9525 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 3/4" (19 mm) Dia. Rod GS21012CP 12" (30.5 cm) 22" (55.9 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.5 lbs. (2 kg) GS21018CP 18" (45.7 cm) 28" (71.1 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS21024CP 24" (61 cm) 34" (86.4 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg) GS21036CP 36" (91.4 cm) 46" (116.8 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21054CP 54" (137.2 cm) 64" (162.6 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21060CP 60" (152.4 cm) 70" (177.8 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21078CP 78" (198.1 cm) 88" (223.5 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) GS21096CP 96" (243.8 cm) 106" (269.2 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 6.9 lbs. (3.1 kg) GS21120CP 120" (304.8 cm) 130" (330.2 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 7.6 lbs. (3.4 kg) GS21144CP 144" (365.8 cm) 154" (391.2 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 8.3 lbs. (3.7 kg)



12-10®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Eye / Eye

C Dimension is 5/8" (16 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 3/4" (19 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series


Catalog Weight Number Length A Length B Width F (Each)

16,000 lbs. (7258 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod GS16012EE 12" (30.5 cm) 19.6" (49.8 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16018EE 18" (45.7 cm) 25.6" (65 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16024EE 24" (61 cm) 31.6" (80.3 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg) GS16036EE 36" (91.4 cm) 43.6" (110.7 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16042EE 42" (106.7 cm) 49.6" (126 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg) GS16054EE 54" (137.2 cm) 61.6" (156.5 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16078EE 78" (198.1 cm) 85.6" (217.4 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg) GS16096EE 96" (243.8 cm) 103.6" (263.1 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS16120EE 120" (304.8 cm) 127.6" (324.1 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS16144EE 144" (365.8 cm) 151.6" (385.1 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg)

21,000 lbs. (9525 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 3/4" (19 mm) Dia. Rod GS21012EE 12" (30.5 cm) 20" (50.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) GS21018EE 18" (45.7 cm) 26" (66 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS21024EE 24" (61 cm) 32" (81.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg) GS21036EE 36" (91.4 cm) 44" (111.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21042EE 42" (106.7 cm) 50" (127 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg) GS21054EE 54" (137.2 cm) 62" (157.5 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg) GS21078EE 78" (198.1 cm) 86" (218.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) GS21096EE 96" (243.8 cm) 104" (264.2 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 6.9 lbs. (3.1 kg) GS21120EE 120" (304.8 cm) 128" (325.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 7.6 lbs. (3.4 kg) GS21144EE 144" (365.8 cm) 152" (386.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 8.3 lbs. (3.7 kg)


12-11®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Thimble / Thimble




GS16012TT 12" (30.5 cm) 19.2" (48.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16018TT 18" (45.7 cm) 25.2" (64 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg) GS16036TT 36" (91.4 cm) 43.2" (109.7 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16042TT 42" (106.7 cm) 49.2" (125 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.4 lbs. (1.5 kg) GS16054TT 54" (137.2 cm) 61.2" (155.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) GS16078TT 78" (198.1 cm) 85.2" (216.4 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg) 21,000 lbs. (9525 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 3/4" (19 mm) Dia. Rod

GS21012TT 12" (30.5 cm) 19.4" (49.3 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.4 lbs. (2.0 kg) GS21018TT 18" (45.7 cm) 25.4" (64.5 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) GS21036TT 36" (91.4 cm) 43.4" (110.2 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg) GS21042TT 42" (106.7 cm) 49.4" (125.5 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg) GS21078TT 78" (198.1 cm) 85.4" (216.9 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg)

Consult factory for additional lengths.


12-12®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strain Replacement Hardware

Cotter Key

Guy Strain Clevis Pin

Guy Strain Roller

Catalog Unit Number Length A Dia. B Rating 2743064001 2.5" (64 mm) 0.6" (15 mm) 16,000 lbs. 2743134001 2.5" (64 mm) 0.75" (19 mm) 21,000 lbs. 1045040000 2.5" (64mm) 0.88" (22 mm) 36,000 lbs.

Catalog Unit Number Rating 861664002 16,000 lbs. 861664002 21,000 lbs.1046810000 36,000 lbs.

Catalog Unit Number Width A Dia. B Dia. C Dia. D Radius E Rating 2743034001 0.75" (19 mm) 1.9" (48 mm) 1.6" (41 mm) 0.7" (18 mm) 0.31" (8 mm) 16,000 lbs. 2743104001 0.81" (21 mm) 2.4" (61 mm) 1.88" (48 mm) 0.8" (20 mm) 0.38" (10 mm) 21,000 lbs. 2748214001 0.86" (22 mm) 2.36" (60 mm) 2.23" (57 mm) 0.94" (24 mm) 1.05" (27 mm) 36,000 lbs.


12-13®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Base and Cable Clampare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.

Catalog Conductor Size Weight Number Length A Length B Minimum Maximum (Each)

Medium Duty 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod

DLM12BC 12" (30.5 cm) 16.5" (41.9 cm) 0.128" (3.25 mm) 0.398" (10.11 mm) 1.89 lbs. (.85 kg) DLM18BC 18" (45.7 cm) 22.5" (57.2 cm) 0.128" (3.25 mm) 0.398" (10.11 mm) 2.02 lbs. (.91 kg) DLM24BC 24" (61 cm) 28.5" (72.5 cm) 0.128" (3.25 mm) 0.398" (10.11 mm) 2.15 lbs. (.97 kg)

Downlead Bracket


12-14®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fiberglass Assemblies Part Number System

Extra Heavy Duty Brackets (2.5” Rod) also available; listed on catalog pages 12-22 and 12-38.

Light Duty Apparatus Bracket (1.25” Rod) also available; listed on catalog page 12-36.

Corner Bracket also available; listed on catalog page 12-37.

Deadend Arms also available; listed on catalog pages 12-39 through 12-41.

End Fittings

AM = 1-Position ApparatusAMT = 2-Position App.C = 5-Degree 1-Position App.CL = Cloverleaf (Standard)CLRH = Clover (Roundhole)CT = 0-Degree 2-Pos. App.H = Horizontal PinTD = Tear DropS = SuspensionV = Vertical Pin

Type of Bracket

CS = Communication Standoff

RP = Ridge Pin

SB = Standoff Bracket

Number of Phases

1 = Single-Phase2 = Two-Phase3 = Three-Phase

Length (Inches)

Consult catalog pages that follow for standard lengths.

Consult factory for additional lengths.

Duty Rating

M = Medium1.5" Rod

H = Heavy 2" Rod

Hardware / Threads

B = Bolt, Nut, WasherH = Bolt, Nut, WasherS = Spacer Bar, Bolt, Nut, Washer1 = 1" Plastisol Coated Threads3 = 1" Lead Threads4 = 1.375" Lead Threads

1 SB M 18 CL H


12-15®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Single-Phase Vertical PinStandoff Bracket

Base and Insulator Ferruleare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.

B Dimension is 6" for 1SBM series and 8" for 1SBH seriesC Dimension is 8" for 1SBM series and 10" for 1SBH series

*Recommended maximum working load is 50% of minimum ultimate ratings listed.

ISB ——V1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads For 1" lead threads, replace “V1” in number with “V3”For 1.375" lead threads, replace “V1” in number with “V4”Consult factory for additional lengths.

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Length A Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T (Each)

Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod

1SBM12V1 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 6.8 lbs. (3.1 kg) 1SBM15V1 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 7.2 lbs. (3.2 kg) 1SBM18V1 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 7.5 lbs. (3.4 kg) 1SBM21V1 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 7.9 lbs. (3.6 kg) 1SBM24V1 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 8.3 lbs. (3.7 kg)

Heavy Duty 2" (51 mm) Dia. Rod

1SBH12V1 12" (30.5 cm) 2550 lbs. (1148 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) 1SBH18V1 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 11.3 lbs. (5.1 kg) 1SBH20V1 20" (50.8 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 11.8 lbs. (5.3 kg) 1SBH24V1 24" (61 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1850 lbs. (833 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 12.7 lbs. (5.7 kg) 1SBH27V1 27" (68.6 cm) 1950 lbs. (878 kg) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 13.4 lbs. (6 kg) 1SBH30V1 30" (76.2 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 14 lbs. (6.3 kg)

LA

T

V

15°B

C

11/16" Mounting Holes

1.5" Dia.Keyhole


12-16®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Single-Phase Horizontal Pin Standoff Bracket


Base and Insulator Ferrule are hot-dip-galvanized ductile iron.


ISB——H1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads For 1" lead threads, replace “H1” in number with “H3”For 1.375" lead threads, replace “H1” in number with “H4”Consult factory for additional lengths.



1SBM12H1 12" (30.5 cm) 1850 lbs. (835 kg) 1800 lbs. (815 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.2 lbs. (2.3 kg) 1SBM15H1 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1450 lbs. (653 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.6 lbs. (2.5 kg) 1SBM16H1 16" (40.6 cm) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 1350 lbs. (608 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg) 1SBM18H1 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.9 lbs. (2.7 kg) 1SBM20H1 20" (50.8 cm) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.2 lbs. (2.8 kg) 1SBM24H1 24" (61 cm) 1050 lbs. (476 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.7 lbs. (3 kg)


1SBH18H1 18" (45.7 cm) 2300 lbs. (1035 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 8.4 lbs. (3.8 kg) 1SBH20H1 20" (50.8 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1350 lbs. (608 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 8.9 lbs. (4 kg) 1SBH24H1 24" (61 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 9.8 lbs. (4.4 kg) 1SBH27H1 27" (68.6 cm) 1550 lbs. (698 kg) 1050 lbs. (473 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 10.4 lbs. (4.7 kg) 1SBH30H1 30" (76.2 cm) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 11.1 lbs. (5 kg)


1.5" Dia.Keyhole L

A

T

V15°

BC


12-17®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Ridge Pin (Pole Top Pin)

B Dimension is 6" & 8" for RPM series and 5" & 8" for RPH series Base and Insulator Ferrule are hot-

dip-galvanized ductile iron.


RP——1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads For 1" lead threads, replace the last “1” in number with “3”For 1.375" lead threads, replace the last “1” in number with “4”Consult factory for additional lengths.



RPM121 12" (30.5 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1700 lbs. (765 kg) 1700 lbs. (765 kg) 5.4 lbs. (2.4 kg) RPM131 13" (33 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1600 lbs. (720 kg) 1600 lbs. (720 kg) 5.5 lbs. (2.5 kg) RPM151 15" (38.1 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kg) RPM181 18" (45.7 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 5.9 lbs. (2.7 kg) RPM211 21" (53.3 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 6.3 lbs. (2.9 kg) RPM241 24" (61 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 8.8 lbs. (4.0 kg)


RPH121 12" (30.5 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 2200 lbs. (990 kg) 2200 lbs. (990 kg) 9.8 lbs. (4.4 kg) RPH181 18" (45.7 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 2150 lbs. (968 kg) 2150 lbs. (968 kg) 10.5 lbs. (4.7 kg) RPH211 21" (53.3 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 11.0 lbs. (4.9 kg) RPH241 24" (61 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 11.1 lbs. (5.0 kg) RPH271 27" (68.6 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.3 lbs. (5.5 kg) RPH301 30" (76.2 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1300 lbs. (585 kg) 1300 lbs. (585 kg) 13.9 lbs. (6.3 kg) RPH361 36" (91.4 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)


12-18®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 2SBM30VV1 30" (76.2 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.3 lbs. (5.5 kg) 2SBM36VV1 36" (91.4 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 13 lbs. (5.9 kg) 2SBM40VV1 40" (101.6 cm) 1350 lbs. (608 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 13.5 lbs. (6.1 kg) 2SBM44VV1 44" (111.8 cm) 1225 lbs. (551 kg) 725 lbs. (326 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14 lbs. (6.3 kg) 2SBM48VV1 48" (121.9 cm) 1125 lbs. (506 kg) 675 lbs. (304 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14.5 lbs. (6.5 kg)

Heavy Duty 2" (51 mm) Dia. Rod 2SBH36VV1 36" (91.4 cm) 2550 lbs. (1148 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 20.8 lbs. (9.4 kg) 2SBH42VV1 42" (106.7 cm) 2400 lbs. (1080 kg) 1700 lbs. (765 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 22.1 lbs. (9.9 kg) 2SBH48VV1 48" (121.9 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 23.5 lbs. (10.6 kg) 2SBH60VV1 60" (152.4 cm) 1950 lbs. (878 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 26.1 lbs. (11.7 kg) 2SBH72VV1 72" (182.9 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 28.9 lbs. (13 kg)

Two-Phase Vertical PinStandoff Bracket

B Dimension is 5", 6" & 8"

Base and Insulator Ferrulesare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.


2SB——VV1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads For 1" lead threads, replace “VV1” in number with “VV3”For 1.375" lead threads, replace“VV1” in number with “VV4”Consult factory for additional lengths.


12-19®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Two-Phase Horizonal PinStandoff Bracket

B Dimension is 5", 6" & 8" Base and Insulator Ferrulesare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.


2SB——HH1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads For 1" lead threads, replace “HH1” in number with “HH3”For 1.375" lead threads, replace“HH1” in number with “HH4”Consult factory for additional lengths.

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Length A Vertical V Longitudinal L Tranverse T (Each)


2SBM36HH1 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 9.8 lbs. (4.4 kg)


2SBH36HH1 36" (91.4 cm) 2550 lbs. (1148 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 14.9 lbs. (6.7 kg) 2SBH40HH1 40" (101.6 cm) 2400 lbs. (1080 kg) 1950 lbs. (878 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 15.8 lbs. (7.1 kg) 2SBH48HH1 48" (121.9 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 17.6 lbs. (7.9 kg)


12-20®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Three-Phase Vertical Pin Standoff Bracket

Base and Insulator Ferrulesare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Length A Length C Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T (Each)

Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 3SBM3024VV1 30" (76.2 cm) 24" (61 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 18.7 lbs. (8.4 kg) 3SBM4828VV1 48" (121.9 cm) 28" (71.1 cm) 1350 lbs. (608 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 19.8 lbs. (8.9 kg)


3SBM——VV1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads. For 1" Lead threads, replace “VV1” in number with “VV3” For 1.375" Lead threads, replace “VV1” in number with “VV4”Consult factory for additional lengths.


12-21®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CommunicationStandoff Bracket

Base and End Ferruleare alumnium alloy.

*Recommended maximum working load is 50% of minimum ultimate ratings listed.Consult factory for additional lengths and bases.


Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 1CSM12 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1300 lbs. (585 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.8 lbs. (1.7 kg) 1CSM15 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg) 1CSM18 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg) 1CSM21 21" (53.3 cm) 1300 lbs. (585 kg) 850 lbs. (383 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) 1CSM24 24" (61 cm) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.4 lbs. (2.4 kg) 1CSM30 30" (76.2 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.1 lbs. (2.7 kg) 1CSM36 36" (91.4 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.8 lbs. (3.1 kg)

includes bolt, nut and washers


12-22®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

A

T

V

15°BC

1:2

Single-Phase SuspensionStandoff Bracket

B Dimension is 6" for 1SBM series and 8" for 1SBE seriesC Dimension is 8" for 1SBM series and 10" for 1SBE series

Base and Insulator Ferruleare hot-dip-galvanized ductile iron.

*Recommended maximum working load is 50% of minimum ultimate ratings listed.Consult factory for additional lengths.

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Length A Vertical V Transverse T (Each)

Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBM12S 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg) 1SBM15S 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5.6 lbs. (2.5 kg) 1SBM18S 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6 lbs. (2.7 kg) 1SBM21S 21" (53.3 cm) 1050 lbs. (473 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) 1SBM24S 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.7 lbs. (3 kg)

Extra Heavy Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBE20S 20" (50.8 cm) 5000 lbs. (2250 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.1 lbs. (5.4 kg) 1SBE24S 24" (61 cm) 4000 lbs. (1800 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.5 lbs. (6.1 kg) 1SBE27S 27" (68.6 cm) 3700 lbs. (1665 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.5 lbs. (6.5 kg) 1SBE30S 30" (76.2 cm) 3500 lbs. (1575 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 15.5 lbs. (7 kg) 1SBE36S 36" (91.4 cm) 3000 lbs. (1350 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 17.6 lbs. (7.9 kg)


1.5" Dia.Keyhole

1SBM1SBE


12-23®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fiberglass Single-Phase/Single Position Cutout / Arrester Bracket


Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBM18TD 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) 1SBM24TD 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.2 lbs. (5.0 kg)


L

V

T

A

15°

4"

B

1.5" Dia.

13/16" Dia 11/16"Dia

11/16"Mounting Holes

B Dimension is 6"

C

Keyhole

C Dimension is 8"


12-24®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

B Dimension is 6" & 8"

Base and Insulator Ferruleare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.

1 (2) Position Single-Phase Cutout / Arrester Bracket


1SBM—AMSB Seriesincludes Spacer Bar

1SBM—AM Series

1SBM—AMB Seriesincludes bolt


Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBM15AM 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM18AM 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) 1SBM21AM 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM24AM 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg) 1SBM15AMB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM18AMB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) 1SBM21AMB 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM24AMB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg) 1SBM15AMSB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM18AMSB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) 1SBM21AMSB 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM24AMSB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)


12-25®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1 (2) Position Single-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket




Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBM12C 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg) 1SBM15C 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg) 1SBM18C 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) 1SBM21C 21" (53.3 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg) 1SBM12CB 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg) 1SBM15CB 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg) 1SBM18CB 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) 1SBM21CB 21" (53.3 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg) 1SBM12CSB 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg) 1SBM15CSB 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg) 1SBM18CSB 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) 1SBM21CSB 21" (53.3 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg)

1SBM—CSB Seriesincludes Spacer Bar

1SBM—CB Seriesincludes bolt

1SBM—C Series


12-26®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

2 Position Single-Phase Cutout / Arrester Bracket

Base is hot-dip galvanizedductile iron and Apparatus Ferrule is aluminum alloy.

1/2"-13 X 2" Captive Carriage Boltis included with 1SB--AMTB only


1SBH—AMT Series1SBM—AMT Series




1SBM12AMT 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM15AMT 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) 1SBM18AMT 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM24AMT 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg) 1SBM12AMTB 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM15AMTB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg) 1SBM18AMTB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM24AMTB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)

Heavy Duty 2" (51 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBH18AMT 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1012 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 9.6 lbs. (4.3 kg) 1SBH21AMT 21" (53.3 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1250 lbs. (562 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) 1SBH24AMT 24" (61 cm) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.4 lbs. (4.7 kg) 1SBH18AMTB 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1012 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 9.6 lbs. (4.3 kg) 1SBH21AMTB 21" (53.3 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1250 lbs. (562 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) 1SBH24AMTB 24" (61 cm) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.4 lbs. (4.7 kg)


1.5" Dia.Keyhole L

A

T

V

15°B

C


12-27®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

2 Position Single-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket



1SBM—CT Series

1SBM—CTB Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers



1SBM12CT 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg) 1SBM15CT 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg) 1SBM18CT 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) 1SBM21CT 21" (53.3 cm) 1050 lbs. (472 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg) 1SBM24CT 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) 1SBM12CTB 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg) 1SBM15CTB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg) 1SBM18CTB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg) 1SBM21CTB 21" (53.3 cm) 1050 lbs. (472 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg) 1SBM24CTB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg)


12-28®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Single-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket

Base is hot-dip galvanizedductile iron and ApparatusFerrule is aluminum alloy.


8"

1SBM—CL Seriesw/Square Holes

1SBM—CLRH Seriesw/Round Holes

1SBM—CLH Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers

B Dimension is 6"C Dimension is 8"


Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBM12CL 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM18CL 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM12CLH 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM18CLH 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg) 1SBM12CLRH 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg) 1SBM18CLRH 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)

LA

T

V15°

BC


1.5" Dia.Keyhole


12-29®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Single-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket

Base is hot-dip galvanized ductile iron and Apparatus Ferrule is aluminum alloy.




Heavy Duty 2" (51 mm) Dia. Rod 1SBH18CL 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.6 lbs. (4.8 kg) 1SBH21CL 21" (53.3 cm) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1250 lbs. (563 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.2 lbs. (5 kg) 1SBH24CL 24" (61 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.9 lbs. (5.4 kg) 1SBH18CLH 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.6 lbs. (4.8 kg) 1SBH21CLH 21" (53.3 cm) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1250 lbs. (563 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.2 lbs. (5 kg) 1SBH24CLH 24" (61 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.9 lbs. (5.4 kg)

1SBH—CLH Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers

1SBH—CL Series


12-30®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

2 Position Two-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket




2SBM—AMT Series 2SB—AMTB Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers


Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod 2SBM36AMTAMT 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg) 2SBM42AMTAMT 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg) 2SBM48AMTAMT 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg) 2SBM36AMTBAMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg) 2SBM42AMTBAMTB 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg) 2SBM48AMTBAMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)

Heavy Duty 2" (51 mm) Dia. Rod 2SBH36AMTAMT 36" (91.4 cm) 2300 lbs. (1035 kg) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg) 2SBH42AMTAMT 42" (106.7 cm) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1600 lbs. (720 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 21.3 lbs. (9.6 kg) 2SBH48AMTAMT 48" (121.9 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.7 lbs. (10.7 kg) 2SBH36AMTBAMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 2300 lbs. (1035 kg) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg) 2SBH42AMTBAMTB 42" (106.7 cm) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1600 lbs. (720 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 21.3 lbs. (9.6 kg) 2SBH48AMTBAMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.7 lbs. (10.7 kg)


12-31®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Two-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket






2SBM36CLCL 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg) 2SBM42CLCL 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg) 2SBM48CLCL 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg) 2SBM36CLHCLH 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg) 2SBM42CLHCLH 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg) 2SBM48CLHCLH 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)


2SBH36CLCL 36" (91.4 cm) 2600 lbs. (1170 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg) 2SBH42CLCL 42" (106.7 cm) 2400 lbs. (1080 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 21.3 lbs. (9.6 kg) 2SBH48CLCL 48" (121.9 cm) 2200 lbs. (990 kg) 1850 lbs. (833 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.7 lbs. (10.7 kg) 2SBH36CLHCLH 36" (91.4 cm) 2600 lbs. (1170 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg) 2SBH42CLHCLH 42" (106.7 cm) 2400 lbs. (1080 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 21.3 lbs. (9.6 kg) 2SBH48CLHCLH 48" (121.9 cm) 2200 lbs. (990 kg) 1850 lbs. (833 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.7 lbs. (10.7 kg)

2SBH—CL Series

2SB—CLH Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers2SBM—CL Series


12-32®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1 Position Three-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket


A C

Catalog Number Length A Length C Minimum Ultimate* Weight (Each) Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod3SBM3613AM 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 11.5 lbs. (5.2 kg)3SBM3618AM 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.2 lbs. (5.5 kg)3SBM4818AM 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14.4 lbs. (6.5 kg)3SBM4824AM 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 15.2 lbs. (6.9 kg)3SBM3613AMB 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.0 lbs. (5.4 kg)3SBM3618AMB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.7 lbs. (5.8 kg)3SBM4818AMB 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14.9 lbs. (6.8 kg)3SBM4824AMB 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 15.7 lbs. (7.1 kg)

Base is aluminum alloy and Mounting Ferrules are hot-dip galvanized ductile iron.


15°

L

T

V

B

11/16"Mounting Slots

1/2" – 13 x 2"Captive Carriage Bolt

3SBM—AMB Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers


12-33®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



Catalog Number Length A Length C Minimum Ultimate* Weight (Each) Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod3SBM3613AMT 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 19.6 lbs. (8.9 kg)3SBM3618AMT 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.3 lbs. (9.2 kg)3SBM4818AMT 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22.5 lbs. (10.2 kg)3SBM4824AMT 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.3 lbs. (10.7 kg)3SBM3613AMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.1 lbs. (9.1 kg)3SBM3618AMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.8 lbs. (9.4 kg)3SBM4818AMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.0 lbs. (10.4 kg)3SBM4824AMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.8 lbs. (10.8 kg)

A C

Base and Mounting Ferrules are aluminum alloy.


15°

L

T

V

B

11/16"Mounting Slots

1/2" – 13 x 2"Captive Carriage Bolt

3SBM—AMTB Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers


12-34®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Three-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket

Base and Apparatus Ferrule arealuminum alloy.





3SBM3613CL 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg) 3SBM3618CL 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg) 3SBM4818CL 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg) 3SBM3613CLRH 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg) 3SBM3618CLRH 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg) 3SBM4818CLRH 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg) 3SBM3613CLH 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg) 3SBM3618CLH 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg) 3SBM4818CLH 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)

3SB—CLH Seriesincludes bolt, nut and washers

3SBM—CL Series


12-35®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.



3SBM3613CT 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg) 3SBM3618CT 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg) 3SBM4813CT 48" (121.9 cm) 13" (33 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 23 lbs. (10.4 kg) 3SBM4818CT 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg) 3SBM3613CTB 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg) 3SBM3618CTB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg) 3SBM4813CTB 48" (121.9 cm) 13" (33 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 23 lbs. (10.4 kg) 3SBM4818CTB 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)





3SBM—CTB Seriesincludes captive bolt, nut and washers


12-36®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1 (2) Position Three-PhaseCutout / Arrester Bracket


Base and Apparatus Ferrule are aluminum alloy.


Light Duty 1.25" (32 mm) Dia. Rod

3SBL3618C 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) 3SBL3618CSB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 17.5 lbs. (7.9 kg)

3SBL3618C Only

3SBL3618CSB Only


12-37®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Three-PhaseCorner Bracket

Base is aluminum alloy.

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T (Each)

Light Duty 1.25" (32 mm) Dia. Rod SPO40011 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 5000 lbs. (2250 kg) 15.5 lbs. (7 kg)


13⁄16" x 1.5" Mounting Slots

Spool InsulatorsNOT INCLUDED

5⁄8" x 10.75" Bolt


12-38®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Cable Spacer / TangentStandoff Bracket


Base and End Ferruleare hot-dip-galvanizedductile iron.

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Length A Vertical V Transverse T (Each)

Extra Heavy Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod T6531191 21" (53.3 cm) 4000 lbs. (1800 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.5 lbs. (6.1 kg)


12-39®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Medium DutyDeadend Arms



DEM—SPEB Only

DEM—SP

Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight Number Length A Vertical V Longitudinal L (Each)

Medium Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod

DEM36SP 36" (91.4 cm) 6000 lbs. (2700 kg) 7500 lbs. (3375 kg) 18.7 lbs. (8.4 kg) DEM42SP 42" (106.7 cm) 5200 lbs. (2340 kg) 6500 lbs. (2925 kg) 20.7 lbs. (9.3 kg) DEM48SP 48" (121.9 cm) 4400 lbs. (1980 kg) 5500 lbs. (2475 kg) 22.8 lbs. (10.3 kg) DEM54SP 54" (137.2 cm) 3440 lbs. (1548 kg) 4300 lbs. (1935 kg) 24.8 lbs. (11.2 kg) DEM60SP 60" (152.4 cm) 2400 lbs. (1080 kg) 3000 lbs. (1350 kg) 26.8 lbs. (12.1 kg) DEM36SPEB 36" (91.4 cm) 6000 lbs. (2700 kg) 7500 lbs. (3375 kg) 18.7 lbs. (8.4 kg) DEM42SPEB 42" (106.7 cm) 5200 lbs. (2340 kg) 6500 lbs. (2925 kg) 20.7 lbs. (9.3 kg) DEM48SPEB 48" (121.9 cm) 4400 lbs. (1980 kg) 5500 lbs. (2475 kg) 22.8 lbs. (10.3 kg) DEM54SPEB 54" (137.2 cm) 3440 lbs. (1548 kg) 4300 lbs. (1935 kg) 24.8 lbs. (11.2 kg) DEM60SPEB 60" (152.4 cm) 2400 lbs. (1080 kg) 3000 lbs. (1350 kg) 26.8 lbs. (12.1 kg)


12-40®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Medium DutyDeadend Arms




Medium Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod DEM36DP 36" (91.4 cm) 6400 lbs. (2880 kg) 8000 lbs. (3600 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg) DEM42DP 42" (106.7 cm) 5200 lbs. (2340 kg) 6500 lbs. (2925 kg) 23 lbs. (10.4 kg) DEM48DP 48" (121.9 cm) 4400 lbs. (1980 kg) 5500 lbs. (2475 kg) 24.1 lbs. (10.8 kg) DEM54DP 54" (137.2 cm) 3400 lbs. (1530 kg) 4300 lbs. (1935 kg) 26.1 lbs. (11.7 kg)


12-41®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Heavy DutyDeadend Arms


Base and Apparatus Ferrule are hot-dip galvanized ductile iron.


Heavy Duty 3" (76 mm) Dia. Rod DEH36DP 36" (91.4 cm) 9600 lbs. (4320 kg) 12000 lbs. (5400 kg) 34.5 lbs. (15.5 kg) DEH42DP 42" (106.7 cm) 8400 lbs. (3780 kg) 10500 lbs. (4725 kg) 37.3 lbs. (16.8 kg) DEH48DP 48" (121.9 cm) 7600 lbs. (3420 kg) 9500 lbs. (4275 kg) 41 lbs. (18.5 kg) DEH54DP 54" (137.2 cm) 6800 lbs. (3060 kg) 8500 lbs. (3825 kg) 43.2 lbs. (19.4 kg) DEH60DP 60" (152.4 cm) 6000 lbs. (2700 kg) 7500 lbs. (3375 kg) 46.2 lbs. (20.8 kg) DEH72DP 72" (182.9 cm) 3400 lbs. (1530 kg) 6500 lbs. (2925 kg) 52.1 lbs. (23.4 kg)


12-42®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


12-43®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


12-44®

®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


MEXICOHUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del ValleMexico, D.F. 03200Phone: 52-55-9151-9999Fax: 52-55-9151-9988Website: hubbell.com.mx

UNITED STATESCANADA, INTERNATIONALHUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC.210 N. Allen Street Centralia, Mo 65240-1395Phone: 1-573-682-5521Fax: 1-573-682-8714e-mail: [email protected]

14A-1

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

14A

OVERHEAD SWITCHESGang-Operated

Type AR, Type D7 and Type D6Warranty - Material

The Chance Company warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.

Warranty - ApplicationThe Chance Company does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.

Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by The Chance Company, its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

©Copyright 2007 & 2009 Hubbell Incorporated • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240 USANOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USA

14A-2


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

U.S. Patents 6,207,919; 6,215,082; 6,281,460; 6,409,135; 6,459,053; 6,541,717; 6,818,846; 6,946,607.

Variations and ConfigurationsThe Type AR switch is available in five basic configurations: •Horizontal •Vertical •Phase-over-Phase •Delta •Inverted

All feature clockwise opening and are operable by torsional or reciprocating controls as well a hookstick operation option (full-length down-the-pole control or crossarm-mounted hook stick-operation control).

1. Full-length down-the-pole controls consist of Torsional swing-handle operation for Horizontal, Delta and Inverted switches and Reciprocating pump-handle operation for Verti-cal and Phase-over-Phase switches. (Standard Duty or Heavy Duty conrols are available for Vertical and Phase-over-Phase switches.) Switch open or close positions locking provisions are provided.

2. Offset control option for horizontal configuration allows the control to be trained down the side of the pole where interference prohibits mounting the control on the front of the pole.

3. Crossarm-mounted hook stick-operation controls provide pull-to-open / pull-to-close switch with maximum target hook stick accessibility.

Features:All three phase switches feature a four-link overtoggle mecha-nism to assure locked closed blades, mechanical advantage for easier open and close operation, and "snap" feedback to the operator.

Type AR (Automation-Ready) Switch14.4kV, 25kV or 34.5kV 900 Amperes Continuous/Interrupt

Type AR Switch RatingsNominal Voltage/Lightning Impulse Withstand .... 14.4 kV/110 kV, 25 kV/150 kV or 34.5 kV grounded-wye/150 kVContinuous Current ............................................. 900 amperesInterrupting Current ............................................. 900 amperesPeak Withstand Current........................................65,000 amperes peakShort Time Withstand Current...........3 sec...........25,000 amperes, symmetricalFault Making: 1 time ........................... 25,000 amperes, asymmetrical 3 time ............................20,000 amperes, asymmetricalDead-ending: ........................................................8,000-lb. working loadIce Breaking: .........................................................3/4-in. thick, opening and closing

DescriptionThe Hubbell unitized Type AR switch is a distribution-level, loadbreak, gang-operated side-break switch designed to meet not only today’s needs but well into utilities’ future of distribution automation. Designed for nominal system voltages of 14.4kV and 25kV three- and four-wire systems and 34.5kV grounded-wye systems. The Type AR switch is available with a variety of options, and in ratings for present and planned requirements.

To minimize field installation time, the Type AR switch is pre-assembled, adjusted and mounted on a crossarm. Instal-lation time is even faster for a Type AR switch with the hook stick-operation option.

Horizontal Mounting

(Torsionaldown-the-pole control shown)

Delta Mounting

(Hook stick control shown)

Phase-over-PhaseMounting

(Reciprocatingdown-the-polecontrol shown)

Inverted Mounting

(Hook stick control shown)

Vertical Mounting

(Reciprocatingdown-the-pole control shown)

Horizontal Mounting

(Offset torsional control optiondown-side-of-the-pole shown)

14A-3

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

• Automation-ready design

• 900-ampcontinuousand interruption current rating• Four-linkovertoggle mechanism

• Hookstickoperation capability• Unitized,pre-assembled construction• Fourmountingarrangements

Feature —

Available Options


Hook stick Operation The Type AR switch can be operated by a hook stick operation. This option eliminates control pipe sections down the pole and their attendant adjustment during installation and maintenance.

Extra Pipe The extra pipe section includes guide, coupling, and all hardware for attachment.

Extension Links When deadending to the AR switch, exten-sion links must be used to give needed clearance. The end clevis has a slotted hole for inserting the machine bolt with-out having to remove the extension bar. The extension links supplied are 14 inches long, hot-dip galvanized, and REA accepted. Catalog No. C2070112; six required per switch.

Surge Arrester Brackets Three brackets can be supplied for mounting six surge arresters (utility supplied) for over-voltage protection.

Sensor Brackets Extension Brackets can be supplied, or added to the AR Switch, to allow for the additon of line volt-age/current sensors.

Advantage —• Compatiblewithtoday’sD/Aenvironmentbyaddingamotoroperator

and RTU of your choice, or upgrade in the future• Meetspresentandfutureoperationrequirements

• Mechanicaladvantagereducesoperatingtorquetothelowestlevelin the industry to date

• Overtoggle feature assures blades are closed and gives“snap”feedback to the operator

• Minimizesinstallationtime,reducespossiblevandalism,eliminatescontrol adjustments

• Minimizesinstallationtimeandeliminatescontroladjustments

• Meetsvariousutilityinstallationrequirements

Crossarm Braces Crossarm braces may be specified as an option.

ESP™ polymer Insulators The distribution insulators, 2.25-inch bolt circle, are available in a U.S.-manufactured ESP polymer design. They are light weight, durable, and they offer long-term performance in every type of environment.

Terminal Connectors Catalog No. ATC1343, fortified cadmi-um-plated aluminum parallel-groove clamp can be supplied with switches. Six per switch.

Cable Range:Minimum No. 2 solid copper [0.258 inch (6.55 mm)] to maximum 500 kcmil copper [0.811 inch (20.60 mm)].

Control Insulator One 150 kV LIW (Lightining Impulse With-stand - BIL) polymer insulator in vertical control pipe.

Captive Hardware Two stainless-steel spline bolts pressed into each terminal pad, nuts and lockwashers included.

Single Phase of Type AR Switch(1) Hot-rolled steel base formed into a channel and galvanized per ASTM A153.(2) Hot-rolled crank lever provides high strength and corro-sion resistance. Galvanized per ASTM A153.(3) Delrin® bushing coupled with a cast aluminum rotating shaft eliminates the need for lubrication during the life of the switch.(4) Insulators available in 2.25" bolt circle, porcelain or polymer.(5) High-conductivity copper with phosphorous-bronze back-up springs and copper-tungsten fault-closing tips provide reli-able contact areas. Silver-to-silver current-transfer points.(6) Blade formed from hard-drawn, high-conductivity copper for maximum current carrying capability.(7) Interrupter provides current interruption without exter-nal arc or flame. High-strength polyurethane material for strength, weatherability and UV resistance. Bolted tongue-in-groove mounting ensures positive alignment.(8) Polycarbonate ice shield helps protect contacts from ice build up.

7

1

2

8

4

6

3

Interrupter

5

14A-4


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Horizontal Mounting – Down-the-Pole Control


14A-5

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

Horizontal Mounting – Offset Side-of-the-Pole Control


18.75 IN476 MM

29KV 26 IN660 MM

17.1KV 23 IN584 MM

36 IN914 MM

CROSSARM BRACEWHEN FURNISHED

88 IN2235 MM

22 IN559 MM(REF)

GALV STEEL ORFIBERGLASSUNIVERSAL ASSEMBLY

NAMEPLATE

PER CUSTOMER

83 IN2108 MM

14 IN356 MM

107 IN2718 MM

25 IN635 MM

11/16"IN (17MM) DIATHRU HOLES FORMOUNTING BOLTS

32 IN813 MM

24 IN610 MM

33 IN838 MM

CONTACT END

HINGE END

SWITCH

INTERRUPTER

3/4" IPS GALVSTEEL PIPE OR1" FIBERGLASS

BLADE

TO OPEN

4" X 4" GALV STEELOR FIBERGLASS

83 IN2108 MM

32 FT/8.75 M MAX HEIGHTWITHOUT ADDITIONAL VERTICALPIPE AND GUIDE BEARING

REQUIREMENT

LOCKING PROVISION FORPADLOCKING IN OPENOR CLOSED POSITION

1-1/2" IPS GALVSTEEL PIPE

GROUND STRAP

NAMEPLATE

14A-6


HUBBELL®

Power Systems


Vertical Mounting

14A-7

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

7-1/4"184 MM(17.1KV)16-1/4"

413 MM (29KV)19-1/4" 489 MM

ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE5/8"(16 MM)DIA

23-1/2"597 MM

28 FT(8.5 M)MAXWITHOUT ADDITIONOF PIPE SECTION

ENF OFCROSSARM

VIEW "A"-"A"

6-1/2"165 MM

25"635 MM

4"(102 MM)SQUARE CROSSARMGALV STEEL OR FIBERGLASS

2-1/2"64 MM

81-1/2"2070 MM

8-1/2"216 MM

11-1/2"292 MM

99"2515 MM

10"254 MM

14"356 MM

14"356 MM

6"152 MM

32"813 MM

32"813 MM

SIDE VIEW

STANDARD CONTROLTYPE "S" AND "F"

3/4"(19 MM)NPS GALV PIPEOR 1"(25 MM)FIBERGLASS ROD

TOP SECTION3/4"(19 MM)NPS GALV PIPEOR 1"(25 MM)FIBERGLASS ROD

COUPLINGS

GUIDES

ALL LOWERSECTIONS3/4"(19 MM)NPS GALV PIPE

85"216 MM(TYPICAL)

(TYPICAL)"B-B"

RECIPROCATINGHANDLE

GROUNDSTRAP

"B""B"

HEAVY DUTY CONTROLTYPE "T" AND "G"

AS REQUIREDBY USER

NAMEPLATEOPEN AND CLOSEDLOCKING PROVISIONS

6"152 MM

TOP SECTION1-1/4"(32 MM)NPS GALV PIPEOR FIBERGLASS

STEADY LEVER

ALL LOWERSECTIONS1-1/4"(32 MM)NPS GALV PIPE

6"152 MM(TYPICAL)

86-3/4"2203 MM

84"2134 MM(TYPICAL)

"A" "A"


Phase-over-Phase Mounting

14A-8


HUBBELL®

Power Systems


Delta Mounting

14A-9

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009


Inverted Mounting

14A-10


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Type AR (Automation-Ready) Switch

Catalog Numbering System

Crossarm/Inter-Phase Shaft

S = SteelF = Fiberglass M = Steel crossarm, fiberglass interphase shaft

A

Position 1: Position 2:Insulation, kV Impulse(maximum system kV)

1 = 110 porcelain (17.1kV) 3 = 110 polymer (17.1kV) 4 = 150 polymer (29kV) 6 = 150 polymer (38kV grounded-wye) 7 = 150 polymer Long Leak (39.6") (38kV grounded-wye)

R

Configuration

1 = ‡Horizontal2 = Vertical3 = Ø-over-Ø4 = Delta5 = Inverted

Position 4:

Positions 5 through 12:See Option Tables for each Configuration

X X X X XXXX

Option Tables by ConfigurationVerticalSwitch,S&FControls

B = Sensor Brackets * C = Control Insulator H = Captive Hardware L = Surge Arrester Brackets * P = Extra Pipe * PP = Two Extra Pipes † T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343)

1 X XXX

U.S. Patents 6,207,919; 6,215,082; 6,281,460; 6,409,135; 6,459,053; 6,541,717; 6,818,846; 6,946,607.

Position 3:

*Options C, P, R, PP and RR do not apply when Hook Stick Operated Control is supplied.†Options H and T, Captive Hardware and Terminal Con-nectors, cannot be ordered together.

14.4kV, 25kV or 34.5kV 900 Amperes Continuous/Interrupt

Vertical Switch, T & G Controls B = Sensor Brackets * D = Control Insulator H = Captive Hardware L = Surge Arrester Brackets * R = Extra Pipe * RR = Two Extra Pipes † T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343)

Replacement Parts C8180001 Interrupter for all Mounting ConfigurationsE8181000P Live Parts for all kV Ratiings and Mounting Configurations

Standard Controls — Pipe sizes on drawings, pages 14A-4 thru -8

(All configurations) S = All Steel Vertical SectionsF = One Fiberglass Vertical Section H = Vertical Controls replaced with Hook stick Operating Mechanism

Heavy-Duty Controls — 11⁄4" IPS(Vertical and Ø-over-Ø only)

T = All Steel Vertical SectionsG = One Fiberglass Vertical Section

Horizontal and Inverted Switches B = Sensor Brackets * C = Control Insulator † H = Captive Hardware L = Surge Arrester Brackets * P = Extra Pipe * PP = Two Extra Pipes S = Steel Crossarm Brace, only one supplied † T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343) W = Wood Crossarm Brace, only one supplied X = Extension Links

Phase-over-PhaseSwitch,S&FControls B = Sensor Brackets * C = Control Insulator † H = Captive Hardware L = Surge Arrester Brackets * P = Extra Pipe * PP = Two Extra Pipes † T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343) X = Extension Links

Phase-over-PhaseSwitch,S&FControls B = Sensor Brackets * C = Control Insulator † H = Captive Hardware L = Surge Arrester Brackets * R = Extra Pipe * RR = Two Extra Pipes † T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343) X = Extension Links

Delta Switch B = Sensor Brackets * C = Control Insulator † H = Captive Hardware L = Surge Arrester Brackets * P = Extra Pipe * PP = Two Extra Pipes † T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343) X = Extension Links

‡To specify Offset Control, add 0116 as a suffix after building a complete Catalog Number for all other features.

14A-11

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

HorizontalMounting

Phase-over-PhaseMounting

Riser PoleMounting

Application and RatingsThe Chance unitized D7 is a distribution-level, gang-operated, side-break switch for 15 through 38 kV applications. It is pre-assembled, adjusted, and mounted on a common support at the factory for three-phase service. D7 switches meet a continuous-current rating of 600 amperes, a momentary rating of 40,000 amperes, a three-second short time current rating of 25,000 amperes, and applicable NEMA and ANSI standards. It is available in 15 kV (110 kV LIW*), 27 kV (150 kV LIW*), 34.5kV (150kV LIW*) or 38 kV (200 kV LIW*). The D7 is a 600-ampere loadbreak switch with the Duogap® expulsion interrupters. With the Duogap, the D7 is capable of switching load currents up to 600 amperes, with full recovery voltage across the switch, and interrupting transformer magnetizing and line-charging currents. This switch may be used for disconnecting, line sectionalizing, circuit breaker bypassing, and isolating.

*Lightning Impulse Withstand (BIL)

Convenient InstallationField installation time of this pre-assembled switch is greatly reduced below what is usually required to install separate gang-operated distribution level switches. The three-phase unit is conveniently raised in one piece to its mounting position, secured to the pole, control sections attached, and field adjustment made. Proper synchronization and phase spacing have been made at the factory. Unitized switches are installed in 2 to 4 hours, compared to non-unitized switches that take 6 to 8 hours.

One-lift installation cuts time and cost of separate gang-operated, distribution-level switches.

Three mounting variations of the D7 are available.

Unitized and Pre-AssembledType D7 Switches — Unitized

15 to 38 kV 600 Amperes

14A-12


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

DesignFeaturesThe jaw socket and hinge terminal castings of the D7 are bronze with tin-plated NEMA terminal pads. The blade is a round tubular copper with flattened ends to allow for a silver/copper contact. A four-point silver plated contact is supplied on the jaw end to make the switch easier to open and close. An all-copper current path is provided.

InterruptersChance Duogap® expulsion interrupter converts any D7 to a loadbreak switch. Built-in sockets on each switch accept the interrupter. The Duogap may be ordered with the switch or may be hotstick-installed for load management conversion. For more on the Duogap, see Bulletin No. 14-9405.

Terminal Pads, Arcing HornsTwo-hole NEMA terminal pads are standard. The D7 terminal pads are bronze with tin-plating to provide low-resistance efficient current transfer.

A stainless steel arcing horn is provided to pick up load current, thus preventing burning or arc pitting on the main contacts.

InsulatorsThe Vee configuration of the insulators simulates a low profile with less bulk and a pleasing visual appearance. The gray-tone insulator for the unitized D7 switch is NEMA 3-inch BC.

15 thru 34.5 kV Switch Base and BearingsThe base castings consist of high strength, high corrosion resistant aluminum alloy. This lightweight aluminum is comparable to bronze in almost all metal technical categories, such as: ultimate tensile, tensile yield, elongation, hardness, modulus of elasticity, thermal conductivity, and electrical conductivity. Bearings are high-strength, high-density Delrin, for smooth pivotal action.

Conductors are dead-ended to each individual switch base. Pull-off holes are designed for a 6,000-lb. working load rating. The switch frame is limited to an unequal loading of 700 lb.

Common SupportThe 4 x 4-inch common support member is furnished in either galva-nized-steel or fiberglass tubing. The “interphase” shaft which connects the three rotating insulators is constructed of the same material as the crossarm.

ControlsControls are either all metal or metal with a vertical fiberglass section. Three options combine the metal or insulated interphase shaft with the metal or fiberglass common support.

Chance 15.5, 27 and 38 kV Duogap expulsion interrupters .

The arcing horn will pick up load current upon closing to prevent burning or arc pitting on the main contact surfaces.

Unitized and Pre-AssembledType D7 Switches — Unitized15 to 38 kV 600 Amperes

14A-13

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

kV 15 27*34.5*150 kV LIW (Lightning Impulse Withstand)

Riser Pole Mounting

E364242

C364848

D151717



Dimensions (inches)

14A-14


HUBBELL®

Power Systems



E364242

C364848

D151717

Dimensions (inches)Horizontal Mounting

Horizontal Mounting38 kV — 200 BIL


14A-15

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009



Phase-over-Phase Mounting

A84108108

B364848

Dimensions (inches)

Phase-over-Phase Mounting38 kV — 200 kV LIW (Lightning Impulse Withstand)


14A-16


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

34.5 kV (150kV LIW*) Switch Phase Outline

4" x 4" CROSSARMSTEEL OR FIBERGLASS



15kV (110kV LIW*) Switch Phase Outline


27kV (150kV LIW*) Switch Phase Outline


*Lightning Impulse Withstand

14A-17

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

D7 X X X X X XA- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling,

and guide bracket. Horizontal mounting only. Cat. No. E8012729P.

B- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling, and pipe guide. Phase-Over-Phase and Vertical only. Cat. No. E8012729P.

D- Lightning arrester brackets. Horizontal and Vertical only. Specify Cat. No. C8011014 for complete mounting assembly for six distribution class lightning arresters.

E- Lighting arrester brackets. Phase-Over- Phase only. Specify Cat. No. C8011381 for complete mounting assembly for six distri-bution class arresters; C8011380 for three arrester application.

Q- One 150 kV LIW* insulator in vertical controls. Specify porcelain or polymer.

T- Six fortified cadmium-plated aluminum parallel-groove terminal connectors. Cat. No. ATC1343 for one connector, No. 2 through 500 kcmil.

U- Crossarm braces. Wood braces for fiberglass crossarm (pair), steel brace for steel crossarms.

Interrupter

ControlsAll steel controls (Used with steel support only) --AFiberglass universal section and steel interphase shaft (Used with steel support only) ----------------- BFiberglass universal section and interphase rod (used with Fiberglass support only) ----------------- C

OptionsMounting

Galvanized Steel --- SFiberglass ------------ E

Support

15 kV/110 kV LIW* NEMA Porcelain Insulator ---115 kV/110 kV LIW* NEMA Polymer Insulator -----427 kV/150 kV LIW* NEMA Porcelain Insulator ---238 kV/200 kV LIW* NEMA Porcelain Insulator ---338 kV/200 kV LIW* NEMA Polymer Insulator ---- 634.5 kV/150 kV LIW* NEMA Porcelain Insulator--7

Ratings

Horizontal Upright CCW Opening ------------ HCW Opening ------------ X

CCW Opening Extra pole clearance - R

CW OpeningExtra pole clearance - T

Vertical CCW Opening ------------VPhase-over-Phase CCW Opening ------------ P

L - With Duogap® InterrupterN - No interrupter

NOTE: (1) 200 kV LIW* not available with vertical mounting or fiberglass crossarm. (2) Consult factory for motor operators.


Ordering Information — Type D7 Unitized SwitchesCatalog Numbering System

38 kV (200 LIW*) Switch Phase Outline


38 kV 600 Amperes

14A-18


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Type D6 Switches — Non-Unitized15 to 38 kV 600 Amperes

Application and RatingsThe Chance Type D6 is a distribution-level, gang-operated, side-break switch for 15 through 38kV applications. D6 switches meet a continuous-current rating of 600 amperes, a momentary rating of 40,000 amperes, a three-second short- time current rating of 25,000 amperes, and all applicable NEMA and ANSI standards. It is available in 15 kV (110 kV LIW*), 27 kV (150 kV LIW*) and 38 kV (200 kV LIW*). The unit is a 600-ampere loadbreak switch with Duogap® expul-sion interrupters. Each switch comes prefitted with a socket to accept the Duogap. Orders also may specify switches come without the interrupters. With the Duogap, D6 is capable of switching load currents up to 600 amperes, with full recov-ery voltage across the switch, and interrupting transformer magnetizing and line-charging currents. The D6 switch may be used for disconnecting, line sectionalizing, circuit breaker bypassing, and isolating.

DesignFeaturesD6 jaw socket and hinge terminal pads are bronze castings with stainless steel supports. The blade is round tubular cop-per with flattened ends to allow for a silver/copper contact. Silver contacts are used to ensure smooth, easy operation.

Bases and BearingsThe switch base for 38 kV (200 kV LIW*) is galvanized-steel hat-section. A sealed, greaseless main bearing supports the rotating insulator. The stainless-steel balls are encased in a high-strength, heat-treated aluminum housing for mainte-nance-free operation. The switch base for 15 kV (110 kV LIW*) and 27 kV (150 kV LIW*) is extruded aluminum channel and the bearings are high-density Delrin.

Insulators

Alternate Mounting ArrangementsThe standard D6 switch design allows for a multitude of mounting and control configurations. The switch can be mounted horizontally or vertically. Controls can be installed on any side of the pole or off the switch ends for structure mount. Some common configurations are shown below. Consult factory for other requirements.

38 kV (200 kV LIW*) Switch Phase15 kV (110 kV LIW*) Switch Phase 27 kV (150 kV LIW*) Switch Phase

The Sky-Glaze® insulator is gray porcelain NEMA 3-inch BC.

Blade OpeningAll side-break D6 switches open in the counter-clockwise direction.

Terminal Pads, Arcing HornNEMA-standard, two-hole terminal pads accept aluminum or bronze connectors. Tin-plated bronze D6 pads reduce resistance to assure efficient current transfer. A stainless steel arcing horn picks up load current, preventing burning or arc pitting on the main contacts.

InterruptersChance Duogap® expulsion interrupter makes the D6 a loadbreak switch. Built-in sockets on each switch accept the interrupter. The Duogap may be ordered with the switch or may be hotstick-installed for load management conversion. For more on the Duogap, see Bulletin No.14-9405.


14A-19

HUBBELL®


AUGUST 2009

3. Consult factory for motor operators.4.Ifnon-standardphasespacingisrequired,pleasepro-vide length of interphase control desired.

NOTE:1. 200 kV KIW* is not available with vertical mounting or fiberglass support. 2. Consult factory for structure mounting applications.

Phase-over-Phase CCW Opening ---PHorizontal Upright CCW Opening -- HVertical (Riser Pole) CCW Opening ---V

D6 X X X X X X

kV 15 27

G3642

E3648

F1517

Dimensions (inches)

Type D6 Switches — Non-Unitized15 to 38 kV 600 Amperes

Foralternatemountingconfigurations,see preceding page.

Mounting

None ------------------ 0

* Galvanized Steel --- S(Horizontal mount only)

All steel controls -------------------- AFiberglass universal section and steel interphase shaft --- B

Controls

15 kV/110 kV LIW* NEMA Insulator - 1



Ratings

Support

* Supports are bundled with the control pipe separate from the switch crate.

Interrupter

A- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling, and guide bracket. Horizontal mounting only. Cat. No. E8012729P.B- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling, and pipe guide. Phase-Over-Phase and Vertical only. Cat. No. E8012729P.D- Lightning arrester brackets. Horizontal and Vertical only. Specify Cat. No. C8011014 for complete mounting assembly for six distribution class arresters.E- Lighting arrester brackets. Phase-Over-Phase only. Specify Cat. No. C8011381 for complete mounting assembly for six distribution-class arresters; C8011380 for three arrester application.Q- One 150 kV LIW* insulator in vertical controls. Specify porcelain or polymer.T- Six fortified cadmium-plated aluminum parallel- groove terminal connectors. Cat. No. ATC1343 for one connector, No. 2 through 500 kcmil.

Options

Ordering Information Catalog Numbering System

Horizontal Mounting Horizontal Mounting 38 kV — 200 kV LIW*

L - With Duogap® InterrupterN - No interrupter


14A-20


HUBBELL®

Power Systems

Web: www.hubbellpowersystems.comE-mail: [email protected]

MEXICO


UNITED STATES


14B-1

JUNE 2008HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA

©Copyright 2008 Hubbell   •  210 North Allen Street  •  Centralia, MO 65240NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

OVERHEAD SWITCHESHOOKSTICK-OPERATED




Section

14B

14B-2


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ApplicationThe Chance Type M3 Disconnect Switch is a single-phase hook-stick operated switch. It is for manual switching of overhead lines on electrical distribution systems up to 38kV. Design variations allow for applications as a distribution switch or a substation switch. Rated for 600 or 900 amps continuous, 40,000 amps momentary and 25,000 amps sym. 2-seconds short-time withstand, the M3 may be applied on:

• Dip/Riserpoles •Singlecrossarm• Doublecrossarm •Aluminumorsteelstructure

and wherever a disconnect switch is desirable for line sec-tionalizing. The addition of optional bypass studs allows for

Type M3 Hookstick Disconnect SwitchesUp to 38kV 600 or 900 Amp 40kA Momentary

Components of the M3 Switch1. By-pass Studs (Optional)Two copper alloy by-pass studs used for regulator, reclosers, and metering devices for by-passing operations. Provides superior corrosion protection as well as high conductivity. Chance hot line clamps are to be used in conjunction with this option (refer to section 13 of the Chance catalog for selection of proper clamp). 2. Terminal Pad (Standard)Highconductivitytin-platedcopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-nal pad. 3. Back-up Springs (Standard)Two stainless steel springs (300 series) for high strength and superior corrosion resistance to maintain efficient current transfer at the stationary contact and end of blade. 4. Loadbreak Hooks (Standard)Hot dipped galvanized steel toASTMA153 for corrosionprotectiontobeusedwithportableloadbreaktool.Alsoactsas a blade guide to increase the side loading capabilities during switch closing.5. Copper Blade (Standard)High conductivity copper blade and silver-plated moving contact areas. The blade utilizes four-finger contact design for superior performance on momentary currents. Blade is triangulated and edge-formed for superior stiffness and blade side-loading capability during closing.6. Stainless steel pin (Standard)Stainless steel pin can be positioned to stop the blade at 90O

(as supplied) or 160O.7. 160O Open Position Latch (Optional)This is a 300 series stainless steel latch to hold the blade in the 160O open position.8. Parallel Groove Connectors, (Optional)CatalogNo.ATC1343,fortifiedcadmium-platedaluminumparallel groove clamp, furnished with galvanized steel bolts and nuts and will accept #2 through 500 kcmil aluminum or copper conductor.9. InsulatorsAvailablein2.25-inchboltcircledistributioninsulatorsoflight weight ESPTM silicon alloy rubber or porcelain.10. Switch BaseBasesarehotdipgalvanizedtoASTMA153 forcorrosionprotection and can be mounted with the supplied back-strap on a single or double crossarm; they can also be mounted on aluminum or steel equipment mounts. See drawings on following pages for dimensions.

11. Serrated Slots (Standard)Forretaining3/8"carriagebolts,whichareincluded,withthe mounting back-strap when ordered. Smooth slots are available as an option. (Distribution switches only) 12. Back-strap (Standard)Comes with hardware to match the distribution base ordered: U-shaped for rigidity and strength. Galvanized to ASTMA153forcorrosionprotection.(Distribution switches only)13. Dead-end Provision (Standard)Holes for dead-ending conductors are stamped out of the galvanized steel base. Rated for 8,000 lb. working load. Holesizeis1"14. Captive Hardware (Optional)Two stainless steel spline bolts pressed into each terminal pad, bronze nut and stainless steel lock washer included.

bypassing reclosers, regulators, capacitor banks or metering devices.

OperationAllChanceM3disconnectswitchesincludeloadbreakhookswhich serve both as a blade closing guide and for use with a portable loadbreak tool. To open the switch under load, use only an approved loadbreak tool and refer to the tool manufacturer for instructions.

Positive latching is provided. Silver-plating on the contact areas enhances efficient current transfer. For easy opening and ice-breaking action, the pull ring activates the latch as a pry-out lever.

14B-3


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DISTRIBUTION Class InsulatorsDistribution class insulators are 21/4" bolt-circle, providedwith 110, 125 or 150kV BIL respectively for the 15.5, 27 and 38kV ratings. These are available in either ESPTM silicon alloy rubber or porcelain insulators.

ESP™ Insulator, available in three sizes

150kV125kV110kV

Structural design of ESP™ insulator:• RodESP™ insulator fiberglass rod is produced from the highest quality material. Strands are aligned for the maximum tensile strength. The rod is filled with electrical grade glass fibers.

DISTRIBUTION CLASS (2.25" Bolt-Circle) Switch Ratings

Cantilever,pounds

DryArcDistance,

inches

LeakageDistance,

inches ESP Rubber

Porcelain ESP Rubber

Porcelain ESP Rubber

Porcelain

110

125

150

Rated BIL*

MaterialSwitch Electrical Ratings Insulator Mechanical Ratings

Tension,pounds

60 Hz Flash-over, kV*

Wet Dry

Torsion,in.-lb.

Compression, pounds

Weight,lb.

17.2

10.5 21.9

15.5 28

24.0

7.1

6.0 8.1

7.0 10.0

9.5

30

30 45

45 60

60

38

38 50

50 70

70

1,200

1,200

1,000

1,000 800 800

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

3,000

3,000 3,000

3,000 3,000

3,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

5,000

*ANSIRating.Lessthantestresults.Testreportsavailableuponrequest.

2.90

7.73 3.30

9.00 4.50

11.45

STATION CLASS (3" Bolt-Circle) Switch Ratings

Canti-lever,

pounds

DryArcDistance,

inches

LeakageDistance,

inches Polymer

Porcelain Porcelain

110

150

Rated BIL*

MaterialElectrical Mechanical

Tension,pounds

60 Hz Flash-over, kV*

Wet Dry

Torsion,in.-lb.

Compression, pounds

19.0

15.5 24.0

8.0

7.0 9.5

45

45 60

50

50 70

2,000

2,000

2,000

8,500

8,500 10,000

7,000

7,000

8,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

*ANSIRating.Lessthantestresults.Testreportsavailableuponrequest.

Distribution Class Ratings Nominal Voltage/BIL: 14.4kV/110kV, 25kV/125kV, 34.5/150kV Continuous Current: 600 or 900 ampMomentary Current: 40,000 amperes asymmetricalShort Time Withstand Current 2-sec.: 25,000 amperes sym.Deadending: 8,000 lb. working load

STATION Class InsulatorsStationclass insulatorsareavailablewithSky-Glazehorizon-blending3"bolt-circle,whichprovide 110 and 150kV BIL respectively for the 15 and 27kV substation switches. These are available in porcelain or at 15kV polymer (cycloaliphatic).

Substation-style Station Class Type M3S switch is made for mounting on a steel structure or on a pole-mounted aluminum or steel equipment mount.

• End FittingsDuctile iron castings are mechanically crimped directly to the fiberglass rod. The crimp requires no intermovement of the parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting compounds or adhesives.

• WeathershedsESP™ insulators are the same proven material used in PDV arresters, Hi*Lite and Veri*Lite insulators and PDI dead-ends. ESP™ is a polymer compound made by alloying silicone and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers the desirable toughness and resistance to tracking of Ohio Brass’s original EPR, with the hydrophobic characteristics derived from low molecular weight silicone oils.

Ohio Brass uses several tests to evaluate materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability and variations of differential thermal analysis tests assure the quality of OB’s shed material. For further information on our polymers ask your Hubbell representative for the publication “Polymer Materials for Insulator Weathersheds” EU1264-H.

15.5

27

38

Max. kV

14B-4


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DISTRIBUTION CLASSM3 SWITCH—DIMENSIONAL DATA

110kV BIL - 600 Amp

14B-5


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DISTRIBUTION CLASSM3 SWITCH—DIMENSIONAL DATA

110kV BIL - 900 Amp125kV BIL - 600 Amp

150kV BIL - 600 & 900 Amp

14B-6


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3 SwitchDISTRIBUTION CLASS


M3OPTIONSC = Captive Hardware*Consists of 4 each: 1/2"13stainlesssteelbolts, 1/2" flatwasher / lockwasher, 1/2" 13bronze nut

L = Open Position Latch (P8070181P)Stainless steel latch for holding the blade in the 160° open position

P = Parallel Groove Terminals* (ACT1343 2 per switch)Two complete connectors and hardware. Accepts#2-500kcmil(CopperorAlumi-num)

R = Bypass Studs (P8070166P 2 per switch)Two copper alloy bypass studs, which can be used for regulator or recloser bypassing

D = Distribution base, serrated slots with four 3/8"x8"/10"carriageboltsand backstrap

H = Distribution base, smooth slots with four 1/2"x8"/10"carriageboltsand backstrap

BOLT LENGTH

7651 432BASE

*NOTE: Captive Hardware and Parallel Groove Terminals CANNOT be ordered together.

6 = 600AMP

9 =900AMP

RATED CURRENT

A=10"LengthB=8"Length

2 = 15kV 110BIL Porcelain3 = 25kV 125BIL Porcelain (not available in 900 amp)4 = 35kV 150BIL Porcelain6 = 15kV 110BIL Polymer7 = 25kV 125BIL Polymer (not available in 900 amp)8 = 35kV 150BIL Polymer

INSULATION

RUS Listed

14B-7


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3 SwitchSTATION CLASS


M3OPTIONSC = Captive Hardware*Consists of 4 each: 1/2"13stainlesssteelbolts,1/2"flatwasher/lockwasher,1/2"13bronzenut

L = Open Position Latch (P8070181P)Stainless steel latch for holding the blade in the 160° open position

P = Parallel Groove Terminals* (ACT1343 2 per switch)Twocompleteconnectorsandhardware.Accepts#2-500kcmil(CopperorAluminum)

R = Bypass Studs (P8070166P 2 per switch)Two copper alloy bypass studs, which can be used for regulator or recloser bypassing

S = Station Class BaseMounted on a steel structure or pole-mounted using an aluminum or steel mounting bracket.

65S 432BASE


6 = 600AMP

9 =900AMP

RATED CURRENT

2 = 15kV 110BIL Porcelain4 = 25kV 150BIL Porcelain6 = 15kV 110BIL Polymer

INSULATION 3" Bolt Circle

RUS Listed

14B-8


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

STATION CLASSM3 SWITCH—DIMENSIONAL DATA

Station base: hat-shaped, 6 slots, 20 holes,integral deadending holes each end

Insulation: Porcelain, 3 in. Bolt Circle, NEMA

in.12

151/8

mm627808

in.2411/16

3113/16

mm358460

in.141/8

181/8

mm326428

in.1227/32

1627/32

mm190151

in.71/2

515/16

mm305384

A B GDC Fmm 86127

mm194246

in.721/32

911/16

E

DIMENSIONS (Vertical and Underhung) 27" Base

in.313/32

5

BIL110 kV150 kV

14B-9


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3CSingle-Insulator Disconnect Switch• 15.5 and 27 kV max.  • 600 and 900 AmperesDescription and ApplicationThe Type M3C single-insulator disconnect switch is fully rated for600Aor900A. It isprincipallyused formanualswitching of overhead lines on distribution circuits up to 25 kV. The switch is easy to install using a crossarm mounting bracket in the same manner as a cutout.

Specifications

M3C Switch Components1. Terminal Pads (All)Tin-platedhigh-conductivitycopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-nalpad.ParallelGrooveconnectors(Cat.No.ATC1343)andcaptive hardware are available as options.

2. Loadbreak HooksHot-dipped galvanized steel hooks are provided as stan-dard.3. Disconnect BladeThe disconnect blade is of the same construction as that used on the M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switch. The high-conductivity copper blade is silver-plated at all contact areas. Stainless-steel back-up springs are used to maintain efficient current transfer between the stationary contact and the end of the blade. See Catalog page 14B-2 for further description.

4. InsulatorESP® silicon-alloy rubber, as used for the Type C-Polymer Cutout.

5. Pole Mounting BracketAstandardpolemountingbracket,NEMA"B"bracketandextended bracket are available.

1

4

1

2

3

• Nominal voltage ratings: 14.4 or 25 kV• Lightning impulse peak withstand ratings: 110 or 125 kV LIW• Continuous current rating: 600 or 900 amperes• Short-time current withstand rating: 600 Amp       • 25 kA symmetrical for 1 second       • 65 kA peak 900 Amp       • 25 kA symmetrical for 3 seconds       • 65 kA peak

...continued on next page  >>

5

14B-10


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC. Type M3C Single-Insulator Disconnect Switch• 15.5 and 27 kV max.  • 600 and 900 Amperes

M 3 C OPTIONS B = NEMA "B" Mounting BracketFor crossarm (11/2"bolt)

C = Captive Hardware*Consists of 4 each: 1/2"13stainlesssteelbolts,1/2"flatwasher/lockwasher,1/2"13bronzenut

D = "D" Mounting BracketD-shape bracket for pole mount

P = Parallel Groove Terminals* (Cat. No. ACT1343, 2 per switch)Two complete connectors and hardware.Ac-cepts#2-500kcmil(CopperorAluminum)

X = Extended Mounting BracketFor crossarm, horizontal section is 25/8"longerthan Type B bracket


CURRENT RATING 6=600Amp

9=900Ampwith25kVonly

Ordering Information — CATALOG NUMBER SySTEM

SWITCH RATING 15 = 15.5 kV max. (110 kV LIW)

25 = 27 kV max. (125 kV LIW)

M3C SWITCHType M3 Switch live partsType C-Polymer Cutout insulator

1-11/16" OPTION "B"1-5/16" OPTION "X"(3/8" DIFFERENCE)

18-7/16"

9-3/8"

12-13/16"

2-5/8" OPTION "B"5-1/4" OPTION "X"(2-5/8" DIFFERENCE)

163?

90?

2-13/16"

17-3/8"

10-13/16"

10"

23-1/4"

26-7/16"

4"

23-5/8"

14-13/16"

10-5/16"

21-1/2"

13"

12-1/8"

163?

90?

1-11/16" OPTION "B"1-5/16" OPTION "X"(3/8" DIFFERENCE)

2-5/8" OPTION "B"5-1/4" OPTION "X"(2-5/8" DIFFERENCE)

15.5 kV max. (110 kV LIW)

27 kV max. (125 kV LIW)

1-3/4"

12-3/4"

7-3/8"

7-13/16"

13/16"

2-5/8"

2-5/8"

10-1/4" HOLE SPACING FOR 5/8" DIA MOUNTING HARDWARE

7.50

OPTION "D""D" BRACKET

OPTION "X"EXTENDED BRACKET

OPTION "B"NEMA "B" BRACKET

1-11/16"

5-1/4"

1-5/16"

CONSIST OF 4 EACH: 1/2" STAINLESSSTEEL BOLTS, LOCKWASHERS, & NUTS

CONSIST OF 2 EACH: CONNECTORS & HARDWAREFOR #2-500 KCMIL COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR

1-1/2"

9/16" DIA(2-HOLES)

1-3/4" 5/8"

TERMINAL PADS DETAIL

SWITCHTERMINALPAD

OPTION "P" PARALLEL GROOVE TERMINALS

SWITCHTERMINALPAD

OPTION "C" CAPTIVE HARDWARE

1-3/4"

12-3/4"

7-3/8"

7-13/16"

13/16"

2-5/8"

2-5/8"


7.50




1-11/16"

5-1/4"

1-5/16"



1-1/2"

9/16" DIA(2-HOLES)

1-3/4" 5/8"


SWITCHTERMINALPAD


SWITCHTERMINALPAD


1-3/4"

12-3/4"

7-3/8"

7-13/16"

13/16"

2-5/8"

2-5/8"


7.50




1-11/16"

5-1/4"

1-5/16"



1-1/2"

9/16" DIA(2-HOLES)

1-3/4" 5/8"


SWITCHTERMINALPAD


SWITCHTERMINALPAD


14B-11


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.TyPE ALTD

LINE TENSION DISCONNECT SWITCH200 kV BIL 600 and 900 Amp

ApplicationThe Chance Line Tension Disconnect switches are single-phase hookstick operated for manual switching of de-ener-gized or parallel circuits of overhead lines on an electrical distribution system of 15 through 38kV, 200kV BIL. They are installed directly into the line. Rated for 600 and 900 amperescontinuouscurrent,theALTDmaybeappliedwher-ever a disconnect switch is desirable for line sectionalizing. AproperlyratedTypeALTDswitchshouldbeselectedforeach installation with consideration to continuous current, BIL and rated voltage.

TheALTD also can be equipped with a load-breaking in-terrupter or used with a portable loadbreak tool for load breaking.

OperationAllChanceALTDdisconnectswitchesincludegalvanizedsteel loadbreak hooks for use with a portable loadbreak tool. To open the switch under load, use an approved loadbreak tool or device designated for use with this type of switch.For easy opening and ice-breaking action, the pull ring ac-tivates the latch as a pry-out lever. The hook portion of the contact casting coordinates with the blade latch for positive closure.

Design FeaturesLightweight, ESP™ silicon alloy rubber insulators. ChanceALTDswitchesutilizepolymerESPinsulators.Theinsulatorprovides26" leakagedistanceandBILratingof200kV.

Chance has over 20 years of field experience with polymer insulation and over 30 years experience with versatile elec-trical polymer distribution products.

Low profile. The light weight and narrow profile of the hookstickoperatedALTDpermitsquickin-linemountinginan inverted underhung position.

Copper blade is a rigid H-frame trussed by stainless-steel shoulder pins. Stainless-steel bolts, nuts and compression washers at both ends maintain high pressure contact with bronze hinge and jaw castings. Standard blade opening is 90˚ or 180˚ with the stop-pin removed.

Installation. For deadending directly to the switch insula-tor,theALTDinstallsin-lineviastrainclampsortwoboltfull-tension crimp connectors.

Corona ring. Anintegralfullcoronaringoncastingsmakesfor reduced electrical stress resulting in longer insulator life. The weathershed skirts and leakage distance provide improvedresistancetocontaminationandflashover.

Puncture resistance. The full length dielectric and weath-ershed thickness give extra dielectric-puncture strength.

Impact strength. High impact strength of the ESP insulator enhances storage, transit and handling properties.

End-fittings. End-fittings make for rugged dependability andstrength.TheALTDprovidesforbothamechanicalandelectrical connection on a common terminal pad at each end. Terminal Pads are plated aluminum and accept either copper oraluminumNEMAtwoholeterminalconnectors.

ALTD with common plated-aluminum terminal pad at each end for mechanical and electrical connections, and ESP insulator.

TyPE ALTD SWITCHwith Arc Chute InterrupterWith the addition of the arc chute interrupter, the switch becomes a loadbreak device allowing theALTD switch tointerrupt load currents up to 600 amperes at 15.5kV recovery voltage. Switching of loop circuits up to 600 amps is another capability of the arc chute interrupter. TheALTD switchwith arc chute interrupter is also rated for interruption of magnetizing current, line charging current, cable charging current, and capacitor switching.

ALTD with factory mounted load-breaking arc chute inter-rupter and ESP insulator.

Catalog No. ALTD06200RRUS Listed

Catalog No. ALTD06200RL

14B-12


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Detail of link mounted on adapter positioned in clamp-top insulator to provide vertical blade opening.

Optional Mounting Equipment• Stainless-Steel Terminal Bolts (Option B)Option includes four each of all stainless-steel terminal fas-tening hardware: 1/2"-13x2"bolts,flatwashers,lockwashersand nuts.

• Extension Link/Adapter (Option C)This optional assembly provides a twist-free application by attaching one end of theALTD switch to a clamp-topinsulator.

The adapter portion enables the desired plane of blade move-ment to be attained regardless of the angle the supporting insulatormakeswiththepole.Also,bladescanbemadetooperate in parallel planes or in different planes, if line con-figuration and ease of access make this advantageous. The desired plane of blade action can be set for use on pole-top insulators, on horizontal or 5-degree standoffs and on 15- or 30-degree side-mounted standoffs.

• Terminal Connectors (Option T)

CatalogNo.ATC1343,fortifiedcadmium-platedaluminumparallel groove clamp, furnished with galvanized steel bolts and nuts and will accept #2 through 500 kcmil aluminum or copper conductor.

Extension link mounting on 15° standoff for vertical blade opening.

TyPE ALTD SWITCH

To order these accessories at additional cost, add letter suffix indicatedtoswitchnumberabove.Alsoaddaccessoryweighttoswitch weight. Items selected are packed with the switch and carton so marked. Example: For switch with four stainless-steel terminal bolts, extension-link assembly and parallel-groove terminal connectors, order ALTD06200RCT.

14B-13


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog Number

†ALTD06200R*ALTD06200RL

CONT.AMPS

600600

MOMENTARYAMPERES

40,00040,000

WEIGHT

RATEDULTIMATESTRENGTH

lb.15,00015,000

lb.1113

kg.4.95.7

Description4 stainless-steel terminal boltsExtensionlink/angleadapterTerminalConnectors(P-GTypeATC)

SuffixBCT

Weight,lb.3/4

31/2

1

*Suffix“L”indicates600-AmpArcChuteinterrupter.†RUS Listed.

ORDERING INFORMATION

TyPE ALTD SWITCH 600 AmpALTD with ESP™ Insulator — RUS Listed

BILkV200200

NOTE: Options B and T cannot be ordered together.

14B-14


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DO NOT USE THESE HOLESFOR CONDUCTOR TERMINATION(TYPICAL BOTH ENDS)

"WARNING"

4"17/32"DIAHOLES

1-3/4" 5/8"

TERMINAL PADSHARD DRAWN COPPER(TIN PLATED)

TERMINAL PADDIMENSIONSTYPICAL

21-1/2"

2-1/4"

LOADBREAKHOOK

3"

1"

1"DIA

11/16"DIADEADENDINGHOLES

5"

2-1/4"

1-1/4"DIAPULL RING

1-1/4" 13-1/2"

90° BLADEOPENING

15-7/8"

3-1/2"

25"

17" 4"

CHANCE

Catalog Number

ALTD09200R

CONT.AMPS

900

MOMENTARYAMPERES

40,000

WEIGHT

RATEDULTIMATESTRENGTH

lb.15,000

lb.12

kg.5.3

Description4 stainless-steel terminal boltsExtensionlink/angleadapterTerminalConnectors(P-GTypeATC)

SuffixBCT

Weight,lb.3/4

31/2

1

ORDERING INFORMATION

TyPE ALTD SWITCH 900 AmpALTD with ESP™ Insulator

BILkV200

NOTE: Options B and T cannot be ordered together.

14B-15


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Principal Application: Recloser MaintenanceBy design, the Type BP3 Switch provides an economical means for bypassing and disconnecting a pole-mounted distribution recloser. This permits de-energized periodic maintenance of the recloser without interrupting service. The BP3 Switch accomplishes this by a combination of three disconnect switches mounted on a common base. By operating the blades in proper sequence, the recloser is bypassed and isolated from the distribution system.

Ratedat600Amps,theBP3Switchisavailableinnominalratings of 14.4kV - 110kV LIW*, 25kV - 125kV or 150kV LIW*, and34.5kV-150kVLIW*.Allareavailablewitheitheraright or left opening direction of the by-pass blade.

*LIW = Lightning Impulse Withstand

OperationFigures below illustrate the BP3 By-Pass Switch opera-tion.

In normal operation, the by-pass switchblade is open and the two disconnect blades are closed, allowing the recloser to be in the circuit.

When recloser maintenance, testing, repair or removal is required, first close the by-pass blade to provide a parallel currentpath.Thenopentherecloser’sinternalcontacts.Andlast, open both disconnect blades of the by-pass switch.

In this way, service continuity is maintained and the recloser is isolated from the line. To put the recloser back in service, the switch operating procedure is reversed.

Type BP3By-Pass Switch• 3-Pull  • 14.4, 25 & 34.5kVU.S. Patent No. 6,525,274

Normal Operating Position By-Pass Operating Position

Recloser

RecloserBy-Pass Switch

By-Pass BladeSource Load

DisconnectBlade Disconnect

Blade

Recloser

RecloserBy-Pass Switch

By-PassBladeSource Load

DisconnectBlade

DisconnectBlade

Performance Specifications• 600 Amps Continuous  • 65 kA Peak Withstand

Max. Design,kV

17.1 29 29 38

Lightning ImpulseWithstand Rating, kV

110125150150

LeakageDistance, in.

17.221.928.228.2

Weight, lb.56626565

Back Strap MountingandPoleMountingvariationsavailable

14B-16


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BP3 Switch Components1. Terminal Pads (All)Tin-platedhighconductivitycopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-nalpad.ParallelGrooveconnectors(ATC1343)andcaptivehardware are available as options.

2. Loadbreak HooksHot dipped galvanized steel hooks. To allow use of portable loadbreak tool. Provided on by-pass blade only.

3. By-Pass and Disconnect BladesThe by-pass and disconnect blades are of the same construction as those used on the M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switch. They are high conductivity copper blades, silver-plated at all contact areas. Stainless-steel back-up springs are used to maintain efficient current transfer between the stationary contact and the end of the blade. The by-pass blade is available in either right or left opening configurations (hinge on right or left). See Catalog page 14B-2 for further description.

4. Angled Terminal PadsAngledconstructionallowsforeasierconnectiontoarecloserwhile maintaining maximum pole clearance.

5. InsulatorsESPTM silicon alloy rubber, 2.25-inch bolt circle insulators. See Catalog page 14B-3 for further description.

Switch Variations1. Right or Left By-Pass Blade Opening (BP3R or BP3L)Rightorleftby-passbladeopeningmaybespecified.Arightopening by-pass blade opens to the right of the operator when standinginfrontoftheswitch.Aleftopeningby-passbladeopens to the left. Illustrations here show only Right by-pass switch blade opening. Left by-pass switch blade opening will be opposite as shown but does not change installation or operation procedures.2. Switch Mounting — Three options available are:• No Mounting Bracket (No option letter in Cat. No.)Provides holes and slots in the switch base for direct base to a vertical structure mounting without the use of a back strap or pole mounting bracket. The structure must be drilled to match the base mounting holes or slots. The user supplies the mounting hardware.• Back Strap (Option B)Provides a galvanized steel back strap and hardware for vertical structural applications. Mounting hardware supplied consists of two each 1/2"-diameterby8"longand10"longcar-riageboltswithsquarenutsandflatwashers.

Type BP3 By-Pass Switch

• ESP™ Silicon Alloy Rubber 2.25 in. Bolt-Circle Insulators

• Fully-welded mounting base

• Angled Terminal Pads

• Utilizes live parts from M3 switches

Feature  — Advantage —• Time proven insulator material provides maximum leakage distance and minimizes weight, up to 25% lighter than competitive designs

• Maximum rigidity, eliminates possibility of misalignment compared to bolt-together designs• Maintains switch alignment for smooth, positive blade operation

• Facilitates connection to recloser with maximum pole clearance

• Time proven design provides reliable service under anticipated service conditions

• Pole Mounting Bracket (Option M)Provides a galvanized steel bracket for wood pole mounting and hardware to attach the switch to the bracket. The user sup-plies the bracket-to-pole hardware. (If the utility pole is other than a wood pole, contact your factory representative.)3. Terminal Connectors — Three options available are:• No Terminal Hardware (No option letter in Cat. No.)The user supplies the terminal connectors and mounting hardware.• Captive Hardware (Option C)Provides 1/2"diameterby13/4"longstainlessboltsecuredintoeach terminal pad hole. Each bolt is supplied with a hex nut and lock washer. Terminal connectors supplied by the user.• Terminal Connectors (Option P)Four fortified cadmium plated aluminum parallel groove terminalconnectors(ATC1343)withterminalpadmountinghardware supplied. The connectors accommodate conductor sizes ranging from No 2 solid copper through 500 MCM cop-per or aluminum.

2

16

7

3

6. Switch BaseWelded-construction galvanized steel base provides maximum rigidity to maintain consistent switch alignment for positive blade operation.

7. Pole Mounting BracketSingle-piece galvanized steel mounting bracket facilitates ease of installation.A backstrapmountingoptionalso isavailable.

4

5

14B-17


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BP3

B = Mounting, Back Strap (not available with Option M)

C = Captive Terminal Hardware (not available with Option P)

M = Mounting, Pole Bracket (not available with Option B)

P = Terminal Connectors (ATC1343, 4 per switch) (not available with Option C)

R = Right opening

L = Left opening 1 = 14.4kV, 110kV LIW* (17.1kV max. design, 17.2"leakagedistance)

2 = 25kV, 125kV LIW* (29kV max. design, 21.9"leakagedistance)

INSULATION

Type BP3 By-Pass Switch

Back StrapMounting

PoleMounting

*LIW = Lightning Impulse Withstand

3 = 25kV, 150kV LIW* (29kV max. design, 28.2"leakagedistance)

4 = 34.5kV, 150kV LIW* (38kV max. design, 28.2"leakagedistance)

OPTIONS

Ordering InformationCatalog No. System

14B-18


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Normal Operating Position

FUSE HOLDERNOT IN PLACE

M3 COMPANION DISCONNECT

SWITCH

RECLOSERCLOSED FUSED BY-PASS

SWITCH

LINE

STATION BUS

DISCONNECT BLADE

Description and ApplicationThe Type BPF By-Pass Switch is used to bypass and isolate substation reclosers for routine maintenance and repair. The switch usually is applied in combination with a separately mounted M3S companion disconnect switch.

TheBPFBy-PassSwitchconsistsofa600Amploadbreakdisconnect switch in series with a Type C cutout fuse holder, which provides protection to the circuit while the recloser is out of service. Both devices are mounted on a common mountingchannelforeaseofinstallation.Both100Ampand200Ampfuseholdersareavailabletofitspecificinstallationrequirements.

The BPF Switch is available in ratings of 15kV - 110kV LIW* and27kV-150kVLIW*witheither100Ampor200Ampfusing. The fuse mounting can be either on the right- or left-hand side of the switch.

*LIW = Lightning Impulse Withstand

OperationOperation of the Type BPF Bypass Switch is shown in the figure below (shown with an M3S companion disconnect switch). In normal operation the fuse holder is disconnected and the circuit recloser provides circuit protection. To bypass

Type BPFStation ClassFused By-Pass Switchfor Substation Mounting• 15 & 27kV  • 100 & 200 Amp Fusing

Performance Specifications• 600 Amps Continuous  • 65 kA Peak Withstand

By-Pass PositionSTATION BUS

FUSE HOLDERCLOSED

LINE

DISCONNECT BLADES

RECLOSEROPEN FUSED BY-PASS

SWITCH

Max. Design,kV 15 15 27 27

Lightning ImpulseWithstand Rating, kV

110110150150

3 in. Bolt CircleInsulator TR No.

205205208208

Weight, lb.125125140140

the recloser for repair, maintenance, etc., the cutout fuse holder with appropriate fusing is installed in the bypass disconnect and closed and the series disconnect switch blade is opened to isolate the recloser. The M3S companion disconnect switch is opened last to completely isolate the recloser from the circuit.

To restore service, the recloser should be closed. The M3S companion disconnect switch is closed followed by the dis-connect blade on the BPF Bypass Switch. The fuse holder is then opened and removed.

Fuse,Cont. Amps

100 200100200

Interrupting Rating,kA asym.

10.012.0 8.010.0

14B-19


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BP3 Switch Components1. Terminal Pads (All)Tin-platedhigh-conductivitycopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-nalpad.ParallelGrooveconnectors(Cat.No.ATC1343)andcaptive hardware are available as options.

2. Loadbreak HooksHot-dipped galvanized steel hooks are provided as standard on the disconnect blade and fuse mounting.

3. Disconnect BladeThe by-pass disconnect blade is of the same construction as that used on the M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switch. They are high-conductivity copper blades, silver-plated at all contact areas. Stainless-steel back-up springs are used to maintain efficient current transfer between the stationary contact and the end of the blade. See Catalog Section 14B for further description.

4. Type C Cutout Fuse HolderThe same fuse holder used in Type C Cutouts, with a wealth of field operating history.Available in either 100Amp or200Ampandmountingontheright-orleft-handsideoftheswitch assembly.

5. InsulatorsInsulators are ANSI/NEMA 3-inch bolt circle TR 205 or208.

6. Mounting BaseFormed galvanized-steel base provides maximum rigidity and is designed for substation structure mounting.

Type BPF By-Pass Combination Switch

• M3 Switch blades and stationary contact

• Type C Cutout fuse holder

• Formed galvanized-steel mounting base

Feature  — Advantage —• Utilizes proven current-carrying components from the M3 Switch

• Field-proven performance from the Type C Cutout

• Provides maximum strength and rigidity

2

6

4

3

5

1

14B-20


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BPF

C = Captive Terminal Hardware (not available with Option P)

P = Terminal Connectors (ATC1343, 3 per switch) (not available with Option C)

R = Fuse on Right side

L = Fuse on Left side

1 = 15kV, 110kV LIW

2 = 27kV, 150kV LIW

Voltage, Insulation

Ordering InformationCatalog No. System

Options

Type BPF By-Pass Combination Switch

Fuse Alignment1 = 100AmpTypeC

2 =200AmpTypeC

Fusing

Replacement Fuse Holders Ratings Catalog No.15kV 100Amp T710112T15kV 200Amp T710143T

27kV 100Amp T710311T27kV 200Amp T710342T

BPF - Base Detail

BPF - Overall Dimensions

14B-21


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Performance Specifications

Designed for ApplicationsBy design, the Type BPR Switch allows undisturbed continuity of service and provides an economic means for bypassing and disconnecting a distribution or substation voltage regulator for maintenance. It is designed for use with all voltage regulators that can be set on neutral for the switching operation. This includes all single- and three-phase regulators except three-phase induction regulators. The BPR Switch is automatically sequenced to bypass the voltage regulator with a single pull operation, without interrupting service to the system. That is, the voltage regulator is always bypassed in proper sequence without any specific operation actions by the operator.

The BPRD Switch for Distribution voltage regulators

Type BPRRegulator By-Pass Switchfor Distribution or Substation Mounting• 15.5, 27 & 38kV• U.S. Patent No. 7,196,279

is applied where isolation from the system is required to perform periodic maintenance. A 600-Amp rated switch,the Type BPRD is available in system application ratings of 15.5kV - 110kV LIW*, 27kV - 150kV LIW*, and 38kV - 150kV LIW* (for use on grounded-wye systems). The BPRD switch utilizes a mounting base designed for crossarms, poles and other distribution applications.

The BPRS Switch for Station Class voltage regulators is applied where isolation from the system is required to perform periodicmaintenance.Availablein600and1200-Ampratingsswitch, the Type BPRS is available in voltage application rat-ingsof15.5kV-110kVLIW*and27/38kV-200kVLIW*(canbe used on grounded-wye systems). The BPRS switch utilizes a mounting base designed for substation structures.*LIW = Lightning Impulse Withstand

BPRDDistributionSwitch

Continuous CurrentRating: 600 Amps

Design kV,Nom./Max.14.4/17.125.0/29.0

34.5/38.0†

14.4/17.127.0/29.0

&34.5/38.0†

14.4/17.127.0/29.0&34.5/38.0†

Lightning ImpulseWithstand, kV

110150150

110

200

110

200

Peak Withstand, Peak Amperes

65,00065,00065,000

65,000

65,000

99,000

99,000

Weight, lb.758080

90

95

90

95

Application,Catalog No.

Distribution,BPRD06

Station,BPRS06

Station,BPRS12

Continuous CurrentRating, Amperes

600600600

600

600

1200

1200

BPRSStationSwitch

Continuous Current Ratings: 600 Amps and 1200 Amps

Short Time Withstand, Amps

25,00025,00025,000

25,000

25,000

40,000

40,000

†38.0kV grounded-wye application only

14B-22


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

By-Pass Operating Position

RegulatorBy-Pass Switch

By-Pass BladeSource Load

DisconnectBlade

Disconnect Blade with Interrrupter

Regulator

Type BPRRegulator By-Pass Switch

Automatic Sequenced OperationBoth the Type BPRD and BPRS are single-pull sequenced switches.Asinglepullonthepullringonopeningperformsfourswitchingoperations (A,B,C,D) inpropersequenceas shown.

•  Distribution base design and resultant angled switch mounting

•  Versatile terminal pad design

•  BPRS is the only single-pull 1200-Amp regulator by-pass switch available.

•  ESP® silicone alloy rubber insulators

Feature  — Advantage —•  Mounts without drilling holes or additional mounting brackets. Angled 

mounting facilitates opening and closing operation

•  Allows use of NEMA 2-hole or 4-hole terminals and training of incoming conductors for the most desirable connections

•  Provides the reliability of single-pull operation, plus reduced size and weight for a 1200-Amp switch

•  Time-proven technology for long-term performance and light weight

During the closing operation, the automatic sequence is reversed. The enforced sequence operation minimizes the possibility of operator error.

By-pass blade is open and disconnect blades are closed.

To open, a hookstick is placed in the pull ring as shown.

When the switch is fully opened, the hookstick is removed from the pull ring.

B. Source disconnect blade opens.A. Bypass blade closes.

C. Load disconnect blade opens through interrupter.

D. Interruption of regulator exciting current.

Switch fully opened

Normal Operating Position

Regulator

RegulatorBy-Pass Switch

By-PassBladeSource Load

DisconnectBlade

Disconnect Blade with Interrupter

14B-23


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.Type BPRRegulator By-Pass Switch• U.S. Patent No. 7,196,279

BPRD06

B = Crossarm Back Strap Assembly

1 = 14.4kV, 110kV LIW (17.1kV Max.)2 = 25kV, 150kV LIW (29kV Max.)3 = 34.5kV, 150kV LIW (38kV Max. grounded-wye only)

Voltage, Insulation

Ordering Information — Catalog No. System

Optional

Distribution Switch - 600 Amp Rating

BPRS

1 = 14.4kV, 150kV LIW (17.1kV Max.)2 =29/38kV,200kVLIW (38kV Max. grounded-wye only)

Voltage, Insulation

Station Switch - 600 & 1200 Amp Rating

06 = 600Amperes12 = 1200Amperes

ContinuousCurrent Rating

1. Terminal PadsHigh-conductivity tin-plated copper terminal pad accom-modates NEMA two-hole or four-hole configurations. Topermit “training” incoming conductors for the most conve-nient connections, the terminal pad design provides extra bolt holes.

2. Mounting Base - Type BPRD Distribution SwitchVersatile galvanized-steel base design permits mounting on distribution poles as well as single or double crossarms. Angledmountingofthebaseplacestheswitchat15°foreasyopening and closing operation.

3. Mounting Base - Type BPRS Station SwitchGalvanized-steel base design permits convenient mounting on substation structures.

4. By-Pass BladeThe by-pass blade is silver-plated high-conductivity copper. It is mechanically connected to the disconnect blades to operate in proper sequence.

5. Disconnect BladesThe disconnect blades are high-conductivity copper, silver-plated at all contact areas. These blades are mechanically con-nected to the by-pass blade to operate in proper sequence.

6. InterrupterInterrupter technology will properly interrupt all expected regulator exciting currents during by-pass operation.

7. InsulatorsESP® silicone alloy rubber, 2.25-inch bolt circle insulators. See Catalog page 14B-3 for further description. Type BPRS switch utilizes a TR-rated station post insulator to meet most substation requirements.

Componentsof the Type BPR Switch

4

1

1 42

3

BPRD Distribution Switch BPRS Station Switch

5

6

7

7

14B-24


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type BPRRegulator By-Pass Switch

STATION Switch BPRS - Dimensions

DISTRIBUTION Switch BPRD - Dimensions

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

14C-1

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA APRIL 2005


Section

14C

©Copyright 2005 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240

Motor OperatorsDistribution Automation for Overhead Gang-Operated Switches

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship.Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at theCompany’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS ORARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS OR ANYSALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company’s warranty shall run only to thefirst Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company’s distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferableand shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover anymisapplication or misuse of said product.

Warranty - ApplicationHubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This appliesregardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.

Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., itsliability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA

14C-2

APRIL 2005

Motor Operatorfor Overhead Gang-Operated Distribution Switches

General DescriptionMotor Operators are electrically operated and have provi-sions for manual operation. A customer-supplied 120 VoltAC power source provides primary power to the motor andcharges an internal battery. AC and battery power aresupplied to the motor concurrently so that the motor opera-tor will operate without hesitation regardless of whether thebattery is weak or AC power is lost. If AC power is lost, thebattery can provide more than 100 open/close operations. Apower supply is provided to accommodate a remote terminalunit (RTU) and radio.

With the standard Motor Operator, for switches with down-the-pole controls, the motor and all operating controls are inan aluminum enclosure that easily mounts to the pole andthe switch. Operators are available for switches with tor-sional or reciprocating operating mechanisms.

With the crossarm mounted Motor Operator, the motor ismounted on the crossarm and the controller (control elec-tronics, battery, RTU, radio, etc.) is in a separate enclosurethat mounts below the switch.

OperationMotor Operators can be operated locally or remotely. Localoperation is available via an open/close switch, located onthe front of the control panel. A remote/local selector switchis also located on the front of the control panel. Open/closestatus and local/remote status is reported through a statusindicator.

Manual OperationAll motor operators are designed for manual operation.Manual operation interlocks are provided for operator safety.

Travel AdjustmentTravel adjustment for motor operators with down-the-polecontrols is accomplished with auxiliary switches. Positionedfor easy access, four auxiliary switch contacts are provided.Two are for limiting the shaft rotation and two are for statusindication. No tools are required for adjusting the auxiliaryswitch cams.

For switches with reciprocating operation, the limit switchesare factory preset. For switches with torsional operation,final open/close position adjustments are easily accom-plished via the cams.

For crossarm-mounted operators, the open/close adjust-ment is set by the arm connecting the operator to the switchinterphase shaft.

Heater and Thermostat ProtectionAll motor operator/control units are equipped with a ther-

mostatically controlled 250 watt heater powered by the 120volt AC source.

BatteryThe battery used is a single 12 Volt, 33 amp-hour lead acidtype, completely sealed. A pressure relief valve opens only ifthere is excessive buildup of corrosive or explosive gas.Gases are vented outside the enclosure via a hose. There isa “battery manager” charging circuit with temperaturecompensation to help prevent overcharging or undercharg-ing the battery.

The battery is monitored using a “smart” circuit. Automati-cally at 5-minute intervals, a 12-ampere load is applied tothe battery and the battery voltage is measured with thebattery charger off. If the battery test detects a drop below12.1 Volts, a low voltage alarm is activated.

Status IndicationsSeveral status indications that can be reported back throughthe RTU include:

• Switch open/close position• Local/Remote status• Manual operation lockout status• Loss of AC voltage• Low battery voltage• No-Go status

These six statuses are indicated by LED’s on the controlboard within the operator. Other status indicationsare possible based on the capability of the RTU.

Additional FeaturesMotor operators incorporate additional features, including:

• Automatic Load Disconnect – drops all loads frombattery power if AC power is lost for an extended period oftime and the threshold is reached, preventing deep dischargeof the battery which causes damage and unnecessary batteryreplacement.

• Stall-Out Timer with Auto-Reset – stops motor fromtrying to operate before the fuse is blown, if the motor isstalled (due to ice buildup, switch mechanical problems,etc.).

• No-Go Function – prevents the motor from trying tooperate if the battery threshold for No-Go status is met,preventing underpowered or incomplete switch operation.

• Surge and Electrostatic Protection – All circuits havebeen tested to withstand surges and electrostatic voltages inaccordance with ANSI C37.90.1 and C62.41 and MIL Std.DOC-HDBK263.

Options• Solar Panels for operation without external AC power.• 132 amp-hour capacity battery pack for solar application

to extend operating capability in cloudy weather.• Factory installation and wiring of customer selected RT

and radio.• Stainless steel enclosure instead of aluminum.• Sensor cable for connecting the motor operator to the AC

power source and voltage and current sensors.• Battery cooler to extend battery life in hot weather.

ApplicationTo either automate an existing switch or to acquire acompletely automated overhead switch to install, Chanceoffers solutions to your Distribution Automation require-ments. We offer motor operators for both standard down-the-pole controls and crossarm mounting. They can besupplied as additions for existing switches or in an auto-mated AR Switch package.

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

14C-3

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA APRIL 2005

Motor Operatorfor Overhead Gang-Operated Distribution Switches

Standard Motor Operatorsfor Down-the-Pole Controls

• Reciprocating and torsional operator options fordistribution and transmission applications

• Provision for installing an RTU and radio

• Motor that runs on both AC and battery power for doublereliability

• Status indications for switch position, charger, loss of AC,battery condition

• Vented 12 V, 33 A-H battery with temperature-compensated charger

• “Smart” battery load disconnect to help prevent damage tothe battery from deep discharge

• “No Go” function with status indication to help preventunderpowered switch operation

• Effective surge protection• Easy retrofit to Chance AR and D7 switches as well as

overhead switches manufactured by others


Complete automated switch package installations oradd-on motor operators are based on factors includ-ing the application requirements, customer specifiedRTU and radio, voltage and current sensors, etc. Todetermine the appropriate product for a given appli-cation requirement, contact your Hubbell PowerSystems representative and fill in the form on thenext page.

Crossarm-Mounted Motor Operator

The PTAD incorporates the long-established advancedfeatures of Cleaveland/Price ADMO motor operators,including:

• Dual source for the motor (AC or battery)

• Stallout timer that allows successive operation attempts ona stuck switch

• “Smart” battery disconnect to help prevent damage to thebattery

• “No Go” function with status indication to help preventunderpowered switch operation

• Temperature-compensated battery charging circuit to helpprevent over and under charging the battery

• Automatic battery testing• Vented 33 A-H battery• Fast (.4 second) high-torque operation• Excellent ice-breaking ability

In addition to the above critical automation features, thePTAD has superior operational features, including:• Constant ready operation state – no mechanism wind-up

required• No decoupling procedure necessary – the PTAD

automatically decouples for manual operation• Decoupling not required to test the motor• Linkage goes into full toggle with switch closed for

momentary performance• No decoupling procedure required for lockout• Lockout of the motor by using a hotstick from ground level• After manual operation, the switch can be re-synchronized

with the motor manually or remotely via SCADA• No setting of limit switches required• True switch status is always reported

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA

14C-4

APRIL 2005

Prepared by

Purchaser

Contractor (if applicable)

Required delivery date

Date

User

Automation contact

Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)Installed by

Model/Part No.

Number of RTU analog inputs

Modem ❑ No ❑ Yes Baud rate:

Purchased by ❑ HPS❑ Customer

Manufacturer contact

Type of master station

RTU protocol

❑ HPS ❑ Customer❑ Provisions only

Communications DeviceCommunications device provided by❑ HPS ❑ Customer ❑ NoneManufacturer

Manufacturer contact

Antenna purchased by❑ HPS ❑ Customer

Communications device installed by❑ HPS ❑ Customer ❑ Provisions onlyManufacturer part/model

Phone no.

Antenna manufacturer/model

Type ❑ Land line ❑ Fiber optics ❑ Radio ❑ Other (specify)

System InformationOperating system voltage

Normal load current

BIL required

Max. available fault current

Local AC available ❑ 120 ❑ 240Solidly grounded system ❑ Yes ❑ No

Switch Information - New Installation

Switch Information - Retrofit

Contractor phone no.

Sensors

No. of voltages Primary/secondary voltage

Primary/secondary currentNo. of currents

Sensor cable length Manufacturer

Automated Distribution Equipment InquiryTo be completed by Sales Representative

Literature ship to address

Voltage ❑ 15 kV ❑ 25 kV ❑ 35 kVManufacturer

Pole ❑ Wood❑ Other (drawings required)

Control ❑ Down-the-pole ❑ Hook stickConfiguration ❑ Horizontal ❑ Phase-over-Phase

❑ Vertical ❑ Delta

Model

Voltage ❑ 15 kV ❑ 25 kV ❑ 35 kVCatalog Number

Additional Options ❑ Sensor Brackets ❑ Control Insulator ❑ Captive Hardware❑ Surge Arrester Brackets ❑ Extra Control Pipe ❑ Crossarm Brace ❑ Extension Links

Control ❑ Down-the-pole ❑ Crossarm OperatorConfiguration ❑ Horizontal ❑ Phase-over-Phase ❑ Vertical ❑ Delta

Crossarm ❑ Steel ❑ Fiberglass

15-1

APRIL 2006HUBBELL / CHANCE COMPANY – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

FORMED WIRE PRODUCTS

CAUTION:The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by com-petent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.

This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if specific situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose, the specifics should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

©Copyright 2006 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USA

15-�

APRIL 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE COMPANY – CENTRALIA, MISSOURI

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Socket Body

Wedges

LoadNuts

JamNuts

Rod Subset

U Bolt

As Supplied

StrandSize

1/2" Dia. 7 or 19W9/16" Dia

7 or 19W5/8" Dia.

7 or 19W3/4" Dia.

19W7/8" Dia.

19W1" Dia.

19 or 37W

Weight per100, lb.

675

675

413

588

1,550

2,300

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips• for structure attachment of guy strand*Manufactured and/or for use under U.S. Patent 4,459,722 and South African Patent 83/3541.

Quick and easy to install. No special tools, eyes pins, thimbles, clevises, twisted-loop grips.

By design, each size is rated to hold more than the rated breaking strength of the guy strand it fits (see tables below).

Proper tensioning: With rod subsets unwrapped, wedge and socket assem-bly retains a substantial percentage of strand strength rating. For proper deadend performance, guy tension should be at least 5% of strength rating at time of structure erection and at least 10% after final tensioning.

For use on galvanized strand ASTM A475 or aluminum-coated strand per A474 and/or B416. See dimensions and hardware recommendations on page 15-3.

LEFT-HAND LAY STANDARD

for Aluminum-coated Strands per ASTM A474 or B416

for Galvanized-Steel Strands per ASTM A475


These “zero-adjust” Adjust-A-Grip dead-end grips apply at the structure end of guy strands.

*See page 15-4 for adjustable (18" of U-bolt adjustment) Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips to apply at the anchor end on same guy strand sizes.

StrengthRating, lb.

26,900

35,000

42,400

58,300

79,700

104,500

CatalogNumber

12GA0

916GA0

58GA0

34GA0

78GA0

1GA0

ColorCode

Blue

Yellow

Black

Red

Green

Blue

0.572" Dia. 19-No. 9

0.642" Dia. 19-No. 8

0.713" Dia.,37-No. 10

0.721" Dia.,19-No. 7

0.801" Dia. 37-No. 9

0.810" Dia.19-No. 6

0.899" Dia. 37-No. 8

0.910" Dia.19-No. 5

1.010" Dia.37-No. 7

1.130" Dia.37-No. 6

1.270" Dia.,37-No. 5

650

413

575

1,500

2,200

2,300

3,650

7,800

34,290

43,240

52,950

51,730

66,770

61,700

84,200

73,350

100,700

120,200

142,900

572AWA0

642AWA0

717AWA0

805AWA0

905AWA0

1010AWA0

1130AWA0

1270AWA0

Yellow

Black

Red

Green

Blue

Orange

Yellow

Black

15-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips• Non-Adjustable Type, for Structure End of Guy StrandSee page 15-2 for Ordering Information.

DIMENSIONAL DATA

F34"35"39"45"46"56"34"36"42"46"52"56"61"67"

E3/4"3/4"11/4"11/4"11/2"11/2"3/4"11/4"11/4"11/2"11/2"11/2"2"2"

D31/4"31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"53/8"31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"53/8"53/8"53/8"77/8"

C5/8"5/8"3/4"7/8"1"

11/8"5/8"3/4"7/8"1"

11/8"11/8"11/4"13/8"

B31/4"31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"5"

31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"5"5"

51/2"61/2"

A27"28"

311/2"36"

361/2"45"27"

281/2"33"

361/2"41"45"

481/2"531/2"

Catalog No.12 GA0

916 GA058 GA034 GA078 GA01GA0

572AWA0642AWA0717AWA0805AWA0905AWA0

1010AWA01130AWA01270AWA0

Dimension

For unusual applications or requirements, consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

RECOMMENDED PLATE DIMENSIONSU-BOLTDIAMETER

5/8""3/4"7/8"1"

11/8"11/4"13/8"

A11/16"11/8"13/8"15/8"17/8"21/8"21/4"

C1/8" x 45°1/8" x 45°1/8" x 45°3/16" x 45°1/4" x 45°1/4" x 45°5/16" x 45°

D1"

11/8"11/4"11/4"15/8"17/8"2"

B1"

11/4"11/2"11/2"13/4"13/4"27/8"

Installation on ShackleIf Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips are in-stalled on a pin, as in a shackle, the mini-mum pin diameters are as follow:

HARDWARE RECOMMENDATIONSDetail of Steel Plate

at Structure End:

CChamfer

Installation on PlateRecommended distances at left, below, ensure that interference cannot occur between Adjust-A-Grip deadend grip U-bolt and the attachment plate.

D

APL THK

BHole Diameter

E(Radius)

30"TYP

D

F

B

A

C

MINIMUMPIN DIA.

7/8"7/8"11/8"11/8"13/8"11/2"13/4"

ADJUST-A-GRIPDEADEND SIZES

12GA0, 916GA0, 572AWA058GA0, 642AWA034GA0, 717AWA078GA0, 805AWA01GA0, 905AWA0, 1010AWA01130AWA01270AWA0

15-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Manufactured and/or for use under U.S. Patent 4,459,722 and South African Patent 83/3541.

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips• for anchor attachment of guy strand*

With 18" of adjustment, these Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips apply at the anchor end of guy strands.

See page 15-2 for “zero-adjust” Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips to apply at structure end on same guy strand sizes.

U Bolt

LoadNuts

Spacer Bar

JamNuts

Wedges

Rod Subset

Quick and easy to install. No special tools, eyes pins, thimbles. Retensioning up to 18 inches at ground level without removal. By design, each size is rated to hold more than the rated breaking strength of the guy strand it fits (see tables below). Vandal resistant: With rod subsets unwrapped, wedge and socket assembly retains a substantial percentage of strand strength rating. For proper deadend performance, guy tension should be at least 5% of strength rating at time of structure erection and at least 10% after final tensioning.For use on galvanized strand made per ASTM A475 or aluminum-coated strand per A474 and/or B416. See dimensions and hardware recommen-dations on page 15-5. †Serving sleeves are required on adjustable Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips when used on structures of 200 ft. and taller. Contact Customer Service for ordering information.

for Galvanized-Steel Strands per ASTM A475

†To order the above Adjust-A-Grips with serving sleeve included, add the suffix “S” to the catalog number (i.e.: 12GA18S).


for Aluminum-coated Strands per ASTM A474 or B416

As Supplied

†Serving Sleeve(when required)

Socket Body

†CatalogNumber

12GA18

916GA18

58GA18

34GA18

78GA18

1GA18

U-BoltAdjustment

18"

18"

18"

18"

18"

18"

ColorCode

Blue

Yellow

Black

Red

Green

Blue

StrengthRating, lb.

26,900

35,000

42,400

58,300

79,700

104,500

Weight per100, lb.

1,000

1,025

663

938

2,450

3,450

StrandSize

1/2" Dia. 7 or 19W9/16" Dia

7 or 19W5/8" Dia.

7 or 19W3/4" Dia.

19W7/8" Dia.

19W1" Dia.

19 or 37W

0.572" Dia. 19-No. 9

0.642" Dia. 19-No. 8

0.713" Dia.37-No. 10

0.721" Dia.,19-No. 7

0.801" Dia. 37-No. 9

0.810" Dia.19-No. 6

0.899" Dia. 37-No. 8

0.910" Dia.19-No. 5

1.010" Dia.37-No. 7

1.130" Dia.37-No. 6

1.270" Dia.37-No. 5

34,290

43,240

52,950

51,730

66,770

61,700

84,200

73,350

100,700

120,200

142,900

1,000

663

925

2,400

3,400

3,500

4,950

10,000

18"

18"

18"

18"

18"

18"

18"

18"

572AWA18

642AWA18

717AWA18

805AWA18

905AWA18

1010AWA18

1130AWA18

1270AWA18

Yellow

Black

Red

Green

Blue

Orange

Yellow

BlackLEFT-HAND LAY STANDARD†To order the above Adjust-A-Grips with serving sleeve included, add the suffix “S” to the catalog number (i.e.: 572AWA18S).

15-5


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Installation on ShackleIf Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips are in-stalled on a pin, as in a shackle, the mini-mum pin diameters are as follow:

HARDWARE RECOMMENDATIONS

DIMENSIONAL DATA

ServingSleeve

Catalog No.GA1GA1GA2GA2GA3GA4GA1GA2GA3GA3GA4GA4GA5GA5

F51"52"56"62"63"73"51"53"59"63"69"73"78"84"

E3/4"3/4"11/4"11/4"11/2"11/2"3/4"11/4"11/4"11/2"11/2"11/2"2"2"

D31/4"31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"53/8"31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"53/8"53/8"53/8"77/8"

C5/8"5/8"3/4"7/8"1"

11/8"5/8"3/4"7/8"1"

11/8"11/8"11/4"13/8"

B31/4"31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"5"

31/4"31/2"4"

41/2"5"5"

51/2"61/2"

A27"28"

311/2"36"

361/2"45"27"

281/2"33"

361/2"41"45"

481/2"531/2"

Catalog No.12 GA18

916 GA1858 GA1834 GA1878 GA181 GA18

572AWA18642AWA18717AWA18805AWA18905AWA18

1010AWA181130AWA181270AWA18

Dimension

Adjust-A-Grip® Deadend Grips• Adjustable Type, for Anchor End of Guy StrandSee page 15-4 for Ordering Information.

AC

F(Max.Length)

SpacerBar

DE

(Radius)30"TYP

B

For unusual applications or requirements, consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

Installation on PlateRecommended distances at left, below, ensure that interference cannot occur between Adjust-A-Grip deadend grip U-bolt and the attachment plate.

Detail of Steel Plateat Structure End:

CChamfer

D

APL THK

BHole Diameter

RECOMMENDED PLATE DIMENSIONSU-BOLTDIAMETER

5/8""3/4"7/8"1"

11/8"11/4"13/8"

A11/16"11/8"13/8"15/8"17/8"21/8"21/4"

C1/8" x 45°1/8" x 45°1/8" x 45°3/16" x 45°1/4" x 45°1/4" x 45°5/16" x 45°

D1"

11/8"11/4"11/4"15/8"17/8"2"

B1"

11/4"11/2"11/2"13/4"13/4"27/8"

MINIMUMPIN DIA.

7/8"7/8"11/8"11/8"13/8"11/2"13/4"

ADJUST-A-GRIPDEADEND GRIP SIZES

12GA18, 916GA18, 572AWA1858GA18, 642AWA1834GA18, 717AWA1878GA18, 805AWA181GA18, 905AWA18, 1010AWA181130AWA181270AWA18

15-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

16

12

8

4

20 40 60 80 100

NUT TORQUE (Ft.Lbs.)

GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S.

16

12

8

4

20 40 60 80 100


GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S.16

12

8

4

20 40 60 80 100


GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S.

16

12

8

4

20 40 60 80 100


GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S. 16

12

8

4

20 40 60 80 100


GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S.

5/8" U-BOLTfor

12GA18916GA18

572AWA18Adjust-A-Grips

7/8" U-BOLTfor

34GA18717AWA18

Adjust-A-Grips

3/4" U-BOLTfor

58GA18642AWA18

Adjust-A-Grips

1" U-BOLTfor

78GA18805AWA18

Adjust-A-Grips

1-1/8" U-BOLTfor

1GA18905AWA18


Guy tensions may be closely approximated by measuring the torque on the U-Bolt load nuts. For accurate results, the U-Bolt thread and nut must be lubricated with an anti-seize compound, (a commercially available one is called, "Never-Seez").

To use these charts, go first to the correct bolt size chart then select the desired tension on the vertical scale and move across the chart to the intersect line, read the torque required from the horizontal scale.

ADJUST-A-GRIP® DEADENDSfor structure attachment of guy strand

Measuring Guy Tension To Load-Nut Torque

15-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

100 200 300

GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S.


1-3/8" U-BOLTfor


32

20

16

28

24

12

8

4

GU

Y T

EN

SIO

N X

1000

LB

S.


20 60 100 140 180 220 260 300

ADJUST-A-GRIP® DEADENDSfor structure attachment of guy strand

Measuring Guy Tension To Load-Nut Torque

1-1/4" U-BOLTfor


15-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SUPER TOP-TIE® Line Ties• for Pin, Post and Spool InsulatorsMade of aluminum-clad steel compatible with aluminum, aluminum-alloy and ACSR conductors in the top grooves of vertical-mounted *ANSI Class C, F, J and many non-standard pin and post insulators (single- or double-support) or on *ANSI 53-2 spool insulators (horizontal or vertical).

High-density polyethylene hooks provide the wide application range and ensure proper installation. If used over armor rods (not required), select tie size based on total conductor/armor diameter. Semiconductive-rubber pad and high-density-polyethylene on loops protect against abrasion of insulator, conductor and tie. Fit is resilient and provides superior performance under galloping and aeolian vibration. Install by hand or with hot-line tools.

Manufactured and/or for use under U.S. Patent 4,015,073.

POSTINSULATOR

PININSULATOR

NON-STANDARDINSULATOR

ANSI 53-2SPOOL


ACSR#6, 6/1#4, 6/1#3, 6/1#2, 6/1#1, 6/11/0, 6/12/0, 6/13/0, 6/14/0, 6/1

266.8, 18/1336.4, 18/1477, 18/1

556.5, 18/1

ColorCodeNone

OrangePurple

RedGray

YellowBlueBlackPink

GreenBrownVioletGold

Std.Pkg.50505050505050505050505050

Wt. Per100, Lb.

28282828283232323232404040

AAC(All-Aluminum)

#6, 7W#4, 7W#3, 7W#2, 7W#1, 7W1/0, 7W2/0, 7W3/0, 7W4/0, 7W

266.8, 19W336.4, 19W477, 19W636, 37W

AAAC(Alum.-Alloy)

#6, 7W#4, 7W#3, 7W#2, 7W#1, 7W1/0, 7W2/0, 7W3/0, 7W4/0, 7W

266.8, 19W336.4, 19W477, 19W

556.5, 19W

Diameter Range.184-.220" (4.67-5.59 mm).221-.257" (5.61-6.53 mm).258-.289" (6.55-7.34 mm).290-.325" (7.37-8.26 mm).326-.360" (8.28-9.14 mm)

.361-.409" (9.17-10.39 mm).410-.460" (10.41-11.68 mm).461-.516" (11.71-13.11 mm).517-.584" (13.13-14.83 mm).585-.664" (14.86-16.87 mm).665-.755" (16.89-19.18 mm).756-.859" (19.20-21.82 mm).860-.977" (21.84-24.82 mm)

Aluminum-Type Conductors, Typical SizesCatalogNumberSTT10STT20STT30STT40STT50STT60STT70STT80STT90

STT100STT110STT120STT130

LEFT-HAND LAY STANDARD• Applied Length: 29" - 48" (Depends on insulator make and conductor size).• Strength: Exceeds Rule 261E.2(A) of National Electrical Safety Code.• RUS accepted.• To obtain outside diameters of conductors, consult Conductor Chart.

*Super Top-Tie STT10 — STT130 also fit many foreign or reclaimed pin and post insulators with neck sizes 21/4" - 31/2".Consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. for use on pins and posts outside these dimensions.

15-�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Conductor & Strand Reference Tables

BARE CONDUCTORS AWG OR MCM SIZES

ACSR

#6, 6/1

#5, 6/1

#4, 6/1

#4, 7/1

#3, 6/1

AllAlum.

#6, Solid

#5, Solid

#6, 7W

#4, Solid

#3, Solid

#4, 7W

#2, Solid

#3, 7W

#1, Solid

#2, 7W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.162

.169

.174

.179

.182

.184

.198

.199

.201

.202

.204

.206

.213

.219

.223

.225

.226

.229

.230

.232

.236

.245

.246

.250

.257

.258

.260

.261

.268

.276

.279

.281

.286

.289

.290

.292

.298

.301

Alum.Alloy(5005-6201)

#6, 7W

#6, 3W

#4, 7W

#3, 7W

ACSR

#6, 6/1

#4, 6/1

#4, 7/1

#3, 6/1

#2, 6/1

#2, 7/1

Compacted

AllAlum.

#6, 7W

#4, 7W

#2, 7W

#1, 7W

AWAC®

#4, 6/1

#4, 5/2

#4, 4/3

Copper

#6, Solid

#5, Solid

#6, 7W

#6, 3W

#4, Solid

#5, 7W

#5, 3W

#3, Solid

#4, 7W

#2, Solid

#3, 7W

#3, 3W

#1, Solid

#2, 7W

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

91/2 D

8C

8A

8D

7A

6C

6A

7D

5A

6D

4A

ACSR

#2, 6/1

#2, 7/1

#1, 6/1

80, 8/1

1/0, 5/1

1/0, 6/1

AllAlum.

#1, 7W

#1, 19W

1/0, 7W

1/0, 19W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.307

.308

.309

.310

.316

.320

.325

.326

.327

.328

.330

.332

.338

.340

.346

.348

.349

.352

.355

.360

.365

.366

.367

.368

.372

.373

.377

.381

.382

.386

.388

.390

.392

.393

.398

.410

.422

.412

AllAlum.

1/0, 7W

1/0,19W

2/0, 7W

2/0,19W

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

2F

5D

5P

2G

4N

1F

4D

2J

2A, 4P

1G

3N

2K

1/0 F

1J

3P

1/0 G

ACSR

#1, 6/1

1/0, 6/1

2/0, 6/1


#2, 7W

#1, 7W

1/0, 7W

Compacted

AWAC®

#4, 3/4

#2, 6/1

#2, 5/2

#4, 2/5

#2, 4/3

#2, 3/4

1/0, 6/1

Copper

#2, 3W

1/0, Solid

#1, 7W

#1, 19W

#1, 3W

2/0, Solid

1/0, 7W

1/0, 19W

1/0, 12W

Data contained in these tables was taken from the latest available conductor or strand manufacturer’s literature. Although care was taken to insure accuracy, no warranty is offered by Hubbell as to the measurements given.

AWAC® and Copperweld® are registered trademarks of Copperweld Co.

BARE CONDUCTORSAWG OR MCM SIZES

STRAND

15-10


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.413

.414

.416

.419

.423

.426

.428

.429

.434

.436

.438

.440

.447

.460

.461

.462

.463

.464

.467

.470

.475

.480

.481

.487

.492

.494

.502

.517

.522

.523

.528

.530

.534

.537

.540

.541

.542

.550

.552

.556

.559

.563

.565

ACSR

3/0, 6/1

4/0, 6/1

266.8,

18/1


2/0, 7W

3/0, 7W

4/0, 7W

Compacted

AWAC®

1/0, 5/2

#2, 2/5

#1, 3/4

2/0, 6/1

1/0, 4/3

2/0, 5/2

1/0, 3/4

2/0, 4/3

1/0, 2/5

4/0, 6/1


AllAlum.

250,19W

250,37W

266.8

7W

266.8

19W

266.8

37W

300,19W

300,37W

336.4

19W

336.4

37W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.571

.573

.574

.575

.576

.583

.584

.586

.593

.594

.600

.603

.607

.607

.609

.613

.618

.621

.628

.630

.631

.633

.642

.646

.657

.660

.664

.666

.668

.677

.678

AllAlum.

300,19W

336.4

7W

336.4

19W

350,19W

397.5

19W

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

4/0 EK

4/0 G

4/0 E

250 EK

250 E

ACSR

300

18/1

336.4

18/1


266.8

19W

Compacted

AWAC®

4/0,15/4

Copper

250,19W

250,37W

250,12W

300,19W

300,37W

300,12W

350,

19W

ACSR

159,12/7

203,8/7

176.9

12/7

219.9

8/7

266.8

18/1

190.8

12/7

266.8

6/7

266.8

26/7

300,

18/1

211.3

12/7

336.4

36/1

AllAlum.

3/0, 7W

3/0,19W

4/0, 7W

4/0,19W

250,19W

266.8,

7W

266.8,

19W

ACSR

2/0, 6/1

2/0, 7/1

101.8

12/7

110.8

12/7

3/0, 6/1

134.6

12/7

4/0, 18/1

4/0, 5/1

4/0, 6/1

AllAlum.

2/0, 7W

2/0, 19W

3/0, 7W

3/0, 19W

3/0, 12W

4/0, 7W

4/0, 19W

4/0, 12W

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

2N

1K

2/0 F

1/0 J

2P

2/0 G

1N

1/0 K

2/0 J

2/0 K

4/0 F

Copper

2/0, 7W

2/0, 19W

2/0, 12W

3/0, 7W

3/0, 19W

3/0, 12W

4/0, 7W

4/0, 19W

4/0, 12W

15-11


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

AllAlum.

350,19W

350,37W

397.5

19W

400,19W

400,37W

450,19W

450,

37W

477,19W

477,37W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.679

.680

.681

.682

.684

.700

.709

.710

.714

.721

.722

.724

.725

.726

.728

.729

.735

.736

.739

.741

.742

.743

.770

.772

.780

.782

.783

.788

.793

.795

.801

.806

All

Alum.

477,19W

500,19W

556,19W

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

300 EK

300 E

350 EK

350 E


397.5

19W

Compacted

AWAC®

336.4

18/1

336.4

16/3

336.4

15/4

Copper

350,37W

350,12W

400,19W

400,37W

450,19W

450,37W


AllAlum.

500,19W

500,37W

550,37W

550,61W

556.5

19W

556.5

37W

556.5

61W

600,37W

600,61W

636,37W

636,61W

650,37W

650,61W

700,37W

700,61W

715.5

37W

715.5

61W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.806

.811

.813

.814

.834

.846

.853

.855

.856

.858

.860

.862

.870

.879

.883

.891

.893

.904

.907

.914

.918

.919

.927

.928

.929

.930

.932

.940

.953

.953

.953

.953

.962

.964

.966

.974

.975

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

ACSR

636,18/1

795,36/1


477,

19W

556.5

19W

Compacted

AWAC®ACSR

300,26/7

336.4

18/1

300,30/7

203.2

16/19

336.4

26/7

397.5

36/1

336.4

30/7

397.5

18/1

397.5

24/7

397.5

26/7

477

36/1

AllAlum.

636,19W

795,19W

Copper

500,19W

500,37W

550,37W

550,61W

600,37W

600,61W

650,37W

650,61W

700,37W

700,61W

ACSR

397.5

30/7

477,18/1

477,24/7

477,26/7

556.5

36/1

556.5

18/1

477,30/7

500,30/7

605,36/1

556.5

24/7

556.5

26/7

636,36/1

636,18/1

556.5

30/7

605,24/7

605,54/7

666.6

36/1

605,26/7

ACSR

397.5

18/1

477,18/1

566.5

18/1

15-1�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

AllAlum.

750,37W

750,61W

795,37W

795,61W

800,37W

800,61W

874.5

37W

874.5

61W

900,37W

900,61W

954,37W

954,61W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-es)

.977

.977

.981

.987

.990

.994

.997

.998

1.000

1.000

1.019

1.024

1.026

1.028

1.029

1.031

1.036

1.039

1.040

1.051

1.061

1.062

1.063

1.077

1.078

1.081

1.091

1.092

1.093

1.094

1.108

1.111

1.124

1.126

1.131

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.


636,37W

795,37W

Copper

750,37W750,61W

800,37W800,61W

900,37W900,61W

900,37W

900,61W


AllAlum.

1000

37W

1000

61W

1033.5

37W

1033.5

61W

1113

61W

1192.5

61W

1272

61W

Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

ACSR

1468

36/1


954

37W

1033.5

61W

Compacted

AWAC®ACSR

636,24/7

636,54/7

715.5

36/1

636,26/7

605

30/19

666.6

24/7

666.6

54/7

636

30/19

715.5

24/7

795

36/1

715.5

26/7

795,45/7

715.5

30/19

874.5

36/1

795,24/7

795,54/7

795,26/7

900

45/7

AllAlum.

636,19W

795,19W

Copper

1000

37W

1000

61W

ACSR

874.5

36/1

954,36/1

Compacted

AWAC® ACSR

795

30/19

954

36/1

874.5

24/7

874.5

54/7

900

54/7

954

45/7

954

48/7

1033.5

36/1

954

54/7

1033.5

45/7

1033.5

54/7

1113

45/7

1113

54/19

1192.5

45/7

AllAlum.

874.5

37W

954,37W

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-

es)

1.140

1.140

1.146

1.146

1.151

1.152

1.162

1.165

1.170

1.172

1.175

1.186

1.196

1.213

1.216

1.218

1.246

1.258

1.259

1.269

1.288

1.293

1.300

1.302

15-1�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Copper-weld®

CopperComp.

ACSR

1468

36/1


954

37W

1033.5

61W

Compacted

AWAC®AllAlum.

Copper

1000

37W

1000

61W

ACSR

1192.5

54/19

1272

45/7

1272

54/19

1351.5

45/7

1351.5

54/19

1431

45/7

1431

54/19

1510.5

45/7

1590

45/7

1510.5

54/19

1590

54/19

1780

84/19

2167

72/7

2156

84/19

Cond.Dia.

(Inch-

es)

1.333

1.340

1.345

1.379

1.382

1.385

1.417

1.424

1.427

1.443

1.454

1.465

1.466

1.504

1.506

1.545

1.602

1.630

1.737

1.762

1.823

1.196

2.158

15-1�


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

STRAND

HighStrength

1/8"7W5/32"7W

3/16",7W(.062")

7/32"7W

1/4"7W

9/32"7W

5/16",7W(.104")

3/8"7W

StrandDia.

(Inch-es)

.123

.156

.164

.174

.186

.195

.209

.216

.220

.224

.237

.240

.242

.247

.249

.258

.259

.272

.276

.277

.279

.303

.306

.311

.312

.312

.327

.343

.343

.345

.349

.356

.360

.363

.375

.385

ExtraHigh

Strength1/8"7W5/32"7W

3/16",7W(.062")

7/32"7W

1/4"7W

9/32"7W

5/16",7W(.104")

3/8"7W

Sie-mens

Martin1/8"7W5/32"7W

3/16",7W(.062")

7/32"7W

1/4"7W

9/32"7W

5/16",7W(.104")

3/8"7W

Galvanized Steel

UtilitiesGrade

3/16",7W(.065")

1/4"3W

9/32"7W

5/16",3W

5/16",7W(.109")

3/8" 3W(.355")

3/8"7W

Copper-weld®

2.2M

3#12

4M

3#10

6M

3#9

6M3

8M

3#8

10M

7#10

3#7

11/32"7#9

12.5M

3#6

14M

3/8",7#8

Alumi-nized

3/16",7W(.062")

3/16",7W(.065")

7/32"7W

1/4"7W

1/4"3W

9/32"7W

5/16",3W

5/16",7W(.104")

5/16",7W(.109")

3/8"3W3/8"7W

Stain-less

7/32"7W

7/32"3W

1/4"7W

1/4"3W

9/32"7W

5/16",3W

5/16",7W

3/8"3W3/8"7W

3/8"19W

Alumo-weld®

3#12

3#104M

6M

3#9

8M

3#8

10M7#103#7

7#9

12.5M

3#6

14M

7#8

HighStrength

7/16",7W

1/2"7W1/2"

19W

9/16"7W9/16"19W

5/8"7W5/8"

19W

3/4"19W

7/8"19W

1"19W1"

37W

StrandDia.

(Inch-es)

.386.

.392

.414

.417

.433

.435

.438

.444

.486

.495

.500

.509

.519

.525

.546

.564

.565

.572

.613

.621

.625

.642

.713

.721

.750

.801

.810

.885

.899

.910

1.000

1.001

1.010

1.134

1.273

ExtraHigh

Strength

7/16",7W

1/2"7W1/2"

19W

9/16"7W9/16"19W

5/8"7W5/8"

19W

3/4"19W

7/8"19W

1"19W1"

37W

Sie-mens

Martin

7/16",7W

1/2"7W1/2"

19W

9/16"7W9/16"19W

5/8"7W5/8"

19W

3/4"19W

7/8"19W

1"19W

1"37W

Galvanized Steel

UtilitiesGrade

7/16",7W

1/2"7W

Copper-weld®

16M

3#5

18M

7/16",7#7

20M

1/2",7#6

25M

9/16",7#5

9/16"19#9

5/8"7#4

21/32"19#8

37#1023/32"19#7

37#9

13/16"19#6

37#8

7/8"19#5

37#7

37#6

37#5

Alumi-nized

7/16",7W

1/2"7W1/2"

19W

Stain-less

7/16",7W

1/2"7W1/2"

19W

Alumo-weld®

16M

3#5

18M

7#7

20M

7#6

19#10

25M

7#5

19#9

7#4

19#8

37#10

19#7

37#9

19#6

37#8

19#5

37#7

37#6(1.13")37#5

(1.27")Copperweld® and Alumoweld® are registered trademarks of Copperweld Co.

17D-1


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

17D

AISPadmounted

Air-Insulated Switchgear

NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.©Copyright 2004 Hubbell • 210 North Allen Street • Centralia, MO 65240

Printed in USA

15 & 25 kV

Warranty - MaterialHubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship.Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer’s exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at theCompany’s option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS ORARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS OR ANYSALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company’s warranty shall run only to thefirst Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company’s distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company’s product, and is non-assignable and non-transferableand shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover anymisapplication or misuse of said product.

Warranty - ApplicationHubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This appliesregardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.

Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., itsliability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.

17D-2

HUBBELL / CHANCE – CENTRALIA, MISSOURIMAY 2005

®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC. 15 & 25 kV Air-Insulated Deadfront Padmounted Switchgear

AIS switches combine . . .Deadfront protection . . .

with Air Insulation benefits

*Consult factory for other requirements.

AIS Ratings25kV29kV125kV

60kV

600 Amp200 Amp600 Amp15 Amp21 Amp12,000 Amps, rms, symm19,200 Amps, rms, asymm

Nominal VoltageMaximum Design VoltageBILOne-Minute Withstand (60Hz)

Switch and TerminatorsContinuous Current Rating

Switch SideFuse Side (Maximum)

Load SwitchingCable Charging CurrentMagnetizing CurrentMomentary and Making Current*

15kV15.5kV95kV

35kV

600 Amp200 Amp600 Amp10 Amp21 Amp12,000 Amps, rms, symm19,200 Amps, rms, asymm

True air-insulated deadfront design

Large viewing windows

Built-in 9" base spacing

No center door support

Replaceable 600A bushings

Minimizing electrical exposure to work crewsand the public

Reduces maintenance requirements

Reduces outages caused by vegetationand/or animal intrusion

Maximum visibility of 600A switch positionand fuse condition

Increases door clearance and reduces theneed for additional base spacers

Increases working area in cable compart-ments

All 600A bushings are externally replaceable

Features . . . . . and . . . . . Benefits of AIS Switches

The AIS padmounted switch is an air-insulated, deadfront switch used for sectionalizing undergrounddistribution systems. It is available in 15kV and 25kV ratings and in a variety of switch/fuse configurations.There are also extensive options available.

The AIS Switch is a true deadfront design with a sealed switching compartment, utilizing air as theinsulating medium along with a deadfront connector system. This combination minimizes electricalexposure to work crews and the public, reduces outages, reduces maintenance requirements and providesthe most cost effective solution for 15kV and 25kV underground system sectionalizing.

Description

17D-3


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

600A bushings(or optional 200A)

Stainless steelparking stands

A-B-C-C-B-A phase orientation Caution labels

Door retainer

Ground rod Deadfront seals all live parts Load interrupter arc chute

Three-point door latch

Pentaheadlatchandlockingarrangement

Nameplate

Over-sized Thermopane window

Fault IndicatorViewing Window

Fuse storage pocketsParking stands

Interlock ball

Fuse door

Ground rod

Pentahead latch andlocking arrangement

Door retainer

Three-point door latch

A-B-C-C-B-A phase orientation Fuse viewing windows Crowned roof Fusing instructions

200A bushing wells(shown with usersupplied inserts)

AIS Design Features

Switch Compartment

Fuse Compartment

17D-4


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Externally Replaceable Bushings Padmount InterchangeabilityThe AIS is designed to be pad interchangeable with competi-tive designs. Base adapters also are available to make theAIS compatible with pads for some live front gear.

Visible BreakOversized Thermopane windows provide excellent viewingfor verification of visible break. The large windows areconstructed of heavy-duty, mar-proof double pane polycar-bonate. They are easily removed in the shop to provide readyaccess to switch components.

A sturdy operating handle is stored in each operator compart-ment. The padlocking provisions on the compartment doorsaccommodate the majority of available padlocks.

External Side OperatorAn external operating mechanism is housed on the outside ofthe center compartment and allows linemen to performswitching functions withoutopening the cable compart-ment. Each three-phasegang switch is equipped withits own operator. The exter-nal operator can be pad-locked in either the open orclosed position.

The 600A bushings on the AIS switch are truly externallyreplaceable. This feature allows the utility to quickly replaceany bushings in the field without disassembling the face-plate. Due to the individualized sub-assembly design, theAIS may be provided with 200A bushing wells in lieu of 600Abushings.

Confirming the visible break through the AIS windows elimi-nates the need to move the 600A connectors.

The latching system exceeds requirements in the latest revision of ANSI C57.12.28 and the Western Underground CommitteeGuide 2.13, “Security for Padmounted Equipment Enclosures.”

Structural StabilityThe fully welded enclosure is constructed of heavy gauge steel forsuperior strength and durability. For applications in highly corrosiveareas, stainless steel enclosures are available.

Exterior ProtectionThe surface of each enclosure undergoes a multistage chemical clean-ing process. A powder coat finish is then applied for superior corrosionprotection, durability and ultraviolet protection. This coating systemmeets the latest revision of ANSI Standard C57.12.28, “PadmountedEquipment Enclosure Integrity,” and the EEI Paint Guidelines.

Door Latching SystemThe low-profile door latch assembly has no protruding handles. Thepentahead on the right operates the three-point latch. The pentaheadon the left secures the door to the center door jamb. Both pentaheadsmust be engaged before a padlock can be installed.

AIS Design Features

17D-5


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fusing FlexibilityFuse versatility was a key design pa-rameter of the AIS in order to utilizeexisting fuses already approved and inuse by the utility and/or to improvecoordination with existing fuse systems.A utility using livefront gear can usethe same fuses and end fittings in theAIS.

S&C SMU-20 power fuseS&C SM-4Z power fuseCooper type NX current limiting fuse

For S&C fuses, indicator windows areprovided for locating blown fuses.Fuse doors are mechanically inter-changeable and require only a simpleoperation, without de-energizing the600 amp line side, to change in the fieldfrom one type fuse to another.

After verification of visible break, re-moval of the arrester exposes the loadreducing tap plug on back of the 600Aconnector.

A Chance Multi-Range Voltage Detectormay be used to test for line voltage.

The Feeder can then be grounded with astandard grounding elbow.

Fuse Access is Safe and Simple

1 - Loadbreak elbow must be removedbefore the mechanical latch can beopened. Parking the elbow insuresthat the load is safely disconnected.

2 - After the elbow has been parked, thelatching bail on the fuse door is re-leased.

3 - As fuse door is lowered, a spring-activated barrier closes behind it tomaintain the deadfront integrity ofthe switch’s tap side.

4 - When the fuse door is fully opened,the fuse tray is positioned an ampledistance from the cables for easy re-moval of the fuses.

Sufficient space is provided for feed-through bushings for parking of elbows.

Horizontal Feed-ThroughBushings

FEEDER ISOLATION does not require movement of the 600A connectors.

17D-6


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ANSI Design TestsThe AIS has been tested to rigorous specifications of theStandard for Deadfront Padmounted Switchgear, ANSIC37.72. Traditionally, switchgear was subjected to a varietyof tests which imposed individual switches to the extremes ofinterrupting duty, momentary, make-and-latch, dielectricand mechanical tests. As a result of unanimous utility inputto the Standards Committee, the design test requirements inthe new standard were substantially changed. Now, a singleswitch must be subjected to a sequence which combines andexpands all the rigors previously imposed on individualswitches. The design test sequence consists of the followingtests in the order indicated:

1. Interrupting Current Test2. Momentary Current Test3. Making Current Test4. 60-Hertz Withstand Test5. Thermal Runaway Test6. Mechanical Operation Test

After completing the design test sequence, the switch mustbe capable of carrying rated current without thermal run-away. In addition, the design must pass a 60-Hertz, directcurrent and impulse test as well as one-second high current,corona and temperature rise tests. While the above tests inthemselves are all very important, Chance does not stop atthis point in their evaluation of new switch designs. Variousother visual, mechanical, electrical and environmental testsare conducted to assure optimum performance.

The AIS switch undergoes various tests in the Chance Re-search Center and its testing laboratory complex.

AIS Reliability

Production TestingAfter assembly, all switches are tested to ANSI Standards:

1. Voltage Drop Test (IR). Each line direction of the switchconfiguration is tested. The IR test is a current test where thevoltage drop across the area tested is measured to indicatethe impedance in the circuit which is tested. This test assuresreliable electrical connections.2. High Potential Testing. Each switch is tested phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground across the insulation systemwith the switch in the open and closed positions.

Ordering Information: 15 and 25 kV AIS Padmounted Sectionalizing Equipment

SwitchConfiguration

AIS-1

AIS-1A

AIS-3

AIS-5

AIS-6

AIS-9

AIS-10

AIS-11

AIS-12

AIS 13A

Line 1

200

200

600*

600*

600*

600*

600*

600*

200

600*

Line 2

200

200

600*

200

600*

600*

600*

600*

600*

600*

Line 4

—

—

—

—

200

200

600*

200

200

—

Termination & Bus Ratings — Amps

Phases

1

1

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Line 3

—

200

—

—

—

200

600*

600*

200

600*

Voltage kV

Nom.

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

15/25

BIL

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

95/125

One-LineDiagram

* 200A universal bushing wells can be supplied instead of 600A deadbreak bushings.

17D-7


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Switch Configuration010 ........... AIS-101A ........... AIS-1A030 ........... AIS-3050 ........... AIS-5060 ........... AIS-6090 ........... AIS-9100 ........... AIS-10110 ........... AIS-11120 ........... AIS-1213A ........... AIS-13A

kV RatingA ............... 15kVB ............... 25kV

Source Connector ProvisionsA .......... 600A deadbreak bushingsB .......... 200A universal bushing wells

NOTE: All fuse connector provisions are supplied with200A universal bushing wells. 200A universal bush-ing well inserts are not provided.

Fusing: For 25 kV AISSelect the appropriate fuse from table below:

MaximumDesign

kV

27

27

15.5

15.523

27

MaximumAmperes,

RMS

200

200

1.5-40

50-1006-40

6-50

FuseMounting

SM-20

SM-4Z

NX

NX

NX

FuseManufacturer

S&C

S&C

Cooper

Cooper

Cooper

Ratings CatalogNumber

Additions(Suffix)

20(1)

4Z(2)

N1

N2

N3

(1) To include SML20 End Fittings, change “20” to “2H”

(2) To include SM4Z End Fittings, change “4Z” to “4H”

Fusing: For 15 kV AISSelect the appropriate fuse from table below:

MaximumDesign

kV

17.0

17.0

8.3

8.315.5

15.5

MaximumAmperes,

RMS

200

200

1.5-40

50-1001.5-40

50-100

CatalogNumber

Additions

20(1)

4Z(2)

N1

N2

N3

FuseMounting

SM-20

SM-4Z

NX

NX

NX

FuseManufacturer

S&C

S&C

Cooper

Cooper

Cooper

Ratings

OptionsC1.... Removable stud 600A bushingsD1.... Automatic door latch (standard

with stainless steel, option F).E ...... 6" base adapter to allow mount-

ing AIS switch on the pad of adifferent manufacturer’s switch ofthe same configuration (contactfactory for specific details andavailability).

F ...... Stainless steel enclosureG ..... Kirk Key Interlocks to prevent

paralleling source side switches.H...... Kirk Key interlocks to prevent

entry to fuse doors without allfeed switches locked open.

I ....... 200A bushing well insertsL ...... Kirk Key Interlocks combining

options G and HQ ..... 6" base spacerU...... 12" base spacerV ...... 18" base spacerW ..... 24" base spacer

X X X X X X X X X X X

00 ........ No fusing (i.e. AIS-3, AIS-10, AIS-13A)

AIS Switch Catalog Number System

17D-8


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

PAD™ Mechanical Features

• Provision for manual operation

• Padlockable motor

• Decoupler with lockout provision

• Powder-coated aluminum enclo-sure with stainless steel continu-ous hinge and handle hardware

• Instruction book pocket

PAD™ Controller for Padmount Switch Automation

PAD Electrical Features

• Six status indications for posi-tion indication, charger status,loss of AC, and battery condition.

• Motor runs on AC or battery fordouble reliability.

• Temperature compensating batterycharger

• “Smart” battery disconnect to preventdamage to the battery from deep discharge

• “No-Go” function with status indication toprevent underpowered switch operation.

• User-friendly travel set control –

You’ll love it!!

• Local/remote switch

• Open/close switch with LED position indi-cation

• Vented 12 V .33 A-H lead acid battery

• AC receptacle

• Surge protection to ANSI C37.90 andC62.41

• Grounding provision

• Thermostatically controlled heater

The PAD™ controller for AIS switchgear provides utilities with the most advanced and economical approach to automation.The easy-to-install PAD is adaptable to any AIS padmount as well as those of other manufacturers.

Two-way, three-way, and four-way switching is available.

17D-9


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog No. ABCCB33HB01Features —

• Aluminum enclosure with green finish

• PAD mounting kit

• Version III circuit control assembly

• 12 V, vented battery

• Battery fuse and block

• Battery charger

• AC fuse and block

• MOV surge protection

• 125 V / 250 watt heater and thermostat

• Front panel with indicating lights and motortravel setting controls

• AC convenience outlet

• Provision for mounting customer RTU and radio

PAD™ motor operator to automate the AIS padmount loadbreak switch featuring:

Specific PAD™ Model Features

Catalog No. ABCCB33HB02Features —

Same as above except without provision for mountingRTU and radio for use on switches with two or moremotor operators. RTU and Radio are only required inone unit.

17D-10


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.Model AIS-1

15kV — 95kV - BILweight 401 lb.

Model AIS-125kV — 125kV - BIL

weight 650 lb.

17D-11


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.Model AIS-1A


Model AIS-1A25kV — 125kV - BIL

weight 694 lb.

17D-12


®®




weight 1275 lb.

17D-13


®®




weight 1350 lb.

17D-14


®®




weight 1950 lb.

17D-15


®®




weight 2000 lb.

17D-16


®®




weight 2000 lb.

17D-17


®®




weight 2200 lb.

17D-18


®®




weight 2075 lb.

17D-19


®®

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.Model AIS-13A


Model AIS-13A25kV — 125kV - BIL

weight 1950 lb.

®


UNITED STATES

HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

210 N. Allen

Centralia, Mo 65240-1395

Phone: 573-682-5521

Fax: 573-682-8714

e-mail: [email protected]

CANADA

HUBBELL CANADA, INC.

870 Brock Road South

Pickering, Ontario L1W 1Z8

Phone: 905-839-1138

Fax: 905-831-6353


MEXICO

HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE. CV

Av. Coyoacan No. 1051

Col. Del Valle

03100 Mexico, D.F.

Phone: 52-55-9151-9999

Fax: 52-55-9151-9988


ASIA

HUBBELL S.E. ASIA PTE. LTD.

23 Tagore Lane #03-16

Tagore 23 Warehouse

Singapore 787601

Phone: 65-6454-4772

Fax: 65-6454-4775


®®® ®™

Chance

Documents

tlacoquemacatl del vallemexico

uniform commercial code

del valle03100 mexico

2 0 strandedlarge eyebolt

shank lengthshaft heightmin

commexicohubbell de mexico

higher interrupt capacitiesby

usargs 3m 6 09note